Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2014

Registration No. 333-193159

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

IMS HEALTH HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7374   27-1335689
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

83 Wooster Heights Road

Danbury, CT 06810

(203) 448-4600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Ari Bousbib

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President

83 Wooster Heights Road

Danbury, CT 06810

(203) 448-4600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Patrick O’Brien

Louis T. Somma

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

(617) 951-7000

 

Harvey A. Ashman

Senior Vice President, General Counsel,

External Affairs and Corporate Secretary

83 Wooster Heights Road

Danbury, CT 06810

(203) 448-4600

 

David Lopez

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP

One Liberty Plaza

New York, New York 10006

(212) 225-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨  

Non-accelerated filer   x

(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)

  Smaller reporting company   ¨

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated February 13, 2014

Preliminary prospectus

             shares

 

LOGO

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Common stock

$         per share

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are selling              shares of our common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional              shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $         and $         per share of common stock.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

After the completion of this offering, certain of our existing stockholders will continue to own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange. See “Principal and selling stockholders.”

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IMS.”

 

         Per share        Total  

Initial public offering price

     $                      $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

     $           $     

Proceeds to us before expenses

     $           $     

Proceeds to selling stockholders before expenses

     $           $     

Investing in our common stock involves risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 21.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                     , 2014.

 

J.P. Morgan   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Barclays   Deutsche Bank Securities   Wells Fargo Securities

 

TPG Capital BD, LLC    HSBC   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey    Mizuho Securities          RBC Capital Markets   
Piper Jaffray    William Blair   Drexel Hamilton    Leerink Partners      Stifel   

Prospectus dated                     , 2014


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page  

Prospectus summary

     1   

The offering

     14   

Summary and pro forma consolidated financial data

     17   

Risk factors

     21   

Use of proceeds

     43   

Dividend policy

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     48   

Selected and pro forma consolidated financial data

     50   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     53   

Business

     81   

Management

     99   

Executive compensation

     109   

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     144   

Principal and selling stockholders

     147   

Description of indebtedness

     150   

Description of capital stock

     159   

Shares eligible for future sale

     163   

Material United States federal income tax considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

     165   

Underwriting

     170   

Conflicts of interest

     177   

Legal matters

     179   

Experts

     179   

Where you can find more information

     179   

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1   

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

Through and including                     , 2014 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

Industry and market data

This prospectus includes market data and forecasts with respect to the healthcare industry. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus, in some cases we rely on and refer to market data and certain industry forecasts that were obtained from third party surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information and industry publications and surveys that we believe to be reliable. Other industry and market data included in this prospectus are from IMS analyses and have been identified accordingly. We are a leading global information provider for the healthcare industry and we maintain databases, produce market analyses and deliver information to clients in the ordinary course of our business. Our information is widely referenced in the industry and used by governments, payers, academia, the life sciences industry, the financial community and others. Most of this information is available on a subscription basis. Other reports and information are available publicly through our IMS Institute for Healthcare Informatics (the “IMS Institute”). In some cases, the information has been developed by us for purposes of this offering based on our existing data and is believed by us to have been prepared in a reasonable manner. All such information is based upon our own market research, internal databases and published reports and has not been verified by any independent sources.

We established the IMS Institute in 2011 to leverage collaborative relationships in the public and private sectors to strengthen the role of information in advancing healthcare globally. Its objective and mission is to provide policy setters and decision makers in the global health sector with unique insights into healthcare dynamics derived from granular analysis of information. The IMS Institute publishes reports to accelerate understanding and innovation critical to sound decision-making and improved patient care. These reports are available publicly, free of charge. With access to our extensive global data sets and analytics, the IMS Institute works in tandem with a broad set of healthcare stakeholders, including government agencies, academic institutions, the life sciences industry and payers, to drive research to address today’s healthcare challenges.

Trademarks and service marks

We own or have rights to trademarks and service marks that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including IMS Health, IMS, the IMS logo, IMS One, MIDAS, Xponent, DDD, AppScript, AppNucleus, MD360 Provider Performance Management and Evidence360. All other trademarks or service marks appearing in this prospectus that are not identified as marks owned by us are the property of their respective owners.

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ® , (sm) and (TM) symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Issuer,” “IMS,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to IMS Health Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. “IMS Health” refers to IMS Health Incorporated, our wholly owned indirect subsidiary. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk factors” and our financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to buy shares of our common stock.

Our Company

We are a leading global information and technology services company providing clients in the healthcare industry with comprehensive solutions to measure and improve their performance. We have one of the largest and most comprehensive collections of healthcare information in the world, spanning sales, prescription and promotional data, medical claims, electronic medical records and social media. Our scaled and growing data set contains over 10 petabytes of unique data and over 500 million comprehensive, longitudinal, anonymous patient records (i.e., records that are linked over time for each anonymous individual across healthcare settings). Based on this data, we deliver information and insights on approximately 90% of the world’s pharmaceuticals, as measured by sales revenue. We standardize, organize, structure and integrate this data by applying our sophisticated analytics and leveraging our global technology infrastructure to help our clients run their organizations more efficiently and make better decisions to improve their operational and financial performance. We have a presence in over 100 countries, including high growth emerging markets, and we generated 63% of our $2.54 billion of 2013 revenue from outside the United States.

We serve key healthcare organizations and decision makers around the world, spanning the breadth of life science companies, including pharmaceutical, biotechnology, consumer health and medical device manufacturers, as well as distributors, providers, payers, government agencies, policymakers, researchers and the financial community. The breadth of the intelligent, actionable information we provide is not comprehensively available from any other source and would be difficult and costly for another party to replicate. Our information and technology services offerings, which we have developed with significant investment over our 60-year history, are deeply integrated into our clients’ workflow. We maintain long-standing relationships and high renewal rates with our clients due to the value of the services and solutions we provide. The average length of our relationships with our top 25 clients, as measured by 2013 revenue, is over 25 years and our retention rate for our top 1,000 clients from 2012 to 2013 was approximately 99%. We have significant visibility into our financial performance, as historically about 70% of our revenue has recurred annually, principally because our information and technology services offerings are critical to our clients’ daily decision-making and are sold primarily through subscription and service contracts.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We leverage our proprietary information assets to develop technology and services capabilities with a talented healthcare-focused workforce that enables us to grow our relationships with healthcare stakeholders. This set of capabilities includes:

 

 

A leading healthcare-specific global information technology (“IT”) infrastructure, which we use to process data from over 45 billion healthcare transactions annually and to collect data from over 780,000 fragmented feeds globally, which we organize in a consistent and highly structured fashion using proprietary methodologies;

 

 

A staff of approximately 9,500 professionals across the globe, including over 1,200 experts in areas such as biostatistics, data science, bioinformatics, healthcare economics, outcomes research, epidemiology, pharmacology and key therapeutic areas;

 

 

Our intelligent cloud, IMS One, which opens our sophisticated global IT infrastructure to our clients and provides the ability to perform business analytics in the cloud with large amounts of complex data. Our cloud is unique in the healthcare industry because it pre-integrates applications with IMS data, eliminating the cost traditionally associated with integrating information, and provides interoperability across both IMS and third party applications, reducing the complexity traditionally associated with siloed data; and

 

 

A growing set of proprietary applications, which include: commercial applications supporting sales operations, sales management, multi-channel marketing and performance management; real-world evidence solutions helping manufacturers and payers evaluate the value of treatments in terms of cost, quality and outcomes; payer-provider solutions helping these constituents optimize contracting and performance management; and clinical solutions helping manufacturers and Clinical Research Organizations (“CROs”) better design, plan, execute and track clinical trials.

At a time when the healthcare industry is experiencing transformational change driven by global expansion and the growth of new categories of medicines, intense cost pressures, a changing regulatory environment, and new payment and delivery models, we enable our clients to gain and apply insights designed to substantially improve operating performance. Our solutions, which are designed to provide our clients access to our deep healthcare-specific subject matter expertise, take various forms, including information, tailored analytics, subscription software and expert services.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

We believe our mission-critical relationships with our life science clients are reflected in the role we play within four important areas of decision-making related to their product portfolios: Research and Development, Pre-Launch, Launch and In-Market. Over the last three years, we have introduced software and services applications that have further deepened our level of client integration by enabling our clients to enhance and automate many of these key decision-making processes.

 

LOGO

 

• Market opportunity assessment

 

• Clinical trial feasibility/planning

 

• Site selection

 

• Patient recruitment

 

• Trial monitoring

 

• Performance management

 

• Drug pricing optimization

 

• Launch readiness

 

• Commercial planning

 

• Brand positioning

 

• Message testing

 

• Influence networks

 

• Territory design

 

• Market access

 

• Health technology assessment

 

• Commercial readiness

 

• Forecasting

 

• Resource allocation

 

• Call planning

 

• Stakeholder engagement

 

• Commercial operations

 

• Sales force effectiveness

 

• Sales force alignment

 

• Multi-channel marketing

 

• Client relationship management

 

• Lifecycle management

We believe that a powerful component of our value proposition is the breadth and depth of intelligence we provide to help our clients address fundamental operational questions.

 

User    Illustrative Questions
Sales    Which providers generate highest return on rep visit?   Does my sales rep drive appropriate prescribing?   How much should I pay my sales rep next month?
 
Marketing    What share of patients is appropriately treated?   Which underserved patient populations will benefit most from my new drug?   Is my brand gaining market share quickly enough to hit revenue forecasts?
 
Research & Development    Are there enough patients for my clinical trial?   Which study centers have the target patients?   How long will trial enrollment take to hit target patient volumes?
 
Real World Evidence (“RWE”)/Pharmacovigilance    What is the likely impact of new therapies on costs and outcomes?   Are new therapies performing better against existing standards of care in real world settings?   Does real world data indicate adverse events not detected in clinical trials?

We generate revenue through local sales teams that manage client relationships in each region and go to market locally with our full suite of information and technology services offerings.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Total global revenue from our information offerings, including national and sub-national information services, represented 60% of our 2013 revenue. Total global revenue from our technology services offerings, which include hosted and cloud-based applications, implementation services, subscription software, analytic services and consulting, represented 40% of our 2013 revenue. We believe the data from our information offerings, when combined with our technology services offerings, can provide valuable insights to our clients and can increase the speed and effectiveness of decision making while also simplifying processes and reducing complexity and costs. Increasing demand from our clients for broader and more integrated offerings has been an important driver of our growth in technology services revenue, which grew at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 13% between 2010 and 2013.

Ari Bousbib was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on August 16, 2010 following the purchase of our Company by our Sponsors in February 2010, which we refer to as the Merger. Over the past three years, Mr. Bousbib and the management team have made substantial investments in human capital, technology and services infrastructure to expand the breadth of our platform and the number of constituents we serve within the healthcare value chain. Examples of our strategic investments and operational changes include:

 

 

improving our operating efficiency by streamlining our organization, deploying lean methodologies throughout our global operations, and standardizing and automating processes;

 

 

in-sourcing development activities and capabilities, with approximately 70% of our development resources in-house as of 2013 year end, compared to approximately 30% in 2010;

 

 

increasing our offshore delivery resources to over 2,000 people as of 2013 year end, compared to 250 in 2010, which has driven substantial productivity improvement;

 

 

shifting our employee mix, with over 50% now client-facing as of 2013 year end, compared to approximately 33% in 2010; and

 

 

expanding our offerings and capabilities by investing over $900 million in 22 complementary acquisitions, internal development projects and capital expenditures since the beginning of 2011 through 2013 year end.

These strategic investments and operational changes have transformed our organization into a more customer-centric, service oriented, high-performance culture. Since the Merger through the end of 2013, we added approximately 7,600 employees to the organization and oversaw the departure of approximately 5,200 employees from the organization, reflecting the various strategic and operational changes described above. We estimate that about 60% of our approximately 9,500 employees have joined us since the Merger through the end of 2013.

We believe our investments in people, technology and services have enabled us to significantly expand our addressable market and capture an additional portion of our clients’ spend by providing more powerful technology solutions and new insight-driven services. The following financial performance metrics have improved significantly between 2010 and 2013:

 

 

revenue increased to $2.54 billion, generating a CAGR of 5.6% on an as reported basis and 5.9% on a constant dollar basis;

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

Adjusted EBITDA increased to $829 million, generating a CAGR of 10.2% on an as reported basis and 10.6% on a constant dollar basis; and

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue increased to 32.6% from 28.7%.

We incurred a net loss of $199 million for the combined 2010 year-end period. Amounts expressed in constant dollar terms exclude the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on the translation of foreign currency results into U.S. dollars. For additional information regarding these financial measures, including a reconciliation of our non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable measure presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), see “Summary and pro forma consolidated financial data” included elsewhere in this prospectus. For additional information regarding foreign currency translation, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Results excluding the effect of foreign currency translation and certain charges” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our market opportunity

We compete in the global information, technology and services market for the life sciences and the broader healthcare industry. Historically, we concentrated our efforts in the market for information and consulting services primarily supporting the commercial functions of life sciences organizations, which we estimate to be a $5 billion market. In response to the needs of a broader set of life sciences clients for more specialized information, such as longitudinal anonymous patient data and clinical trial analytics, we have expanded our offerings to serve the market for information and services, which we estimate to be a $22 billion market. In addition, in response to our life sciences clients’ need to streamline operations, we offer an expanded range of technology services that include data warehousing, IT outsourcing, software applications and other services in the broader market for IT services, which, together, represent an additional $28 billion market among our life sciences clients. As a result, we now operate across a life sciences marketplace for information and technology services that we estimate to be $50 billion. We also have newer offerings in the $25 billion market for information and technology services for payers and providers and view this rapidly expanding market as an opportunity for further growth.

We believe there are five key trends affecting our end markets that will create increasing demand for our information and technology services solutions:

Growth and innovation in the life sciences industry.     The life sciences industry is a large and critical part of the global healthcare system, generating approximately $1 trillion in annual revenue. According to our research, revenue growth in the life sciences industry globally is expected to accelerate from 2.5% in 2013 to approximately 6% in 2017. The IMS Institute estimates that an average of 35 new molecular entities (“NMEs”) are expected to be approved each year from 2013 to 2017, up from 25 NMEs in 2010 and a return to mid-2000s levels. The reacceleration of industry growth is also the result of dramatically lower expected patent expirations on prescription medications versus the recent past.

Growth in access to healthcare in emerging markets.     We believe there will be significant growth in healthcare spending in emerging markets, driven predominantly by a rapidly growing middle class in countries such as China and India. According to the IMS Institute, it is estimated that spending on pharmaceuticals in emerging markets will expand at a 10 to 13% CAGR

 

 

5


Table of Contents

t hrough 2017. The rapid growth of emerging markets is making these geographies strategically important to life sciences organizations and we expect these organizations to apply a high degree of sophistication to their commercial operations in these countries. This requires highly localized information assets and analytics for both multinational and local market companies.

Financial pressures driving the need for increased efficiency.     Despite the expected accelerating growth in the global life sciences market, we believe our clients will face operating margin pressure due to their changing product mix, pricing and reimbursement challenges, and rising costs of compliance. Based on our research, we believe large pharmaceutical companies must collectively reduce costs by approximately $35 billion from 2012 to 2017 to maintain historic operating margins. As a result, our clients are looking for new ways to simplify processes and drive operational efficiencies, including by using automation, consolidating vendors and adopting new technology options such as hosted and cloud-based applications.

Evolving need to integrate and structure expanding sources of data.     Over the past decade, many health systems around the world have focused on digitizing medical records. While such records theoretically enhance access to data, relevant information is often unintegrated, unstructured, siloed in disparate software systems or entered inconsistently.

In order to derive valuable insights from existing and expanding sources of information, clients need access to statistically significant data sets organized into databases that can be queried and analyzed. For example, longitudinal studies require analysis of anonymous patient diagnoses, treatments, procedures and laboratory test results to identify types of patients that will likely best respond to particular therapies. We believe the opportunity to more broadly apply healthcare data can only be realized through structuring, organizing and integrating new and existing forms of data in conjunction with sophisticated analytics.

Need for demonstrated value in healthcare.     Participants in the healthcare industry are focused on improving quality and reducing costs, both of which require assessment of quality and value of therapies and providers. As a result, there is increasing pressure on life sciences companies to support and justify the value of their therapies. Many new drugs that are being approved are more expensive than existing therapies, and will likely receive heightened scrutiny by payers to determine whether the existing treatment options would be sufficient. Additionally, many new specialty drugs are molecular-based therapies and require a more detailed understanding of clinical factors and influencers that demonstrate therapeutic value. As a result, leading life sciences companies are utilizing more sophisticated analytics for insight driven decisions.

We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these global trends in healthcare. Beyond our proprietary information assets, we have developed key capabilities to assess opportunities to develop and commercialize therapies, support and defend the value of medicines and help our clients operate more efficiently through the application of insight-driven decision-making and cost-efficient technology solutions.

Our strengths

Comprehensive information assets and collection network.     The scale of our information assets, breadth and depth of our data supplier network, and our global reach are distinct advantages as clients value quality, consistency and continuity across geographies to accurately measure trends

 

 

6


Table of Contents

and their performance. With over 10 petabytes of proprietary data sourced from over 100,000 data suppliers covering over 780,000 data feeds globally, we have one of the largest and most comprehensive collections of healthcare information in the world, which includes over 500 million comprehensive, longitudinal anonymous patient records. Based on this data, we deliver information and insights on approximately 90% of the world’s pharmaceuticals, as measured by sales revenue. We have proprietary healthcare data management and projection methodologies developed over a long history, which enable us to extrapolate more precise insights from large-scale databases to provide greater granularity and segmentation for our clients. We continue to invest in new technology to source data that is valued by our clients, including social media analytics and mobile health solutions, to continuously add records to our data sets, and refine our information and analytic methods. Use of our proprietary encryption technologies allows anonymous information to be linked across different care settings and across data sets, resulting in more complete healthcare information about anonymous patients and a deeper understanding of real world treatment, cost and outcomes.

Scaled healthcare specific technology infrastructure.     To manage our proprietary, global information base, we have built what we believe is one of the largest and most sophisticated information technology infrastructures in healthcare. By processing data from over 45 billion healthcare transactions annually, our infrastructure connects complex healthcare data while applying a wide range of privacy, security, operational, legal and contractual protections for data in response to local law, supplier requirements and industry leading practices. We have four Centers of Excellence and five operation hubs around the world, and approximately 9,500 associates, including over 1,200 experts in areas such as biostatistics, data science, bioinformatics, healthcare economics, outcomes research, epidemiology, pharmacology and key therapeutic areas. We believe the scale, global footprint and connectivity our infrastructure provides is unique within the healthcare vertical and will be of increasing value to our clients in a period where cost pressures will grow.

Highly differentiated technology services fully integrated with IMS information.     Our ability to integrate technology services with our data creates mission-critical, actionable intelligence that improves our overall value proposition to our clients. Our expanding set of sophisticated human capital resources and technology services offerings combined with our deep understanding of our scaled information assets provides what we believe to be a competitive advantage in an environment where clients require better performance. For example, in 2012, we introduced our healthcare-specific intelligent cloud, IMS One, which helps our clients fully recognize the benefits of our infrastructure. Our cloud is unique in the healthcare industry because it pre-integrates applications with IMS data and provides interoperability across both IMS and third party applications. We envision that over time IMS One will become an industry standard around which applications are hosted and information shared on an interoperable basis.

Long standing client relationships that are expanding.     The breadth of the intelligent, actionable information we provide is not comprehensively available from any other source and would be difficult and costly for another party to replicate. We believe our information and technology services are deeply integrated into our clients’ workflow. We maintain long-standing relationships and high renewal rates with clients due to the value of the services and solutions we provide, as well as support the need for globally consistent information to enable comprehensive trend analysis at the local, regional, national and multi-country levels. The

 

 

7


Table of Contents

average length of our relationships with our top 25 clients, as measured by 2013 revenue, is over 25 years and our retention rate for our top 1,000 clients from 2012 to 2013 was approximately 99%. Serving over 5,000 clients creates significant opportunity to expand the breadth of services we provide to our clients.

Unique and scalable operating model.     We believe we have an attractive operating model due to the scalability of our solutions, the recurring nature of our revenue and the low capital intensity/high free cash flow conversion of our business. Given our global infrastructure and the fixed-cost nature of our data, we are able to scale our healthcare information, technology and service solutions rapidly and efficiently to generate high margins on incremental revenue. Our flexible technology platform has been built to accommodate highly complex analytics and significant data volumes. We believe our recurring revenue provides significant visibility to our financial performance, and when combined with our leading offerings, will contribute to our long-term growth, strong operating margins and flexibility in allocating capital.

Our growth strategy

We believe we are well positioned for continued growth across the markets we serve. Our strategy for achieving growth includes:

Build upon our extensive client relationships .     We have a diversified base of over 5,000 clients in over 100 countries, and have expanded our client value proposition since the Merger to now address a broader market for information and technology services which we estimate to be $50 billion. We are in the early stages of penetrating this expanding market within our global life sciences client base. Key elements of this strategy include:

 

 

further integrating our existing services to provide clients with interoperable solutions;

 

 

increasing the number of clients that leverage our technology services offerings, including IMS One;

 

 

using our global presence and efficient operating model to scale new applications and solutions rapidly and efficiently across clients, markets and geographies; and

 

 

expanding the number of clients that choose to drive efficiencies by consolidating their vendor needs with us.

Capitalize on our presence in emerging markets .     We believe China, India, Brazil and Russia, together with many of the 50-plus other emerging markets in which we operate, will accelerate their healthcare spending over the next five years. We have an established presence in these markets, generating $440 million of revenue for 2013 (approximately 17% of our revenue) and growing at an 11% constant dollar CAGR since 2010. We serve both multinational companies and local clients. Key elements of this strategy include:

 

 

partnering with existing life sciences clients as they expand their businesses into emerging markets;

 

 

continuing to grow our existing services in emerging markets while simultaneously introducing new services drawn from our global portfolio; and

 

 

building relationships with local companies that are expanding beyond their home markets by capitalizing on the global credibility and consistency of our platform.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Continue to innovate.     We believe a significant opportunity exists to continue to enhance our information and analytics offerings and expand our technology services offerings to capitalize on the evolving healthcare environment. Our recent investments in human capital, technology and services capabilities position us to continue to pursue rapid innovation within the life sciences sector and the broader healthcare marketplace. Examples of recent innovations include:

 

 

development of applications in the mobile health space including AppScript, an enterprise solution for providers and payers to establish a curated formulary of mobile applications that can be prescribed securely and reconciled by prescribers just like drug prescriptions, and AppNucleus, which allows developers to build mobile applications with secure containers for patient information on devices and secure communication channels to physicians and other applications; and

 

 

development of Evidence360, a collection of specialized technologies for RWE, including tailor-made data warehouses integrating our data sets with patient registries and a cohort builder tool facilitating efficient definitions and tracking of narrow cohorts to determine outcomes in small patient populations.

Expand portfolio through strategic acquisitions.     We have and expect to continue to acquire assets and businesses that strengthen our value proposition to clients. We have developed an internal capability to source, evaluate and integrate acquisitions that have created value for stockholders. Since the beginning of 2011, we have invested approximately $586 million of capital in 22 acquisitions. As the global healthcare landscape evolves, we expect that there will be a growing number of acquisition opportunities across the life sciences, payer and provider sectors.

Expand the penetration of our offerings to the broader healthcare marketplace.     We believe that substantial opportunities exist to expand penetration of our addressable market and further integrate our offerings in a broader cross-section of the healthcare marketplace. Key elements of this strategy include:

 

 

continuing to sell innovative solutions to life sciences clients in areas we have recently entered, such as clinical trial analytics;

 

 

leveraging our comprehensive collection of healthcare information to provide critical insights to payers and providers, enabling advanced patient analytics and population health management; and

 

 

utilizing our proprietary information and analytics to address the evolving needs of the broader healthcare marketplace.

Our offerings

We offer hundreds of distinct services, applications and solutions to help our clients make critical decisions and perform better. While historically our offerings focused mainly in information and analytics, we now routinely integrate information with technology services to ensure our clients receive the most value from our information to enable them to incorporate insights into their workflow. These offerings complement each other and can provide enhanced value to our clients when delivered together in an integrated fashion, with each driving demand for the other.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Our principal offerings include:

 

 

National information offerings.     Our national offerings comprise unique services in more than 70 countries that provide consistent country level performance metrics related to sales of pharmaceutical products, prescribing trends, medical treatment and promotional activity across multiple channels including retail, hospital and mail order.

 

 

Sub-national information offerings.     Our sub-national offerings comprise unique services in more than 50 countries that provide a consistent measurement of sales or prescribing activity at the regional, zip code and individual prescriber level (depending on regulation in country).

 

 

Commercial services.     We provide a broad set of strategic, workflow analytics and support services to help the commercial operations of life sciences companies successfully transform their commercial models, engage more effectively with the marketplace and reduce their operating costs.

 

 

Real-World Evidence (RWE) solutions.     We integrate information from medical claims, prescriptions, electronic medical records, biomarkers and government statistics into anonymous, longitudinal patient journeys that provide detailed views of treatment patterns, disease progression, therapeutic switching and concomitant diseases and treatments.

 

 

Commercial technology solutions.     We provide an extensive range of hosted and cloud-based applications and associated implementation services. The applications, hosted on IMS One, support a wide range of commercial processes including multi-channel marketing, customer relationship management (“CRM”), performance management, incentive compensation, territory alignment, roster management and call planning.

 

 

Clinical solutions.     By bringing together our information with advanced predictive modeling technology, we help life sciences companies and CROs better design and execute clinical trials; and for payers and providers, we enable risk-sharing, pay-for-performance and population health management.

Risk related to our business

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Among these important risks are the following:

 

 

our data suppliers might restrict our use of or refuse to license data, which could lead to our inability to provide certain products or services;

 

 

failure to meet productivity objectives under our internal business transformation initiatives could adversely impact our competitiveness and our ability to meet our growth objectives;

 

 

we may be unsuccessful at investing in growth opportunities;

 

 

data protection and privacy laws may restrict our current and future activities;

 

 

breaches or misuse of our or our outsourcing partners’ security or communication systems could expose us, our clients, our data suppliers or others to risk of loss;

 

 

hardware and software failures, delays in the operation of our computer and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements may adversely impact us;

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

consolidation in the industries in which our clients operate may reduce the volume of products and services purchased by consolidated clients following an acquisition or merger; and

 

 

our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and our susceptibility to claims by others that we are infringing their intellectual property rights.

For additional information about the risks we face, please see the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk factors.”

Our Sponsors

On February 26, 2010, IMS was acquired by affiliates of TPG Global, LLC (together with its affiliates, “TPG”), CPP Investment Board Private Holdings, Inc. (“CPPIB-PHI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (together with its affiliates, “CPPIB”) and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. (“LGP” and collectively with TPG and CPPIB, the “Sponsors”) in an all-cash transaction. The acquisition was accomplished through the merger (the “Merger”) of the parent of IMS Health with and into Healthcare Technology Acquisition, Inc., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of IMS Health Holdings, Inc., the Issuer, which is owned by investment entities controlled by the Sponsors and management.

TPG .    TPG is a leading global private investment firm founded in 1992 with $55.7 billion of assets under management as of September 30, 2013 and offices in San Francisco, Fort Worth, Austin, Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, London, Luxembourg, Melbourne, Moscow, Mumbai, New York, Paris, São Paulo, Shanghai, Singapore and Tokyo. TPG has extensive experience with global public and private investments executed through leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, spinouts, growth investments, joint ventures and restructurings. The firm’s investments span a variety of industries, including healthcare, financial services, travel and entertainment, technology, energy, industrials, retail, consumer, real estate and media and communications.

CPPIB .    CPPIB is one of the largest and fastest growing institutional investors in the world. It invests the funds not needed by the Canada Pension Plan to pay current benefits on behalf of 18 million Canadian contributors and beneficiaries. Headquartered in Toronto, with offices in London and Hong Kong, CPPIB is governed and managed independently of the Canada Pension Plan and at arm’s length from governments. At September 30, 2013, the Fund’s assets totaled C$193 billion, of which approximately C$48 billion is invested through the Private Investments group. A team of 135 dedicated Private Investment professionals manages investment activities in Direct Private Equity, Private Debt, Infrastructure, and Funds, Secondaries & Co-Investments. Direct Private Equity manages an approximately C$10 billion portfolio of investments and focuses on majority or shared control investments, typically alongside an existing fund partner, across multiple industry sectors worldwide. Current and previous healthcare and technology investments include Kinetic Concepts, Alliance Boots, Diaverum, LHP Hospital Group, United Surgical Partners, Skype, NEWAsurion and Aricent, among others.

LGP .    LGP is a leading private equity firm with over $15 billion of private equity capital raised since inception. Founded in 1989, LGP has invested in 70 companies with aggregate value of $74 billion. Located in Los Angeles, California, LGP invests in established companies that are leaders in their markets. Significant investments include The Container Store, J. Crew Group, CHG Healthcare, CCC Information Services and Topshop/Topman.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, the Sponsors will own approximately     % of our common stock, or     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock is fully exercised. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) on which we have applied for our shares to be listed. See “Risk factors—Risks relating to our common stock and this offering.”

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Corporate information and structure

IMS Health Holdings, Inc. is a Delaware corporation that was formed in 2009 under the name Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. On December 20, 2013, the Company changed its name to IMS Health Holdings, Inc. Its only material assets are the shares of the equity of Healthcare Technology Intermediate, Inc., which is the holder of 100% of the equity of Healthcare Technology Intermediate Holdings, Inc., which is the holder of 100% of the shares of the equity of IMS Health Incorporated, which we refer to in this prospectus as IMS Health. IMS Health Holdings, Inc. does not conduct any operations other than with respect to its direct and indirect ownership of its subsidiaries and conducts all of its business through IMS Health and its subsidiaries. Our principal executive offices are located at 83 Wooster Heights Road, Danbury, Connecticut 06810. Our telephone number at that address is (203) 448-4600. Our website address is www.imshealth.com. Our website and the information contained on our website do not constitute a part of this prospectus.

The following chart shows our simplified organizational structure immediately following the consummation of this offering:

 

LOGO

 

 

13


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares (or                      shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full)

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock to cover overallotments.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to refinance a portion of our existing long-term debt in connection with the closing of this offering (the “Refinancing”), comprised of (i) the entry into an amendment and restatement of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities to provide for, among other things, additional term loans (the “New Term Loans”) of $         and          and to increase our existing revolving credit facility to $         and (ii) the redemption of (x) all amounts outstanding under our $750.0 million 7.374%/8.125% Senior Payment-in-Kind Toggle Notes due 2018 (the “Senior PIK Notes”) and (y) all amounts outstanding under our $999.6 million 12.5% unsecured Senior Exchange Notes due 2018 (the “New 12.5% Senior Notes”) and the $0.4 million of 12.5% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Old 12.5% Senior Notes,” and, together with the New 12.5% Senior Notes, the “12.5% Senior Notes”), in each case including related fees and expenses. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, along with borrowings under our New Term Loans and cash on our balance sheet, to (i) fund the redemption of all of our Senior PIK Notes and 12.5% Notes, (ii) pay an estimated amount of $         million in the aggregate to holders of outstanding cash-settled stock appreciation rights granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (“Phantom SARs”), and (iii) pay a one-time fee to terminate our management services agreement with the Sponsors of $         million. We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds, if any, for

 

 

14


Table of Contents
 

general corporate purposes. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

Our board of directors does not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock. However, we expect to reevaluate our dividend policy on a regular basis following the offering and may, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in our credit facilities and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the future. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, which may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, the implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and any other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources,” “Description of indebtedness” and Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed NYSE symbol

“IMS”

 

Conflicts of interest

Because certain affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., an underwriter of this offering, hold a portion of our 12.5% Senior Notes and are therefore expected to receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering and because affiliates of TPG Capital BD, LLC, an underwriter of this offering, own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) is deemed to exist. As required by FINRA Rule 5121, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC has agreed to act as “qualified independent underwriter” for this offering and has participated in the preparation of, and has exercised the usual standards of “due diligence” in respect of this prospectus. See “Use of proceeds” and “Underwriting—Conflicts of interest.”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on              shares of common stock outstanding as of                     , 2014 and excludes the following:

 

 

             shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of                     , 2014 at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share; and

 

 

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans as of                     , 2014.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

 

the adoption of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

 

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock in this offering.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Summary and pro forma consolidated financial data

The following table sets forth summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data for the years presented and at the dates indicated below. We have derived the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and the statement of comprehensive income (loss) and cash flow data for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. The following information should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

       Years ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in millions)    2013     2012     2011  

Financial Data :

      

Revenue

   $ 2,544      $ 2,443      $ 2,364   

Information

     1,525        1,521        1,532   

Technology Services

     1,019        922        832   

Operating costs of information

     648        675        698   

Direct and incremental costs of technology services

     520        476        396   

Selling and administrative expenses

     596        579        604   

Depreciation and amortization(1)

     410        424        393   

Severance, impairment and other charges

     16        48        31   

Merger costs

            2        23   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     354        239        219   
  

 

 

 

Interest income

     4        4        3   

Interest expense

     (332     (275     (277

Other loss, net

     (74     (29     (7
  

 

 

 

Non-operating loss, net

     (402     (300     (281
  

 

 

 

Loss before benefit from income taxes

     (48     (61     (62

Benefit from income taxes

     130        19        173   
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 82      $ (42   $ 111   

 

 

17


Table of Contents
       Years ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in millions)    2013     2012     2011  

Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.03      $ (0.02   $ 0.04   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     0.03        (0.02     0.04   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     2,800        2,795        2,788   

Diluted

     2,870        2,795        2,793   

Unaudited pro forma data(2):

      

Basic income per common share

      

Diluted income per common share

      

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

      

Diluted

      

Balance sheet data (at end of period):

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 725      $ 580     

Short-term investments

     4        61     

Accounts receivables, net of allowances

     313        308     

Total current assets

     1,327        1,237     

Total assets

     7,999        8,215     

Total current liabilities

     932        843     

Total debt

     4,960        4,177     

Total liabilities

     7,116        6,532     

Total shareholders’ equity

     883        1,683     

Statement of cash flow data:

      

Net cash provided by (used in)

      

Operating Activities

   $ 400      $ 399      $ 334   
  

 

 

 

Investing Activities

     (180     (209     (485
  

 

 

 

Financing Activities

     (52     (63     106   
  

 

 

 

Other financial data:

      

Capital expenditures

   $ 41      $ 44      $ 30   

Additions to computer software

     81        64        74   

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

     829        764        721   

 

(1)   Includes charges related to acquired intangible assets.

 

(2)   Pro forma earnings per share

 

       We declared and paid dividends to our stockholders of $753 million during 2013. Dividends declared in the year preceding an initial public offering are deemed to be in contemplation of the offering with the intention of repayment out of offering proceeds to the extent that the dividends exceeded earnings during such period. Unaudited pro forma earnings per share for 2013 gives effect to the sale of the number of shares the proceeds of which would be necessary to (i) pay the dividend amount that is in excess of 2013 earnings, (ii) fund the repayment of the debt and related fees and expenses described in “Use of proceeds” and (iii) pay holders of Phantom SARs as described in “Use of proceeds,” up to the number of shares assumed to be issued in this offering.

 

       Additionally, unaudited pro forma earnings per share for 2013 gives effect to the reversal of interest expense relating to such debt, including the reversal of amortization related to debt issuance costs and discount.

 

       For purposes of calculating unaudited pro forma earnings per share for 2013 we assumed shares are sold in this offering at a price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

The following presents the computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

       Year ended
December 31,
2013
 

 

 

Numerator:

  

Net income as reported

   $                

Pro forma adjustments:

  

Interest expense, net of tax(a)

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $     
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted average common shares used in computing basic income per common share outstanding

  

Adjustment for common stock issued whose proceeds will be used to pay dividends in excess of earnings(b)

  

Adjustment for common shares used to repay outstanding indebtedness(c)

  

Adjustment for common stock to pay holders of Phantom SARs(d)

  

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing basic income per common share outstanding

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic earnings per share

   $     
  

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares used in computing diluted income per common share outstanding

  

Diluted effect of securities

  

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing diluted income per common share outstanding

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

   $     
  

 

 

 

 

 

(a)   These adjustments reflect the elimination of the historical interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs and discount after reflecting the pro forma effect of the Refinancing.

  

(b)   Dividends declared in the past twelve months

   $                           

Net income attributable to IMS Health Holdings, Inc. in the past 12 months

  
  

 

 

 

Dividends paid in excess of earnings

   $     
  

 

 

 

Offering price per common share

   $     
  

 

 

 

Common shares assumed issued in this offering necessary to pay dividends in excess of earnings

  

(c)    Indebtedness to be repaid with proceeds from this offering

   $     
  

 

 

 

        Offering price per common share

   $     
  

 

 

 

        Common shares assumed issued in this offering to repay indebtedness

  

(d)   Number of Phantom SARs

  

        Excess of fair market value over exercise price

  

        Common shares assumed issued in this offering necessary to pay holders of Phantom SARs

  

 

 

(3)   Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not defined under U.S. GAAP and is presented in this prospectus because our management considers it an important supplemental measure of our performance and our ability to service our debt and believes that it provides greater transparency into our results of operation and is frequently used by investors in the evaluation of companies in the industry. In addition, our management believes that Adjusted EBITDA is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain material non-cash items, unusual or non-recurring items that we do not expect to continue in the future and certain other adjustments we believe are not reflective of our ongoing operations and our performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations.

 

       Adjusted EBITDA, as we use it, is net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash compensation expenses, expenses related to the early extinguishment of debt, transaction fees and the other items described below.

 

       We understand that although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and others in their evaluation of companies, it has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

it does not reflect every cash expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

it does not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

 

19


Table of Contents
   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced or require improvements in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements or improvements;

 

   

it is not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows;

 

   

it does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations;

 

   

it does not reflect limitations on our costs related to transferring earnings from our subsidiaries to us; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate this measure differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

       Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. We compensate for these limitations by using Adjusted EBITDA along with other comparative tools, together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. These U.S. GAAP measurements include operating income (loss), net income (loss), cash flows from operations and cash flow data. We have significant uses of cash flows, including capital expenditures, interest payments, debt principal repayments, taxes and other non-recurring charges, which are not reflected in Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended as alternatives to net income (loss) as indicators of our operating performance, as alternatives to any other measure of performance in conformity with U.S. GAAP or as alternatives to cash flow provided by operating activities as measures of liquidity. You should therefore not place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA or ratios calculated using those measures. Our U.S. GAAP-based measures can be found in our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

       Years ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in millions)    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 82      $ (42   $ 111   

Deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments

     2        7        7   

Non-cash stock-based compensation charges

     22        19        18   

Restructuring and related charges(a)

     23        54        39   

Acquisition-related charges

     10        11        13   

Sponsor monitoring fee

     8        8        9   

Depreciation and amortization

     410        424        393   

Merger costs

            2        23   

Interest income

     (4     (4     (3

Interest expense

     332        275        277   

Other loss, net

     74        29        7   

Benefit from income taxes

     (130     (19     (173
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 829      $ 764      $ 721   

 

 

 

(a)   Restructuring and related charges includes severance and impairment charges and the cost of employee and third-party charges related to dual running costs for knowledge transfer activities.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Risk factors

This offering and investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.

Risks related to our business

We rely on third parties to provide certain data. Our data suppliers might restrict our use of or refuse to license data, which could lead to our inability to provide certain services and, as a result, materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Each of our information services is derived from data we collect from third parties. These data suppliers are numerous and diverse, reflecting the broad scope of information that we collect and use in our business.

Although we typically enter into long-term contractual arrangements with many of these suppliers of data, at the time of entry into a new contract or renewal of an existing contract, suppliers may increase restrictions on our use of such data, increase the price they charge us for data or refuse altogether to license the data to us. In addition, during the term of any data supply contract, suppliers may fail to adhere to our data quality control standards or fail to deliver data. Further, although no single individual data supplier is material to our business, if a number of suppliers collectively representing a significant amount of data that we use for one or more of our services were to impose additional contractual restrictions on our use of or access to data, fail to adhere to our quality-control standards, repeatedly fail to deliver data or refuse to provide data, now or in the future, our ability to provide those services to our clients could be materially adversely impacted, which may harm our operating results and financial condition.

Failure to meet productivity objectives under our internal business transformation initiatives could adversely impact our competitiveness and harm our operating results.

We are pursuing business transformation initiatives to update technology, increase innovation and obtain operating efficiencies. As part of these initiatives, we seek to improve our productivity, flexibility, quality, functionality and cost savings by investing in the development and implementation of global platforms and integration of our business processes and functions to achieve economies of scale. For example, we hired and trained more than 500 people to form a COE in Manila, The Philippines for standardizing and cleaning data received from data suppliers, developed updated tools for standardizing and cleaning data, are moving local standardizing and cleaning from countries around the world to the Manila COE, and retired local standardizing and cleaning systems. These various initiatives may not yield their intended gains, which may impact our competitiveness and our ability to meet our growth objectives and, as a result, materially and adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition.

 

21


Table of Contents

If we are unsuccessful at investing in growth opportunities, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

We continue to invest significantly in growth opportunities, including the development and acquisition of new data, technologies and services to meet our clients’ needs. For example, we are expanding our services and technology offerings, such as the development of a cloud-based platform with a growing number of applications to support commercial operations for life sciences companies (e.g., multi-channel marketing, marketing campaign management, CRM, incentive compensation management, targeting and segmentation, performance management and other applications). We also continue to invest significantly in growth opportunities in emerging markets, such as the development, launch and enhancement of services in China, India, Russia, Turkey and other countries. We believe healthcare spending in these emerging markets will continue to grow over the next five years, and we consider our presence in these markets to be an important focus of our growth strategy.

There is no assurance that our investment plans or growth strategy will be successful or will produce a sufficient or any return on our investments. Further, if we are unable to develop new technologies and services, clients do not purchase our new technologies and services, our new technologies and services do not work as intended or there are delays in the availability or adoption of our new technologies and services, then we may not be able to grow our business or growth may occur slower than anticipated. Additionally, although we expect continued growth in healthcare spending in emerging markets, such spending may occur more slowly or not at all, and we may not benefit from our investments in these markets.

We plan to fund growth opportunities with cash from operations or from future financings, and not with the proceeds from this offering, which will primarily be used to repay existing indebtedness. See “Use of proceeds.” There can be no assurance that those sources will be available in sufficient amounts to fund future growth opportunities when needed.

Any of the foregoing could have a material and adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Data protection, privacy and similar laws restrict access, use and disclosure of information, and failure to comply with or adapt to changes in these laws could materially and adversely harm our business.

Patient health information is among the most sensitive of personal information and it is critical that information about an individual’s healthcare is properly protected from inappropriate access, use and disclosure. Laws restricting access, use and disclosure of such information include the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), the European Union’s Data Protection Directive, Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act and other data protection, privacy and similar national, state/provincial and local laws. We have established frameworks, models, processes and technologies to manage privacy for many data types, from a variety of sources, and under myriad privacy and data protection laws worldwide. In addition, we rely on our data suppliers to deliver information to us in a form and in a manner that complies with applicable privacy and data protection laws. These laws are complex and there is no assurance that the safeguards and controls employed by us or our data suppliers will be sufficient to prevent a breach of these laws. Failure to comply with such laws may result in, among other things, civil and criminal liability, negative publicity, damage to our reputation, data being blocked from use and liability under contractual provisions.

 

22


Table of Contents

Laws and expectations relating to privacy continue to evolve, and we continue to adapt to changing needs. Nevertheless, changes in these laws (including newly released interpretations of these laws by courts and regulatory bodies) may limit our data access, use and disclosure, and may require increased expenditures by us or may dictate that we not offer certain types of services. Any of the foregoing may have a material adverse impact on our ability to provide services to our clients or maintain our profitability.

There is ongoing concern from privacy advocates, regulators and others regarding data protection and privacy issues, and the number of jurisdictions with data protection and privacy laws has been increasing. Also, there are ongoing public policy discussions regarding whether the standards for de-identified, anonymous or pseudonomized health information are sufficient, and the risk of re-identification sufficiently small, to adequately protect patient privacy. These discussions may lead to further restrictions on the use of such information. There can be no assurance that these initiatives or future initiatives will not adversely affect our ability to access and use data or to develop or market current or future services.

Data protection, privacy and similar laws protect more than patient information, and although they vary by jurisdiction, these laws can extend to employee information, business contact information, provider information and other information relating to identifiable individuals. Failure to comply with these laws may result in, among other things, civil and criminal liability, negative publicity, damage to our reputation and liability under contractual provisions. In addition, compliance with such laws may require increased costs to us or may dictate that we not offer certain types of services.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing could impact our ability to provide the same level of service to our clients, force us to modify our offerings or increase our costs, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Security breaches and unauthorized use of our IT systems and information, or the IT systems or information in the possession of our vendors, could expose us, our clients, our data suppliers or others to risk of loss.

We rely upon the security of our computer and communications systems infrastructure to protect us from cyber attacks and unauthorized access. Cyber attacks can include malware, computer viruses, hacking or other significant disruption of our computer, communications and related systems. Although we take steps to manage and avoid these risks and to prevent their recurrence, our preventive and remedial actions may not be successful. Such attacks, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in our incurring costs related to, for example, rebuilding internal systems, defending against litigation, responding to regulatory inquiries or actions, paying damages or fines, or taking other remedial steps with respect to third parties. Publicity about vulnerabilities and attempted or successful incursions could damage our reputation with clients and data suppliers and reduce demand for our services.

We also store proprietary and sensitive information in connection with our business, which could be compromised by a cyber attack. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss or damage to our data, an inappropriate disclosure of proprietary or sensitive information, an inability to access data sources, or an inability to process data or provide our offerings to our clients, it could cause significant damage to our reputation, affect our relationships with our data suppliers and clients (including loss of suppliers and clients), lead to claims against us and ultimately harm our business. We may be required to incur significant costs to alleviate, remedy

 

23


Table of Contents

or protect against damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future. We may also face inquiry or increased scrutiny from government agencies as a result of any such disruption or breach. While we have insurance coverage for certain instances of a cyber security breach, our coverage may not be sufficient if we suffer a significant attack or multiple attacks. Any such breach or disruption could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and our reputation as a provider of mission-critical services.

Some of our vendors have significant responsibility for the security of our global data center and certain computer-based platforms. Also, our data suppliers have responsibility for security of their own computer and communications environments. These third parties face risks relating to cyber security similar to ours, which could disrupt their businesses and therefore materially impact ours. Accordingly, we are subject to any flaw in or breaches to their computer and communications systems or those that they operate for us, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial results.

Hardware and software failures, delays in the operation of our computer and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements may adversely impact us.

Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems. A failure of our network or data-gathering procedures could impede the processing of data, delivery of databases and services, client orders and day-to-day management of our business and could result in the corruption or loss of data.

While many of our operations have disaster recovery plans in place, we currently do not have excess or standby computer processing or network capacity everywhere in the world to avoid disruption in the receipt, processing and delivery of data in the event of a system failure. Despite any precautions we may take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins, sabotage, breaches of security, epidemics and similar events at our various computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. In addition, any failure by our computer environment to provide sufficient processing or network capacity to transfer data could result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a delay in the delivery of data, we could be required to transfer our data collection operations to an alternative provider of server hosting services. Such a transfer could result in significant delays in our ability to deliver services to our clients, and increase our costs. Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements, improvements and inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed could damage our reputation and harm our business. Finally, long-term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, epidemics and acts of terrorism (particularly involving cities in which we have offices) could result in a material adverse affect.

Although we carry property and business interruption insurance, our coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. Any such failure, disruption or delay could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and our reputation.

Consolidation in the industries in which our clients operate may reduce the volume of services purchased by consolidated clients following an acquisition or merger, which could harm our operating results and financial condition.

Mergers or consolidations among our clients have in the past and could in the future reduce the number of our clients and potential clients. When companies consolidate, overlapping services

 

24


Table of Contents

previously purchased separately are usually purchased only once by the combined entity, leading to loss of revenue. Other services that were previously purchased by one of the merged or consolidated entities may be deemed unnecessary or cancelled. If our clients merge with or are acquired by other entities that are not our clients, or that use fewer of our services, they may discontinue or reduce their use of our services. There can be no assurance as to the degree to which we may be able to address the revenue impact of such consolidation. Any of these developments could harm our operating results and financial condition.

Laws restricting pharmaceutical sales and marketing practices may adversely impact demand for our services.

There have been a significant number of laws, legislative initiatives and regulatory actions over the years that seek to limit pharmaceutical sales and marketing practices. For example, three states in 2006 and 2007 passed laws restricting the use of prescriber identifiable information for the purpose of promoting branded prescription medicines. Although these laws were subsequently declared to be unconstitutional based on a decision of the U.S. Supreme Court in Sorrell v. IMS Health in 2011, we are unable to predict whether, and in what form, other initiatives may be introduced or actions taken at the state or Federal levels to limit pharmaceutical sales and marketing practices. In addition, while we will continue to seek to adapt our services to comply with the requirements of these laws (to the extent applicable to our services), if enacted, there can be no assurance that our efforts to adapt our offerings will be successful and provide the same financial contribution to us. There can also be no assurance that future legislative initiatives will not adversely affect our ability to develop or market current or future offerings, or that any future laws will not diminish the demand for our services, all of which could, over time, result in a material adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Our business is subject to increasing competition.

Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to successfully compete with other companies that provide similar services in the same markets, some of which may have financial, marketing, technical and other advantages. We also expect that competition will continue to increase as a result of consolidation in both the information technology and healthcare industries. If one or more of our competitors or potential competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. We compete on the basis of various factors, including breadth and depth of services, reputation, reliability, quality, innovation, security, price and industry expertise and experience. In addition, our ability to compete successfully may be impacted by the growing availability of health information from social media, government health information systems and other free or low-cost sources. For example, the United Kingdom’s National Health Service started releasing large volumes of data beginning in December 2011 at little or no charge, reducing the demand for our information services derived from similar data. In addition, consolidation or integration of wholesalers, retail pharmacies, health networks, payers or other healthcare stakeholders may lead any of them to provide information services directly to clients or indirectly through a designated service provider, resulting in increased competition from firms that may have lower costs to market (e.g., no data supply costs). Any of the above may result in lower demand for our services, which could result in a material adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

 

25


Table of Contents

Tax matters could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We operate in more than 100 countries worldwide and our earnings are subject to taxation in many differing jurisdictions and at differing rates. We seek to organize our affairs in a tax-efficient manner, taking account of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our provision for income taxes and cash tax liability in the future could be adversely affected by numerous factors, including income before taxes being lower than anticipated in countries with lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated in countries with higher statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations thereof, which could harm our financial results in future periods. In addition, we are subject to continuous examination of our income tax returns by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuous examinations will not have an adverse effect on our provision for income taxes and tax liability.

Litigation or regulatory proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

In the normal course of our business, we are involved in lawsuits, claims, audits and investigations, such as those described in “Business—Legal proceedings.” The outcome of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. In addition, we may become subject to future lawsuits, claims, audits and investigations that could result in substantial costs and divert our attention and resources. Litigation is inherently uncertain, and adverse rulings could occur, including monetary damages, or an injunction stopping us from producing, publishing or selling services, engaging in business practices or requiring other remedies such as divestitures.

Our business may be adversely impacted by factors affecting the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries.

The vast majority of our revenue is generated from sales to the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries. The clients we serve in these industries are commonly subject to financial pressures, including, but not limited to, increased costs, reduced demand for their products, reductions in pricing and reimbursement for products and services, formulary approval and placement, government approval to market their products and limits on the manner by which they market their products, loss of patent exclusivity (whether due to patent expiration or as a result of a successful legal challenge) and the proliferation of or changes to regulations applicable to these industries. To the extent our clients face such pressures, the demand for our services, or the prices our clients are willing to pay for those services, may decline. Any such decline could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our ability to obtain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights is subject to general litigation or third-party opposition risks, as well as the uncertainty as to the scope of protection, registrability, patentability, validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights in each applicable country. Governments may adopt regulations, and government agencies or courts may render decisions, requiring compulsory licensing of intellectual property rights. When we seek to enforce our intellectual property rights we may be subject to claims that the intellectual property rights are invalid or unenforceable. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our

 

26


Table of Contents

intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property rights. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay further sales or the implementation of our solutions, impair the functionality of our solutions, delay introductions of new solutions, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our solutions, or injure our reputation and harm our operating results and financial condition.

The theft or unauthorized use or publication of our trade secrets and other confidential business information could reduce the differentiation of our services and harm our business; the value of our investment in development or business acquisitions could be reduced; and third parties might make claims against us related to losses of their confidential or proprietary information. These incidents and claims could harm our business, reduce revenue, increase expenses and harm our reputation.

We may be subject to claims by others that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights, which could harm our business and negatively impact our results of operations.

Third parties may assert claims that we or our clients infringe their intellectual property rights and these claims, with or without merit, could be expensive to litigate, cause us to incur substantial costs and divert management resources and attention in defending the claim. In some jurisdictions, plaintiffs can also seek injunctive relief that may limit the operation of our business or prevent the marketing and selling of our products or services that infringe on the plaintiff’s intellectual property rights. To resolve these claims, we may enter into licensing agreements with restrictive terms or significant fees, stop selling or redesign affected products or services, or pay damages to satisfy contractual obligations to others. If we do not resolve these claims in advance of a trial, there is no guarantee that we will be successful in court. These outcomes may have a material adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

In addition, certain contracts with our suppliers or clients contain provisions whereby we indemnify, subject to certain limitations, the counterparty for damages suffered as a result of claims related to intellectual property infringement and the use of our data. Claims made under these provisions could be expensive to litigate and could result in significant payments.

We rely on licenses from third parties to certain technology and intellectual property rights for some of our products and the licenses we currently have could terminate or expire.

Some of our products or services rely on technology or intellectual property rights owned and controlled by others. Our licenses to this technology or these intellectual property rights could be terminated or could expire. We may be unable to replace these licenses in a timely manner. Failure to renew these licenses, or renewals of these licenses on less advantageous terms, could harm our operating results and financial condition.

We may not be able to attract, retain and motivate talented personnel.

Our business is based on successfully attracting and retaining talented employees. The market for highly skilled workers and leaders in our industry and in the locations in which we operate is very

 

27


Table of Contents

competitive. If we are not successful in our recruiting efforts, or if we are unable to retain key employees, our ability to develop and deliver successful services may be adversely affected. Effective succession planning is also important to our long-term success. Failure to ensure effective transfer of knowledge and smooth transitions involving key employees could hinder our strategic planning and execution.

We regularly seek to grow our business through acquisitions of or investments in new or complementary businesses, services or technologies, or through strategic alliances, and the failure to manage such acquisitions, investments or alliances could have a material adverse effect on us.

In executing our business strategy, we routinely conduct discussions, evaluate opportunities and enter into agreements for possible investments, acquisitions and other transactions such as strategic alliances, and we actively pursue these types of transactions in the regular course of business. Pursuing growth by way of these types of transactions involves significant challenges and risks, including the inability to successfully identify acquisition candidates on terms acceptable to us, advance our business strategy, realize a satisfactory return on investment, successfully integrate business activities or resources, or retain key personnel. If we are unable to manage acquisitions or investments, or integrate any acquired businesses, services or technologies effectively, we may not realize the expected benefits from the transaction relative to the consideration paid, and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

Further, we may be unsuccessful in identifying and evaluating business, legal or financial risks as part of the due diligence process associated with a particular transaction. In addition, some investments may result in the incurrence of debt or may have contingent consideration components that may require us to pay additional amounts in the future in relation to future performance results of the subject business. If we do enter into agreements with respect to these transactions, we may fail to complete them due to factors such as failure to obtain regulatory or other approvals. We may be unable to realize the full benefits from these transactions, such as increased revenue or enhanced efficiencies, within the timeframes that we expect or at all. These events could divert attention from our other businesses and harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may experience challenges with the acquisition, development, enhancement or deployment of technology necessary for our business.

We operate in businesses that require sophisticated computer systems and software for data collection, data processing, cloud-based platforms, analytics, cryptography, statistical projections and forecasting, mobile computing, social media analytics and other applications and technologies. We seek to address our technology risks by increasing our reliance on the use of innovations by cross-industry technology leaders and adapt these for our pharmaceutical and healthcare industry clients. Some of these technologies supporting the industries we serve are changing rapidly and we must continue to adapt to these changes in a timely and effective manner at an acceptable cost. We also must continue to deliver data to our clients in forms that are easy to use while simultaneously providing clear answers to complex questions. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to develop, acquire or integrate new technologies, that these new technologies will meet our clients’ needs or achieve expected investment goals, or that we will be able to do so as quickly or cost-effectively as our competitors. Significant technological change could render our services obsolete. Moreover, the introduction of new services

 

28


Table of Contents

embodying new technologies could render existing services obsolete. Our continued success will depend on our ability to adapt to changing technologies, manage and process ever-increasing amounts of data and information and improve the performance, features and reliability of our services in response to changing client and industry demands. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful design, development, testing, introduction or marketing of our services. New services, or enhancements to existing services, may not adequately meet the requirements of current and prospective clients or achieve any degree of significant market acceptance. Any of these failures could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Our business is subject to international economic, political and other risks that could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We have business activities in over 100 countries, and for the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated 63% of our $2.54 billion of revenue from outside the United States. Further, some of our business activities are concentrated into global or regional hubs in one or more geographic areas. For example, to support our businesses in many other countries, we handle standardizing and cleaning of data in Manila, The Philippines, advanced statistics in Beijing, China, analytical support for delivery in Bangalore, India, and reference data management in Santiago, Chile. We are therefore subject to heightened risks inherent in conducting business internationally, in particular in the emerging markets in which we conduct and into which we are expanding our business. These risks include, for example:

 

 

required compliance with a variety of local laws and regulations which may be materially different than those to which we are subject in the United States or which may change unexpectedly;

 

 

local, economic, political and social conditions, including potential hyperinflationary conditions, political instability, and potential nationalization, repatriation, expropriation, price controls or other restrictive government actions;

 

 

hiring, retaining and overseeing qualified management personnel for managing operations in multiple countries;

 

 

differing employment practices and labor issues;

 

 

tax-related risks, including the imposition of taxes and the lack of beneficial treaties, that result in a higher effective tax rate for us;

 

 

difficulties in enforcing agreements through certain foreign local systems;

 

 

limitations on ownership and on repatriation of earnings;

 

 

possible liabilities under applicable anti-corruption laws, export controls, anti-boycott and economic sanctions laws;

 

 

longer sales and payment cycles;

 

 

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and

 

 

security concerns, including crime, political instability and international response thereto.

To the extent we are unable to effectively manage our international operations and these risks, our data acquisition activities and sales for certain countries may be adversely affected, we may

 

29


Table of Contents

be subject to additional and unanticipated costs, and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory action. As a consequence, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed.

Further, we have substantial assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and although we hedge a portion of our international currency exposure, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits and financial position of our operations, in addition to economic exposure, as a result of devaluations and fluctuations in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into dollars.

We may be exposed to liabilities under applicable anti-corruption laws and any determination that we violated these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to various anti-corruption laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments their officials and others for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We have business in countries and regions which are less developed and are generally recognized as potentially more corrupt business environments. Our activities in these countries create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees or agents that could be in violation of various anti-corruption laws including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) the U.K. Bribery Act and other local laws. We have implemented safeguards and policies to discourage these practices by our employees and agents. However, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective and our employees or agents may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. In addition, our significant recent growth globally over the last few years and our anticipated future growth, both organically and through acquisitions, may exacerbate these risks and strain our ability to effectively manage the increased breadth and scope of our activities to avoid these risks. If employees violate our policies or we fail to maintain adequate record-keeping and internal accounting practices to accurately record our transactions, we may be subject to regulatory sanctions. Violations of the FCPA or other anti-corruption laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions and penalties, including disgorgement of profits, injunctions and debarment from government contracts, and we may be subject to other liabilities which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Catastrophic events or geo-political conditions may disrupt our business.

A disruption or failure of our systems or operations because of a major earthquake, weather event, cyber-attack, terrorist attack, pandemic or other catastrophic event could cause delays in completing sales, providing services, collecting data or performing other mission-critical functions in affected areas. A catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our critical business or information technology systems could harm our ability to conduct normal business operations. Our move toward providing our clients with more services and solutions in the cloud puts a premium on the resilience of our systems and strength of our business continuity management plans, and magnifies the potential impact of prolonged service outages on our operating results. Abrupt political change, terrorist activity and armed conflict pose a risk of general economic disruption in affected countries, which may increase our operating costs or reduce our revenue.

 

30


Table of Contents

We face risks related to sales to government entities.

We derive a portion of our revenue from sales to government entities in the United States, which represented less than 1% of our revenues in each of the last three fiscal years. In general, our contracts with U.S. government entities are terminable at will by the government entity at any time. Government demand and payment for our services may be affected by public-sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations. Government contracts are subject to oversight, including special rules on accounting, expenses, reviews and security. Failure to comply with these rules could result in civil and criminal penalties and sanctions, including termination of contracts, fines and suspensions, or debarment from future business with the U.S. government. As a result, failure to comply with these rules could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Our use of accounting estimates involves judgment and could adversely impact our financial results, and ineffective internal controls could adversely impact our business and operating results.

The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations. For more information, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These methods, estimates and judgments are subject to significant risks, uncertainties and assumptions, and changes could affect our results of operations. In addition, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of the inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in their implementation, our business and operating results could be harmed and we could fail to meet our reporting obligations.

Risks relating to our common stock and this offering

Our Sponsors will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

We are currently controlled, and after this offering is completed will continue to be controlled, by the Sponsors. Upon completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors will beneficially own     % of our outstanding common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders). As long as the Sponsors own or control at least a majority of our outstanding voting power, they will have the ability to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how our other stockholders may vote, including the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors, any amendment of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of substantially all of our assets. Even if their ownership falls below 50%, the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

Additionally, the Sponsors interests may not align with the interests of our other stockholders. The Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold

 

31


Table of Contents

interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of the Sponsors and of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to one of our directors or officers in his or her capacity as a director or officer.

Upon the listing of our shares, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements; you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Because the Sponsors will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock after completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

 

 

we have a board of directors that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE;

 

 

we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

 

we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to avail ourselves of all of these exemptions. Accordingly, in the event the interests of our Sponsors differ from those of other stockholders, and, for so long as we are a “controlled company,” you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of our company more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

In addition to the Sponsors’ beneficial ownership of a controlling percentage of our common stock, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders.

These provisions, some of which (as noted below) only become effective when the Sponsors no longer beneficially own a majority of our common stock (the “Trigger Date”), include:

 

 

the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;

 

 

the sole ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;

 

32


Table of Contents

 

 

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

 

after the Trigger Date, limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent;

 

 

after the Trigger Date, in certain cases, the required approval of holders of at least 75% of the shares entitled to vote generally on the amendment or repeal of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;

 

 

after the Trigger Date, the required approval of holders of at least 75% of the shares entitled to vote in an election of directors to remove directors, which removal may only be for cause; and

 

 

the ability of our board of directors to issue new series of, and designate the terms of, preferred stock, without stockholder approval, which could be used to, among other things, institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

In addition, Section 203 of the DGCL may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” We have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Nevertheless, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the DGCL, except that they provide that the Sponsors and their transferees will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Because our board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace current members of our management team. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the Company may be unsuccessful. See “Description of capital stock.”

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book deficit per share after this offering. Based on the initial public offering price of $         per share, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed     % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. We also have a

 

33


Table of Contents

large number of outstanding stock options to purchase common stock with exercise prices that are below the estimated initial public offering price of our common stock. To the extent that these options are exercised, you will experience further dilution. See “Dilution” for more detail.

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “IMS,” an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

As a public company, we will become subject to additional laws, regulations and stock exchange listing standards, which will impose additional costs on us and may strain our resources and divert our management’s attention.

We have operated our business as a private company since February 2010, following the Merger. After this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act”), the listing requirements of the NYSE, and other applicable securities laws and regulations. Compliance with these laws and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly. For example, the Exchange Act will require us, among other things, to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. We also expect that being a public company and being subject to new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. We estimate that we will incur between $         million and $         million annually in expenses related to incremental insurance costs and other expenses associated with being a public company, including listing, printer and XBRL fees and investor relations costs. However, the incremental costs that we incur as a result of becoming a public company could exceed our estimate. These factors may therefore strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

Our operating results and share price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future as a publicly traded company. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to

 

34


Table of Contents

experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. We and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price or at all. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

 

 

market conditions in the broader stock market;

 

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

 

introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

 

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

 

results of operations that vary from expectations of securities analysis and investors;

 

 

guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance;

 

 

strategic actions by us or our competitors;

 

 

announcement by us, our competitors or our vendors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

 

charges to our earnings resulting from impairments of goodwill or other intangible assets;

 

 

restructuring-related charges;

 

 

sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

 

 

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

 

regulatory, legal or political developments;

 

 

public response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;

 

 

litigation and governmental investigations;

 

 

changing economic conditions;

 

 

changes in accounting principles;

 

 

default under agreements governing our indebtedness;

 

 

exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

 

other events or factors, including those from natural disasters, war, actors of terrorism or responses to these events.

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. While we believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that

 

35


Table of Contents

issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding             shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of                     , 2014. This includes             shares that we are selling in this offering, as well as the             shares that the selling stockholders are selling, which may be resold in the public market immediately, and assumes no exercises of outstanding options. Substantially all of the shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under agreements executed in connection with this offering. These shares will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up agreement as described in the “Shares eligible for future sale” section of this prospectus. We also intend to file a Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans and, in connection with this offering, we will enter into an amended and restated stockholders’ agreement with the Sponsors that provides them with registration rights. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. See the information under the heading “Shares eligible for future sale” and “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders’ agreement” for a more detailed description of the shares of common stock that will be available for future sale upon completion of this offering.

Since we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

Although we have previously declared dividends to our stockholders, we do not anticipate paying any regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including under IMS Health’s second amended and restated credit agreement and related security and other documents for a senior secured term loan facility and a senior secured revolving facility with a syndicate of institutional lenders and financial institutions (collectively, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) and the 6% Senior Notes (as defined herein). The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the 6% Senior Notes restrict IMS Health’s ability to pay dividends and make certain other distributions by imposing caps on the aggregate amount thereof as well as certain other conditions including, in some cases, financial incurrence tests, to declare and pay such dividends and distributions.

 

36


Table of Contents

Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend policy” for more detail.

We are a holding company with nominal net worth and will depend on dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries to pay any dividends.

IMS Health Holdings, Inc. is a holding company with nominal net worth. We do not have any material assets or conduct any business operations other than our investments in our subsidiaries. Our business operations are conducted primarily out of our indirect operating subsidiary, IMS Health and its subsidiaries. As a result, notwithstanding any restrictions on payment of dividends under our existing indebtedness, our ability to pay dividends, if any, will be dependent upon cash dividends and distributions or other transfers from our subsidiaries, including from IMS Health. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon their respective earnings and subject to any limitations on the ability of such entities to make payments or other distributions to us.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price could decline.

Risks related to our indebtedness

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting obligations on our indebtedness.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2013, before giving effect to the Refinancing and the application of the proceeds from this offering, our total indebtedness was $5,027 million (excluding capital lease obligations). Certain of our subsidiaries have an additional $375 million of borrowing capacity (less outstanding letters of credit, if any) available under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and the right to request additional commitments for new term loans and to increase the size of the existing revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount up to the greater of (i) $300.0 million and (ii) the amount of new term loans and increased revolving credit commitments such that the senior secured net leverage ratio shall be no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such increases (assuming such revolving credit commitments are fully borrowed). Our level of indebtedness as of December 31, 2013 consisted of $2,777 billion outstanding under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, $375 million of unused commitments outstanding under the revolving portion of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (excluding outstanding letters of credit, if any), $750.0 million of the Senior PIK Notes, $999.6 million of the New 12.5% Senior Notes, $0.4 million of the Old 12.5% Senior Notes and $500.0 million of 6% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “6% Senior Notes”). See “Description of indebtedness.”

 

37


Table of Contents

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and increase the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness, combined with our other existing and any future financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important consequences. For example, it could:

 

 

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations under any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing such indebtedness;

 

 

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling and marketing efforts, research and development and other purposes;

 

 

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have relatively less indebtedness;

 

 

cause us to incur substantial fees from time to time in connection with debt amendments or refinancings;

 

 

increase our exposure to rising interest rates because a portion of our borrowings is at variable interest rates;

 

 

place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

 

 

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate; and

 

 

limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to dispose of assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling and marketing efforts, research and development and other corporate purposes.

Despite our level of indebtedness, we are able to incur more debt and undertake additional obligations. Incurring such debt or undertaking such additional obligations could further exacerbate the risks our indebtedness poses to our financial condition.

We, including our subsidiaries, may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indentures governing our outstanding notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and any indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness, may be waived by certain votes of debt holders and, if we refinance existing indebtedness, such refinancing indebtedness may contain fewer restrictions on our activities. To the extent new indebtedness is added to our and our subsidiaries’ currently anticipated indebtedness levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries face could intensify.

While the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indentures governing our outstanding notes also contain restrictions on making certain loans and investments, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the investments incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

 

38


Table of Contents

Restrictions imposed in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and our other outstanding indebtedness, including the indentures governing our outstanding notes, may limit our ability to operate our business and to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.

The terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities restrict us from engaging in specified types of transactions. These covenants restrict our ability, among other things, to:

 

 

incur liens and engage in sale-leaseback transactions;

 

 

make investments and loans;

 

 

make capital expenditures;

 

 

incur indebtedness or guarantees;

 

 

engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales;

 

 

declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase equity interests;

 

 

alter the business IMS Health and its restricted subsidiaries conduct;

 

 

enter into agreements limiting restricted subsidiary distributions;

 

 

prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness; and

 

 

engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

In addition, the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facility requires us to comply with a quarterly maximum leverage ratio test, which financial covenant becomes more restrictive over time, and limits our ability to make capital expenditures. Our ability to comply with this financial covenant can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to satisfy it. Additionally, the restrictions contained in the indentures governing our outstanding notes could also limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or make acquisitions or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans. See “Description of indebtedness.”

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the indentures governing our outstanding notes, which could trigger acceleration of our indebtedness and may result in the acceleration of or default under any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial results. In the event of any default under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the applicable lenders could elect to terminate borrowing commitments and declare all borrowings and loans outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and other obligations, to be due and payable. In addition, or in the alternative, the applicable lenders could exercise their rights under the security documents entered into in connection with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. We have pledged substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets (subject to customary exceptions) as collateral under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, including the stock and the assets of certain of our current and future wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries and a portion of the stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings and loans when due, the applicable lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event the applicable

 

39


Table of Contents

lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. Any acceleration of amounts due under the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the exercise by the applicable lenders of their rights under the security documents would likely have a material adverse effect on us.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations and to fund our planned capital expenditures, acquisitions and other ongoing liquidity needs depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. There can be no assurance that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities or that future borrowings will be available to us under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or otherwise in an amount sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness and fund our planned capital expenditures, acquisitions and other ongoing liquidity needs.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indentures governing our outstanding notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from any such disposition. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our debt service obligations.

A ratings downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization could adversely affect the trading price of the shares of our common stock.

Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for companies they follow. The condition of the financial and credit markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, developments in our business and operations could lead to a ratings downgrade for us or our subsidiaries. Any such fluctuation in the rating of us or our subsidiaries may impact our ability to access debt markets in the future or increase our cost of future debt which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition, which in return may adversely affect the trading price of shares of our common stock.

 

40


Table of Contents

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are based on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions regarding the future of our business, future plans and strategies, and other future conditions. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “envision,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” “contemplate” and other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements we make regarding:

 

 

plans for future growth and other business development activities;

 

 

plans for capital expenditures;

 

 

expectations for market and industry growth;

 

 

financing sources;

 

 

dividends;

 

 

the effects of regulation and competition;

 

 

foreign currency conversion; and

 

 

all other statements regarding our intent, plans, beliefs or expectations or those of our directors or officers.

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place significant reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. Important factors that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:

 

 

our data suppliers might restrict our use of or refuse to license data, which could lead to our inability to provide certain products or services;

 

 

failure to meet productivity objectives under our internal business transformation initiatives could adversely impact our competitiveness and our ability to meet our growth objectives;

 

 

we may be unsuccessful at investing in growth opportunities;

 

 

data protection and privacy laws may restrict our current and future activities;

 

 

breaches or misuse of our or our outsourcing partners’ security or communication systems could expose us, our clients, our data suppliers or others to risk of loss;

 

 

hardware and software failures, delays in the operation of our computer and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements may adversely impact us;

 

41


Table of Contents
 

consolidation in the industries in which our clients operate may reduce the volume of products and services purchased by consolidated clients following an acquisition or merger; and

 

 

our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and our susceptibility to claims by others that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

 

42


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our issuance and sale of             shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full). This estimate assumes an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, along with borrowings under our New Term Loans and cash on our balance sheet, (i) to fund the redemption of all of our Senior PIK Notes and 12.5% Senior Notes; (ii) to pay an estimated amount of $         million in the aggregate to holders of outstanding Phantom SARs and (iii) to pay a one-time fee to terminate our management services agreement with the Sponsors of $         million. We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds, if any, for general corporate purposes.

We are required to pay interest entirely in cash at a rate of 7.375% per annum on the Senior PIK Notes, unless certain conditions are satisfied, in which case we are entitled to pay interest on the Senior PIK Notes by increasing the principal amount of such notes or by issuing new notes (the issuance or interest, referred to herein as the “PIK Interest”). PIK Interest on the Senior PIK Notes accrues at a rate of 8.125% per annum (which is equal to the cash interest rate plus 75 basis points). The Senior PIK Notes mature on September 1, 2018. The Senior PIK Notes were issued on August 1, 2013, and the proceeds of the Senior PIK Notes were used to pay a cash dividend of $753 million on the outstanding shares of our common stock and to pay related fees and expenses.

The 12.5% Senior Notes accrue cash interest at the rate of 12.5% per year and we are required to pay interest entirely in cash. The 12.5% Senior Notes mature on March 1, 2018.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders, including if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares. After deducting the underwriting discounts, the selling stockholders will receive approximately $         million of proceeds from this offering.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $            , based upon the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), assuming the number of shares we offer, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A              share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), assuming the aggregate offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Dividends declared in the year preceding an initial public offering are deemed to be in contemplation of the offering with the intention of repayment out of the offering proceeds to

 

43


Table of Contents

the extent that dividends exceeded earnings during such period. We have provided pro forma earnings per share information for 2013 that gives pro forma effect to the assumed issuance of a number of shares whose proceeds are deemed to be necessary to pay previous year’s dividends in excess of 2013 earnings ($         million), as well as adjustments to give pro forma effect to the Refinancing and settlement of Phantom SARs. See “Selected and pro forma consolidated financial data” found elsewhere in this prospectus for pro forma earnings per share information.

For additional information regarding our liquidity and outstanding indebtedness, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources.”

Certain affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., an underwriter of this offering, hold a portion of our 12.5% Senior Notes, and it is expected that as a result of the Refinancing, they will receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of the offering. In addition, affiliates of TPG Capital BD, LLC, an underwriter of this offering, own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. As a result of the foregoing relationships, each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and TPG Capital BD, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121, and this offering will be conducted in accordance with such rule. FINRA Rule 5121 requires that neither Goldman, Sachs & Co. nor TPG Capital BD, LLC make sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the account holder and that a qualified independent underwriter (“QIU”), as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC has agreed to act as QIU for this offering. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC will not receive any additional fees for serving as QIU in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify J.P. Morgan Securities LLC against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as QIU, including liabilities under the Securities Act or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

 

44


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

Following completion of the offering, our board of directors does not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock. However, we expect to reevaluate our dividend policy on a regular basis following the offering and may, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in our credit facilities and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the future. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, which may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, the implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and any other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources,” “Description of indebtedness” and Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

In August 2013, our board of directors declared a cash dividend of $0.26 per share (or $753 million in the aggregate) to stockholders of record as of August 6, 2013.

 

45


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization at December 31, 2013:

 

 

on an actual basis;

 

 

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the issuance of shares of common stock by us in this offering and the receipt of approximately $         million in net proceeds from the sale of such shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, (2) the Refinancing and (3) the application of the estimated net proceeds from the offering as described in “Use of proceeds.”

You should read this table in conjunction with the information contained in “Use of proceeds,” “Selected pro forma and consolidated financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” as well as our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

       As of December 31,
2013
 
(dollars in millions)    Actual     As adjusted
(4)(5)
 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 725      $                
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, including current portions(1):

    

Senior secured credit facilities:

    

Term loan facility(2)

     2,777     

Revolving credit facility

         

12.5% Senior Notes

     1,000     

Senior PIK Notes

     750     

6% Senior Notes

     500     
  

 

 

 

Total debt

     5,027     
  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 3,075,000,000 shares authorized and 2,805,271,546 shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis,             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis(3)

     3     

Additional paid-in capital

     913     

Accumulated deficit

     (20  

Treasury stock

     (6  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (7  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

     883     
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 5,910      $     

 

 

 

(1)   Concurrent with the closing of this offering, we expect to effect the Refinancing. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

(2)   As presented on the face of our consolidated balance sheet, which is net of unamortized discounts of $67 million.

 

(3)   Does not include 189 million shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.74 per share, or 32 million shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans as of                     , 2014.

 

(4)   As adjusted reflects the application of the estimated proceeds of the offering as described in “Use of proceeds.”

 

46


Table of Contents
(5)   A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A             share increase in the number of shares offered by us would increase the as-adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us. Conversely a decrease in the number of shares offered by us would decrease the as-adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

47


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock attributable to the existing stockholders for our presently outstanding shares of common stock. Our net tangible book deficit per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

As of December 31, 2013, we had a historical net tangible book deficit of $         million, or $         per share of common stock, based on             shares of our common stock outstanding as of                     , 2014. Dilution is calculated by subtracting net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock from the assumed initial public offering price per share of our common stock.

Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. Without taking into account any other changes in such net tangible book deficit after December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the offering range shown on the cover of this prospectus), less the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock. This amount represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book deficit of $         per share of our common stock to the existing stockholders and immediate dilution in net tangible book deficit of $         per share of our common stock to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

 

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $               

Net tangible book deficit per share as of December 31, 2013, before giving effect to this offering

   $                  

Decrease in net tangible book deficit per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share to investors in this offering

      $    

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase additional shares, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share of our common stock. This represents an increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit of $         per share of our common stock to existing stockholders and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit of $         per share of our common stock to new investors.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering by $        , or by $         per share of our common

 

48


Table of Contents

stock, assuming no change to the number of shares of our common stock offered by us as set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and expenses payable by us. A              share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), assuming the aggregate offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2013, on the pro forma basis described above, the total number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share of our common stock paid by purchasers of such shares and by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering.

 

       Shares purchased      Total consideration      Average price
per share
 
     Number    Percent          Amount      Percent     

 

 

Existing stockholders

            %       $                          %       $                

New investors

              
  

 

 

Total

        100%       $                      100%       $                

 

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on              shares of common stock outstanding as of                     , 2014 and excludes the following:

 

 

             shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of                     , 2014 at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share; and

 

 

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans as of                     , 2014.

 

49


Table of Contents

Selected and pro forma consolidated financial data

You should read the following selected and pro forma consolidated financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. The acquisition of IMS Health through the Merger resulted in a new basis of accounting. The term “Predecessor” refers to all periods related to the IMS Health business prior to and including the date of the closing of the Merger on February 26, 2010. We have derived the statement of comprehensive income (loss) and cash flow data for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the period from January 1, 2010 to February 26, 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 from our Predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The term “Successor” refers to all periods from inception of IMS Health Holdings, Inc. (from October 23, 2009), which includes all periods of IMS Health after the closing of the Merger on February 26, 2010. We have derived the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the statement of comprehensive income (loss) and cash flow data for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 from our Successor’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 from our Successor’s audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have derived the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and the statement of comprehensive income (loss) and cash flow data for the period from October 23, 2009 to December 31, 2009 from our Successor’s unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. The following information should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

50


Table of Contents

(dollars in millions)

  Successor     Predecessor  
  Years ended
December 31,
     October 23,
2009 through
December 31,
2009
    January 1,
2010
through
February 26,
2010
    Year ended
December 31,
 
  2013     2012     2011     2010          2009  

 

 

Results of operations:

                

Revenue

  $ 2,544      $ 2,443      $ 2,364      $ 1,869       $      $ 293      $ 2,190   

Information

    1,525        1,521        1,532        1,234             214        1,465   

Technology services

    1,019        922        832        635             79        725   

Costs and expenses(1)

    2,190        2,204        2,145        1,801         53        391        1,919   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    354        239        219        68         (53     (98     271   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    82      $ (42   $ 111      $ (118    $ (53   $ (84   $ 261   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

As a % of revenue:

                

Operating income (loss)

    13.9%        9.8%        9.3%        3.6%             (33.4%     12.4%   

Net income (loss)

    3.2%        (1.7%     4.7%        (6.3%          (28.7%     11.9%   
 

Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to common shareholders:

                

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ 0.03      $ (0.02   $ 0.04      $ (0.05           $ (0.46   $ 1.42   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

    0.03        (0.02     0.04        (0.05             (0.46     1.42   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                

Basic

    2,800        2,795        2,788        2,348                183        182   

Diluted

    2,870        2,795        2,793        2,348                183        183   
 

Unaudited pro forma data(2):

                

Net income

                

Basic income per common share

                

Diluted income per common share

                

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                

Basic

                

Diluted

                
 

Balance sheet data:

                

Shareholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 883      $ 1,683      $ 2,971      $ 2,813       $ (53   $ 33      $ 72   

Total assets

    7,999        8,215        8,358        8,220                2,018        2,223   

Postretirement and postemployment benefits

    77        116        106        117                107       112   

Long-term debt, deferred tax liability and other long-term liabilities

    6,107        5,573        4,488        4,555       $        1,283       1,393   

 

 

 

(1)   Years ended 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (Successor) and January 1, 2010 through February 26, 2010 (Predecessor) and year ended 2009 includes severance, impairment and other charges of $16, $48, $31, $54, ($13) and $144, respectively. Years ended 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (Successor) and January 1, 2010 through February 26, 2010 (Predecessor) and year ended 2009 include merger costs of $—, $2, $23, $65, $45 and $11, respectively, related to the Merger. Refer to the notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information regarding significant items impacting the consolidated statements of income during the three years ended December 31, 2013.

 

(2)   Pro forma earnings per share

 

       We declared and paid dividends to our stockholders of $753 million during 2013. Dividends declared in the year preceding an initial public offering are deemed to be in contemplation of the offering with the intention of repayment out of offering proceeds to the extent that the dividends exceeded earnings during such period. Unaudited pro forma earnings per share for 2013 gives effect to the sale of the number of shares the proceeds of which would be necessary to (i) pay the dividend amount that is in excess of 2013 earnings, (ii) fund the repayment of the debt and related fees and expenses described in “Use of proceeds” and (iii) pay holders of Phantom SARs as described in “Use of proceeds,” up to the number of shares assumed to be issued in this offering.

 

51


Table of Contents
       Additionally, unaudited pro forma earnings per share for 2013 gives effect to the reversal of interest expense relating to such debt, including the reversal of amortization related to debt issuance costs and discount.

 

       For purposes of calculating unaudited pro forma earnings per share for 2013 we assumed shares are sold in this offering at a price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following presents the computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

       Year ended
December 31,
2013
 

 

 

Numerator:

  

Net income as reported

   $                

Pro forma adjustments:

  

Interest expense, net of tax(a)

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $     
  

 

 

 

Denominator :

  

Weighted average common shares used in computing basic income per common share outstanding

  

Adjustment for common stock issued whose proceeds will be used to pay dividends in excess of earnings(b)

  

Adjustment for common shares used to repay outstanding indebtedness(c)

  

Adjustment for common stock to pay holders of Phantom SARs(d)

  

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing basic income per common share outstanding

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic earnings per share

   $     
  

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares used in computing diluted income per common share outstanding

  

Diluted effect of securities

  

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing diluted income per common share outstanding

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

   $     
  

 

 

 
    

 

 

 

(a)   These adjustments reflect the elimination of the historical interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs and discount after reflecting the effect of the Refinancing.

  

(b)   Dividends declared in the past twelve months

   $                

        Net income attributable to IMS Health Holdings, Inc. in the past 12 months

  
  

 

 

 

        Dividends paid in excess of earnings

   $     
  

 

 

 

        Offering price per common share

   $     
  

 

 

 

        Common shares assumed issued in this offering necessary to pay dividends in excess of earnings

  

(c)    Indebtedness to be repaid with proceeds from this offering

   $                
  

 

 

 

        Offering price per common share

   $     
  

 

 

 

        Common shares assumed issued in this offering to repay indebtedness

  

(d)   Number of Phantom SARs

  

        Excess of fair market value over exercise price

  

        Common shares assumed issued in this offering necessary to pay holders of Phantom SARs

  

 

52


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read the “Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements” and “Risk factors” sections of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. The terms “Company,” “IMS,” “we,” “our” or “us,” as used herein, refer to IMS Health Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise stated or indicated by context. Amounts presented may not add due to rounding.

Background

We are a leading global information and technology services company providing clients in the healthcare industry with comprehensive solutions to measure and improve their performance. We have one of the largest and most comprehensive collections of healthcare information in the world, spanning sales, prescription and promotional data, medical claims, electronic medical records and social media. We standardize, organize, structure and integrate this data by applying our sophisticated analytics and leveraging our global technology infrastructure to help our clients run their organizations more efficiently and make better decisions to improve their operational and financial performance. We have a presence in over 100 countries and we generated 63% of our 2013 revenue from outside the United States.

We serve key healthcare organizations and decision makers around the world, spanning the breadth of life science companies, including pharmaceutical, biotechnology, consumer health and medical device manufacturers, as well as distributors, providers, payers, government agencies, policymakers, researchers and the financial community. Our information and technology services offerings, which we have developed with significant investment over our 60-year history, are deeply integrated into our clients’ workflow.

On October 23, 2009, we were formed by investment entities affiliated with TPG Global, LLC, CPP Investment Board Private Holdings Inc. and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “Sponsors”). On February 26, 2010, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of IMS Health Incorporated (“IMS Health”) through our wholly owned subsidiary Healthcare Technology Acquisition, Inc., which we refer to as the Merger. We were formed for the purpose of consummating the Merger with IMS Health and had no operations from inception other than our investment in IMS Health and its subsidiaries and costs incurred associated with our formation and the Merger. The acquisition of IMS Health resulted in a new accounting basis.

On December 20, 2013, we changed our name from Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. to IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

 

53


Table of Contents

Outlook

The primary factors we expect to impact our results of operations in the near future are set forth below.

 

 

We believe that we have opportunities to continue to grow revenue from our information offerings and technology services offerings. Revenue from technology services offerings has grown faster than our information offerings over the past three years and we expect this to continue for various reasons, including due to investments we have made in technology services offerings and significant expansion of our capabilities, growing client demand for new technology services solutions, and our estimate of the respective size of the untapped addressable market. Although margins are lower on our technology services offerings, we expect our overall operating margins to expand as we continue to benefit from our ability to control costs. We believe the integration of our information offerings and our technology services enable a differentiated value proposition for a client base in need of better solutions. We are in the early stages of penetration into the expanding opportunity we see within our global client base for our technology services offerings.

 

 

We also expect to benefit from growth in emerging markets, which we believe will continue to grow their healthcare spending over the next five years. Emerging markets currently represent 17% of our total revenue and have grown at an 11% constant dollar CAGR since 2010. We expect that revenue from these markets will grow at a faster rate than those in our mature markets.

 

 

We will also seek to grow through selective acquisitions in both existing markets and new markets that exhibit positive long-term fundamentals. Since the beginning of 2011, we have invested approximately $586 million of capital in 22 acquisitions. As the global healthcare landscape evolves, we expect that there will be a growing number of acquisition opportunities across the life sciences, payer and provider sectors. We will continue to invest in strategic acquisitions to grow our platform and enhance our ability to provide more products and services to our clients and expect to seek opportunities primarily in the areas of technological platforms, data suppliers and consulting services providers.

Acquisitions

We completed several acquisitions during 2013, 2012 and 2011 to enhance our capabilities and offerings in certain areas, including technology services. During 2013, we acquired, at a total cost of approximately $129 million, Vedere Group Limited, Appature, Inc., Semantelli, LLC, 360 Vantage, LLC, Incential Software, Inc., Diversinet Corp., the consumer health business of Nielsen Holdings N.V. in certain European markets, HCM-BIOS, Pygargus AB and Amundsen Group, Inc. During 2012, we acquired, at a total cost of approximately $77 million, PharmARC Analytical Solutions Private Limited, Pharmadata s.r.o., Suomen Lääkedata Oy, DecisionView, Inc., Pharma Ventures Limited, Tar Heel Trading Company, LLC, Life Science Partners Pty Limited, Pharmexpert Group and Marina Consulting, LLC. In 2011, we acquired, at a total cost of approximately $380 million, Med-Vantage, Inc., Ardentia Limited and SDI Health LLC. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements found elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information with respect to these acquisitions. The results of operations of acquired businesses have been included since the date of acquisition and were not significant to our consolidated results of operations.

 

54


Table of Contents

Sources of revenue

Revenue is generated in each region through our local sales teams that manage client relationships within each region, reporting locally to country managers and up to regional managers. These sales teams go to market locally with our full suite of information and technology services offerings. Total global 2013 revenue from our information offerings represented 60% of our total revenue and primarily included revenue we earned from various information offerings developed to meet our clients’ needs by using data secured from a worldwide network of suppliers. Approximately 90% of our information revenue in each of the last three fiscal years came from subscription or license-based contracts and, as a result, historically this revenue has been recurring and predictable. Total global 2013 revenue from our technology services offerings represented 40% of our total revenue. Revenue from technology services consists of a mix of revenue from small and large-scale services and consulting projects, multi-year outsourcing contracts and software licenses. Approximately 35% of our technology services revenue in each of the last three fiscal years is recurring in nature, primarily driven by subscription and license-based contracts. Our information and technology services offerings complement each other and can provide enhanced value to our clients when delivered in an integrated fashion, with each driving demand for the other.

Costs and expenses

Our costs and expenses are comprised primarily of direct costs of revenue and selling and administrative expenses.

Our costs of revenue consist of operating costs of information and direct and incremental costs of technology services. Operating costs of information include costs attributable to personnel involved in production, data management and delivery, and the costs of acquiring and processing data for our information offerings. Our direct and incremental costs of our technology services offerings are comprised of costs of staff directly involved with delivering technology-related services offerings and engagements, related accommodations and the costs of data purchased specifically for technology services engagements. Direct and incremental costs of technology services do not include an allocation of direct costs of data that are included in operating costs of information as we do not have a meaningful way to allocate direct costs of data between information and technology services revenue. As a result, direct and incremental costs of technology services do not reflect the total costs incurred to deliver our technology services offerings.

Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of expenses attributable to sales, marketing, and administration, including human resources, legal, finance and general management.

Results excluding the effects of foreign currency translation and certain charges

We report results in U.S. dollars, but we do business on a global basis. Exchange rate fluctuations affect the rate at which we translate foreign revenue and expenses into U.S. dollars and may have a significant effect on our results. The discussion of our business in this report sometimes describes the magnitude of changes in constant dollar terms. We believe this information facilitates comparison of results over time. During 2013, the U.S. dollar was generally stronger against the other currencies in which we transact business as compared to 2012. The revenue growth at actual currency rates was lower than the growth at constant dollar exchange rates. See

 

55


Table of Contents

“—How exchange rates affect our results” and “—Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk” below for a more complete discussion regarding the impact of foreign currency translation on our business.

We also discuss below our revenue, operating income (loss), operating costs of information offerings, direct and incremental costs of technology services offerings, selling and administrative expenses and operating margins excluding restructuring and related charges, merger costs, purchase accounting adjustments, non-cash stock-based compensation charges, acquisition-related charges and sponsor monitoring fees. We believe providing these non-GAAP measures is useful as it facilitates comparisons across the periods presented and more clearly indicates trends. Management uses these non-GAAP measures in its global decision making, including developing budgets and managing expenditures.

Results of operations

Summary operating results for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(dollars in millions)    Year ended
December 31,
 
   2013      2012     2011  

 

 

Revenue

   $ 2,544       $ 2,443      $ 2,364   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information

     1,525         1,521        1,532   

Technology services

     1,019         922        832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating costs of information, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     648         675        698   

Direct and incremental costs of technology services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     520         476        396   

Selling and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     596         579        604   

Depreciation and amortization

     410         424        393   

Severance, impairment and other charges

     16         48        31   

Merger costs

             2        23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     354         239        219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income

     4         4        3   

Interest expense

     (332)         (275     (277

Other loss, net

     (74)         (29     (7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-operating loss, net

     (402)         (300     (281
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before benefit from income taxes

     (48)         (61     (62

Benefit from income taxes

     130         19        173   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 82       $ (42   $ 111   

 

 

Net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation

We have included a presentation of Adjusted EBITDA because we believe it provides additional information to measure our performance and evaluate our ability to service our debt. In addition, management believes that Adjusted EBITDA is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain material non-cash items, unusual or non-

 

56


Table of Contents

recurring items that we do not expect to continue in the future and certain other adjustments we believe are not reflective of our ongoing operations and our performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and our computation of Adjusted EBITDA may vary from others in our industry. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered to be an alternative to net income, a measure of operating performance or cash flow or a measure of liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and it should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in millions)      2013        2012       2011  

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 82       $ (42   $ 111   

Deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments

     2         7        7   

Non-cash stock-based compensation charges

     22         19        18   

Restructuring and related charges(1)

     23         54        39   

Acquisition-related charges

     10         11        13   

Sponsor monitoring fees

     8         8        9   

Depreciation and amortization

     410         424        393   

Merger costs

             2        23   

Interest income

     (4)         (4     (3

Interest expense

     332         275        277   

Other loss, net

     74         29        7   

Benefit from income taxes

     (130)         (19     (173
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 829       $ 764      $ 721   

 

 

 

(1)   Restructuring and related charges includes severance and impairment charges and the cost of employee and third-party charges related to dual running costs for knowledge transfer activities.

Revenue

Total revenue grew 4.2% to $2,544 million in 2013 compared to $2,443 million in 2012, or 6.1% on a constant dollar basis. Revenue from our information offerings increased slightly and grew 2.6% on a constant dollar basis in 2013. Revenue from our technology services offerings grew 10.5% and grew 11.3% on a constant dollar basis in 2013. Excluding the impacts of foreign currency translation of $56 million and $7 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, and deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments of $2 million and $7 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, total revenue grew 5.9% on a constant dollar basis for 2013. Growth in the Americas and Asia Pacific regions contributed approximately three-fourths of our total revenue growth during 2013 compared to 2012. The constant dollar increase in information offerings was driven by growth in Latin America and Asia, partially offset by a decline in Canada. The constant dollar increase in technology services offerings was driven by increases in commercial services throughout all of our geographies, with the largest contributions coming from the U.S. and Japan.

Total revenue grew 3.3% to $2,443 million in 2012 compared to $2,364 million in 2011, or 5.9% on a constant dollar basis. Revenue from information offerings declined 0.7%, and grew 2.7% on a constant dollar basis in 2012. Revenue from our technology services offerings grew 10.8% and grew 13.3% on a constant dollar basis in 2012. Excluding the impacts of foreign currency translation of $7 million and $52 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, and deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments of $7 million in both 2012 and 2011, total revenue grew 5.9% on a constant dollar basis for 2012. The growth in total revenue in 2012 was largely attributable to the increase in revenue from technology services. The constant dollar increase in information

 

57


Table of Contents

offerings was driven by growth in the U.S., Latin America and Asia, partially offset by declines in Canada and Central Europe. Additionally, the majority of the 2012 growth in our technology services offerings, on a constant dollar basis and otherwise, was driven by our acquisition of a healthcare market insights and analytics firm based in the U.S., which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2011 (the “SDI acquisition”).

Operating costs of information, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

Operating costs of information includes costs attributable to personnel involved in production, data management and delivery, and the costs of acquiring and processing data for our information offerings.

Operating costs of information offerings declined $27 million, or 4.0%, in 2013 compared to 2012. Excluding the effect of foreign currency translation of negative $11 million, non-cash stock-based compensation charges and restructuring and related charges, operating costs of information decreased 2.7%. The constant dollar decline in operating costs of information was primarily due to reductions in compensation costs of $8 million and in third-party professional services costs of $13 million resulting from our continuing restructuring efforts and the shift to our low cost production hubs, and lower occupancy costs of $10 million, partially offset by an increase in headcount of approximately 400 employees and normal annual merit salary increases.

Operating costs of information offerings declined $23 million, or 3.3%, in 2012 compared to 2011. Excluding the effect of foreign currency translation of negative $19 million, non-cash stock-based compensation charges and restructuring and related charges, operating costs of information decreased 1.4% in 2012 compared to 2011. The constant dollar decline in operating costs of information was primarily due to reductions in compensation costs and in third-party professional services costs of $13 million resulting from our restructuring efforts and the continuing shift to our low cost production hubs, partially offset by normal annual merit salary increases.

Direct and incremental costs of technology services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

Direct and incremental costs of technology services offerings include costs of staff directly involved with delivering those offerings and engagements, related accommodations, and the costs of data purchased specifically for technology services engagements. Direct and incremental costs of technology services do not include an allocation of direct costs of data that are included in operating costs of information.

Direct and incremental costs of technology services offerings grew $44 million, or 9.3%, in 2013 compared to 2012. Excluding the effect of foreign currency translation of negative $6 million and non-cash stock-based compensation charges, direct and incremental costs of technology services grew 10.3% in 2013 compared to 2012. The constant dollar increase in direct and incremental costs of technology services was driven primarily by increased compensation costs of $59 million, including approximately 700 more employees in 2013, to support the growth in our technology services revenue.

Direct and incremental costs of technology services offerings grew $80 million, or 20.2%, in 2012 compared to 2011. Excluding the effect of foreign currency translation of negative $9 million and non-cash stock-based compensation charges, direct and incremental costs of technology services

 

58


Table of Contents

grew 22.8% in 2012 compared to 2011. The constant dollar increase in direct and incremental costs of technology services was due to higher compensation and data costs of $63 million and $16 million, respectively, primarily resulting from the SDI acquisition completed in the fourth quarter of 2011. Headcount increased by approximately 900 employees in 2012.

Selling and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of expenses attributable to sales, marketing, and administration, including human resources, legal, finance, and general management.

Selling and administrative expenses grew $17 million, or 2.9%, for 2013 compared to 2012. Excluding the effect of foreign currency translation of negative $10 million, non-cash stock-based compensation charges, acquisition-related charges and sponsor monitoring fees, selling and administrative expenses grew 4.9% in 2013 compared to 2012. The constant dollar increase in selling and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in compensation of $42 million resulting from normal annual merit salary increases, higher selling and administrative headcount of approximately 500 employees from recently completed acquisitions and increased sales staff to drive revenue.

Selling and administrative expenses decreased $25 million, or 4.1%, in 2012 compared to 2011. Excluding the effect of foreign currency translation of negative $12 million, non-cash stock-based compensation charges, acquisition-related charges and sponsor monitoring fees, selling and administrative expenses decreased 0.7% in 2012 compared to 2011. The constant dollar decrease in selling and administrative expenses was due to reductions in third-party professional service expenses of approximately $3 million, partially offset by increases in compensation resulting from normal annual merit increases and the SDI acquisition completed in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization charges decreased $14 million, or 3.3%, in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to the absence of depreciation in 2013 for assets related to an impaired property lease recorded at the end of the third quarter of 2012.

Depreciation and amortization charges increased $31 million, or 7.9%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The 2012 increase was primarily due to higher intangible assets from completed acquisitions.

Severance, impairment and other charges

Severance, impairment and other charges in 2013 were $16 million, comprised of $12 million of severance and $3 million for an impaired lease for a property in the U.S., both of which were recorded in the fourth quarter of 2013, and $4 million related to impaired leases for properties in the U.S. and $3 million for contract-related charges for which we will not realize any future economic benefits. These charges were partially offset by the reversal of approximately $6 million of severance accruals for terminations recorded in 2012 due to the favorable settlement of required termination benefits and strategic business changes.

Severance, impairment and other charges in 2012 were $48 million, comprised of $23 million of severance, $23 million related to the write-down of certain assets to their net realizable values, $4 million for contract-related charges for which we did not realize any future economic benefits and $9 million for the exit of leased facilities in the U.S. and Europe. Approximately $29 million

 

59


Table of Contents

of these charges were recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. These charges were partially offset by reversals of approximately $11 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 of severance accruals related to termination benefits recorded in 2010.

Severance, impairment and other charges in 2011 were $31 million, comprised of $33 million of severance, $10 million for contract-related charges for which we did not realize any future economic benefits and $2 million for the exit of leased facilities in the U.S. Approximately $35 million of these charges were recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. These charges were partially offset by reversals of approximately $14 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 of severance accruals related to termination benefits recorded in 2010.

See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Merger costs

We incurred $2 million and $23 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, for employment contract related payments as a result of the Merger. There were no merger costs recorded in 2013. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Operating income

Operating income grew $115 million, or 48.0%, in 2013 compared to 2012. This increase was due to the revenue growth discussed above and decreases in operating costs of information offerings of $27 million, depreciation and amortization of $14 million and severance, impairment and other charges of $32 million, partially offset by increases in direct and incremental costs of technology services offerings of $44 million and selling and administrative expenses of $17 million. Operating income for 2013 increased $130 million in constant dollar terms. Absent the impact of restructuring and related charges, merger costs, purchase accounting adjustments, non-cash stock-based compensation charges, acquisition-related charges and sponsor monitoring fees, operating income for 2013 grew 22.5% at reported foreign currency rates and 26.5% on a constant dollar basis.

Operating income grew $20 million, or 9.1%, in 2012 compared to 2011. This increase was due to the revenue growth discussed above and decreases in operating costs of information offerings of $23 million, selling and administrative expenses of $25 million and merger costs of $21 million, partially offset by increases in direct and incremental costs of technology services offerings of $80 million, depreciation and amortization of $31 million and severance, impairment and other charges of $17 million. Operating income for 2012 increased 19.2% in constant dollar terms. Absent the impact of restructuring and related charges, merger costs, purchase accounting adjustments, non-cash stock-based compensation charges, acquisition-related charges and sponsor monitoring fees, operating income for 2012 declined 7.5% at reported rates and 2.7% on a constant dollar basis.

Trends in our operating margins

Operating margins were 13.9%, 9.8% and 9.3% in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Margins were negatively impacted by restructuring and related charges, merger costs, purchase accounting adjustments, non-cash stock-based compensation charges, acquisition-related charges

 

60


Table of Contents

and sponsor monitoring fees. Excluding these charges, operating margin was 25.7%, 21.8% and 24.4% in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Non-operating loss, net

Non-operating losses increased $102 million, or 33.8%, in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was due to higher net interest expense of $57 million resulting from higher debt balances in 2013, higher net foreign exchange losses of $33 million, which included a $14 million loss in 2013 from the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolívar (“Bolívars”), and $12 million of debt extinguishment expenses and third-party fees related to the amendment of our term loan in February 2013.

Non-operating losses increased 6.8% in 2012 compared to 2011. The $19 million increase in non-operating losses in 2012 was driven by higher net foreign exchange losses of $20 million in 2012 compared to 2011.

Taxes

We operate in more than 100 countries around the world and our earnings are taxed at the applicable income tax rate in each of these countries. As required, we compute interim taxes based on an estimated annual effective tax rate.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, we restructured our foreign operations and integrated our U.K., Spain and Austria businesses under our main European holding company in Switzerland. The restructuring significantly affected the book over tax basis differences among group members and the ultimate worldwide tax cost of a theoretical recognition of such differences. As a result, the associated deferred tax liability was reduced by approximately $86 million as of December 31, 2013.

In 2013, our effective tax rate was favorably impacted by a tax reduction of $10 million as a result of the conclusion of U.S. audits. In connection with one of the audits, we received a $47 million refund for which a receivable had been previously established. We also recorded tax reductions of $5 million as a result of the expiration of various statutes of limitation and $2 million for the reversal of a valuation allowance due to a change in enacted state tax law changes. We recorded a tax charge of $2 million for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 31, 2013, we had $38 million of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would favorably affect the effective tax rate and $11 million of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

In 2012, our effective tax rate was favorably impacted by a reduction of $7 million to deferred tax liability and a tax reduction of $5 million as a result of the expiration of certain statutes of limitation. We recorded a tax charge of $3 million for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 31, 2012, we had $39 million of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would favorably affect the effective tax rate and $10 million of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we restructured our foreign operations to integrate our German operating group subsidiaries under our main European holding company in Switzerland. The restructuring significantly affected the book over tax basis differences among group

 

61


Table of Contents

members and the ultimate worldwide tax cost of a theoretical recognition of such differences. As a result, the associated deferred tax liability was reduced by approximately $170 million as of December 31, 2011.

Additionally, we recorded in 2011 a tax charge of $6 million associated with the impact of the merger and a tax charge of $3 million for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 31, 2011, we had $41 million of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would favorably affect the effective tax rate and $9 million of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

We file numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in U.S. (federal and state) and non-U.S. jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examination by tax authorities for years before 2010. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to tax examination in state and local jurisdictions for years prior to 2009 and in its material non-U.S. jurisdictions prior to 2007. It is reasonably possible that within the next twelve months we could realize $3 million of unrecognized tax benefits as a result of the expiration of certain statutes of limitation.

For all years presented, our effective tax rate was reduced as a result of global tax planning initiatives. While we intend to continue to seek global tax planning initiatives, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully identify and implement such initiatives to reduce or maintain our overall tax rate.

Operating results by geographic region

The following represents selected geographic information for the regions in which we operate for the periods and dates indicated below.

 

(dollars in millions)   Americas(1)      EMEA(2)     

Asia

Pacific(3)

    

Corporate

and Other

    Total IMS  

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013:

            

Revenue(4)

  $ 1,160       $ 936       $ 448       $      $ 2,544   

Operating income (loss)(5)

    304         248         146         (344     354   

Total assets at December 31, 2013

    4,065         2,383         1,333         218        7,999   

Year ended December 31, 2012:

            

Revenue(4)

  $ 1,096       $ 891       $ 456       $      $ 2,443   

Operating income (loss)(5)

    293         217         161         (432     239   

Total assets at December 31, 2012

    3,862         2,283         1,635         435        8,215   

Year ended December 31, 2011:

            

Revenue(4)

  $ 1,013       $ 915       $ 436       $      $ 2,364   

Operating income (loss)(5)

    286         252         146         (465     219   

Total assets at December 31, 2011

    4,034         2,223         1,765         336        8,358   

 

 

In 2013, we made some changes to our geographic reporting classifications to move some functions from corporate and other to the geographic regions and as a result, reclassifications of prior years’ geographic financial information were made to conform to the current year presentation. The reclassifications did not change previously reported consolidated results of operations or financial position. See Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements for further information.

 

(1)   Our Americas region includes the United States, Canada and Latin America. Revenue in the U.S. was $935 million, $885 million and $808 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total U.S. assets were $3,837 million, $3,638 million and $3,821 million at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

(2)   Our EMEA region includes countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

 

62


Table of Contents
(3)   Our Asia Pacific region includes Japan, Australia and other countries in the Asia Pacific region. Revenue in Japan was $261 million, $286 million and $277 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

(4)   Revenue relates to external clients and is primarily based on the location of the client. Revenue for the geographic regions includes the impact of foreign exchange in translating results into U.S. dollars.

 

(5)   Operating Income for the three geographic regions does not reflect the allocation of certain expenses that are maintained in Corporate and Other and as such, is not a true measure of the respective regions’ profitability. The Operating Income amounts for the geographic regions include the impact of foreign exchange in translating results into U.S. dollars. For 2013, depreciation and amortization related to purchase accounting adjustments of $126 million, $87 million and $42 million for the Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions, respectively, are presented in Corporate and Other. For 2012, depreciation and amortization related to purchase accounting adjustments of $126 million, $84 million and $51 million for the Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions, respectively, are presented in Corporate and Other. For 2011, depreciation and amortization related to purchase accounting adjustments of $126 million, $91 million and $52 million for the Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions, respectively, are presented in Corporate and Other.

Americas region

Revenue in the Americas region grew 5.9% in 2013 compared to 2012. On a constant dollar basis, revenue grew 6.9% in 2013 compared to 2012. The constant dollar increase in the Americas was the driven primarily by continued strong revenue growth in technology services offerings, which accounted for approximately $57 million of the increase. Revenue in the Americas region grew 8.2% in 2012 compared to 2011. On a constant dollar basis, revenue grew 8.9% in 2012 compared to 2011. The growth in 2012 was primarily due to the impact of the technology services offerings from the SDI acquisition completed in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Operating income in the Americas region grew 3.9% in 2013 compared to 2012. On a constant dollar basis, operating income grew 5.7% in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in operating income in 2013 was a result of revenue growth in the region, partially offset by increases in operating expenses of $53 million required to support the revenue growth. Operating income in the Americas region grew 2.5% in 2012 compared to 2011. On a constant dollar basis, operating income grew 3.5% in 2012 compared to 2011. The constant dollar operating income growth in 2012 was a result of revenue growth in technology services offerings, partially offset by increases in operating expenses of $76 million, both primarily due to the SDI acquisition.

EMEA region

Revenue in the EMEA region grew 5.1% in 2013 compared to 2012. On a constant dollar basis, revenue grew 3.4% in 2013 compared to 2012. The constant dollar increase in revenue in EMEA was the result of strong overall growth in Eastern Europe as well as growth in our technology services offerings, particularly in Central and Northern Europe. Revenue in the EMEA region declined by 2.7% in 2012 compared to 2011. On a constant dollar basis, revenue grew 3.1% in 2012 compared to 2011. The constant dollar increase in revenue in EMEA was driven by 4.7% revenue growth in North Europe.

Operating income in the EMEA region grew 14.3% in 2013 compared to 2012. On a constant dollar basis, operating income grew 10.8% in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in constant dollar operating income in 2013 was a result of revenue growth in the region, partially offset by increases in operating expenses of $14 million. Operating income in the EMEA region declined 13.9% in 2012 compared to 2011. On a constant dollar basis, operating income declined 5.4% in 2012 compared to 2011. The operating income decline in 2012 was a result of the revenue decrease noted above and increases in operating expenses of $11 million.

 

63


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific region

Revenue in the Asia Pacific region declined 1.8% in 2013 compared to 2012. On a constant dollar basis, revenue grew 9.6% in 2013 compared to 2012. The constant dollar increase in revenue was driven by overall growth in Japan and China. Revenue in the Asia Pacific region grew 4.5% in 2012 compared to 2011. On a constant dollar basis, revenue grew 4.9% in 2012 compared 2011. The constant dollar increase in revenue in 2012 was driven by gains in Japan and strong overall growth in China.

Operating income in the Asia Pacific region declined 9.1% in 2013 compared to 2012. On a constant dollar basis, operating income grew 10.3% in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in constant dollar operating income in 2013 was a result of the revenue increase, partially offset by increases in operating expenses of $6 million due to continued investments in the region to drive growth. Operating income in the Asia Pacific region grew 9.6% in 2012 compared 2011. On a constant dollar basis, operating income grew 10.8% in 2012, due principally to revenue growth in the region, partially offset by increases in operating expenses of $5 million.

How exchange rates affect our results

We operate globally, deriving a significant portion of our operating income from non-U.S. operations. As a result, fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies in which we transact business relative to the U.S. dollar may increase the volatility of U.S. dollar operating results. We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to partially offset the effect of currency fluctuations and the impact of these forward contracts is reflected in other loss, net on the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income. In 2013, foreign currency translation decreased our U.S. dollar revenue and operating income growth by approximately 1.9 and 6.9 percentage points, respectively. In 2012, foreign currency translation decreased the U.S. dollar revenue and operating income growth by approximately 3.0 and 10.1 percentage points, respectively.

Non-U.S. monetary assets are maintained in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the Euro and the Japanese Yen. Where monetary assets are held in the functional currency of the local entity, changes in the value of these currencies relative to the U.S. dollar are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of financial position. The effect of exchange rate changes during 2013 decreased the U.S. dollar amount of cash and cash equivalents by $23 million. The effect of exchange rate changes increased the U.S. dollar amount of cash and cash equivalents by $0.4 million and $2 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Liquidity and capital resources

Cash and cash equivalents increased $145 million to $725 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $580 million at December 31, 2012. The increase reflects cash provided by operating activities of $400 million, partially offset by cash used in investing and financing activities of $180 million and $52 million, respectively, and a decrease of $23 million due to the effect of exchange rate changes.

Cash and cash equivalents increased $127 million to $580 million at December 31, 2012 compared to $453 million at December 31, 2011. The increase reflects cash provided by operating activities of $399 million, partially offset by cash used in investing activities and financing activities of $209 million and $63 million, respectively.

 

64


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, short-term investments totaled $4 million, which consisted of government bond funds with maturities greater than 90 days, but less than one year.

Over the next twelve months we currently expect that we will use our cash and cash equivalents primarily to fund:

 

 

principal and interest payments of approximately $390 million;

 

 

development of software to be used in our new products and capital expenditures of $170 million to $180 million to expand and upgrade our information technology capabilities and to build or acquire facilities to house our business—this includes approximately $60 million of one-time capital expenditures related to the planned purchase of an office building in India;

 

 

payments of approximately $22 million related to our employee severance plans;

 

 

pension and other postretirement benefit plan contributions of approximately $16 million; and

 

 

acquisitions.

Cash flows

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $400 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, essentially flat when compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Cash flows from operating activities for 2013 reflects higher cash-related net income and lower professional fees and severance payments in 2013, almost entirely offset by higher funding of accounts payable, higher pension contributions and lower funding of other current assets in 2013 compared to 2012. Net cash provided by operating activities was $399 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $65 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase relates to lower funding of prepaid expenses and other current assets, lower restructuring payments and lower pension funding.

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $180 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease in cash used of $29 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease relates to higher proceeds received from sales of short-term investments, net of purchases, in 2013, partially offset by higher payments for acquisitions, lower proceeds from the sale of assets and higher additions to computer software in 2013 compared to 2012. Net cash used in investing activities was $209 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $276 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease relates to lower payments for acquisitions during 2012 largely due to the SDI acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2011, higher proceeds from the sale of assets in 2012, and a decrease in computer software additions during 2012, partially offset by increases in short-term investments and facility-related capital expenditures during 2012.

Net cash used in financing activities amounted to $52 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease in cash used of $11 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease relates to lower dividends paid to shareholders and lower repayments, net of borrowings, of our revolving credit facility in 2013, partially offset by lower proceeds from issuance of debt in 2013 compared to 2012. Net cash used in financing activities was $63 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $169 million compared to cash provided during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase relates to the dividend paid to shareholders during the fourth quarter of 2012, higher repayments of our revolving credit facility and term loans during 2012, and higher debt issuance costs during 2012, partially offset by

 

65


Table of Contents

higher proceeds from new borrowings during 2012. The dividend and higher borrowings and debt issuance costs relate to our recapitalization transaction which was completed during the fourth quarter of 2012. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Liquidity in the capital and credit markets

Overview

We fund our liquidity needs for capital investment, working capital, and other financial commitments through cash flow from continuing operations and our credit facility ($375 million in aggregate commitments, all of which was available as of December 31, 2013). We believe that we have the financial resources to meet business requirements for the next twelve months and for our long-term needs.

Credit concentrations

We continually monitor our positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions that are counterparties to our financial instruments and do not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties. In general, we enter into transactions only with financial institution counterparties that are large banks and financial institutions. In addition, we attempt to limit the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. We would not have realized a material loss during the year ended December 31, 2013 in the event of non-performance by any one counterparty. Management continues to monitor the status of these counterparties and will take action, as appropriate, to manage any counterparty credit risk.

We maintain accounts receivable balances ($313 million and $308 million, net of allowances, at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively), principally from clients in the pharmaceutical industry. Our trade receivables do not represent significant concentrations of credit risk at December 31, 2013 due to the credit worthiness of our clients and their dispersion across many geographic areas.

Debt

At December 31, 2013, our principal amount of debt totaled $5,027 million. Management does not believe that this level of debt poses a material risk to us due to the following factors:

 

 

in each of the last two calendar years, we have generated strong net cash provided by operating activities of approximately $400 million;

 

 

at December 31, 2013, we had $729 million in worldwide cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments; and

 

 

at December 31, 2013, we had $375 million of unused debt capacity under our existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our debt at the dates indicated:

 

      December 31,  
(dollars in millions)   2013    

2012

 

 

 

Senior Secured Term Loan due 2017—USD LIBOR at average floating rates of  3.75%

  $ 1,747      $ 1,766   

Senior Secured Term Loan due 2017—EUR LIBOR at average floating rates of 4.25%

    1,030        999   

12.50% Senior Notes due 2018

    1,000        1,000   

7.375%/8.125% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

    750          

Revolving Credit Facility due 2017—USD LIBOR at average floating rates

             

6.00% Senior Notes due 2020

    500        500   
 

 

 

 

Principal Amount of Debt

    5,027        4,265   

Less: Unamortized Discounts

    (67     (88
 

 

 

 

Total Debt

  $ 4,960      $ 4,177   

 

 

In August 2013, we issued $750 million of Senior PIK Notes. The Senior PIK Notes are unsecured obligations and mature on September 1, 2018. Interest is paid semi-annually in March and September of each year, commencing March 1, 2014. Subject to certain restrictions, we may elect to pay a portion of the interest due on the outstanding principal amount of the Senior PIK Notes by issuing PIK Notes in a principal amount equal to the interest due. The proceeds, along with cash provided by us, were used to pay an approximate $753 million dividend to our shareholders and for the payment of fees and expenses of the transaction of approximately $17 million.

In February 2013, we entered into an amendment of our existing Senior Secured Term

Loans due 2017 (“Term Loan Amendment”) to reduce our interest rate. We reduced the borrowing margins and LIBOR floors by 50 basis points and 25 basis points, respectively, for both the USD and EUR tranches of debt. As a result of the Term Loan Amendment, we recorded $9 million of debt extinguishment losses and $3 million of third party fees in Other loss, net during the year ended December 31, 2013.

On October 24, 2012, we completed a recapitalization (the “Recapitalization”). The Recapitalization included an amendment (the “Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement (“New Term Loan Agreement”) for additional term loans in the aggregate U.S. dollar equivalent of approximately $760 million, which included 200 million Euros. Among other modifications, the Amendment: (a) extended the maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility to August 2017; and (b) increased the maximum leverage ratio.

The Recapitalization also included a new offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of the 6% Senior Notes. The 6% Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The 6% Senior Notes have terms substantially similar to the existing $1,000 million 12.5% Senior Notes, except that, most notably, the 6% Senior Notes have a three-year no call redemption period.

In order to effect the Recapitalization, we conducted an exchange offer and consent solicitation to exchange the Old 12.5% Senior Notes for the New 12.5% Senior Notes, and to solicit consents to proposed amendments to the indenture governing the Old 12.5% Senior Notes to permit the recapitalization. The requisite consents were obtained and 99.96% of the holders of the Old 12.5% Senior Notes agreed to participate in the exchange and received New 12.5% Senior Notes in an equal principal amount.

 

67


Table of Contents

The proceeds from the Recapitalization were used to pay a $1,202 million dividend to our stockholders and for payment of fees and expenses of the transaction of approximately $48 million, which were capitalized.

In March 2011, we entered into a New Term Loan Agreement replacing our Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated February 2010. Under the New Term Loan Agreement, we increased our borrowings by $52 million and EUR 21 million. The terms of the New Term Loan Agreement extended the maturity date of the term loan and revolver by eighteen months to August 2017 and one year to February 2016, respectively, reduced the borrowing margins and LIBOR floor, expanded the revolver borrowing capacity by $100 million, and eliminated the interest coverage ratio covenant.

At December 31, 2013, short-term and long-term debt was $66 million and $4,894 million, respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial position. Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets, including the stock and the assets of certain of our current and certain future wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries (and the stock held by our immediate direct parent holding company) and a portion of the stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. In addition, certain of the assets of our Swiss subsidiaries have been pledged to secure any borrowings under the Senior Term Loan by IMS AG. There have been no such borrowings to date.

Costs incurred to issue debt are generally deferred and amortized as a component of interest expense over the estimated term of the related debt using the effective interest rate method. As of December 31, 2013, the unamortized balance of original issue discount reflected as a reduction to long term debt and fees and expenses related to the issuance of debt included in Other assets was $67 million and $74 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded interest expense of $35 million related to the amortization of these balances.

Our financing arrangements provide for certain covenants and events of default customary for similar instruments, including in the case of our New Term Loan Agreement (as amended), a covenant to maintain a specific ratio of consolidated total indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement. If an event of default occurs under any of our financing arrangements, the creditors under such financing arrangements will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under such arrangements, and in the case of the lenders under our New Term Loan Agreement (as amended), other actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor. At December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with the financial covenants under our New Term Loan Agreement (as amended).

In May 2010, we purchased interest rate caps and entered into interest rate swap agreements for purposes of managing our risk in interest rate fluctuations. We purchased U.S. dollar and Euro denominated interest rate caps for a total nominal value of approximately $1,675 million at strike rates ranging from 3% to 4%. These caps covered different periods between May 2010 and January 2015. The total premiums paid were $5 million. Most of these caps have expired and the nominal value of caps outstanding at December 31, 2013 was approximately $365 million, of which $250 million expired in January 2014.

We also entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge notional amounts of $375 million of our borrowings. All were effective January 2012, and expire at various times from January 2014 through January 2016. On these agreements, we pay a fixed rate ranging from 2.6% to 3.3% and receive a variable rate of interest equal to the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

 

68


Table of Contents

The fair value of the interest rate caps and swaps is the estimated amount that we would receive or pay to terminate such agreements, taking into account market interest rates and the remaining time to maturities. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, based upon mark-to-market valuation, we recorded in the consolidated statements of financial position a long-term liability of $12 million and $21 million, respectively.

Severance, impairment and other charges

We record a liability for significant costs associated with restructuring activities, including employee severance and related benefits, lease termination costs, asset impairments and other qualifying exit costs, when such costs are deemed probable and estimable. Employee severance benefits are calculated pursuant to the terms of established employee protection plans, in accordance with local statutory minimum requirements or individual employee contracts, as applicable. These charges are included in Severance, impairment and other charges, a component of operating income, on the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

In December 2013, as a result of ongoing cost reduction efforts, we recorded a pre-tax severance charge of $12 million consisting of global workforce reductions to streamline our organization (the “2013 Plan”). Cash outlays related to the 2013 Plan were de minimis through December 31, 2013. We expect that cash outlays related to the 2013 Plan will be substantially complete by the end of 2014.

Also in 2013, we recorded severance, impairment and other charges of $10 million, $3 million of which was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2013, related to impaired leases for properties in the U.S. and contract-related charges for which we will not realize any future economic benefits.

In December 2012, as a result of ongoing cost reduction efforts, we implemented a restructuring plan (the “2012 Plan”) and recorded a pre-tax severance charge of $23 million consisting of global workforce reductions to streamline our organization. In 2013, $6 million of severance accruals were reversed due to the favorable settlement of required termination benefits and strategic business changes. We expect that cash outlays related to severance benefits for the 2012 Plan will be substantially complete by the end of the second quarter of 2014.

 

(dollars in millions)   

Severance

related

reserves

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 23   

2013 utilization

     (11

2013 reversal

     (6
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 6   

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2012, we recorded impairment charges of $2 million related to the write-down of certain assets to their net realizable values, $3 million for contract-related charges for which we will not realize any future economic benefits and $1 million related to a lease impairment for property in the U.S.

Also in 2012, we recorded $8 million of impairment charges related to leased facilities in the U.S. and Europe and $21 million of impairment charges related to the write-down of certain assets to their net realizable values and $1 million of contract-related charges for which we will not realize any future economic benefits.

 

69


Table of Contents

In the fourth quarter of 2011, as a result of classifying a building in the U.S. as held for sale, we recorded an impairment charge of $2 million. Also in 2011, we recorded $10 million in contract-related charges related to a cash payment made to a vendor for which we did not realize any future economic benefit.

In December 2010, we implemented a multi-year restructuring plan and recorded a pre-tax severance, impairment and other charge totaling $50 million related to ongoing cost reduction efforts, including workforce reductions to streamline our organization, the elimination of certain regional headquarter functions and asset impairments (the “2010 Plan”). During December 2011, we recorded an incremental charge of $19 million, bringing the total charge under the 2010 Plan to $69 million. Also during 2011, we reversed the facility exit portion of the 2010 Plan as we were able to successfully assign the related lease to a third party. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we reversed approximately $10 million of severance accruals for the 2010 Plan due to the favorable settlement of required termination benefits and strategic business changes. The cash outlays related to severance benefits for the 2010 Plan were substantially complete by the end of 2013.

 

(dollars in millions)   

Severance

related

reserves

   

Facility

exit

charges

        Total  

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 48      $ 1      $ 49   

2011 utilization

     (26            (26

2011 reversal

            (1     (1

Q4 2011 charge

     19               19   

Currency translation adjustments

     1               1   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     42               42   

2012 utilization

     (26            (26

Q4 2012 reversal

     (10            (10
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     6               6   

2013 utilization

     (5            (5
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 1             $ 1   

 

 

Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2012, we reversed $1 million of a severance charge related to an acquisition recorded in 2010 as a result of favorable settlement of termination benefits.

Contingencies

We are exposed to certain known contingencies that are material to our investors. The facts and circumstances surrounding these contingencies and a discussion of their effect on us are included in Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

These contingencies may have a material effect on our liquidity, capital resources or results of operations. In addition, even where our reserves are adequate, the incurrence of any of these liabilities may have a material effect on our liquidity and the amount of cash available to us for other purposes.

Management believes that we have made appropriate arrangements in respect of the future effect on us of these known contingencies. Management also believes that the amount of cash available to us from our operations, together with cash from financing, will be sufficient for us to

 

70


Table of Contents

pay any known contingencies as they become due without materially affecting our ability to conduct our operations and invest in the growth of our business.

Contractual obligations

Our contractual obligations include facility leases, agreements to purchase data and telecommunications services, leases of certain computer and other equipment, projected pension and other postretirement benefit plan contributions, long-term debt obligations and employee severance. At December 31, 2013, the minimum annual payment under these agreements and other contracts that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are as listed in the following table:

 

       Year  
(dollars in millions)     2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      Thereafter      Total  

 

 

Operating leases(1)

   $ 52       $ 46       $ 43       $ 41       $ 32       $ 62       $ 276   

Data acquisition and telecommunication services(2)

     205         152         103         69         24         29         582   

Computer and other equipment leases(3)

     27         15         12         7         5         10         76   

Projected pension and other postretirement benefit plan contributions(4)

     16                                                 16   

Long-term debt(5)

     392         348         345         2,934         1,848         560         6,427   

Other liabilities(6)

     40         17         18         18         20         119         232   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 732       $ 578       $ 521       $ 3,069       $ 1,929       $ 780       $ 7,609   

 

 

 

(1)   Rental expense under real estate operating leases for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $20 million, $21 million and $34 million, respectively.

 

(2)   Expense under data and telecommunications contracts for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $215 million, $191 million and $212 million, respectively.

 

(3)   Rental expense under computer and other equipment leases for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $25 million, $26 million and $24 million, respectively. These leases are frequently renegotiated or otherwise changed as advancements in computer technology produce opportunities to lower costs and improve performance.

 

(4)   Our contributions to pension and other postretirement benefit plans for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $46 million, $15 million and $16 million, respectively. The estimated contribution amount shown for 2014 relates to required contributions to funded plans as well as benefit payments from unfunded plans. The expected contribution shown for 2014 is required.

 

(5)   Amounts represent the principal balance plus estimated interest expense based on current interest rates under our long-term debt (see Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus).

 

(6)   Includes estimated future funding requirements related to pension and postretirement benefits (see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus) and severance, impairment and other charges (see Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus). As the timing of future cash outflows is uncertain, the following long-term liabilities (and related balances) are excluded from the above table: deferred taxes ($1,102) million and uncertain tax benefits reserve ($28) million.

Under the terms of certain acquisition-related purchase agreements, we may be required to pay additional amounts as contingent consideration based primarily on the achievement of certain financial performance related metrics. At December 31, 2013, we have recorded estimated accruals of approximately $65 million, which could become due through 2017, with respect to these additional payments relating to eight acquisitions.

 

71


Table of Contents

Off-balance sheet obligations

As of December 31, 2013, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical accounting estimates

Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Following is a brief discussion of the more significant accounting policies and methods used by us.

The most significant estimates relate to allowances, depreciation of fixed assets including salvage values, carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets, provision for income taxes and tax assets and liabilities, reserves for employee benefits, stock-based compensation, contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The accounting estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. Actual results could vary from the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

We believe the following critical policies involve significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Revenue recognition.     We recognize revenue when the following criteria have been met: 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; 2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; 3) the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and 4) collectibility is reasonably assured.

We offer various information offerings developed to meet our clients’ needs by using data secured from a worldwide network of suppliers. Our revenue arrangements may include multiple elements. A typical information offerings arrangement (primarily under fixed-price contracts) may include an ongoing subscription-based deliverable for which revenue is recognized ratably as earned over the contract period and/or a one-time delivery of data offerings for which revenue is recognized upon delivery, assuming all other criteria are met. These deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting as each has value on a standalone basis to the client, objective and reliable evidence of fair value for any undelivered item(s) exists, and where the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery of the undelivered item(s) is probable and within our control. We allocate revenue to each element within our arrangements based upon their respective relative selling price. Fair values for these elements are based upon the normal pricing practices for these offerings when sold separately. We defer revenue for any undelivered elements, and recognize revenue when the product is delivered or over the term of the agreement, in accordance with our revenue recognition policy for such element as noted above. Our subscription arrangements typically have terms ranging from one to three years and are generally non-cancelable and do not contain refund-type provisions.

 

72


Table of Contents

We also offer technology services offerings that enable our clients to make informed business decisions. These arrangements typically have terms ranging from several weeks to three years, with a majority having terms of one year or less. Revenue for services engagements where deliverables occur ratably over time are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the arrangement. Revenue from time and material contracts are recognized as the services are provided. Revenue from fixed price ad hoc services and consulting contracts are recognized either over the contract term based on the ratio of the number of hours incurred for services provided during the period compared to the total estimated hours to be incurred over the entire arrangement (efforts based), or upon delivery (completed contract).

Operating costs of information.     Operating costs of information includes costs attributable to personnel involved in production, data management and delivery, and the costs of acquiring and processing data for our information offerings.

One of our major expenditures is the cost for the data we receive from suppliers. After receipt of the raw data and prior to the data being available for use in any part of our business, we are required to transform the raw data into useful information through a series of comprehensive processes. These processes involve significant employee costs and data processing costs.

Costs associated with our purchases are deferred within work-in-process inventory and recognized as expense as the corresponding data product revenue is recognized by us, generally over a 30 to 60 day period.

Direct and incremental costs of technology services.     Direct and incremental costs of technology services include costs of staff directly involved with delivering technology-related, consulting and services generating offerings and engagements, related accommodations and the costs of data purchased specifically for technology services engagements. Direct and incremental costs of technology services do not include an allocation of direct costs of data that are included in operating costs of information. Although our data, the costs of which are included in Operating Costs of Information, is used in multiple client solutions across different offerings within both information and technology services, we do not have a meaningful way to allocate the direct cost of the data between information and technology services. As such, the direct and incremental costs of technology services do not reflect the total costs incurred to deliver our technology services engagements.

Stock-based compensation.     We maintain a stock incentive plan, which provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, and/or performance awards to key employees and directors, consultants, and advisors to us as determined by the plan administrator. We recognize as stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payments to employees over the requisite service period (generally the vesting period) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income based on the fair values of the number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. For performance-based awards, stock-based compensation expense is adjusted over time based on our assessment of the probability of achieving the financial targets. As a result, for most awards, recognized stock-based compensation expense is reduced for estimated forfeitures prior to vesting primarily based on historical annual forfeiture rates. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed in subsequent periods and may change based on new facts and circumstances. We satisfy exercises and issuances of vested equity awards with issuances of common stock. We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $22 million, $19 million and $18 million in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

73


Table of Contents

Fair value measurement and valuation methodologies

Stock-based compensation expense is primarily based on the estimated grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Considerable judgment is required in determining the fair value of stock-based grants, including factors such as estimating the expected term of the grant, expected volatility of our stock and the expected forfeiture rate. In addition, for stock option grants where vesting is dependent on achieving certain operating performance targets, we estimate the likelihood of achieving those performance targets. The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used to compute the weighted average fair value of stock option grants:

 

       2013      2012      2011  

 

 

Dividend Yield

     0.0%         0.0%         0.0%   

Weighted Average Volatility

     26.7%         27.00%         25.2%   

Risk Free Interest Rate

     1.19%         0.92%         1.56%   

Expected Term

     5.50 years         5.50 years         5.50 years   

Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted

     $0.49         $0.33         $0.30   

Weighted Average Grant Price

     $1.30         $1.24         $1.12   

 

 

 

 

The dividend yield of 0.0% is used because no recurring dividends have been authorized and we do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease stock compensation expense.

 

 

The weighted average volatility was developed using the historical volatility of several peer companies to IMS Health Holdings, Inc. for periods equal to the expected life of the options. An increase in the weighted average volatility assumption will increase stock compensation expense.

 

 

The risk-free interest rate was developed using the U.S. Treasury yield curve for periods equal to the expected life of the options on the grant date. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase stock compensation expense.

 

 

The expected term was estimated for the 2013 grant of stock options as the vesting term plus 6 months. Participants are unlikely to exercise before a liquidity event because there has been no market to sell the shares. On January 2, 2014, we filed the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part related to this offering of our common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which could alter the expected term for future grants. An increase in the expected holding period will increase stock compensation expense.

The following table summarizes the stock option grants for 2013 and 2012:

 

(in thousands except per share
data)

 

Stock option grant period

(three months ended)

  

Number of

options
granted(1)

    

Weighted
average

exercise price

   

Weighted
average per share
estimated fair value
of common stock 

    

Weighted

average

fair value
of options granted

 

 

 

March 31, 2012

     3,350         $1.19 (2)(4)      $1.19         $0.31   

June 30, 2012

     4,040         $1.40 (2)(4)      $1.40         $0.38   

September 30, 2012

     450         $1.40 (2)(4)      $1.40         $0.37   

December 31, 2012

     1,950         $0.98 (3)(4)      $0.98         $0.26   

March 31, 2013

     1,830         $1.35 (4)      $1.35         $0.37   

June 30, 2013

     5,985         $1.35 (4)      $1.35         $0.36   

September 30, 2013

     3,985         $1.35 (4)      $1.35         $0.38   

December 31, 2013

     2,825         $1.09 (5)      $1.95         $1.00   

 

 

 

(1)   Does not include 2,070 and 5,110 shares, respectively, of Phantom SARs (as defined herein) granted in 2012 and 2013, respectively, for which no expense was recognized.

 

74


Table of Contents
(2)   The weighted average exercise price does not reflect the reduction in the exercise price of unvested awards resulting from the $0.42 per share dividend paid in October 2012 (See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements).
(3)   The decrease in the exercise price from prior grants is the result of the $0.42 per share dividend we paid in October 2012.
(4)   The weighted average exercise price does not reflect the reduction in the exercise price of unvested awards resulting from the $0.26 per share dividend paid in August 2013 (See “Executive compensation–Elements of compensation–Payments and adjustments in connection with cash dividends”).
(5)   The decrease in the exercise price from prior grants is the result of the $0.26 per share dividend we paid in August 2013.

The exercise price of stock options set by our board of directors is not less than the estimated fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Our board of directors have taken into account a number of objective and substantive factors in determining the fair market value of our common stock. Factors considered, but not limited to, include a) valuations using the methodologies described below and b) our overall operating and financial performance.

Our stock is not currently publicly traded, and as such, we conduct stock valuations on an annual basis as of December 31 for each year. We consider a number of objective and subjective factors in determining the value of our common stock at each valuation date in accordance with the guidance in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or Practice Aid. These objective and subjective factors included, but were not limited to:

 

 

arm’s-length sales of our common stock in privately negotiated transactions;

 

valuations of our common stock;

 

our stage of development and financial position; and

 

our future financial projections.

Our common stock valuations performed from the Merger through the date of this prospectus were determined by taking a weighted-average value calculated under two different valuation approaches, the income approach and market approach.

The Income Approach quantifies the future cash flows that management expects to achieve consistent with our annual operating plan process. These future cash flows are discounted to their net present values using a rate corresponding to an estimated weighted-average cost of capital. The discount rate reflects the risks inherent in the cash flows and the market rates of return available from alternative investments of similar type and quality as of the valuation date. Our weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) is calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in our capital structure as well as the capital structure of comparable publicly-traded companies. Our WACC assumptions utilized in the valuations performed during the year from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2013 ranged from 10.5% to 11.0%.

The Market Approach considers the fair value of an asset based on the price at which comparable assets have been purchased under similar circumstances. The transactions are usually based on recent sale prices of similar assets based on an arm’s length transaction. Most commonly, the market approach relies on published transactions, based on a multiple of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), which is consistent with the primary profitability metric underlying our annual operating plan process. The EBITDA multiples were determined based on acquisition and/or trading multiples of a peer group of companies that are periodically reviewed by management for consistency with our business strategy, the businesses and markets in which we operate and our competitive landscape. The EBITDA multiples ranged from 8.5x to 10.5x in the valuations performed during the year from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2013.

 

75


Table of Contents

While we believe both of these two approaches provide reliable estimates of fair value, we apply a heavier weighting to the income approach as we believe this valuation method provides a more reasonable estimate of fair value given the market approach may reflect greater volatility based on the trading multiples of a peer group in an unstable or illiquid market. We have applied a discount factor to the resulting fair values obtained by averaging the values calculated under the income approach and the market approach to reflect the lack of marketability of the common stock for being a private company.

During the periods discussed above, we performed valuations of our common stock in January 2013 and 2014. As a standard part of its approval process for each of these valuations, our board of directors reviewed our current and projected financial performance, including the consideration of various scenarios of such performance and their corresponding impact on our common stock valuation. As part of its assessment of our operating performance, our board considered general economic conditions, the peer group of companies and their performance relative to our business strategy, and the volatility in the equity markets generally. Additional information on stock-based compensation is contained in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.

Pensions and other post retirement benefits.     We provide a number of retirement benefits to our employees, including defined benefit pension plans and postretirement medical plans. The determination of benefit obligations and expense is based on actuarial models. In order to measure benefit costs and obligations using these models, critical assumptions are made with regard to the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, cash balance crediting rate, lump sum conversion rate and the assumed rate of compensation increases. In addition, retiree medical care cost trend rates are a key assumption used exclusively in determining costs for our postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans. Management reviews these critical assumptions at least annually. Other assumptions involve demographic factors such as the turnover, retirement and mortality rates. Management reviews these assumptions periodically and updates them when its experience deems it appropriate to do so.

The discount rate is the rate at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled and is determined annually by management. For U.S. plans, the discount rate is based on results of a modeling process in which the plans’ expected cash flow (determined on a projected benefit obligation basis) is matched with spot rates developed from a yield curve comprised of high-grade (Moody’s Aa and above, or Standard and Poor’s AA and above) non-callable corporate bonds to develop the present value of the expected cash flow, and then determining the single rate (discount rate) which when applied to the expected cash flow derives that same present value. In the U.K. specifically, the discount rate is set based on the yields on a universe of approximately 120 high quality (Aa rated) non-callable corporate bonds denominated in U.K. Sterling, appropriate to the duration of Plan liabilities. For the other non-U.S. plans, the discount rate is based on the current yield of an index of high quality corporate bonds. At December 31, 2013, the discount rate ranged from 2.9% to 4.7% compared to 3.8% at December 31, 2012 for its U.S. pension plans and postretirement benefit plan. The discount rate for its U.K. pension plan was decreased to 4.6% from 4.7% at December 31, 2012. The U.S. and U.K. plans represent 96% of the consolidated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2013. The discount rate in other non-U.S. countries decreased, where the range of applicable discount rates at December 31, 2013 was 0.9% to 6.2%. As a sensitivity measure, a 25 basis point increase in the discount rate for either our U.S. plan or our U.K. plan, absent any offsetting changes in other assumptions, would result in a de minimis increase in pension expense within the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

 

76


Table of Contents

Under the U.S. qualified retirement plan, participants have a notional retirement account that increases with pay and investment credits. The rate used to determine the investment credit (cash balance crediting rate) varies monthly and is equal to 1/12th of the yield on 30-year U.S. Government Treasury Bonds, with a minimum of 0.25%. At retirement, the account is converted to a monthly retirement benefit.

In selecting an expected return on plan asset assumption, we consider the returns being earned by each plan investment category in the fund, the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment and long-term economic forecasts for the type of investments held by the plan. The expected return on plan assets for the U.S. pension plans was 8.0% at January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2013. Outside the U.S., the range of applicable expected rates of return was 1.0% to 6.5% as of January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2013. The actual return on plan assets will vary from year to year versus this assumption. We believe it is appropriate to use long-term expected forecasts in selecting the expected return on plan assets. As such, there can be no assurance that our actual return on plan assets will approximate the long-term expected forecasts. The expected return on assets (“EROA”) was $29 million and $27 million and the actual return on assets was $68 million and $44 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As a sensitivity measure, a 25 basis point change in the EROA assumption for our U.S. plan, absent any offsetting changes in other assumptions, would result in an approximately $1 million increase or decrease in pension expense within the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income. For our U.K. plan, a 25 basis point change in the EROA assumption, absent any offsetting changes in other assumptions, would result in a de minimis increase or decrease in pension expense within the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. While we believe that the assumptions used are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may materially affect its pension and postretirement obligations and future expense.

We utilize a corridor approach to amortizing unrecognized gains and losses in the pension and postretirement plans. Amortization occurs when the accumulated unrecognized net gain or loss balance exceeds the criterion of 10% of the larger of the beginning balances of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of the plan assets. The excess unrecognized gain or loss balance is then amortized using the straight-line method over the average remaining service-life of active employees expected to receive benefits. At December 31, 2013, the weighted-average remaining service-life of active employees was 22.15 years.

At December 31, 2013, the fair value of assets exceeded the projected benefit obligation of our pension plans by $12 million.

Additional information on pension and other postretirement benefit plans is contained in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill.     Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired, and is not amortized. We review the recoverability of goodwill annually (or based on any triggering event) by comparing the estimated fair values (based on discounted cash flow analysis) of reporting units with their respective net book values. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill impairment loss is measured as the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its fair value. We completed our annual impairment tests in 2013, 2012 and 2011 and no goodwill impairment charges were recorded.

Other long-lived assets.     We review the recoverability of our long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In general, the assessment of possible impairment is

 

77


Table of Contents

based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset from the undiscounted expected future cash flows of the asset. If the future cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment charge is recognized for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value. In addition, we also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis.

Income taxes.     We operate in more than 100 countries around the world and our earnings are taxed at the applicable income tax rate in each of those countries. We provide for income taxes utilizing the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each balance sheet date, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that future tax benefits associated with a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is provided. In the event we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such determination was made. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Foreign currency.     We have significant investments in non-U.S. countries. Therefore, changes in the value of foreign currencies affect our consolidated financial statements when translated into U.S. dollars. For all operations outside the United States where we have designated the local currency as the functional currency, assets and liabilities are translated using end-of-period exchange rates; revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated using average rates of exchange prevailing during the period the transactions occurred. Translation gains and losses are included as an adjustment to the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholders’ equity. In addition, gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, such as those resulting from the settlement and revaluation of third-party and intercompany foreign receivables and payables, are included in the determination of net (loss) income.

For operations in countries that are considered to be highly inflationary or where the U.S. dollar is designated as the functional currency, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured using end-of-period exchange rates, whereas non-monetary accounts are remeasured using historical exchange rates, and all remeasurement and transaction adjustments are recognized in Other loss, net.

Recently issued accounting standards

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) determined that an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward or other tax credit carryforward, excluding certain exceptions. The guidance is consistent with our existing practices and is effective for interim and annual periods beginning January 1, 2014. We do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our financial results.

In March 2013, the FASB issued amendments to address the accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity

 

78


Table of Contents

or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. The amendments are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial results.

In February 2013, the FASB amended existing guidance by requiring companies to present information about reclassification adjustments from accumulated other comprehensive income in their financial statements in a single note or on the face of the financial statements. The amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. As these amendments required only additional disclosure, adoption did not have a material impact on our financial results.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, and other relevant market rate or price changes. In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and equity price changes, and we regularly evaluate our exposure to such changes. Our overall risk management strategy seeks to balance the magnitude of the exposure and the cost and availability of appropriate financial instruments. From time to time, we have utilized forward exchange contracts to manage our foreign currency exchange rate risk.

Foreign exchange risk

Our primary market risks are the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and the impact of interest rate fluctuations on interest expense.

We transact business in more than 100 countries and are subject to risks associated with changing foreign exchange rates. Our objective is to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility associated with foreign exchange rate changes. Accordingly, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the impact of foreign exchange movements on EBITDA, and to hedge non-U.S. dollar anticipated royalties.

It is our policy to enter into foreign currency transactions only to the extent necessary to meet our objectives as stated above. We do not enter into foreign currency transactions for investment or speculative purposes. The principal currencies hedged are the Euro, the Japanese Yen, the British Pound, the Swiss Franc and the Canadian Dollar. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The contractual value of our foreign exchange hedging instruments was approximately $421 million at December 31, 2013. The fair value of these hedging instruments is subject to change as a result of potential changes in foreign exchange rates. We assess our market risk based on changes in foreign exchange rates utilizing a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis measures the potential loss in fair values based on a hypothetical 10% change in currency rates. The potential loss in fair value for foreign exchange rate-sensitive instruments, all of which were foreign currency forward contracts, based on a hypothetical 10% decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar or, in the case of non-dollar-related instruments, the currency being purchased, was $30 million at December 31, 2013. However, the change in the fair value of foreign exchange rate-sensitive instruments would likely be offset by a change in the fair value of the future

 

79


Table of Contents

income or royalty being hedged. The estimated fair values of the foreign exchange risk management contracts were determined based on quoted market prices.

In February 2013, the Venezuelan government announced the devaluation of its currency and the official exchange rate was adjusted from 4.30 Bolívars to each U.S. dollar to 6.30. Our Swiss operating subsidiary, IMS AG, maintains certain account balances in Bolívars (mainly Cash and cash equivalents). As these balances are held in a non-functional currency of IMS AG, it is required that we mark-to-market these balances at each reporting date and reflect these movements as gains or losses in income. Approximately 6% of our consolidated cash and cash equivalents balance as of December 31, 2013 was held in Venezuelan Bolívars.

Additionally, since January 2010, Venezuela has been designated as hyper-inflationary, and as such, all foreign currency fluctuations are recorded in income for certain account balances at our local Venezuelan operating subsidiary. We recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $14 million to other loss, net in 2013 related to the remeasurement of the IMS AG Venezuelan Bolívar account balances and the remeasurement of certain local Venezuelan account balances. As of December 31, 2013, the net assets, including cash and cash equivalents, held by our Venezuelan subsidiaries was approximately 6% of our consolidated net assets and for the year ended December 31, 2013, revenue generated by our Venezuelan subsidiaries was less than 1% of our consolidated revenues. Venezuela has foreign exchange and price controls which have historically limited our ability to convert Bolívars to U.S. dollars and transfer funds out of Venezuela. Additionally, government restrictions on the transfer of cash out of the country have limited our ability to repatriate cash; however, these restrictions have not impacted our ability to execute our business plans in Venezuela. It is not possible for us to predict the extent to which we may be affected by additional future changes in exchange rates and exchange controls imposed by the Venezuelan government.

Interest rate risk

We also borrow funds and since the interest rate associated with those borrowings changes over time, we are subject to interest rate risk. We have not hedged all of this exposure. We assess our market risk based on changes in interest rates utilizing a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis measures the increase in annual interest expense based on a hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates. This increase would have amounted to approximately $3 million at December 31, 2013.

 

80


Table of Contents

Business

Our Company

We are a leading global information and technology services company providing clients in the healthcare industry with comprehensive solutions to measure and improve their performance. We have one of the largest and most comprehensive collections of healthcare information in the world, spanning sales, prescription and promotional data, medical claims, electronic medical records and social media. Our scaled and growing data set contains over 10 petabytes of unique data and over 500 million comprehensive, longitudinal, anonymous patient records (i.e., records that are linked over time for each anonymous individual across healthcare settings). Based on this data, we deliver information and insights on approximately 90% of the world’s pharmaceuticals, as measured by sales revenue. We standardize, organize, structure and integrate this data by applying our sophisticated analytics and leveraging our global technology infrastructure to help our clients run their organizations more efficiently and make better decisions to improve their operational and financial performance. We have a presence in over 100 countries, including high growth emerging markets, and we generated 63% of our $2.54 billion of 2013 revenue from outside the United States.

We serve key healthcare organizations and decision makers around the world, spanning the breadth of life science companies, including pharmaceutical, biotechnology, consumer health and medical device manufacturers, as well as distributors, providers, payers, government agencies, policymakers, researchers and the financial community. The breadth of the intelligent, actionable information we provide is not comprehensively available from any other source and our scope of offerings would be difficult and costly for another party to replicate. As a result, our information and technology services offerings, which we have developed with significant investment over our 60-year history, are deeply integrated into our clients’ workflow. We maintain long-standing relationships and high renewal rates with our clients due to the value of the services and solutions we provide. The average length of our relationships with our top 25 clients, as measured by 2013 revenue, is over 25 years and our retention rate for our top 1,000 clients from 2012 to 2013 was approximately 99%. We have significant visibility into our financial performance, as historically about 70% of our revenue has recurred annually, principally because our information and technology services offerings are critical to our clients’ daily decision-making and are sold primarily through subscription and service contracts.

We leverage our proprietary information assets to develop technology and services capabilities with a talented healthcare-focused workforce that enables us to grow our relationships with healthcare stakeholders. This set of capabilities includes:

 

 

A leading healthcare-specific global IT infrastructure , which we use to process data from over 45 billion healthcare transactions annually and to collect data from over 780,000 fragmented feeds globally which we organize in a consistent and highly structured fashion using proprietary methodologies;

 

 

A staff of approximately 9,500 professionals across the globe, including over 1,200 experts in areas such as biostatistics, data science, bioinformatics, healthcare economics, outcomes research, epidemiology, pharmacology and key therapeutic areas;

 

 

Our intelligent cloud, IMS One , which opens our sophisticated global IT infrastructure to our clients and provides the ability to perform business analytics in the cloud with large amounts of complex data. Our cloud is unique in the healthcare industry because it pre-integrates

 

81


Table of Contents
 

applications with IMS data, eliminating the cost traditionally associated with integrating information, and provides interoperability across both IMS and third party applications, reducing the complexity traditionally associated with siloed data; and

 

 

A growing set of proprietary applications, which includes: commercial applications supporting sales operations, sales management, multi-channel marketing and performance management; real-world evidence solutions helping manufacturers and payers evaluate the value of treatments in terms of cost, quality and outcomes; payer-provider solutions helping these constituents to optimize contracting and performance management; and clinical solutions helping manufacturers and CROs better design, plan, execute and track clinical trials.

At a time when the healthcare industry is experiencing transformational change driven by global expansion and the growth of new categories of medicines, intense cost pressures, a changing regulatory environment, and new payment and delivery models, we enable our clients to gain and apply insights designed to substantially improve operating performance. Our solutions, which are designed to provide our clients access to our deep healthcare specific subject matter expertise, take various forms, including information, tailored analytics, subscription software and expert services.

We believe our mission-critical relationships with our life science clients are reflected in the role we play within four important areas of decision-making related to their product portfolios: Research and Development, Pre-Launch, Launch and In-Market. Over the last three years, we have introduced software and services applications that have further deepened our level of client integration by enabling our clients to enhance and automate many of these key decision-making processes.

 

LOGO

 

• Market opportunity assessment

 

• Clinical trial feasibility/planning

 

• Site selection

 

• Patient recruitment

 

• Trial monitoring

 

• Performance management

 

• Drug pricing optimization

 

• Launch readiness

 

• Commercial planning

 

• Brand positioning

 

• Message testing

 

• Influence networks

 

• Territory design

 

• Market access

 

• Health technology assessment

 

• Commercial readiness

 

• Forecasting

 

• Resource allocation

 

• Call planning

 

• Stakeholder engagement

 

• Commercial operations

 

• Sales force effectiveness

 

• Sales force alignment

 

• Multi-channel marketing

 

• Client relationship management

 

• Lifecycle management

 

82


Table of Contents

We believe that a powerful component of our value proposition is the breadth and depth of intelligence we provide to help our clients address fundamental operational questions.

 

User          Illustrative questions      
Sales    Which providers generate highest return on rep visit?   Does my sales rep drive appropriate prescribing?   How much should I pay my sales rep next month?
 
Marketing    What share of patients is appropriately treated?   Which underserved patient populations will benefit most from my new drug?   Is my brand gaining market share quickly enough to hit revenue forecasts?
 
Research & Development    Are there enough patients for my clinical trial?   Which study centers have the target patients?   How long will trial enrollment take to hit target patient volumes?
 
Real World Evidence (“RWE”)/Pharmacovigilance    What is the likely impact of new therapies on costs and outcomes?   Are new therapies performing better against existing standards of care in real world settings?   Does real world data indicate adverse events not detected in clinical trials?

We generate revenue through local sales teams that manage client relationships in each region and go to market locally with our full suite of information and technology services offerings. Total global revenue from our information offerings, including national and sub-national information services represented 60% of our 2013 revenue. Total global revenue from our technology services offerings, which include hosted and cloud-based applications, implementation services, subscription software, analytic services and consulting, represented 40% of our 2013 revenue. We believe the data from our information offerings, when combined with our technology services offerings, can provide valuable insights to our clients and can increase the speed and effectiveness of decision making while also simplifying processes and reducing complexity and costs. Increasing demand from our clients for broader and more integrated offerings has been an important driver of our growth in technology services revenue, which grew at a CAGR of 13% between 2010 and 2013.

Ari Bousbib was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on August 16, 2010 following the purchase of our Company by our Sponsors in February 2010, which we refer to as the Merger. Over the past three years, Mr. Bousbib and the management team have made substantial investments in human capital, technology and services infrastructure to expand the breadth of our platform and the number of constituents we serve within the healthcare value chain. Examples of our strategic investments and operational changes include:

 

 

improving our operating efficiency by streamlining our organization, deploying lean methodologies throughout our global operations, and standardizing and automating processes;

 

 

in-sourcing development activities and capabilities, with approximately 70% of our development resources in-house as of 2013 year end, compared to approximately 30% in 2010;

 

 

increasing our offshore delivery resources to over 2,000 people as of 2013 year end, compared to 250 in 2010, which has driven substantial productivity improvement;

 

83


Table of Contents
 

shifting our employee mix, with over 50% now client-facing as of 2013 year end, compared to approximately 33% in 2010; and

 

 

expanding our offerings and capabilities by investing over $900 million in 22 complementary acquisitions, internal development projects and capital expenditures since the beginning of 2011 through 2013 year end.

These strategic investments and operational changes have transformed our organization into a more client-centric, service oriented, high-performance culture. Since the Merger through the end of 2013, we added approximately 7,600 employees to the organization and oversaw the departure of approximately 5,200 employees from the organization, reflecting the various strategic and operational changes described above. We estimate that about 60% of our approximately 9,500 employees have joined us since the Merger through the end of 2013.

We believe our investments in people, technology and services have enabled us to significantly expand our addressable market and capture an additional portion of our clients’ spend by providing more powerful technology solutions and new insight-driven services. The following financial performance metrics have improved significantly between 2010 and 2013:

 

 

revenue increased to $2.54 billion, generating a CAGR of 5.6% on an as reported basis and 5.9% on a constant dollar basis;

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA increased to $829 million, generating a CAGR of 10.2% on an as reported basis and 10.6% on a constant dollar basis; and

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue increased to 32.6% from 28.6%.

We incurred a net loss of $202 million for the combined 2010 year-end period. Amounts expressed in constant dollar terms exclude the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on the translation of foreign currency results into U.S. dollars. For additional information regarding these financial measures, including a reconciliation of our non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable measure presented in accordance with United States GAAP, see “Summary and pro forma consolidated financial data” included elsewhere in this prospectus. For additional information regarding foreign currency translation, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Results excluding the effect of foreign currency translation and certain charges” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our market opportunity

We compete in the global information, technology and services market for the life sciences and the broader healthcare industry. Historically, we concentrated our efforts in the market for information and consulting services primarily supporting the commercial functions of life sciences organizations, which we estimate to be a $5 billion market. In response to the needs of a broader set of life sciences clients for more specialized information, such as longitudinal anonymous patient data and clinical trial analytics, we have expanded our offerings to serve the market for information and services, which we estimate to be a $22 billion market. In addition, in response to our life sciences clients’ need to streamline operations, we offer an expanded range of technology services that include data warehousing, IT outsourcing, software applications and other services in the broader market for IT services, which, together, represent an additional $28 billion market among our life sciences clients. As a result, we now operate across a life sciences marketplace for information and technology services that we estimate to be $50 billion. We also

 

84


Table of Contents

have newer offerings in the $25 billion market for information and technology services for payers and providers and view this rapidly expanding market as an opportunity for further growth.

We believe there are five key trends affecting our end markets that will create increasing demand for our information and technology services solutions:

Growth and innovation in the life sciences industry.     The life sciences industry is a large and critical part of the global healthcare system, generating approximately $1 trillion in annual revenue. According to our research, revenue growth in the life sciences industry globally is expected to accelerate from 2.5% in 2013 to approximately 6% in 2017. The IMS Institute estimates that an average of 35 NMEs, are expected to be approved each year from 2013 to 2017, up from 25 NMEs in 2010 and a return to mid-2000s levels. The reacceleration of industry growth is also the result of dramatically lower expected patent expirations on prescription medications versus the recent past. Sales losses from drug patent expirations peaked at approximately $44 billion in 2012, significantly reducing commercialization initiatives among life sciences companies. By comparison, over the next five years, we expect sales losses from patent expirations to decline to under $16 billion by 2017, just over one-third of the 2012 peak.

Growth in access to healthcare in emerging markets.     We believe there will be significant growth in healthcare spending in emerging markets, driven predominantly by a rapidly growing middle class in countries such as China and India. According to the IMS Institute, it is estimated that spending on pharmaceuticals in emerging markets will expand at a 10 to 13% CAGR through 2017. The rapid growth of emerging markets is making these geographies strategically important to life sciences organizations and, consistent with their approach in the mature markets, we expect these organizations to apply a high degree of sophistication to their commercial operations in these countries. For global companies, this requires highly localized knowledge and information assets, the development of market access strategies and benchmarking performance. In addition, local players are learning that they need to compete on the basis of improved information and analytics.

Financial pressures driving the need for increased efficiency.     Despite expected accelerating growth in the global life sciences market, we believe our clients will face operating margin pressure due to their changing product mix, pricing and reimbursement challenges, and rising costs of compliance. Product portfolios for life sciences companies have shifted toward specialty products with lower peak market sales potential than traditional primary care medicines. Based on our research, we believe large pharmaceutical companies must collectively reduce costs by approximately $35 billion from 2012 to 2017 to maintain historic operating margins. As a result, our clients are looking for new ways to simplify processes and drive operational efficiencies including by using automation, consolidating vendors and adopting new technology options such as hosted and cloud-based applications. This provides opportunities for technology services vendors to capture and consolidate internal spending by providing lower-cost and variable-cost options that lower clients’ research and development selling, marketing and administrative costs.

Evolving need to integrate and structure expanding sources of data.     Over the past decade, many health systems around the world have focused on digitizing medical records. While such records theoretically enhance access to data, relevant information is often unintegrated, unstructured, siloed in disparate software systems, or entered inconsistently. In addition, new sources of data from the internet, such as social media and information on limited patient pools,

 

85


Table of Contents

and information resulting from enhanced diagnostic technologies are creating new sources of healthcare data.

In order to derive valuable insights from existing and expanding sources of information, clients need access to statistically significant data sets organized into databases that can be queried and analyzed. For example, RWE studies demonstrate the practical and clinical efficacies, which we believe require the aggregation and integration of large clinical data sets across all care settings, types of therapies and patient cohorts. Longitudinal studies require analysis of anonymous patient diagnoses, treatments, procedures and laboratory test results to identify types of patients that will likely best respond to particular therapies. Finally, manufacturers also require the ability to analyze social media activity to identify the specific patient and advocacy groups that influence the adoption of new orphan drugs. This information is highly relevant to all healthcare stakeholders and we believe the opportunity to more broadly apply healthcare data can only be realized through structuring, organizing and integrating new and existing forms of data in conjunction with sophisticated analytics.

Need for demonstrated value in healthcare.     Participants in the healthcare industry are focused on improving quality and reducing costs, both of which require assessment of quality and value of therapies and providers. As a result, physicians no longer make prescribing decisions in isolation, but rather in the context of guidance and rules from payers, integrated delivery networks and governments. We believe life sciences companies are working to bring alignment across constituents on the value of their treatments in order to successfully develop and commercialize new therapies.

There is increasing pressure on life sciences companies to support and justify the value of their therapies. Many new drugs that are being approved are more expensive than existing therapies, and will likely receive heightened scrutiny by payers to determine whether the existing treatment options would be sufficient. Additionally, many new specialty drugs are molecular-based therapies and require a more detailed understanding of clinical factors and influencers that demonstrate therapeutic value. As a result, leading life sciences companies are utilizing more sophisticated analytics for insight-driven decisions.

We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these global trends in healthcare. Beyond our proprietary information assets, we have developed key capabilities to assess opportunities to develop and commercialize therapies, support and defend the value of medicines and help our clients operate more efficiently through the application of insight-driven decision-making and cost-efficient technology solutions.

Our strengths

Comprehensive information assets and collection network.     The scale of our information assets, breadth and depth of our data supplier network, and our global reach are distinct advantages as clients value quality, consistency and continuity across geographies to accurately measure trends and their performance. With over 10 petabytes of proprietary data sourced from over 100,000 data suppliers covering over 780,000 data feeds globally, we have one of the largest and most comprehensive collections of healthcare information in the world, which includes over 500 million comprehensive, longitudinal anonymous patient records. Based on this data, we deliver information and insights on approximately 90% of the world’s pharmaceuticals, as measured by sales revenue. We have proprietary healthcare data management and projection methodologies developed over a long history, which enable us to extrapolate more precise

 

86


Table of Contents

insights from large-scale databases to provide greater granularity and segmentation for our clients. We continue to invest in new technology to source data that is valued by our clients, including social media analytics and mobile health solutions to continuously add records to our data sets, and refine our information and analytic methods. Use of our proprietary encryption technologies allows anonymous information to be linked across different care settings and across data sets, resulting in more complete healthcare information about anonymous patients and a deeper understanding of real world treatment, cost and outcomes.

Scaled healthcare specific technology infrastructure.     To manage our proprietary, global information base, we have built what we believe is one of the largest and most sophisticated information technology infrastructures in healthcare. By processing data from over 45 billion healthcare transactions annually, our infrastructure connects complex healthcare data while applying a wide range of privacy, security, operational, legal and contractual protections for data in response to local law, supplier requirements and industry leading practices. We have four Centers of Excellence and five operation hubs around the world, and approximately 9,500 associates, including over 1,200 experts in areas such as biostatistics, data science, bioinformatics, healthcare economics, outcomes research, epidemiology, pharmacology and key therapeutic areas. Our distributed global operations infrastructure allows us to support client deliverables 24 hours a day, seven days a week, in more than 100 countries. We believe the scale, global footprint and connectivity our infrastructure provides is unique within the healthcare vertical and will be of increasing value to our clients in a period where cost pressures will grow.

As part of our information technology infrastructure, we employ a wide variety of proprietary technologies and processes to source, collect, cleanse, bridge, edit and organize data. We then apply a combination of sophisticated computer processing, statistical sampling and projection procedures, advanced analytics, forecasting methodologies and our skills and experience to create and deliver our offerings to clients. The following is an overview of the technologies and processes we employ:

 

 

Data Sourcing . We collect information from a wide variety of data suppliers, including manufacturers, wholesalers, pharmacies, physicians, hospitals, laboratories, health plans and other payors, governments, services organizations, information technology vendors, patients and others. We are able to collect information in a wide variety of formats and through various methods of delivery. We frequently license some of our proprietary technologies (e.g., encryption programs, data standardization algorithms, data editing and collection software) to data suppliers to support the accurate and privacy-enhanced collection of data by the supplier and secure delivery of that data to us.

 

 

Data Receipt . We work closely with data suppliers to support the timely and secure delivery of data to us. Following receipt of data from our suppliers, we employ a variety of initial quality control checks and processes (based on proprietary metrics and parameters) to ensure data has been properly delivered to us.

 

 

Data Editing / Validation . Following data receipt and initial quality control checks, we use proprietary data cleansing, editing, and other sophisticated tools (based on proprietary metrics, parameters and methodologies) to find and resolve data quality issues in the data supplied to us.

 

 

Data Bridging / Reference Files . We receive data relating to tens of millions of transactions each week. To standardize data for each transaction, which is received from a wide variety of sources who frequently use their own proprietary reference numbers and codes, and allow

 

87


Table of Contents
 

for alignment of the data prior to projection or aggregation, we bridge (i.e., link) information received from suppliers to our reference files. We develop and maintain these reference files for various types of information, including medicines, diagnoses, treatment modalities, distribution centers, health care offices, integrated health networks, insurance plans and data classification schemes.

 

 

Database Management . When data has successfully passed through the processes referenced above, it is added to applicable IMS databases. In connection with the movement of the information to these databases, we employ additional quality control checks and processes.

 

 

Projection Methodologies . Most of our offerings are derived from the use of statistically representative samples. More than 100 statisticians support the development of proprietary sample designs and projection methodologies to estimate activities to achieve a high degree of accuracy.

 

 

Estimation Methodologies . For our larger datasets, we employ data imputation methods that allow us to estimate for any missing or questionable data until the underlying issue is resolved. By using these estimation methodologies, analysis has shown our offerings are more accurate and not prone to trending aberrations caused by issues in the data flow process.

 

 

Client Reports . After the completion of the processes described above, we are ready to create reports and other information deliverables for client based on their specifications. We employ various methods of report delivery, including secure portals, software-as-a-service, direct delivery of data into client data warehouses or direct delivery to mobile devices.

Highly differentiated technology services fully integrated with IMS information.     Our ability to integrate technology services with our data creates mission-critical, actionable intelligence that improves our overall value proposition to our clients. Our expanding set of sophisticated human capital resources and technology services offerings combined with our deep understanding of our scaled information assets provides what we believe to be a competitive advantage in an environment where clients require better performance. For example, in 2012, we introduced our healthcare-specific intelligent cloud, IMS One, which helps our clients fully recognize the benefits of our infrastructure. Our cloud is unique in the healthcare industry because it pre-integrates applications with IMS data and provides interoperability across IMS and third party applications. We believe that these benefits both reduce complexity associated with data integration and save our clients time and costs and in synchronizing data across application. We envision that over time IMS One will become an industry standard around which applications are hosted and information shared on an interoperable basis.

Long standing client relationships that are expanding.     The breadth of the intelligent, actionable information we provide is not comprehensively available from any other source and would be difficult and costly for another party to replicate. We believe our information and technology services are deeply integrated into our clients’ workflow. We maintain long-standing relationships and high renewal rates with clients due to the value of the services and solutions we provide, as well as support the need for globally consistent information to enable comprehensive trend analysis at the local, regional, national and multi-country levels. For example, we believe the majority of pharmaceutical companies across more than 50 countries rely on our information to monitor the performance of their sales representatives and use it as a key factor in making ongoing compensation decisions. The average length of our relationships

 

88


Table of Contents

with our top 25 clients, as measured by 2013 revenue, is over 25 years and our retention rate for our top 1,000 clients from 2012 to 2013 was over 99%. Serving over 5,000 clients creates significant opportunity to expand breadth of services we provide to our clients.

Unique and scalable operating model.     We believe we have an attractive operating model due to the scalability of our solutions, the recurring nature of our revenue and the low capital intensity/high free cash flow conversion of our business. Our global infrastructure and healthcare focus allows us to provide large-scale healthcare data, technology and service solutions to clients rapidly and cost-effectively. In 2013, our revenue generated by information offerings represented approximately 60% of our total revenue, approximately 90% of which came from subscription or licensed-based contracts in each of the last three fiscal years and, as a result, has historically been recurring and predictable. Given the fixed-cost nature of our data, we are able to scale our solutions quickly and at low marginal cost. Revenue from our technology services offerings represented approximately 40% of our total revenue, consisting of a mix of projects, large-scale engagements, multi-year outsourcing contracts and multi-year software licenses with approximately 35% being recurring in nature. Additionally, we have executed a multi-year plan to streamline our organization and enhance our technology platform to accommodate more complex analytics and significant additional data volumes with limited incremental costs. We believe our recurring revenue, combined with our leading offerings will continue to contribute to our long-term growth and strong operating margins and flexibility in allocating capital.

Our growth strategy

We believe we are well positioned for continued growth across the markets we serve. Our strategy for achieving growth includes:

Build upon our extensive client relationships .     We have a diversified base of over 5,000 clients in over 100 countries, and have expanded our client value proposition since the Merger to now address a broader market for information and technology services which we estimate to be $50 billion. Through the development of IMS One and focused internal and external development of key client applications, such as CRM, channel management, incentive compensation, social media and clinical trials optimization, we have built a platform that allows us to be a more complete partner to our clients. We believe we are in the early stages of penetrating this expanding market within our global life sciences client base. Key elements of this strategy include:

 

 

further integrating our existing services to provide clients with interoperable solutions;

 

 

increasing the number of clients that leverage our technology services offerings, including IMS One;

 

 

using our global presence and efficient operating model to scale new applications and solutions rapidly and efficiently across clients, markets and geographies; and

 

 

expanding the number of clients that choose to drive efficiencies by consolidating their vendor needs with us.

Capitalize on our presence in emerging markets .     We believe China, India, Brazil and Russia, together with many of the 50-plus other emerging markets in which we operate, will accelerate their healthcare spending over the next five years. We have an established presence in these markets, generating $440 million of revenue for 2013 (approximately 17% of our revenue) and growing at an 11% constant dollar CAGR since 2010. We serve both multinational companies and

 

89


Table of Contents

local clients. For example, China has over 5,000 domestic pharmaceutical companies, a number of which are large with global aspirations. Key elements of this strategy include:

 

 

partnering with existing life sciences clients as they expand their businesses into emerging markets;

 

 

continuing to grow our existing services in emerging markets while simultaneously introducing new services drawn from our global portfolio; and

 

 

building relationships with local companies that are expanding beyond their home markets by capitalizing on the global credibility and consistency of our platform.

Continue to innovate.     We believe a significant opportunity exists to continue to enhance our information and analytics offerings and expand our technology services offerings to capitalize on the evolving healthcare environment. Our recent investments in human capital, technology and services capabilities position us to continue to pursue rapid innovation within the life sciences sector and the broader healthcare marketplace. Examples of recent innovations include:

 

 

development of applications in the mobile health space including AppScript, an enterprise solution for providers and payers to establish a curated formulary of mobile applications that can be prescribed securely and reconciled by prescribers just like drug prescriptions, and AppNucleus, which allows developers to build mobile applications with secure containers for patient information on devices and secure communication channels to physicians and other applications; and

 

 

development of Evidence360, a collection of specialized technologies for RWE, including tailor-made data warehouses integrating our data sets with patient registries and a cohort builder tool facilitating efficient definitions and tracking of narrow cohorts to determine outcomes in small patient populations.

Expand portfolio through strategic acquisitions.     We have and expect to continue to acquire assets and businesses that strengthen our value proposition to clients. We have developed an internal capability to source, evaluate and integrate acquisitions that have created value for stockholders. Since the beginning of 2011, we have invested approximately $586 million of capital in 22 acquisitions. As the global healthcare landscape evolves, we expect that there will be a growing number of acquisition opportunities across the life sciences, payer and provider sectors. We will continue to invest in strategic acquisitions to grow our platform and enhance our ability to provide more services to our clients and expect to seek opportunities, primarily in the areas of technological platforms, data suppliers and consulting services providers.

Expand the penetration of our offerings to the broader healthcare marketplace.     We believe that substantial opportunities exist to expand penetration of our addressable market and further integrate our offerings in a broader cross-section of the healthcare marketplace. Key elements of this strategy include:

 

 

continuing to sell innovative solutions to life sciences clients in areas we have recently entered, such as clinical trial analytics;

 

 

leveraging our comprehensive collection of healthcare information to provide critical insights to payers and providers, enabling advanced patient analytics and population health management; and

 

90


Table of Contents
 

utilizing our proprietary information and analytics to address the evolving needs of the broader healthcare marketplace. The development of our MD360 Provider Performance Management platform highlights augmentation of our core capabilities to penetrate a new and growing area of healthcare information management by using our proprietary library of clinical and cost measures to determine and publish highly specific performance targets for providers.

Our offerings

We offer hundreds of distinct services, applications and solutions to help our clients make critical decisions and perform better. While historically our offerings focused mainly in information and analytics, we now routinely integrate information with technology services to ensure our clients receive the most value from our information to enable them to incorporate insights into their workflow. These offerings complement each other and can provide enhanced value to our clients when delivered together, with each driving demand for the other.

Our principal offerings include:

National information offerings.     Our national offerings comprise unique services in more than 70 countries that provide consistent country level performance metrics related to sales of pharmaceutical products, prescribing trends, medical treatment and promotional activity across multiple channels including retail, hospital and mail order. These products are an integral part of critical processes in life science companies around the world and are also used extensively by the investment and financial sectors that deal with life science companies. Clients use these products to measure relative performance, assess market opportunity, determine brand and company strategy, and understand market dynamics. The products are available in a range of frequencies from weekly to annually, and are delivered in a variety of formats, including online hosted, PCs and mobile platforms.

Sub-national information offerings.     Our sub-national offerings comprise unique services in more than 50 countries that provide a consistent measurement of sales or prescribing activity at the regional, zip code and individual prescriber level (depending on regulation in country). These products are used extensively, with a majority of pharmaceutical sales organizations within these countries dependent on these services to set goals, determine resourcing, measure performance and calculate compensation.

Commercial services.     We provide a broad set of strategic, analytic and support services to help the commercial operations of life sciences companies successfully transform their commercial models, engage more effectively with the marketplace and reduce their operating costs. Our global consulting teams leverage local market knowledge, therapeutic expertise and our global information resources to assist our clients with portfolio, brand and commercial strategy, pricing and market access. We leverage our global technology infrastructure and deep understanding of information and our clients’ operations to provide workflow analytics services to sales operations, market research and managed markets and provide clients with interoperable solutions rather than individual products and services.

Real-World Evidence (RWE) solutions .    We integrate information from medical claims, prescriptions, electronic medical records, biomarkers and government statistics into anonymous, longitudinal patient journeys that provide detailed views of treatment patterns, disease progression, therapeutic switching and concomitant diseases and treatments. Combined with our

 

91


Table of Contents

health economics and outcomes research expertise, we leverage this information to help biopharmaceutical companies, health plans, providers and government agencies evaluate how treatments perform in real-world settings.

Commercial technology solutions .    We provide an extensive range of hosted and cloud-based applications and associated implementation services. The applications, hosted on IMS One, support a wide range of commercial processes including multi-channel marketing, CRM, performance management, incentive compensation, territory alignment, roster management and call planning. These solutions are used by sales and marketing operations to manage, optimize and execute their sales activities and brand campaigns. We combine our data, expert analysis and therapeutic knowledge to create a SaaS based analytics solution called AnalyticsLink. Based on proprietary linking and integration of our country data sets into a global repository, we provide an offering called MIDAS which provides a leading source of insight into international market dynamics and is used by most large pharmaceutical companies.

Clinical solutions.     By bringing together our information with advanced predictive modeling technology and sophisticated data visualization software, we help biopharmaceutical companies and CROs better design, plan, execute and track clinical trials. Our solutions allow our clients to dynamically model the size of patient populations for specific clinical protocols, estimate time and cost to recruit patients given a specific protocol and investigator selection, and optimize country allocation and patient recruitment. For payers and providers, we integrate client data with our information and proprietary analytics, to enable risk-sharing and pay-for-performance programs, network design and management, and population health management.

Our data suppliers

We maintain a diverse supplier base to support the information needs of our clients. Over the past six decades, we have developed and maintained strong relationships with data suppliers in each market in which we operate. These suppliers include manufacturers, wholesalers, pharmacies, physicians, hospitals, laboratories, health plans and other payors, governments, services organizations, information technology vendors, patients and others. We frequently license IMS proprietary technologies (e.g., encryption programs, data standardization algorithms, data editing and collection software) to data suppliers to support the accurate and privacy-enhanced collection of data by the supplier and secure delivery of that data to us. We have historical connections with many of the relevant trade associations and professional associations. We devote significant human and financial resources to our data collection efforts and are adding new suppliers and new data sources every year to provide the most relevant information to our clients. Many of our data suppliers are also clients. For example, we offer performance monitoring and segmentation services to retail pharmacies, services that have become critical to supporting retailer growth objectives. Developing and providing services to suppliers supports a continuation of long-term supply relationships.

Our contractual arrangements with our data suppliers number in the thousands. Typical data supply contracts specify the data to be provided to us, the frequency of data delivery (e.g., daily, weekly, monthly), data quality obligations, data use rights, and consideration provided by us in exchange for the data (e.g., reports, services, remuneration). These contracts are tailored based on the type of data collected, the market, local law and the negotiated outcome with each counterparty and therefore can vary significantly in their terms. These contracts reflect a range of commitment terms from one year to ten years, with larger data supply contracts typically having a contract term of five years.

 

92


Table of Contents

Our technology

We maintain what we believe is one of the largest and most sophisticated information technology infrastructures in healthcare globally. Our distributed global operations infrastructure supports client deliverables 24 hours a day, seven days a week, in more than 100 countries. Our primary data center located in Carlstadt, New Jersey manages and operates our technology infrastructure and our global network, which serves as the backbone for processing over 45 billion healthcare transactions annually. In addition, we maintain COEs and operations hubs around the world, each with a focus area of expertise.

 

 

In India, a team of over 1,200 technology experts support services delivery, software development and data management. Analytical services are deployed using common methodologies across each offering to promote consistent quality for each client deliverable.

 

 

In Manila, The Philippines, we combine IT and medical resources (with over 500 specialists in healthcare and IT) to clean and standardize information from data suppliers around the world.

 

 

Beijing, China is home to our innovative and proprietary statistical methodologies. More than 200 experts manage the statistical validity of data worldwide and guide how the data can be used.

 

 

In Madrid, Spain, our experts code and manage core reference data worldwide. More than 200 IT and medical specialists with native skills in over 15 languages link information assets through in-house developed software platforms for master data management.

 

 

Our Offering Development and Delivery hubs are based in London, United Kingdom, Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, and in San Francisco, California. Our product development teams leverage methodologies to release technology platforms and business intelligence tools that facilitate our clients’ ability to gain insight into information. Our applications are deployed on a common technical architecture allowing re-use across geographical locations and providing a common interface for end users.

 

 

Central and regional production focused COEs are located across the globe to efficiently support the delivery of IMS services. The Manila COE is the main global hub that provides cleaning and standardizing services, production management, and quality control operations. We selected Manila because there is wide availability of relevant healthcare skills, English is a first language, and it provides an efficient cost structure. The Madrid COE focuses on maintaining our reference management operations. The Chile based OCLA Regional hub provides time zone sensitive production services to the Latin America, Canada and U.S. business units. The Istanbul hub provides language specific production services to the North Africa, South Europe, Middle East and East Europe regions. In contrast to the central hubs, the regional hubs are generally focused on activities that are more dependent on specific languages or in some cases where we need alignment of time zones.

Our clients

Sales to companies in life sciences, including pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, device and diagnostic companies, and consumer health companies, accounted for approximately 90% of our revenue in 2013. Nearly all of the top 100 global pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, measured by revenue, are clients, and many of these companies subscribe to reports and services in many countries. Other clients include payers, government and

 

93


Table of Contents

regulatory agencies, providers, pharmaceutical distributors, and pharmacies. Our client base is broad in scope and enables us to avoid dependence on any single client. No single client individually accounted for greater than 8% of our gross revenue in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Our competition

We compete with a broad and diverse set of businesses. While we believe no competitor provides the combination of geographical reach and breadth of our services, we generally compete in the countries in which we operate with other information, analytics, technology, services and consulting companies, as well as with the in-house capabilities of our clients. Also, we compete with certain government agencies, private payers and other healthcare stakeholders that provide their data directly to others. In addition to country-by-country competition, we have a number of regional and global competitors in the marketplace as well. Our offerings compete with various firms, including Accenture, Cognizant Technology Solutions, Covance, Deloitte, Evidera, GfK, Health Market Science, IBM, Infosys, inVentiv Health, Kantar Health, McKinsey, Nielsen, OptumInsight, Parexel, Press Ganey, Quintiles, RTI Health Solutions, Symphony Health Solutions, Synovate Healthcare, The Advisory Board, Trizetto, Verisk and ZS Associates. We also compete with a broad range of new entrants and start-ups that are looking to bring new technologies and business models to healthcare information services and technology services.

Privacy management and security

Patient health information is among the most sensitive of personal information, and it is critically important that information about an individual’s healthcare is properly protected from inappropriate access, use and disclosure. For decades, our market research business was built using health information that did not identify a patient—long before the passage of HIPAA or other privacy laws. We continue to engage in strong privacy and security practices in the collection, processing, analysis, reporting and use of information. We employ a wide variety of methods to manage privacy and security, including:

 

 

governance, frameworks and models to promote good decision making and accountability;

 

 

a layered approach to privacy and security management to avoid a single point of failure;

 

 

ongoing evaluation of privacy and security practices to promote continuous improvement;

 

 

use of safeguards and controls, including:

 

   

technical safeguards—for example, technology and related policies and procedures to protect healthcare information and control access to it;

 

   

administrative safeguards—for example, administrative actions and related policies and procedures to manage the selection, development, implementation and maintenance of measures to protect healthcare information;

 

   

physical safeguards—for example, physical measures and related policies and procedures to protect electronic information systems and related buildings and equipment from natural and environmental hazards, and unauthorized intrusion;

 

 

collaboration with data suppliers and trusted third parties for our syndicated data offerings to remove identifiable information or employ effective encryption or other techniques to render information anonymous before data is delivered to us; and

 

94


Table of Contents
 

working closely with leading researchers, policy makers, thought leaders and others in a variety of fields relevant to the application of effective privacy and security practices, including statistical, epidemiological and cryptographic sciences, legal, information security and compliance, and privacy.

Our intellectual property

We create, own and maintain a wide array of intellectual property assets which, in the aggregate, are of material importance to our business. Our intellectual property assets include: patents and patent applications related to our innovations, products and services; trademarks and trademark applications related to our brands, products and services; copyrights in software and databases; trade secrets relating to data processing, statistical methodologies, editing and bridging techniques, business rules and other aspects of our business; and other intellectual property rights and licenses of various kinds. We are licensed to use certain technology and other intellectual property rights owned and controlled by others, and, similarly, other companies are licensed on a non-exclusive basis to use certain technology and other intellectual property rights owned and controlled by us.

We seek to protect our intellectual property assets through patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark and other laws of the United States and other jurisdictions, and through confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions. A patent generally has a term of 20 years from the time the full patent application is filed. As we build a patent portfolio over time, the terms of individual patents will vary. While patents can help maintain the competitive differentiation of certain products and services and maximize the return on research and development investments, no single patent is in itself essential to our business as a whole. Further, in order to replace expiring patents and licenses or replace obsolete intellectual property, we attempt to obtain new intellectual property through protection of key innovation from a combination of our ongoing research and development activities, acquisitions of other companies and licensing of intellectual property from third parties. We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with employees and contractors, and non-disclosure agreements with third parties with whom we conduct business, in order to secure ownership rights to, limit access to, and restrict disclosure of our proprietary information.

The technology and other intellectual property rights owned and licensed by us are of importance to our business, although our management believes that our business, as a whole, is not dependent upon any one intellectual property or group of such properties. We consider our trademark and related names, marks and logos to be of material importance to our business, and we have registered or applied for registration for certain of these trademarks including IMS Health, IMS, the IMS logo, IMS One, MIDAS, Xponent, DDD, AppScript, AppNucleus and Evidence360, in the United States and other jurisdictions and aggressively seek to protect them.

Our employees

As of the date of this prospectus we have approximately 9,500 employees worldwide. Almost all of these employees are full-time. None of our U.S. employees are represented by a union. In Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Spain, we have Works Councils, which are a legal requirement in those countries. We also have a European Works Council, which is a requirement under European Union laws. Management considers its relations with our employees to be good and to have been maintained in a normal and customary manner.

 

95


Table of Contents

Properties

Our executive offices are located at 83 Wooster Heights Road, Danbury, Connecticut in a leased property (approximately 24,000 square feet).

Our property is geographically distributed to meet our sales and operating requirements worldwide. Our properties and equipment are generally considered to be both suitable and adequate to meet current operating requirements and virtually all space is being utilized.

As of the date of this prospectus we own one property in the United States located in Pennsylvania (approximately 17,000 square feet).

Our active owned properties located outside the United States include: one property in Buenos Aires, Argentina (approximately 12,000 square feet); one property in Caracas, Venezuela (approximately 8,800 square feet); two properties in Los Ruices, Venezuela (approximately 4,000 square feet); and one property in Lisbon, Portugal (approximately 10,000 square feet). We have also entered into an agreement to purchase one facility in Bangalore, India (approximately 374,000 square feet), which we expect to close prior to the closing of this offering.

Our operations are also conducted from 26 leased offices located throughout the United States and 93 leased offices in non-U.S. locations.

We own or lease a variety of computers and other equipment for our operational needs. We continue to upgrade and expand our computers and related equipment in order to increase efficiency, enhance reliability and provide the necessary base for business expansion.

Legal proceedings

As a company operating in more than 100 countries, we are involved in a variety of legal and tax proceedings, claims and litigation that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. These actions may be commenced by various parties, including competitors, clients, current or former employees, government agencies or others. We record a provision with respect to a proceeding, claim or litigation when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. However, even in instances where we have recorded an estimated liability, we are unable to predict with certainty the final outcome of the matter or whether resolution of the matter will materially affect our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. As additional information becomes available, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly.

Further, we routinely enter into agreements with our suppliers to acquire data and with our clients to sell data, all in the normal course of business. In these agreements, we sometimes agree to indemnify and hold harmless the other party for any damages such other party may suffer as a result of potential intellectual property infringement and other claims related to the use of the data. We have not accrued liability with respect to these matters, as the exposure is considered remote.

Based on our review of the latest information available, management does not expect the impact of pending tax and legal proceedings, claims and litigation, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. However, one or more unfavorable outcomes in any claim or litigation against us could have a material adverse effect for the period in which it is resolved. The following is a summary of the more significant legal matters involving the company.

 

96


Table of Contents

On June 5, 2009, Associacao Nacional de Farmacias (“ANF”) and Farminveste – Investimentos, Participacoes e Gestuo, S.A. (“Farminveste”) filed claims against IMS Health Portugal, Lda. (“IMS Portugal”) for breaching a 2008 agreement among the parties for approximately 21 million. IMS Portugal counterclaimed against ANF and Farminveste for approximately 19 million for damages and loss. In 2011, the Arbitration Tribunal ruled that ANF was liable to IMS Portugal for up to 14 million for damage caused to IMS Portugal’s business. The actual amount of damages will be adjudicated in a separate proceeding before the Lisbon Court of First Instance and the date has yet to be set. Prior to the commencement of the arbitration proceeding, the Lisbon Court of First Instance separately seized approximately 18.3 million from IMS Portugal in a non-interest bearing court escrow account. Under Portuguese civil procedure, the seized funds will remain in court escrow until there is a final and unappealable judicial judgment in respect of the arbitration proceeding. The arbitration decision was appealed by ANF in June 2011. The appeal will be heard before the Lisbon Court of Appeals, and either party will subsequently have a further right of appeal to the Supreme Court of Portugal.

On July 24, 2013, Symphony Health Solutions and two of its subsidiaries (collectively “Symphony”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania against IMS Health alleging anticompetitive business practices in violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act and Pennsylvania state law. The complaint seeks trebled actual damages in an unspecified amount, punitive damages, costs and injunctive relief. IMS Health asserted various counterclaims against Symphony, including for misappropriation of trade secrets , tortious interference and unfair competition. We believe the complaint is without merit, reject all claims raised by Symphony and intend to vigorously defend IMS Health’s position and pursue the counterclaims.

On December 20, 2013, IMS Health filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware against Symphony for infringement of three patents seeking injunctive relief and damages. While we intend to vigorously litigate these patents and pursue our legal rights, we can offer no assurance as to when the pending litigation will be decided or whether the lawsuit will be successful.

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, IMS Government Solutions Inc., is primarily engaged in providing services and products under contracts with the U.S. government. U.S. government contracts are subject to extensive legal and regulatory requirements and, from time to time, agencies of the U.S. government have the ability to investigate whether contractors’ operations are being conducted in accordance with such requirements. IMS Government Solutions discovered potential noncompliance with various contract clauses and requirements under its General Services Administration Contract (the “GSA Contract”) which was awarded in 2002 to its predecessor company, Synchronous Knowledge Inc. (Synchronous Knowledge Inc. was acquired by IMS Health in May 2005). The potential noncompliance arose from three primary areas: first, at the direction of the government, work performed under one task order was invoiced under another task order without the appropriate modifications to the orders being made; second, personnel who did not meet strict compliance with the labor categories component of the qualification requirements of the GSA Contract were assigned to contracts; and third, certain discounts that were given to commercial customers were not also offered to the government, in alleged violation of the GSA Contract’s Price Reductions Clause. Upon discovery of the potential noncompliance, we began remediation efforts, promptly disclosed the potential noncompliance to the U.S. government, and were accepted into the Department of Defense Voluntary Disclosure Program. We filed a Voluntary Disclosure Program Report on August 29, 2008. We are currently unable to determine

 

97


Table of Contents

the outcome of these matters pending the resolution of the Voluntary Disclosure Program process and the ultimate liability arising from these matters could exceed its current reserves.

For additional information, see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—Litigation or regulatory proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.”

 

98


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

Below is a list of the names, ages as of date of this prospectus, positions and a brief account of the business experience of the individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name    Age    Position    Director/officer
of IMS since

 

Ari Bousbib

   52    Director; Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President    2010

Ronald E. Bruehlman

   53    Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer    2011

Harvey A. Ashman

   51    Senior Vice President, General Counsel, External Affairs & Corporate Secretary    2009

Kevin C. Knightly

  

53

   Senior Vice President, Supply Management    2006

Stefan C. Linn

   48    Senior Vice President, Strategy & Global Pharma Solutions    2010

Satwinder Sian

   49    Senior Vice President, Global Technology & Operations    2010

Paul M. Thomson

   64    Senior Vice President, Human Resources & Administration    2010

José Luis Fernández

   49    Senior Vice President, Global Services    2014

André Bourbonnais

   51    Director    2010

John G. Danhakl

   57    Director    2010

David Lubek

   34    Director    2013

Sharad S. Mansukani

   44    Director    2010

Nehal Raj

   35    Director    2011

Jeffrey K. Rhodes

   39    Director    2011

Ronald A. Rittenmeyer

   66    Director    2010

Todd B. Sisitsky

   42    Director    2010

Bryan M. Taylor

   43    Director    2010

 

Ari Bousbib, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President, Director

Mr. Bousbib was appointed Chief Executive Officer of IMS Health in August 2010 and was appointed to the additional role of Chairman in December 2010. Prior to joining IMS Health, Mr. Bousbib spent 14 years at United Technologies Corporation (“UTC”). From 2008 until 2010, he served as President of UTC’s Commercial Companies. From 2002 until 2008, Mr. Bousbib was President of Otis Elevator Company, and from 2000 to 2002 he served as its Chief Operating Officer. Previously, Mr. Bousbib was a partner at Booz Allen Hamilton. Mr. Bousbib currently

 

99


Table of Contents

serves on the board of directors of The Home Depot, Inc., and is a member of the Harvard Medical School Health Care Policy Advisory Council. He previously served on the board of directors of Best Buy, Inc. Mr. Bousbib holds a Master of Science Degree in Mathematics and Mechanical Engineering from the Ecole Superieure des Travaux Publics, Paris, and an M.B.A from Columbia University. Because of Mr. Bousbib’s extensive leadership experience, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Ronald E. Bruehlman, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Bruehlman was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of IMS Health in July 2011. Prior to joining IMS, he worked for 23 years at UTC, advancing through finance positions of increasing responsibility. He was Vice President, Operations Planning and Analysis, of UTC’s Commercial Companies from 2008 to 2010. From June 2009 until April 2011, Mr. Bruehlman also held the role of Vice President, Business Development for UTC, where he led the corporation’s global strategy and development activities. From June 2005 until May 2008, he was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Carrier Corporation. Prior to that, Mr. Bruehlman was Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis for UTC and also served as Director, Investor Relations of UTC. Mr. Bruehlman holds a B.S. in Economics from the University of Delaware, and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

Harvey A. Ashman, Senior Vice President, General Counsel, External Affairs and Corporate Secretary

Mr. Ashman was appointed Senior Vice President, General Counsel, External Affairs and Corporate Secretary of IMS Health in October 2009. He served as Vice President, External Affairs and Associate General Counsel for the Americas region from April 2008 until October 2009, and Vice President and Associate General Counsel for the Americas region from April 1999 until April 2008. Mr. Ashman joined IMS Health’s predecessor company, IMS International, Inc., in October 1988 as a staff attorney and has held roles of increasing responsibility from that time through the present. Mr. Ashman holds a B.A. from the University of Massachusetts, Amherst, and a J.D. from the New England School of Law.

Kevin C. Knightly, Senior Vice President, Supply Management

Mr. Knightly was appointed Senior Vice President, Supply Management of IMS Health in January 2011 and served as Senior Vice President, Pharma Business Management from 2007 until 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Knightly served as President of the EMEA region. He has also served as Chief Financial Officer for IMS Health North America and Europe, and Senior Vice President, Marketing and Major Markets, EMEA. Mr. Knightly joined an IMS Health affiliate in 1983 and since then has held a number of senior financial, operations, marketing and general management posts. He holds a B.S. in Economics and Accounting from the College of the Holy Cross, and an M.B.A. from New York University’s Stern Business School.

Stefan C. Linn, Senior Vice President, Strategy and Global Pharma Solutions

Mr. Linn was appointed Senior Vice President, Strategy and Global Pharma Solutions of IMS Health in September 2012. He served as Senior Vice President, Strategy, Innovation and Development from January 2011 until September 2012, and Senior Vice President, Strategy and Business Development from October 2010 until January 2011. From March 2008 until October 2010, Mr. Linn was a Director at TPG. From August 2001 until March 2007, Mr. Linn was Senior

 

100


Table of Contents

Vice President at McKesson and also served as President of Health Mart Systems, Inc. Prior to that Mr. Linn was Vice President of Marketing at Merck-Medco from 1996 until 2001. He also worked for McKinsey & Company in London. Mr. Linn previously served as a director on the board of CliniWorks, Inc. from May 2011 to August 2013. He holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Dallas, and an M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley.

Dr. Satwinder Sian, Senior Vice President, Global Technology & Operations

Dr. Sian began serving as Senior Vice President, Global Technology & Operations on January 1, 2014. He has held various leadership roles at IMS Health. He served as Senior Vice President, Global Technology Services & Operations from September 2012 until January 2014. From June 2011 until September 2012, Dr. Sian served as Senior Vice President, Global Pharma Solutions. From July 2010 until June 2011, he served as President, China. From January 2006 until June 2010, he was General Manager, Commercial Effectiveness. From 2003 until 2006 he managed the Consulting & Services business in EMEA. Dr. Sian also served as Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Health. He earned a Ph.D. in Information Technology from Imperial College, London, and holds an M.B.A. from the Management School, Open University in the United Kingdom.

Paul M. Thomson, Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Administration

Mr. Thomson was appointed Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Administration in January 2011. In October 2010, Mr. Thomson joined IMS Health as Senior Vice President, Human Resources following a 37-year career at UTC. At UTC he served as Vice President, Human Resources for Otis Elevator Company from 1998 to 2010. In this role, Mr. Thomson led the company’s worldwide human resources organization covering global operations with a combined employee population of 60,000. Prior to that, he held a number of human resources roles of increasing responsibility with UTC, including Vice President, Human Resources at Sikorsky Aircraft Corporation from 1991 to 1997; UTC Director, Compensation and Benefits from 1988 to 1991; and several human resources leadership roles at Otis Elevator and Pratt & Whitney. Mr. Thomson holds a B.S. in Sociology and an M.B.A. from the University of Connecticut. He also received an M.S. in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

José Luis Fernández, Senior Vice President, Global Services

Mr. Fernández was appointed Senior Vice President, Global Services of IMS Health in January 2014. He was responsible for IMS Health’s South Europe & Middle East operations from 2010 through the end of 2013. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Fernández served as general manager of IMS Health’s consulting and services business in EMEA, and prior to that was general manager of EMEA mid-size markets and Spain operations. Before joining IMS Health, Mr. Fernández held a variety of sales, marketing and commercial effectiveness roles with AstraZeneca in Europe. He began his career at Accenture as a management consultant focused on commercial strategy for the pharmaceutical, consumer goods and auto sectors. Mr. Fernández holds an advanced degree in Industrial Engineering from Madrid Polytechnic University.

André Bourbonnais, Director

Mr. Bourbonnais has served as a Director of IMS Health since February 2010. Mr. Bourbonnais has more than 20 years of experience in executing transactions and he is responsible for leading private equity investments in the CPPIB portfolio. Prior to joining CPPIB in 2006, Mr. Bourbonnais managed a combined private equity portfolio in financial services, telecommunications, media

 

101


Table of Contents

and entertainment sectors for another Canadian pension plan manager. Prior to that, he spent several years with a leading telecommunications company mostly as a senior officer responsible for corporate development and legal affairs. He also currently serves on the boards of directors of Anglian Water Group, Ltd., and serves as Chair of Air Distribution Technologies Inc. Mr. Bourbonnais holds an L.L.M. from the London School of Economics and Political Science, and an L.L.L. from the University of Ottawa. Because of his extensive experience in leadership and financial management, we believe Mr. Bourbonnais is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

John G. Danhakl, Director

Mr. Danhakl has served as a Director of IMS Health since February 2010. He is Managing Partner at LGP, which he joined in 1995. Previously, Mr. Danhakl was a Managing Director of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, which he joined in 1990. From 1985 until 1990, Mr. Danhakl was Vice President in corporate finance at Drexel Burnham Lambert, Inc. Mr. Danhakl currently serves on the boards of directors of the following publicly traded companies: Savers, Inc., J. Crew Group, Inc., Petco Animal Supplies, Inc. and Arden Group, Inc. He previously served as a director of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation, Communications & Power Industries, Diamond Triumph Auto Glass, Inc., Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc., Phoenix Scientific, Inc., Rite Aid Corporation, VCA Antech, Inc., Air Lease Corporation and The Neiman Marcus Group, Inc. Mr. Danhakl holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of California at Berkeley, and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Because of his extensive experience serving as a public company director and his knowledge of corporation finance, we believe Mr. Danhakl is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

David Lubek, Director

Mr. Lubek has served as a director of IMS Health since October 2013. He is a Principal in the Direct Private Equity Group of CPPIB. Prior to joining CPPIB in 2008, Mr. Lubek worked at CIBC World Markets in the Mergers & Acquisitions investment banking group. He also is a Chartered Financial Analyst Charterholder. Mr. Lubek holds an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University, and a B.B.A. from the Schulich School of Business at York University. Because of his extensive experience in business and finance, we believe Mr. Lubek is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Sharad S. Mansukani, M.D., Director

Dr. Mansukani has served as a Director of IMS Health since April 2010. Dr. Mansukani has served as a TPG Senior Advisor since 2005. He serves on the board of directors of Surgical Care Affiliates, Inc., IASIS Healthcare Corp., Immucor Inc. and Par Pharmaceuticals Companies, Inc. Dr. Mansukani serves as Strategic Advisor to the board of directors of CIGNA and previously served as Vice Chairman of HealthSpring Inc. Dr. Mansukani also serves on the board of directors of the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and on the editorial boards of the American Journal of Medical Quality , Managed Care , Biotechnology Healthcare and American Health & Drug Benefits . Dr. Mansukani was appointed to Medicare’s Payment Advisory and Oversight Committee, and he was previously Senior Advisor to CMS and a member of the Medicare Reform Executive Committee. Dr. Mansukani previously served on the faculty at the University of Pennsylvania and at Temple University School of Medicine. Dr. Mansukani completed his residency and fellowship in ophthalmology at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine and a fellowship in

 

102


Table of Contents

quality management and managed care at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Because of his extensive experience in leadership and the healthcare sector, we believe Dr. Mansukani is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Nehal Raj, Director

Mr. Raj has served as a Director of IMS Health since December 2011. Mr. Raj joined TPG in 2006, where he is a Principal and helps lead the firm’s investments in the technology sector. Prior to joining TPG, Mr. Raj was a technology private equity investor at Francisco Partners and a technology mergers and acquisitions professional at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Raj also serves as a director of Aptina Imaging, CCC Information Services, Decision Insight Information Group and Symbility Solutions, Inc., and previously was a director of Intergraph Corporation. He holds both an A.B. in Economics and an M.S. in Industrial Engineering and Engineering Management from Stanford University. He also holds an M.B.A from Harvard Business School. Because of his experience in finance and the technology industries, we believe Mr. Raj is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Jeffrey K. Rhodes, Director

Mr. Rhodes has served as a Director of IMS Health since December 2011. Mr. Rhodes is a Principal at TPG, where he is a leader of the firm’s investment activities in the healthcare services and pharmaceutical/medical device sectors. Mr. Rhodes serves on the board of directors of Biomet Inc., EnvisionRx, Immucor Inc., Par Pharmaceuticals Companies, Inc., and Surgical Care Affiliates, Inc. Prior to joining TPG in 2005, Mr. Rhodes worked at McKinsey & Company and Article 27 LTD, a start-up software company. Mr. Rhodes earned his M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School, where he was a Baker Scholar, and earned his B.A. in Economics from Williams College, where he graduated summa cum laude . Because of his extensive experience in healthcare services and corporate governance, we believe Mr. Rhodes is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Ronald A. Rittenmeyer, Director

Mr. Rittenmeyer has served as a Director of IMS Health since April 2010. He is Chairman, President and CEO of Expert Global Solutions, Inc. Previously, Mr. Rittenmeyer served as Chairman, CEO and President of Electronic Data Systems Corporation from 2005 until 2008. Prior to that, he served as Chief Operating Officer of Electronic Data Systems Corporation from October 2005 until September 2007 (including service as Co-Chief Operating Officer until May 2006) and as Executive Vice President, Global Service Delivery from July 2005 until December 2006. Mr. Rittenmeyer also serves on the boards of directors of American International Group, Inc. and Tenet Health Care Corporation. He previously served as a director of EDS and RH Donnelley (presently Dex One Corporation). Mr. Rittenmeyer holds a B.A. in Commerce and Economics from Wilkes University, and his M.B.A. from Rockhurst University. Because of his leadership experience, over 30 years of business experience and extensive experience serving on public company boards, we believe Mr. Rittenmeyer is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Todd B. Sisitsky, Director

Mr. Sisitsky has served as a Director of IMS Health since February 2010. Mr. Sisitsky is a Partner of TPG where he leads TPG’s investment activities in the healthcare sector globally. Mr. Sisitsky serves on the board of directors of Surgical Care Affiliates, Inc., Aptalis Holdings, Inc., formerly Aptalis Pharma, Inc., IASIS Healthcare Corp., HealthScope Ltd., Immucor Inc. and Par

 

103


Table of Contents

Pharmaceuticals Companies, Inc. and previously served on the boards of Biomet Inc. and Fenwal Inc. He also serves on the board of the Campaign for Tobacco Free Kids, a global not-for-profit organization, and the Dartmouth Medical School Board of Overseers. Prior to joining TPG in 2003, Mr. Sisitsky worked at Forstmann Little & Company and Oak Hill Capital Partners. Mr. Sisitsky earned an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, where he was an Arjay Miller Scholar, and earned his undergraduate degree from Dartmouth College, where he graduated summa cum laude . Because of his extensive experience in leadership, business, and healthcare, we believe Mr. Sisitsky is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Bryan M. Taylor, Director

Mr. Taylor has served as a Director of IMS Health since February 2010. He joined TPG in March 2004, and is a Partner in the firm’s Technology Group, where he is responsible for investments in software, data/analytics and technology services. He was also involved in TPG’s investments in Alltel Communications and Advent Software. Mr. Taylor currently serves as Chairman of Vertafore, Inc., and is a member of the Operating Committee of SunGuard. He also currently serves on the board of directors of Decision Insight Information Group, CCC Information Services Inc. and Eze Software Group. Prior to joining TPG, Mr. Taylor was a founder and Managing Director at Symphony Technology Group, a private equity firm focused exclusively on software and technology services investments. While at Symphony, Mr. Taylor was actively involved with the firm’s investments in Information Resources Incorporated, Intentia AB, GERS, Inc., Industri-Matematik International Corp. AB, and Symphony Services, Inc. Prior to joining Symphony, Mr. Taylor was a Manager at Bain & Company where he worked in the private equity and technology practice groups. He holds a B.A. from Stanford University, where he graduated with honors, and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Because of his experience in finance and technology services, we believe Mr. Taylor is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Board composition and director independence

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors is currently composed of ten directors: Messrs. Raj, Rhodes, Sisitsky and Taylor, who were designated for nomination as directors by TPG; Messrs. Bourbonnais and Lubek, who were designated for nomination as directors by CPPIB-PHI; Mr. Danhakl, who was designated for nomination as a director by LGP; Messrs. Mansukani and Rittenmeyer, who were designated for nomination as directors jointly by TPG and CPPIB-PHI; and Mr. Bousbib, who serves as a director because he is our Chief Executive Officer. Currently, each director is elected for a one-year term. A stockholders’ agreement between us and our current stockholders contains an agreement among the parties pursuant to which each of the Sponsors has certain rights to nominate individuals to serve on our board of directors.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to be a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE because more than 50% of our outstanding voting power will be held by the Sponsors. See “Principal and selling stockholders.” We intend to rely upon the “controlled company” exception relating to the board of directors and committee independence requirements under the rules of the NYSE. Pursuant to this exception, we will be exempt from the rules that would otherwise require that our board of directors consist of a majority of independent directors and that our leadership development and compensation committee and nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors. The “controlled company” exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit

 

104


Table of Contents

committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules of the NYSE, which require that our audit committee have at least one independent director upon consummation of this offering, consist of a majority of independent directors within 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and exclusively of independent directors within one year following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than                     , are independent directors under the rules of the NYSE. In making this determination, the board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that the board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of our common stock.

Board committees

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: the audit committee; the leadership development and compensation committee; and the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of the committees operates under its own written charter adopted by the board of directors, each of which will be available on our website upon closing of this offering.

Audit committee

Following this offering, our audit committee will be composed of                     , with                      serving as chairman of the committee. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our audit committee will determine that                      meets the definition of “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE and under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Within 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we anticipate that the audit committee will consist of a majority of independent directors, and within one year following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the audit committee will consist exclusively of independent directors. None of our audit committee members simultaneously serves on the audit committees of more than three public companies, including ours. Our board of directors has determined that                      is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the SEC’s regulations and applicable listing standards of the NYSE. The audit committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

 

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

reviewing the internal audit plan with the independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

 

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

 

reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

105


Table of Contents
 

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

 

recommending, based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, the inclusion of our audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

 

reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the committee charter and submitting any changes to the board of directors for approval;

 

 

monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

 

preparing the audit committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

 

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases.

Leadership development and compensation committee

Following this offering, our leadership development and compensation committee will be composed of                     , with                      serving as chairman of the committee. The leadership development and compensation committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

 

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

 

 

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

 

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

 

appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the leadership development and compensation committee;

 

 

conducting the independence assessment outlined in NYSE rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the leadership development and compensation committee;

 

 

reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the committee charter and submitting any changes to the board of directors for approval;

 

 

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

 

overseeing and administering our equity compensation and similar plans;

 

 

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

 

reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to director compensation; and

 

 

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

106


Table of Contents

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Following this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed of                 , with                      serving as chairman of the committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

 

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

 

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

 

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

 

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

 

developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles;

 

 

articulating to each director what is expected, including reference to the corporate governance principles and directors’ duties and responsibilities;

 

 

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors practices and policies with respect to directors;

 

 

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the functions, duties and compositions of the committees of the board of directors;

 

 

reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the committee charter and submitting any changes to the board of directors for approval;

 

 

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions;

 

 

consider and report to the board of directors any questions of possible conflicts of interest of board of directors members;

 

 

provide for new director orientation and continuing education for existing directors on a periodic basis;

 

 

performing an evaluation of the performance of the committee; and

 

 

overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management.

 

107


Table of Contents

Leadership development and compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, our leadership development and compensation committee was comprised of Messrs. Bourbonnais, Danhakl, Rittenmeyer and Taylor. None of the members of our leadership development and compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or leadership development and compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or leadership development and compensation committee. For a description of transactions between us and members of our leadership development and compensation committee and affiliates of such members, please see “Certain relationships and related party transactions.”

Board oversight of risk management

While the full board of directors has the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees oversee risk in certain specified areas. In particular, our audit committee oversees management of enterprise risks as well as financial risks. Our leadership development and compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements and the incentives created by the compensation awards it administers. Our nominating and corporate governance committee oversees risks associated with corporate governance, business conduct and ethics, and is responsible for overseeing the review and approval of related party transactions. Pursuant to the board of directors’ instruction, management regularly reports on applicable risks to the relevant committee or the full board of directors, as appropriate, with additional review or reporting on risks conducted as needed or as requested by the board of directors and its committees.

Codes of business conduct and ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors. We have also adopted an additional code of ethics applicable to those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering, our codes of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our codes, or any waivers of their requirements, on our website.

 

108


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

Compensation discussion and analysis

This discussion and analysis of our compensation program for our named executive officers should be read in conjunction with the accompanying tables below and text disclosing the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers.

Compensation of our named executive officers is determined under our compensation program for senior executives. This program is overseen by the leadership development and compensation committee of our board of directors (referred to herein as the “Committee”). The Committee determines the compensation of all our executive officers. This compensation discussion and analysis focuses on our executive officers listed in the Summary compensation table and the other compensation tables (referred to herein as our “named executive officers”). Our named executive officers for our 2013 fiscal year were:

 

 

Ari Bousbib, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President;

 

Ronald E. Bruehlman, Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer;

 

Paul M. Thomson, Senior Vice President, Human Resources & Administration;

 

Satwinder Sian, Senior Vice President, Global Technology & Operations; and

 

Stefan C. Linn, Senior Vice President, Strategy & Global Pharma Solutions.

Principal objectives of our compensation program for named executive officers

Our executive team is critical to our success and to building value for our stockholders. The principal objectives of our compensation program are to:

 

 

permit us to recruit talented and well-qualified executives to serve in leadership positions;

 

retain such experienced executives to lead our organization over the long term;

 

motivate our executives to succeed by providing compensation that is directly based on performance; and

 

align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders by delivering a substantial portion of the executive officer’s compensation through time- and performance-based equity awards with a longer-term value horizon.

We have designed our executive compensation program with specific features to help achieve these goals and to promote related objectives that are important to our long-term success.

We have also designed our compensation program to tie a substantial portion of each named executive officer’s compensation to the achievement of performance objectives over both the short- and long-term. This approach to compensation demonstrates our “pay for performance” philosophy as well as our focus on creating longer-term value for our stockholders. The principal measures of our business performance, as they relate to our compensation programs, are:

 

 

“Adjusted EBITDA”; and

 

“Management Cash Flow as a percentage of Adjusted EBITDA” (“Cash Flow Percentage”).

Adjusted EBITDA and Cash Flow Percentage are non-GAAP financial measures. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income or loss from our consolidated statements of comprehensive income before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to eliminate restructuring and related expense, other losses, net non-cash stock-based

 

109


Table of Contents

compensation charges, acquisition-related charges, sponsor monitoring fees, deferred revenue adjustment from purchase accounting and merger costs. All of these items and related amounts are disclosed in the “Net income to Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation” section of the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section of this prospectus, where we disclose a reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA. Although Adjusted EBITDA is determined on a constant currency basis (i.e., foreign exchange rates are fixed prior to the applicable performance period) for all of our employee plans for which it is relevant, foreign exchange rates are fixed as of different times for purposes of our annual incentive compensation plan (the “Annual Plan”) and performance-based stock options granted under our 2010 Equity Plan (described below). For the Annual Plan, they are fixed prior to the applicable calendar year. For our performance-based stock option awards, they were fixed in 2010 at the time the initial awards were granted. “Management Cash Flow” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA plus or minus changes in accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and deferred revenue (with the exception of changes in hedge receivables and payables and accrued severance), less capital expenditures and additions to computer software. “Cash Flow Percentage” is the ratio of Management Cash Flow to Adjusted EBITDA, expressed as a percentage.

Adjusted EBITDA was selected as a performance metric because we believe it is an important measure of our financial performance and our ability to service our debt and reflects our near- and longer-term goal of increasing profitability. Cash Flow Percentage was selected because it measures how well we manage cash, and using this measure can incentivize our executives to generate a high level of cash relative to Adjusted EBITDA.

Stock options are inherently performance-based because no value is created unless the value of our common stock appreciates after the stock options are granted. In addition to stock options that vest based solely on time, we also award stock options that vest based on the achievement of one-year or two-year Adjusted EBITDA targets and/or the value returned to our stockholders as measured by a return on their investment in us or the receipt of specified internal rates of return on their investment in us.

As described below, the primary elements of our executive compensation program are annual base salary, short-term incentives, long-term incentives and retirement and termination benefits. Together, these items are intended to be complementary and serve the goals described above. The Committee, however, does not have any formal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between short-term and long-term compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of cash and non-cash compensation.

Decision-making responsibility

Roles of the Committee and management in compensation decisions

Our executive compensation program is developed and overseen by the Committee, which is currently comprised of three directors affiliated with the Sponsors and one non-Sponsor director. The Committee takes into account the views and recommendations of management, in particular those of our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President (referred to herein as our “Chief Executive Officer”) and our Senior Vice President of Human Resources & Administration, in making decisions regarding our executive compensation program. Our Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations about annual base salary increases, annual cash bonus targets and payments and long-term equity grants for our named executive officers (other than for himself).

 

110


Table of Contents

The Committee, however, is responsible for approving, and makes all decisions regarding, the compensation of our named executive officers.

Use of compensation consultants

In 2013, we engaged Steven Hall & Partners (“Steven Hall”), a nationally known compensation consulting firm, on a very limited basis to provide market data relating to the total cash compensation opportunities of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, prior to their annual performance reviews. See “Compensation setting process—Role of market data” and “Elements of compensation—Annual base salary” below. During 2013, Steven Hall requested data from us and was directed to exercise its independent judgment in advising us on executive compensation matters.

Later in 2013, as part of our preparation to become a public company, the Committee engaged Steven Hall to provide a broader range of compensation consulting services on a going forward basis. These services are expected to include a review and analysis of our executive compensation levels and practices, board remuneration, executive officer and non-employee director ownership guidelines, peer group composition, long-term incentive plan design and grant practices and change in control and severance practices.

On a going forward basis, the Committee will be solely responsible for approving payments to Steven Hall and for setting the terms and scope of Steven Hall’s engagement and the termination of this engagement. In addition, Steven Hall will report directly to the Committee. Steven Hall provides only executive compensation consulting services to us, and does not provide other services such as benefits administration or actuarial services.

Compensation setting process

Role of market data

Market surveys.     Although we have not engaged in formal peer group benchmarking with respect to our named executive officers on a regular basis since we were taken private in 2010 in connection with the Merger, the Committee has continued to review the total cash compensation opportunities of our named executive officers annually as well as the annualized equity values of any equity awards granted to them in light of available market data taken from certain surveys, as described below. As part of this review, our human resources personnel, on an annual basis, review surveys of executive compensation data from public and private companies across all sectors with approximately $1 billion to $3 billion in revenue. This survey data, in addition to the other factors described below under “Internal pay equity and other factors”, is taken into account by our Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President of Human Resources & Administration in preparing their compensation recommendations to the Committee.

For each named executive officer, we have generally used market data from the market surveys reviewed by our human resources personnel as a consideration in setting annual base salary and the target level of annual incentives, with the intention that such target amounts, together with base salary, will result in total cash compensation at about the 50 th percentile of the market survey group. These comparisons are part of the total mix of information used to annually evaluate base salary, short-term incentive compensation and total cash compensation. We have also used survey data of this type on a limited basis when determining the size of equity award grants following the Merger. While we do not engage in any formal benchmarking with respect

 

111


Table of Contents

to equity awards, we have used survey data of the type described above to develop general, non-binding Company guidelines against which post-Merger equity award grants (other than the equity award grants made during the initial post-Merger transition period), including equity award grants to our Chief Financial Officer, have been evaluated.

Limited review of peer companies in 2013.     As noted above, we engaged Steven Hall in 2013 only to provide an additional source of market data on the total cash compensation of chief executive officers and chief financial officers of a peer group of companies. We selected the peer group companies through discussions with, and recommendations from, Steven Hall. The peer companies chosen were generally those companies that we included in our peer group prior to the time of the Merger and were as follows: Actavis, Inc., Allergan, Inc., Forest Laboratories, Inc., Mylan, Inc., St. Jude Medical, Inc., Stryker Corp., Acxiom Corp., Cerner Corp., Covance, Inc., DST Systems, Inc., Dun & Bradstreet Corp., Equifax, Inc., Fair Isaac Corp., Fiserv, Inc., Gartner, Inc., Moody’s Corp., and Nielsen Holdings NV. The peer companies selected for this purpose are companies with which we compete for executive talent, or which are broadly similar to us based on certain characteristics, such as: financial size and performance as measured by revenue, capitalization, returns, growth and/or profitability; industry focus; scope of operations, market presence outside the United States and employee base; and scope of position responsibilities, executive qualifications and expertise, and/or performance challenges. Peer companies were not pre-screened for their compensation levels or practices.

For future years, the Committee, working with Steven Hall and management, intends to re-evaluate, and expects to make changes to, this list of peer companies.

As we transition to a publicly traded company, the Committee may rely more heavily on market data and benchmarking of peer companies, which could result in changes in the level, timing and elements of compensation that we may use in the future for our named executive officers.

Internal pay equity and other factors

We take into account factors other than market data in setting salary, annual incentive and long-term incentives, which are the elements of total direct compensation. Such factors include internal pay equity, the experience and length of service of the executive, relative responsibilities among members of our executive team, contributions by the executive and business conditions. In addition, the Committee has also relied on the experience of our Sponsor-affiliated members of the Committee and on analysis performed by our Sponsors that considers the compensation of our executive team in light of the compensation structure of other portfolio companies or private equity-backed companies in general.

We do not use market surveys with respect to elements of compensation other than total direct compensation. For these other elements of compensation, such as severance, change in control benefits, retirement plans and health and welfare benefits, the Committee (and, with respect to ordinary course changes to broad-based employee benefits, our senior management) relies on its own business experience and familiarity with market conditions in determining the appropriate level of benefits for our named executive officers in light of our needs.

Elements of compensation

The following is a discussion of the primary elements of the compensation for each of our named executive officers.

 

112


Table of Contents

Annual base salary

We pay our named executive officers a base salary to provide them with a fixed, base level of compensation. The Committee attempts to maintain base salaries at competitive levels while also reserving a substantial portion of compensation for the other elements of compensation that are more directly linked to our performance and individual performance.

Generally, base salaries of the named executive officers are reviewed annually in July of each year. Annual base salaries may be adjusted by the Committee based upon the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer (except with respect to his own salary). The recommendations made with respect to a named executive officer are generally based upon the executive’s individual annual performance review for the prior year’s performance, leadership and contribution to company performance, and internal pay equity considerations, as well as market conditions, survey data and our overall budgetary guidelines. The Committee takes all of these factors into account when making its decisions, but does not assign any specific weight to any one factor. In addition to the annual salary review, the Committee may also adjust base salaries at other times during the year in connection with promotions, increased responsibilities or to maintain competitiveness in the market.

The amount of our Chief Executive Officer’s annual base salary is set forth in his employment agreement, but remains subject to increase based on the same factors as described above for the other named executive officers. The Committee did not increase his annual base salary during 2013 and his annual base salary remains at the level first set in 2010.

For 2013, the Committee increased Mr. Bruehlman’s annual base salary by 12.5% based on a recommendation from our Chief Executive Officer (who took into account the findings of Steven Hall’s review described above). The Committee approved this increase in order to provide Mr. Bruehlman with a more competitive base salary and in recognition of his contributions to us. The Committee also approved increases in the annual base salaries of Mr. Thomson, Dr. Sian and Mr. Linn of 8.2%, 4.6% and 3.3%, respectively, in connection with our annual performance review process, reflecting our 2013 budgeted level of merit increases and adjustments. All base salary increases became effective on October 1, 2013.

Short-term incentive plan

We believe that the opportunity to earn an annual incentive should be based upon actual performance against specified business and individual metrics.

Each of our named executive officers participates in the Annual Plan, and is eligible for a target annual bonus that is equal to a percentage of his annual base salary. The target annual bonus amount for each of our named executive officers for our 2013 fiscal year was as follows:

 

Named executive officer   

Target annual bonus as a
percentage of annual

base salary

 

 

 

Ari Bousbib

     150%   

Ronald E. Bruehlman

     70%   

Paul M. Thomson

     70%   

Satwinder Sian

     70%   

Stefan C. Linn

     70%   

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

These target bonus percentages were not changed for 2013 from levels in effect at the end of 2012.

Each year, the Committee establishes a notional pool to pay bonuses to all participants in the Annual Plan, including our named executive officers. The target funding for the notional pool is equal to the aggregate amount that would be payable if each participant received his or her target annual bonus. The funding of the Annual Plan is determined shortly after the end of our fiscal year based on our achievement of two pre-established metrics, Adjusted EBITDA and Cash Flow Percentage (each as defined and described above), subject to the further adjustments described below. The Committee sets reasonable, yet challenging, threshold, target and maximum Company performance-based goals early each year, taking into account current business conditions facing us and our business plan and budget for the year, with a view that the threshold level should have a relatively higher probability of achievement and the maximum level should have a relatively lower probability of achievement, and that the payouts associated with each should serve as a significant incentive. In addition, we intend that the performance levels required for threshold, target and maximum payouts will correlate to an appropriate return to our stockholders in relation to the overall budgeted compensation payable for such level of performance.

If our actual Adjusted EBITDA is equal to “threshold” Adjusted EBITDA goal, “target” Adjusted EBITDA goal or “maximum” Adjusted EBITDA goal under the Annual Plan, the funding level of the pool under the Annual Plan determined at this first step is equal to 50%, 100% or 150%, respectively. If actual Adjusted EBITDA is greater than the target Adjusted EBITDA goal but is less than the maximum Adjusted EBITDA goal, or if actual Adjusted EBITDA is greater than the threshold Adjusted EBITDA goal but is less than the target Adjusted EBITDA goal, the funding level of the pool is interpolated between the two applicable points.

The second metric that determines the level of funding for the pool under the Annual Plan is our Cash Flow Percentage. Our achievement relative to the target Cash Flow Percentage can increase or decrease the funding level established at the first step by 10%. For example, if the target Adjusted EBITDA goal is achieved and the maximum Cash Flow Percentage goal is achieved, the funding level of the Annual Plan determined at this second step is equal to 110% (100% due to the achievement of the target Adjusted EBITDA goal plus 10% (that is, 10% of 100%) due to the achievement of the maximum Cash Flow Percentage goal).

The level of funding of the pool can then be further adjusted either up or down by as much as 10% by our Chief Executive Officer in the third step of the Annual Plan funding determination process. In the fourth and final step for determining the funding level for the pool under the Annual Plan (as applied to our named executive officers), the amount can be further adjusted by as much as 20%, either up or down, by the Committee. The adjustments made by our Chief Executive Officer and the Committee in the third and fourth steps are entirely discretionary and allow our Chief Executive Officer and the Committee, respectively, to tailor the funding of the Annual Plan to events and circumstances that may not be fully taken into account by the objective metrics that otherwise determine the funding level.

The 2013 threshold, target and maximum Adjusted EBITDA levels were equal to $802.1 million, $840.3 million and $954.9 million, respectively, representing 5%, 10% and 25% year-over-year growth rates, respectively, on a constant dollar basis. If actual Adjusted EBITDA on a constant dollar basis had equaled less than the threshold amount, the Annual Plan would not have been funded, and if actual Adjusted EBITDA on a constant dollar basis had equaled more than the maximum amount, the Annual Plan would have been funded at 150% (subject to the adjustments described

 

114


Table of Contents

above). The threshold, target and maximum Adjusted EBITDA levels for 2013 were each established using exchange rates prevailing at September 30, 2012.

The target Cash Flow Percentage for 2013 was 85%. If the actual Cash Flow Percentage had been achieved at the target level, the funding level of the 2013 bonus pool would not have been adjusted. If an actual Cash Flow Percentage of 80% or less had been achieved, the 2013 bonus pool funding level established based on Adjusted EBITDA would have been decreased by 10% (e.g., a 90% funding level would have been decreased to 81%). If an actual Cash Flow Percentage of 90% or greater had been achieved, the 2013 bonus pool funding level established based on Adjusted EBITDA would have been increased by 10% (e.g., a 120% funding level would have been increased to 132%). If the actual Cash Flow Percentage is greater than the target Cash Flow Percentage level but is less than a 90% Cash Flow Percentage level, or if the actual Cash Flow Percentage is greater than an 80% Cash Flow Percentage level but is less than the target Cash Flow Percentage level, the funding level of the pool is adjusted based on an interpolation between the two applicable points.

After the end of the fiscal year, the Committee determines the achievement of both the Adjusted EBITDA and Cash Flow Percentage goals. Once the Committee has made those determinations, as described above, both our Chief Executive Officer and the Committee have the opportunity to exercise limited discretion to adjust the funding level for the Annual Plan.

Once the funding amount for the pool is determined, an amount is allocated for bonuses to be paid to our executive officers, including our named executive officers, as a group (the “senior management sub-pool”). The amount allocated to the senior management sub-pool is equal to the pool funding percentage (i.e., the amount approved for payment of all bonuses under the Annual Plan for the fiscal year expressed as a percentage of the target amount of the Annual Plan funding pool) multiplied by the sum of the target annual bonuses for each participant in the sub-pool (reduced by the “reserve” sub-pool, to the extent applicable, described below). The Committee then determines how the senior management sub-pool is divided among the participants in the sub-pool, based on each named executive officer’s individual performance in the applicable fiscal year (as further described below) and each named executive officer’s target annual bonus, provided that the total amount of the annual incentive payments paid to the participants who share the senior management sub-pool generally cannot exceed (but may be less than) the amount allocated to the senior management sub-pool. If the amount of the senior management sub-pool serves to cap the amount a participant in the Annual Plan would otherwise receive based on his individual performance, the participant may be able to receive the amount of the shortfall from a plan-wide “reserve” sub-pool set aside for such purposes (to the extent such reserve is sufficiently large). The “reserve” sub-pool is a discretionary amount that may be set aside by our Chief Executive Officer from the plan-wide pool for the purpose of rewarding high performers whose bonuses based on individual performance are otherwise capped by sub-limits, such as the senior management sub-pool limit, under the Annual Plan. Allocations to named executive officers from the reserve sub-pool are approved by the Committee, except to the extent it delegates such authority in a particular year.

At the beginning of each fiscal year, each of our named executive officers meets with our Chief Executive Officer (or, in the case of our Chief Executive Officer, with the Committee) to discuss his individual performance goals for the year. Each named executive officer’s individual performance goals are developed in consultation with our Chief Executive Officer for review with the Committee and consist of a series of key strategic, financial, operational and/or leadership objectives that relate to the duties of the named executive officer for the fiscal year and to our

 

115


Table of Contents

business objectives for the coming year. Mr. Bousbib’s individual goals for 2013 included achieving revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth targets, EBITDA to cash performance, accelerating our growth, expanding our market potential and client reach, leveraging new technology platforms and expanding our performance culture. Mr. Bruehlman’s individual goals for 2013 included supporting the achievement of certain revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and cash flow goals, execution of acquisitions, and strengthening of our finance and business development team. Mr. Thomson’s individual goals for 2013 included managing benefit costs, support of acquisition/integration activity, achieving targeted real estate portfolio cost reductions, enhancing our learning culture and continuing to refine our leadership development review process. Dr. Sian’s individual goals for 2013 included our achievement of certain profit, revenue and financial reporting compliance goals, our achievement of certain strategic initiatives, ensuring robust integration and rollout of acquired companies and their new platforms, engaging global technology services and operations for capability build and transformation, and driving performance across all levels of our global technology services and operations. Mr. Linn’s individual goals for 2013 included meeting certain revenue and growth targets, overseeing new product offerings, further leveraging social media tools and integrating new senior hires into critical roles.

After the end of the fiscal year, the Committee and our Chief Executive Officer (except with respect to his own individual performance goals) evaluate the named executive officer’s actual individual performance against those individual performance goals. Depending on the named executive officer’s individual performance level, his annual incentive bonus payout ranges will be as follows, subject to the limits on the management sub-pool described above:

 

Individual performance level    Annual incentive bonus payout
range as a percentage of
target annual bonus
 

 

 

Exceeded All or Most Goals and Objectives

     Up to 200%   

Met Goals and Objectives

     Up to 110%   

Did Not Meet Some or All Goals and Objectives

     Up to 80%   

 

 

Determination of 2013 Annual Bonuses

Based on achieving an Adjusted EBITDA of $851.7 million for our 2013 fiscal year, the notional pool under our Annual Plan for our 2013 fiscal year was funded at 103.7% in the first stage of our determination process. Because we achieved a Cash Flow Percentage of 83.5% (without taking into account a year-end building purchase in India, Cash Flow Percentage would have been 86.1%), that initial funding level was decreased to a pool funding level of 100.6%. After reviewing the funding level achieved and the aggregate bonus pool resulting from such funding level, Mr. Bousbib recommended to the Committee that the funding level be reduced to 96.8%. Mr. Bousbib determined, after taking into account recommendations from senior leaders in the various regions in which the Company does business, that the aggregate bonus pool at this level would be sufficient in his judgment to appropriately reward our employees, including our named executive officers, who participate in our Annual Plan for their performance and the performance of the company in our 2013 fiscal year. After considering Mr. Bousbib’s recommendation and the performance described above, the Committee approved this funding level, the aggregate bonus pool that resulted from it and the senior management sub-pool as described above. There was no discretionary reserve sub-pool established for 2013.

After the Committee established the funding pool under our Annual Plan, the Committee and Mr. Bousbib (except with respect to his own individual performance) evaluated the performance of

 

116


Table of Contents

each of our named executive officers against his individual performance goals (as described above) and determined that those goals had been achieved at the levels specified in the table below. As a result of the overall funding of the notional pool for our 2013 fiscal year, the amount allocated by the Committee to the senior-management sub-pool and the individual performance of our named executive officers, the actual amount earned by each of our named executive officers as a percentage of his target annual bonus in respect of our 2013 fiscal year is as set forth in the table below.

 

Named Executive Officer    Individual performance level achieved   

2013 cash bonus actually

earned as a percentage of

target annual bonus

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ari Bousbib

   Exceeded All or Most Goals and Objectives      200

Ronald E. Bruehlman

   Exceeded All or Most Goals and Objectives      142

Paul M. Thomson

   Exceeded All or Most Goals and Objectives      140

Satwinder Sian

   Exceeded All or Most Goals and Objectives      136

Stefan C. Linn

   Exceeded All or Most Goals and Objectives      133

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

After reviewing and discussing our Chief Executive Officer’s performance during 2013, our board of directors awarded our Chief Executive Officer a supplemental bonus of $200,000 in respect of our 2013 fiscal year. Our board approved this additional bonus to reward our Chief Executive Officer’s extraordinary performance in driving value creation for our stockholders and achieving strong Adjusted EBITDA growth in 2013 and over a multi-year period.

Long-term incentive awards

We believe substantial returns for our stockholders are achieved through a culture that focuses on long-term performance by our named executive officers and other senior management. By providing our senior management with a meaningful equity stake in us, we are better able to align the interests of our named executive officers with those of our stockholders and create value for our stockholders.

In connection with the Merger, we adopted the Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Equity Plan”). All of our named executive officers, other than our Chief Financial Officer, were employed at, or shortly after, the Merger and were granted stock option awards that were intended to serve as long-term incentives covering a five-year time frame. The size of each option grant for those named executive officers was determined by our board of directors or the Committee in consultation with our Chief Executive Officer at time the stock options were granted (other than in the case of our Chief Executive Officer’s own awards), based on their business experience, taking into account the fact that the Committee did not expect to grant additional awards to these executives in the ordinary course during this five-year period. Our Chief Financial Officer’s stock option award, granted at his time of hire, was intended to be comparable in size to the awards made to our named executive officers who were employed at or shortly after the Merger, while still providing an appropriate incentive based on factors such as internal equity, the size of grants made to employees in comparable positions, and market conditions, taking into account market surveys, to the extent described above. Our Chief Financial Officer’s stock option award was also intended to cover a five-year time frame. In addition, with

 

117


Table of Contents

respect to each of the named executive officers other than Dr. Sian, the size of their grants reflected the outcome of negotiations with the named executive officer at the time he was hired.

Since the Merger, we have not had a practice of making annual grants to our executives or employees. Rather, we have awarded equity in connection with promotions or new hires, the occurrence of significant events or as special grants intended to promote retention.

Stock options granted to our named executive officers generally are subject to time- and performance-based vesting. The time-based options generally vest over a five-year period and the performance-based options are eligible to vest over a five-year period based on our achievement of specified Adjusted EBITDA goals generally for each of the five fiscal years beginning with (or, with respect to grants made after August 1 of a given year, immediately following) the fiscal year in which the option was granted. To the extent the option does not vest because the Adjusted EBITDA goal is not met (and is not met based on the combined Adjusted EBITDA for a given fiscal year and the next succeeding fiscal year), the stock options will remain outstanding and vest (together with any other unvested performance-based options) if the Sponsors realize certain returns on their investment in us or certain internal rates of return on their investment in us. We believe that these performance-based stock option awards encourage our named executive officers to achieve key strategic objectives and maximize value creation for our stockholders. The Committee also believes that time-vesting options reinforce our goal to retain key executives while creating value for our stockholders. As discussed below in “Acceleration of options and other stock-based awards” under “Potential payments upon termination or change in control,” stock options are subject to accelerated vesting in limited circumstances relating to change in control events and certain terminations of employment.

As part of a new employment package, as additional retention grants and/or in connection with the increase in responsibilities resulting from a promotion, certain named executive officers have been granted time-vesting restricted stock units (“RSUs”), time-vesting stock options issued with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, and “premium priced” stock options that were granted with an exercise price equal to 150% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The Committee believes that these awards served as important tools for the recruitment and/or retention and motivation of the named executive officers that received them.

For our 2013 fiscal year, certain of our performance-based options were eligible to vest if we achieved an Adjusted EBITDA of $807 million (determined on a constant currency basis based on exchange rates set at the time of the Merger, when certain of the options were first granted). Since we achieved Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis of $852.8 million for our 2013 fiscal year, we exceeded our Adjusted EBITDA targets under the performance-vesting stock options for our 2013 fiscal year. We also exceeded our Adjusted EBITDA targets for each of our 2010 through 2012 fiscal years.

To recognize his individual leadership and contributions and to provide additional retention, Mr. Thomson was granted 350,000 time-vesting RSUs on February 13, 2013. The Committee determined that this grant was appropriate to reinforce our goal of retaining key executive talent. As described below, we granted additional RSUs to Mr. Thomson on August 6, 2013 in connection with our payment of a cash dividend to our stockholders.

No stock options were granted to our named executive officers in 2013 and, apart from the grants of RSUs to Mr. Thomson described above, no other incentive equity awards were granted to our named executive officers in 2013.

 

118


Table of Contents

The completion of this offering will not result in any acceleration of vesting of outstanding stock options or equity awards held by our named executive officers. However, if the Sponsors sell all or part of their shares of our common stock following the completion of this offering and receive certain returns on their investment, unvested performance-based stock options will vest.

Investment in the Company

Each of our named executive officers has made a direct investment in our common stock, either through a cash investment, in the case of each named executive officer other than Dr. Sian, or, in the case of Dr. Sian, our only named executive officer employed by us at the time of the Merger, through a rollover of directly owned shares and stock appreciation rights and a notional investment of a portion of his account balance under our Defined Contribution Executive Retirement Plan (as described below) into shares of our common stock. Offering our named executive officers the opportunity to invest in our company aligns their interests with the interests of our other stockholders, leads them to act as “employee owners” of our company and allows them to benefit from increases in value that they helped to create.

As a result of his decision to roll over previously granted stock appreciation rights awards in connection with the Merger, Dr. Sian holds the stock appreciation rights awards described in the Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end table below, all of which are fully vested.

Payments and adjustments in connection with cash dividend

On August 6, 2013, we paid a cash dividend of $0.26 per share on each share of our common stock that was outstanding as of that date. In order to prevent dilution of the value of our outstanding long-term incentive awards, including awards held by our named executive officers, and to reward executives for our success, in connection with the cash dividend, the Committee approved certain adjustments to, and certain payments in respect of, long-term incentive awards that were then outstanding. The adjustments described below with respect to stock options were required under the terms of the 2010 Equity Plan. Specifically, the Committee approved the following:

 

 

payment of a dividend equivalent cash amount equal to $0.26 for each share underlying an outstanding vested stock option (other than certain excluded options), an outstanding stock option eligible to vest on or before December 1, 2013 or an outstanding stock appreciation rights award;

 

 

reduction in the exercise price by $0.26 for each share underlying an outstanding stock option on which no dividend equivalent payment was made; and

 

 

the grant of new RSUs in respect of each outstanding grant of RSUs in an amount equal to the product of $0.26 multiplied by the number of RSUs that were outstanding under the grant immediately prior to the cash dividend, divided by the per share fair market value of a share of our common stock immediately after the cash dividend.

Retirement programs

Senior executives participate along with broad groups of employees and/or other executives in a number of plans that provide a pension or other forms of retirement benefits earned through service to us.

 

 

119


Table of Contents

All of our named executive officers other than Dr. Sian participate in our Retirement Plan (a tax-qualified defined benefit plan with a cash balance formula) and our Savings Plan (a tax-qualified defined contribution plan), each a broad-based retirement plan in which generally all of our U.S.-based employees are eligible to participate. Under the Savings Plan, we make a matching contribution of 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of compensation, subject to certain limits under the Internal Revenue Code, and employees vest in Company matching contributions after three years of service. The Retirement Plan is described further in the “Pension benefits” section below.

All of our named executive officers other than Dr. Sian also participate, along with all other eligible U.S.-based employees, in our Retirement Excess Plan and our Savings Equalization Plan, each a nonqualified excess plan to the Retirement Plan and the Savings Plan, respectively, that provides “make-whole” payments to eligible participants in place of the portion of the benefits that would have been earned if not for the limits applicable to tax-qualified plans under the Internal Revenue Code. Benefits under the Savings Equalization Plan are in the form of a matching contribution payable in cash shortly after the end of the calendar year to which it relates. The Retirement Excess Plan is described further in the “Pension benefits” section below.

Dr. Sian participates, along with all other eligible U.K.-based employees, in the IMS (UK) Pension Plan, which has a defined contribution section and a frozen defined benefit section. Under the defined contribution section of the plan (the “UK Defined Contribution Plan”), the level of our ordinary contribution ranges from 5% to 11% of a participant’s compensation depending on the level of the participant’s ordinary contribution to this plan (from 2% to 8% of compensation). The maximum amount of a participant’s ordinary contribution varies based on the employee’s age. The defined benefit section of the IMS (UK) Pension Plan (the “UK Defined Benefit Plan”) was frozen as of June 30, 2011 and is described further in the “Pension benefits” section below.

Certain of our key executives, including Dr. Sian (but none of our other named executive officers), participate in our Defined Contribution Executive Retirement Plan (the “DCERP”), a nonqualified defined contribution plan that was frozen to new benefit accruals as of June 30, 2012. The DCERP is described further in the “Nonqualified deferred compensation” section below.

We believe that our retirement programs serve as an important tool to attract and retain our named executive officers and other key employees, and that we would be at a competitive disadvantage if we did not offer an attractive retirement program. We also believe that offering a baseline of stable retirement benefits encourages our named executive officers to make a long-term commitment to us. We do not adjust the level of retirement benefits based on the value of a named executive officer’s long-term incentive awards nor do we adjust the level of a named executive officer’s total direct compensation for a given year in light of the value of retirement benefits.

Severance and change in control arrangements

We provide severance protection to our Chief Executive Officer in his employment agreement, to Dr. Sian pursuant to U.K. statutory requirements and Company practice and to our other named executive officers through our Employee Protection Plan. Certain limited change in control-related protections for our named executive officers apply to their stock options and RSUs, as described below under “Potential payments upon termination or change in control.”

 

 

120


Table of Contents

Our severance and change in control protections are designed to be fair and competitive to aid in attracting and retaining experienced executives, including our named executive officers. Our experience in recruiting well-qualified executives is similar to that of other companies in that our executives will often seek to be protected in the event of a termination by us without cause, an adverse change in working conditions that amounts to good reason for the executive to terminate employment or a transaction that may materially affect the terms of the executive’s employment with us. We believe the protection we provide, including the level of severance payments, post-termination benefits and our limited change in control benefits, is appropriate and within the range of competitive practice.

Perquisites

During our 2013 fiscal year, we did not provide perquisites to any of our named executive officers, apart from Dr. Sian, to whom we provided a monthly car allowance intended to cover the costs of owning and operating a vehicle. The Committee believes that the cost of providing this perquisite is reasonable relative to its value to Dr. Sian.

Other policies

Other policies and practices that will contribute to achieving the objectives of our compensation program include:

Stock ownership guidelines.     Due to restrictions on the transfer of our common stock and long-term incentive awards since the Merger, we have not needed to have stock ownership guidelines in place since the Merger. We intend to consider adopting stock ownership guidelines in the future that will require our named executive officers to own an equity stake in us during their employment.

Clawback policy .     We currently have a written policy that provides that if we are required to prepare an accounting restatement due to our material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements that results from misconduct by any of our executive officers, our chief accounting officer or any of our directors, we will have the right to recover any bonus or other incentive-based cash or equity compensation paid to, or any profits realized from the sale of Company securities by, such officer or director. We may seek recovery of such amounts only during the first 12 months following the first public issuance or filing with the SEC of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement. In the future, we intend to amend our policy on recovery of incentive-based compensation to conform to the applicable requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and related rulemaking.

Risk assessment

The Committee has reviewed our compensation programs and has concluded that the risks arising from our compensation practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

 

121


Table of Contents

Tax deductibility

Because our common stock is not currently publicly traded, executive compensation paid in our 2013 fiscal year was not subject to the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which limits the deductibility of compensation paid to certain individuals to $1 million, excluding qualifying performance-based compensation and certain other compensation. Following this offering, at such time as we are subject to the deduction limitation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we expect that the Committee will consider the impact of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code when structuring our executive compensation arrangements with our named executive officers. However, the Committee will retain flexibility to approve compensation arrangements that promote the objectives of our compensation program but that may not qualify for full or partial tax deductibility.

Summary compensation table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each of our named executive officers during our 2013 fiscal year.

 

Name and principal

position

  Year    

Salary

($)

   

Bonus
($)

   

Stock

awards

($)(1)

    

Non-equity

incentive plan

compensation

($)(2)

    

Change in
pension value
and non-
qualified
deferred
compensation
earnings

($)(3)

    

All other

compensation

($)(4)

    

Total

($)

 

 

 

Ari Bousbib

    2013        1,200,000        200,000 (5)              3,600,000         227,763         128,776         5,356,539   

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President

                   

Ronald E. Bruehlman

    2013        412,500                       410,000         39,457         22,925         884,882   

Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

                   

Paul M. Thomson

    2013        372,500               563,500         365,000         43,541         22,004         1,366,545   

Senior Vice President, Human Resources & Administration

                   

Satwinder Sian

    2013        391,818                       372,832         152,512         131,943         1,049,105   

Senior Vice President, Global Technology & Operations (6)

                   

Stefan C. Linn

    2013        400,250                       372,500         36,484         22,088         831,322   

Senior Vice President, Strategy & Global Pharma Solutions

                   

 

 

 

(1)   Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of RSUs granted to Mr. Thomson in 2013 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The fair value of each grant of RSUs at the grant date is equal to the number of RSUs granted multiplied by the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant (excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures based on service-based vesting conditions). Mr. Thomson was granted 350,000 RSUs on February 13, 2013 when the fair market value of a share of our common stock was equal to $1.35 and an additional 83,486 RSUs on August 6, 2013 when the fair market value of a share of our common stock was equal to $1.09. See “—Payments and adjustments in connection with cash dividend.”

 

122


Table of Contents
(2)   Represents each named executive officer’s annual cash bonus earned for our 2013 fiscal year under our Annual Plan.

 

(3)   Represents the change in the actuarial present value of the accumulated benefit of each named executive officer (other than Dr. Sian) under the Retirement Plan and Retirement Excess Plan (or, for Dr. Sian, under the U.K. Defined Benefit Plan) measured from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. For Dr. Sian, the amount also represents the dollar value of interest earned on compensation deferred under the DCERP in excess of 120% of the long-term applicable federal rate for December 2013 (3.99% using annual compounding) (the interest crediting rate on deferred compensation under the plan for our 2013 fiscal year was 4.50% ($2,198). As of June 30, 2012, the DCERP is frozen as to new benefit accruals but not as to earnings on previously accrued benefits.

 

(4)   Amounts included in the “All other compensation” include the following items, as applicable to each named executive officer for our 2013 fiscal year:

 

Name   

401(k)
company
match
contributions

($)(a)

    

Payments
under
Savings
Equalization
Plan

($)(b)

    

Company
contributions
to UK Defined

Contribution
Plan

($)(c)

    

Automobile
allowance

($)(d)

    

Dividend
equivalent
payments

($)(e)

    

Total

($)

 

 

 

Ari Bousbib

     7,650         121,126                                 128,776   

Ronald E. Bruehlman

     7,650         15,275                                 22,925   

Paul M. Thomson

     7,650         14,354                                 22,004   

Satwinder Sian

                     63,623         26,727         41,593         131,943   

Stefan C. Linn

     7,650         14,438                                 22,088   

 

 

 

  (a)   Represents our matching contributions to the Savings Plan, which is a broad-based tax-qualified defined contribution plan.

 

  (b)   Represents certain make-whole payments made to our U.S.-based named executive officers. These amounts would have been contributed by us to the Savings Plan under the plan’s matching contribution formula if not for certain limits applicable to tax-qualified plans under the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  (c)   Represents our contributions to the investment fund maintained for Dr. Sian under the UK Defined Contribution Plan.

 

  (d)   Represents monthly car allowance payments made to Dr. Sian.

 

  (e)   Represents certain cash dividend equivalent amounts paid during our 2013 fiscal year with respect to all vested stock appreciation rights held by Dr. Sian as of August 6, 2013. These payments were made in lieu of reducing the base price of the stock appreciation rights. Had the base price been reduced, the aggregate amount of the reduction would have equaled the amount of the cash dividend equivalent payments. In addition, certain cash dividend equivalents were also paid during our 2013 fiscal year with respect to all vested stock options and all stock options that were eligible to vest prior to December 1, 2013 held by each of our named executive officers, in the following amounts: Mr. Bousbib—$5,980,000, Mr. Bruehlman—$312,000, Mr. Thomson—$390,000, Dr. Sian—$364,000 and Mr. Linn—$806,000. These payments were made in lieu of reducing the exercise prices of these stock options (which was required by the terms of the 2010 Equity Plan on the dates these stock options were granted) and the payment per option was equal to the amount of the per share reduction in the exercise price that would have otherwise occurred.

 

(5)   Represents a supplemental cash bonus awarded to Mr. Bousbib with respect to our 2013 fiscal year.

 

(6)   Dr. Sian was paid in U.K. pounds sterling. Amounts for Dr. Sian in the Summary compensation table and the other tables in this section, where applicable, have been converted from U.K. pounds sterling to U.S. dollars based on an exchange rate of .6169, which was set in September 2012 for purposes of the Annual Plan.

Grants of plan-based awards

The following table sets forth information regarding plan-based awards made to each of our named executive officers during our 2013 fiscal year.

 

       Grant
date
     Potential payouts under
non-equity incentive plan awards(1)
    

All other

stock

awards

number of

shares

of stock

or units

(#)

    

Grant

date

fair
value

of

stock
awards

($)(4)

 
Name      

   Threshold

($)(2)

    

Target

($)

    

  Maximum

($)(3)

       

 

 

Ari Bousbib

                     1,800,000         3,600,000                   

Ronald E. Bruehlman

                     288,630         577,260                   

Paul M. Thomson

                     260,678         521,356                   
     2/13/2013                                 350,000         472,500   
     8/6/2013                                 83,486         91,000   

Satwinder Sian

                     274,272         548,545                   

Stefan C. Linn

                     280,144         560,288                   

 

 

 

(1)  

Represents annual cash bonus opportunities granted under the Annual Plan. As described in “—Short-term incentive plan” above, each named executive officer was eligible to receive a target annual bonus that is equal to a percentage of his annual

 

123


Table of Contents
 

base salary. The actual amount paid to our named executive officers under the Annual Plan for our 2013 fiscal year is reflected in the Summary compensation table above.

 

(2)   Under the Annual Plan, if our actual Adjusted EBITDA for our 2013 fiscal year were achieved at a threshold Adjusted EBITDA level, the Annual Plan would have been funded at 50% for our 2013 fiscal year, subject to the further plan-wide adjustments described above. However, each named executive officer’s actual annual cash bonus was determined based on the achievement of individual performance goals for which there is no threshold achievement level. See “—Short-term incentive plan.”

 

(3)   Under the Annual Plan, if our actual Adjusted EBITDA and Cash Flow Percentage had been achieved at maximum levels and the Committee and Mr. Bousbib had exercised their discretion to increase the funding of the Annual Plan for our 2013 fiscal year to the maximum extent permitted by the Annual Plan, the plan-wide funding level would have exceeded 200% of the target funding level. However, each named executive officer’s actual annual cash bonus is determined based on the achievement of individual performance goals, and achievement of those goals at a maximum level would have resulted in an annual cash bonus that could not have been greater than 200% of the named executive officer’s target incentive award under the Annual Plan. See “—Short-term incentive plan.”

 

(4)   Mr. Thomson was granted 350,000 RSUs on February 13, 2013 when the fair market value of a share of our common stock was equal to $1.35. As described in “—Payments and adjustments in connection with a cash dividend” above, in connection with the cash dividend paid on August 6, 2013, Mr. Thomson was granted an additional 83,486 RSUs when the fair market value of a share of our common stock was equal to $1.09.

Narrative disclosure to Summary compensation table and grants of plan-based awards table

We are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Bousbib, which was amended and restated as of February 12, 2014. The agreement has an initial three-year term and the term of the agreement automatically renews on each February 12, beginning in 2017, unless either party gives a notice of non-renewal at least 60 days in advance. Under his employment agreement, as in effect during our 2013 fiscal year, Mr. Bousbib was entitled to an annual base salary of $1.2 million and was eligible to earn an annual cash bonus for each fiscal year based on pre-established performance goals, with a target annual cash bonus equal to 150% of his annual base salary. Under his amended and restated employment agreement, effective January 1, 2014, Mr. Bousbib’s annual base salary has been increased to $1.6 million and his target annual cash bonus has been increased to 200% of his annual base salary. Mr. Bousbib’s annual cash bonus for 2013, as earned under the Annual Plan, is included in the Non-equity incentive plan compensation column of the Summary compensation table. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Bousbib is also entitled to participate in our savings, retirement and welfare plans in accordance with their terms.

We are also party to an employment agreement with Dr. Sian dated February 24, 1993. The agreement sets forth Dr. Sian’s initial base salary, which has been subsequently increased. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Dr. Sian is entitled to participate in certain U.K.-based benefit plans and to certain automobile-related benefits, in our discretion. The contract requires both parties to give twelve weeks written notice of any intention to terminate Dr. Sian’s employment, but does not provide for benefits beyond those that are statutorily required.

We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our other named executive officers.

The RSUs granted to Mr. Thomson in 2013 vested on February 13, 2014.

For a description of the payments and benefits our named executive officers may be entitled to in connection with a termination of employment, see “—Potential payments upon termination or change in control.”

 

124


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end

The following table sets forth information regarding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

Name   Option awards     Stock awards  
 

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options and

SARs

(exercisable)

(#)

   

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options

(unexercisable)

(#)

   

Equity
incentive
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options

(#)

   

Option
or SAR
exercise
price

($)(1)

   

Option or

SAR
expiration
date

   

Number of
shares or

units of

stock that

have not

vested

(#)

   

Market
value of

shares or

units of

stock that

have not

vested

($)(2)

 

 

 

Ari Bousbib

    5,000,000                      1.08 (5)      12/1/2020                 
           5,000,000               0.82 (5)      12/1/2020                 
    12,000,000                      1.00        12/1/2020                 
    3,600,000                      0.58        12/1/2020                 
           7,200,000        4,800,000        0.32        12/1/2020                 
                  2,400,000 (4)      0.58        12/1/2020                 

Ronald E. Bruehlman

    600,000                      1.12        7/16/2021                 
    600,000                      0.70        7/16/2021                 
           1,580,000        720,000        0.44        7/16/2021                 

Paul M. Thomson

    1,000,000                      1.00        10/28/2020                 
    300,000               200,000 (4)      0.58        10/28/2020                 
           600,000        400,000        0.32        10/28/2020                 
                                       433,486        472,500   

Satwinder Sian

    159,973.33 (3)                    0.25 (6)      4/21/2016                 
    900,000                      1.00        3/15/2020                 
    450,000                      0.58        3/15/2020                 
           540,000        360,000        0.32        3/15/2020                 
    50,000                      0.98        5/8/2022                 
           120,000        80,000        0.72        5/8/2022       

Stefan C. Linn

    1,000,000                      1.08 (5)      10/28/2020                 
           1,000,000               0.82 (5)      10/28/2020                 
    1,400,000                      1.00        10/28/2020                 
    420,000               280,000 (4)      0.58        10/28/2020                 
           840,000        560,000        0.32        10/28/2020                 

 

 

 

(1)   Except as noted below, the exercise price of all stock options was originally equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date the options were granted, as determined by our board of directors based, in part, on an independent third party valuation. In connection with the cash dividends paid to our stockholders on October 23, 2012 and August 6, 2013, the exercise prices of certain stock options were reduced by the applicable amount of the per share dividend. With respect to the 2012 cash dividend, the exercise price of each option that was unvested as of the date the cash dividend was paid and that was not eligible to vest prior to December 1, 2012 was reduced by $0.42. With respect to the 2013 cash dividend, the exercise price of each option that was unvested as of the date the cash dividend was paid and that was not eligible to vest prior to December 1, 2013 was reduced by $0.26.

 

(2)   The value shown is equal to the number of RSUs subject to Mr. Thomson’s RSU awards multiplied by the fair market value of a share of our common stock on December 31, 2013 ($1.09).

 

(3)   Represents vested stock appreciation rights based on IMS Health common stock that were rolled over into stock appreciation rights based on our common stock by Dr. Sian in connection with the Merger.

 

(4)   The exercise price of these performance-vesting options was not reduced in connection with the cash dividend paid to our stockholders on August 6, 2013 because a cash dividend equivalent payment of $0.26 per option share was paid with respect to all options (including these) that were eligible to vest prior to December 1, 2013.

 

(5)   Messrs. Bousbib and Linn were granted premium priced options with an exercise price that was originally equal to 150% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date the options were granted. In connection with the cash dividends paid to our stockholders on October 23, 2012 and August 6, 2013, the exercise prices of certain premium priced stock options were reduced by the applicable amount of the per share dividend in the same manner as described in footnote 1 above.

 

(6)   The exercise price of vested stock appreciation rights that were rolled over in connection with the Merger was reduced to $0.25 in a manner that complied with applicable rules under the Internal Revenue Code.

 

125


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the vesting schedule for the stock options or restricted stock units held by our named executive officers that were unvested as of December 31, 2013:

 

Name  

Number of

stock
options or

RSUs that

have not

vested

(#)

    Type  

Vesting date

schedule

  Performance metric

 

Ari Bousbib

    2,400,000      Performance-based options(a)   9/1/2013   2013 Adjusted EBITDA
    3,600,000      Time-based options(b)   9/1/2014  
    2,400,000      Performance-based options(a)   9/1/2014   2014 Adjusted EBITDA
    5,000,000      Time-based sign-on options(c)   9/1/2015   Premium Priced Options
    3,600,000      Time-based options(b)   9/1/2015  
    2,400,000      Performance-based options(a)   9/1/2015   2015 Adjusted EBITDA

Ronald E. Bruehlman

    360,000      Time-based options(b)   7/16/2014  
    250,000      Time-based options(d)   7/16/2014  
    240,000      Performance-based options(a)   7/16/2014   2013 Adjusted EBITDA
    360,000      Time-based options(b)   7/16/2015  
    240,000      Performance-based options(a)   7/16/2015   2014 Adjusted EBITDA
    250,000      Time-based options(d)   7/16/2016  
    360,000      Time-based options(b)   7/16/2016  
    240,000      Performance-based options(a)   7/16/2016   2015 Adjusted EBITDA

Paul M. Thomson

    200,000      Performance-based options(a)   10/28/2013   2013 Adjusted EBITDA
    433,486      Time-based RSUs(e)   2/13/2014  
    300,000      Time-based options(b)   10/28/2014  
    200,000      Performance-based options(a)   10/28/2014   2014 Adjusted EBITDA
    300,000      Time-based options(b)   10/28/2015  
    200,000      Performance-based options(a)   10/28/2015   2015 Adjusted EBITDA

Satwinder Sian

    270,000      Time-based options(b)   2/26/2014  
    180,000      Performance-based options(a)   2/26/2014   2014 Adjusted EBITDA
    30,000      Time-based options(b)   5/8/2014  
    20,000      Performance-based options(a)   5/8/2014   2013 Adjusted EBITDA
    270,000      Time-based options(b)   2/26/2015  
    180,000      Performance-based options(a)   2/26/2015   2015 Adjusted EBITDA
    30,000      Time-based options(b)   5/8/2015  
    20,000      Performance-based options(a)   5/8/2015   2014 Adjusted EBITDA
    30,000      Time-based options(b)   5/8/2016  
    20,000      Performance-based options(a)   5/8/2016   2015 Adjusted EBITDA
    30,000      Time-based options(b)   5/8/2017  
    20,000      Performance-based options(a)   5/8/2017   2016 Adjusted EBITDA

Stefan C. Linn

    280,000      Performance-based options(a)   10/28/2013   2013 Adjusted EBITDA
    420,000      Time-based options(b)   10/28/2014  
    280,000      Performance-based options(a)   10/28/2014   2014 Adjusted EBITDA
    1,000,000      Time-based options(c)   10/28/2015   Premium Priced Options
    420,000      Time-based options(b)   10/28/2015  
    280,000      Performance-based options(a)   10/28/2015   2015 Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

(a)   20% of each grant of performance-based options is eligible to vest based on our achievement of Adjusted EBITDA targets for each of the five fiscal years beginning with (or, with respect to grants made after August 1 of a given year, immediately following) the fiscal year in which the option was granted. If the Adjusted EBITDA target is not met for a fiscal year, the tranche of performance-based options that was eligible to vest in such fiscal year is eligible for “catch-up” vesting if a two-year (based on the original fiscal year and the fiscal year that immediately follows it) Adjusted EBITDA target is met.

On February 12, 2014, the Committee determined that the Adjusted EBITDA target with respect to our 2013 fiscal year had been achieved.

If performance-based options are earned based on achievement of the Adjusted EBITDA targets, they will vest if the named executive officer remains employed through a specified anniversary of the date the options were granted or the date the named executive officer commenced employment with us.

In addition, on or prior to December 31, 2017, (i) if the Sponsors realize a return of a certain specified multiple of the amount they invested in us, to the extent not already vested, the first 50% of each grant of performance-based options will vest, and (ii) if the Sponsors realize a return of a greater specified multiple of the amount they invested in us, to the extent not already

 

126


Table of Contents

vested, the second 50% of each grant of performance-based options will vest. After December 31, 2017, the first 50% of the performance-based option grant will vest, to the extent not previously vested, solely upon the Sponsors achieving a certain specified internal rate of return with respect to each year (or partial year) during the period beginning on the closing date of the Merger (February 26, 2010) and ending on the date or dates on which the Sponsors receive proceeds with respect to the shares of our common stock that they hold, and the balance (i.e., the remaining 50%) of the performance-based option grant will vest, to the extent not previously vested, solely upon the Sponsors achieving a greater specified internal rate of return with respect to each year (or partial year) during the period beginning on the closing date of the Merger and ending on the date or dates on which the Sponsors receive proceeds with respect to the shares of our common stock that they hold.

 

(b)   20% of each grant of time-based options (excluding premium priced time-based options) vest on each the first five anniversaries of (i) with respect to Dr. Sian, February 26, 2010 (the closing date of the Merger), and (ii) with respect to each other named executive officer, the grant date or the date the executive was hired, subject, in each case, to the named executive officer’s continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date.

 

(c)   50% of the grant of premium priced time-based options vested on the third anniversary of the named executive officer’s date of hire (in the case of Mr. Bousbib) or the grant date (in the case of Mr. Linn), and 50% of the grant of premium priced time-based options vests on the fifth anniversary of such date, subject, in each case, to the named executive officer’s continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date.

 

(d)   50% of the grant of time-based options vests on the third anniversary of the grant date, and 50% of the grant of time-based options vests on the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject, in each case, to Mr. Bruehlman’s continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date.

 

(e)   100% of Mr. Thomson’s outstanding time-vesting RSUs vested on February 13, 2014.

Option exercises and stock vested

None of our named executive officers exercised any stock options or became vested in any stock awards during our 2013 fiscal year.

Pension benefits

The following table sets forth information regarding the present value of the accumulated benefits of our named executive officers under our pension arrangements as of December 31, 2013. No amounts were paid to our named executive officers under our pension arrangements during our 2013 fiscal year.

 

Name    Plan name   

Number of

years
credited
service

(#)(1)

    

Present value of

accumulated
benefit

($)

 

 

 

Ari Bousbib

   Retirement Plan      2.33         37,556 (2) 
   Retirement Excess Plan      2.33         330,306 (2)(3) 

Ronald E. Bruehlman

   Retirement Plan      1.42         20,666 (2) 
   Retirement Excess Plan      1.42         26,883 (2)(3) 

Paul M. Thomson

   Retirement Plan      2.17         31,345 (2) 
   Retirement Excess Plan      2.17         53,235 (2)(3) 

Satwinder Sian

   UK Defined Benefit Plan      18.00         902,602 (4) 

Stefan C. Linn

   Retirement Plan      2.17         27,213 (2) 
   Retirement Excess Plan      2.17         47,673 (2)(3) 

 

 

 

(1)   Years are credited based on service from the date the individual became a participant in each plan. Individuals become participants in the Retirement Plan and the Retirement Excess Plan on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the attainment of age 21 and completion of one year of service. Dr. Sian’s credited service is based on his date of joining the IMS (UK) Pension Plan and reflects service through June 30, 2011, the date on which future benefit accruals under the plan ceased due to the plan’s being frozen as of such date.

 

(2)  

These amounts represent the actuarial present value of the total retirement benefit that would be payable to each of our named executive officers other than Dr. Sian under the Retirement Plan and Retirement Excess Plan, as applicable, as of December 31, 2013. The following key actuarial assumptions and methodologies were used to calculate the present value of

 

127


Table of Contents
 

accumulated benefits under both the Retirement Plan and Retirement Excess Plan: a discount rate of 4.7% and 4.5%, respectively. The Pension Protection Act’s 2014 Annuitant Table for post-retirement mortality was used for both plans. The amounts were calculated assuming no future service or compensation increases, and no pre-retirement mortality or termination (i.e., each named executive officer is assumed to retire at age 65 and to receive the benefit of annual interest credits at 3.7% under the Retirement Plan and 3.5% under the Retirement Excess Plan on his account balance until such point). For more information on the assumptions used to derive the amounts, please see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Mr. Thomson is our only named executive officer who was eligible for early retirement as of December 31, 2013. Had Mr. Thomson retired on that date, his account balance under the Retirement Plan would have been $35,343, which would be payable as an annuity under the terms of the plan, and his account balance under the Retirement Excess Plan would have been $53,966, which would be paid to him as a single lump sum in an amount equal to $55,880 under the terms of the plan.

 

(3)   Under the Retirement Excess Plan, if a change in control occurs and a participant’s employment with us is involuntarily terminated within two years following the change in control for a reason other than cause, or the participant voluntarily terminates employment with us for good reason, his accumulated benefit would be payable in a single lump sum on the date of such termination. Had a change in control occurred and our named executive officers who participate in the Retirement Excess Plan each experienced a qualifying termination on December 31, 2013, their account balances under the Retirement Excess Plan would have been as follows: Mr. Bousbib—$375,196, Mr. Bruehlman—$30,366, Mr. Thomson—$53,966 and Mr. Linn—$56,276. Those account balances would be payable to such named executive officers on the date of their termination as single lump sums equal to the following amounts: Mr. Bousbib—$405,463, Mr. Bruehlman—$32,757, Mr. Thomson—$55,880 and Mr. Linn—$61,608.

 

(4)   These amounts represent the actuarial present value of the total retirement benefit that would be payable to Dr. Sian under the UK Defined Benefit Plan as of December 31, 2013. The following key actuarial assumptions and methodologies were used to calculate the present value of accumulated benefits under the UK Defined Benefit Plan: a discount rate of 4.6% and post-retirement mortality assumptions based on the S-1 “All lives” Table (with scaling factors) projected to December 31, 2013 in line with the medium cohort, with future mortality improvements in accordance with CMI 2011, with a long term improvement rate of 1.25% per year. Due to the freeze of the UK Defined Benefit Plan no future service or compensation increases that occur after June 30, 2011 are taken into account under the plan. For more information on the assumptions used to derive the amounts, please see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Dr. Sian is not currently eligible for early retirement under this plan.

Retirement Plan .     All of our named executive officers other than Dr. Sian participate in our Retirement Plan, a tax-qualified defined benefit retirement plan that provides retirement income to our U.S.-based employees. Benefits under the Retirement Plan’s cash balance formula are expressed in the form of a notional account balance. Each month a participant’s cash balance book-keeping account is increased by (i) pay credits of 6% of the participant’s compensation (i.e., base salary, plus annual bonus, commissions, overtime and shift pay) for that month and (ii) interest credits based on the participant’s hypothetical account balance at the end of the prior month. Monthly interest credits are based on 1/12 th of the 30-year Treasury bond yields in effect during the applicable month. Participants may retire early at age 55 with three years of service. Normal retirement is at age 65. Pension benefits are payable as an actuarially equivalent annuity. Lump-sum distributions are only available for benefits valued at $5,000 or less. Retirement Plan benefits are provided on a noncontributory basis to employees.

Retirement Excess Plan .     All of our named executive officers other than Dr. Sian also participate in our Retirement Excess Plan, a nonqualified defined benefit retirement plan that provides eligible employees with retirement benefits equal to the difference between the benefits provided under the qualified Retirement Plan and the benefits that would have been provided under that plan if not for the limits applicable to tax-qualified plans under the Internal Revenue Code on the amount of compensation that can be taken into account and the amount of annual benefits that can be paid. Benefits under the Retirement Excess Plan are subject to cliff-vesting after three years of service and are payable only in a single lump sum upon the later of the participant attaining age 55 or experiencing a separation from service with us.

UK Defined Benefit Plan .     Dr. Sian participates in our UK Defined Benefit Plan, a tax-qualified defined benefit retirement plan that provides retirement income for our U.K.-based employees. The UK Defined Benefit Plan was frozen as to new accruals as of June 30, 2011. Any increases in compensation after that date are disregarded. Dr. Sian and similarly situated participants accrued a pension at a rate of 1/60 th of final pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service until

 

128


Table of Contents

June 30, 2011. Final pensionable salary under the plan is equal to the average of the participant’s highest three consecutive years of pensionable salary out of the last ten years (prior to June 30, 2011). Prior to the plan freeze, participants were required to contribute 7% of compensation to the plan.

Under the UK Defined Benefit Plan, participants may retire early from age 55. The amount of the pension benefit under the plan will be discounted by an amount determined by the plan’s actuary when the participant retires prior to the normal retirement age of 65. If a participant retires after age 65, the amount of the participant’s pension benefit is calculated as if the participant had retired at age 65 but will then be increased to take account of the fact that the participant (as determined by the plan trustee on the advice of the plan’s actuary) did not draw a pension until a later date. Pension benefits are generally payable as an actuarially equivalent life annuity, but a portion of the participant’s pension benefits (as determined by the U.K. tax authority using conversion factors that are set by the plan’s actuary) may be taken as a lump sum.

Nonqualified deferred compensation

Dr. Sian is the only named executive officer who participates in the DCERP. As of June 30, 2012, the DCERP was frozen to new benefit accruals and participants, but previously accrued benefits continue to be eligible to be credited with interest and other investment returns, as described below. Dr. Sian is fully vested in his account under the DCERP.

A participant in the DCERP was able to elect to have his or her account under this plan notionally credited with investment credits (the portion that is so credited is referred to as a “Designated Account”) or, with respect to his or her account as of the closing date of the Merger, notionally invested in shares of our common stock (the portion that is so notionally invested is referred to as a “Stock Account”). Annual investment credits to a Designated Account are calculated based on the average annual corporate bond yields from the AA-AAA Rated/10+ Years Component of the Merrill Lynch U.S. Corporate Master Index. With respect to a Stock Account, upon payment of a cash dividend on shares of our common stock, the amount that would have been paid to a participant had he or she held shares of common stock directly (instead of notional stock units) is credited to the Designated Account. Upon an initial public offering of our common stock, a participant may make an election to have all or a portion of his or her Stock Account reallocated to a Designated Account. A participant’s account under the DCERP is paid as a lump sum on or shortly after the date a participant terminates employment with us. To the extent required to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, payment upon termination of employment is subject to a six-month delay. Investment credits continue to be earned during this six-month delay period.

 

129


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding the nonqualified deferred compensation of each of our named executive officers for our 2013 fiscal year. There were no executive or Company contributions to, or, with respect to our named executive officers, distributions from, the DCERP during our 2013 fiscal year.

 

Name   

Aggregate

earnings in last

fiscal year

($)(1)

    

Aggregate
balance at

end of
fiscal 2013
($)(2)

 

 

 

Ari Bousbib

               

Ronald E. Bruehlman

               

Paul M. Thomson

               

Satwinder Sian

     123,099         799,487   

Stefan C. Linn

               

 

 

 

(1)   Earnings in the last fiscal year for Dr. Sian represents (i) interest credited to his Designated Account, (ii) amounts credited to his Designated Account as a result of the cash dividend paid on August 6, 2013 and (iii) the increase/decrease during 2013 in the fair market value of shares of our common stock notionally held in his Stock Account.

 

(2)   The aggregate balance at the end of the year consists of the value of Dr. Sian’s account under the DCERP as of December 31, 2013. The Stock Account has been valued using the fair market value of our common stock on this date ($1.09).

Potential payments upon termination or change in control

Each of our named executive officers is entitled to receive certain benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment and upon certain change in control transactions, as described below.

Employment agreement with Mr. Bousbib

Under the terms of his employment agreement, if we terminate Mr. Bousbib’s employment without cause (as defined in the employment agreement) or we do not renew his agreement, or if Mr. Bousbib resigns for good reason (as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Bousbib will be entitled to severance in an amount equal to two times the sum of his base salary and target annual bonus, payable in equal installments over the 24-month period following the termination of his employment. If any such termination or resignation for good reason occurs within the 24-month period following a change in control of us (as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Bousbib will be entitled to the cash severance described above, except that payment will be made in a single lump sum immediately upon such termination. The closing of this offering will not constitute a change in control for purposes of Mr. Bousbib’s employment agreement.

Mr. Bousbib will also be entitled to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination, any annual bonus in respect of a fiscal year that has been earned but has not been paid and unreimbursed business expenses (referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”).

Upon a termination for cause, a resignation without good reason, or a termination of employment due to his death or disability, Mr. Bousbib will be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations.

It is a condition to Mr. Bousbib’s receipt of the severance payments described above (other than the Accrued Obligations) that he timely execute (without revoking) a release of claims in favor of us and that he comply with certain restrictive covenants set forth in the employment agreement,

 

130


Table of Contents

including a covenant not to compete with us or to solicit our clients or employees during and for two years following his employment with us. Mr. Bousbib is also bound by other restrictive covenants, including covenants relating to confidentiality and non-disparagement.

Employee protection plan

Each of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Bousbib and Dr. Sian, participates in our Employee Protection Plan (the “EPP”), which provides for certain payments and benefits if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated without cause (as defined in the EPP). Under the EPP, upon a termination of employment without cause (but not within 12 months following a change in control of us (as defined in the EPP)), the named executive officer would be entitled to receive continued base salary payments for a period of time equal to 16 weeks or, if greater, 1.5 weeks for each $10,000 of base salary plus 2 weeks for each year of service (up to a maximum of 78 weeks). Upon a termination without cause within 12 months following a change in control, the named executive officer would be entitled to an amount equal to 130% of the amount described in the prior sentence, payable during the same time period as described in the prior sentence. The closing of this offering will not constitute a change in control for purposes of the EPP.

Upon a termination of employment without cause, in addition to the salary continuation described above, the named executive officer would also be entitled to continued health and life insurance coverage throughout the salary continuation period described above, a pro-rated annual bonus for the year of termination based on actual performance (but only if the named executive officer worked for at least six months in that year), and outplacement services.

A named executive officer will not be entitled to severance benefits under the EPP if he is offered comparable employment with us or an acquiring company. Benefits under the EPP will cease when the named executive officer earns compensation from a new employer, and are offset by the amounts of any other severance payments that are made to the named executive officer or by the amount of any sign-on bonus or similar amounts paid upon commencement of the named executive officer’s employment, if such payments occurred within 12 months of the termination. Any salary continuation or benefits payable under the EPP are conditioned upon the named executive officer’s timely execution (without revoking) of a release of claims in favor of us that may include certain restrictive covenants, including covenants relating to non-competition and non-solicitation of clients or employees that would apply, in each case, during the one-year period following the named executive officer’s termination of employment or, if longer, the named executive officer’s salary continuation period.

Acceleration of options and other stock-based awards

All of our named executive officers hold unvested stock options that are subject only to time-based vesting and also hold unvested stock options that are subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting, as described above. Mr. Thomson also holds time-based RSUs. All outstanding equity awards were granted under the 2010 Equity Plan, which is described below. The award agreements evidencing time-based stock options provide that if such options are not assumed, continued, substituted or cashed-out in connection with certain corporate transactions (including transactions that would constitute a change in control), they will automatically become vested in full. In addition, with respect to all time-based options and Mr. Thomson’s RSUs (to the extent they remain outstanding following a change in control), if the executive’s employment with us is terminated without cause or for good reason (each, as defined in the 2010 Equity Plan) within the two-year period following such change in control, the awards will vest in full as of immediately prior to such termination of employment.

 

131


Table of Contents

As described above, the performance-based stock options are eligible to vest based on the achievement of certain Adjusted EBITDA performance targets. To the extent such options have not vested because the Adjusted EBITDA target has not been satisfied or they are otherwise not vested, they are eligible to vest based in full or in part upon the Sponsors’ receipt of a certain level of proceeds, including in connection with certain corporate transactions. If the performance-based stock options do not vest as a result of a corporate transaction because the Sponsors do not receive the requisite amount of proceeds, the award agreements evidencing such performance-based stock options provide that such options will either remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on the achievement of Adjusted EBITDA targets for the originally specified vesting period or, if such treatment is not practical, then such options will also automatically vest in full immediately prior to the consummation of such corporate transaction.

Pursuant to the terms of their option award agreements, all of our named executive officers other than Mr. Bousbib are bound by certain restrictive covenants, including a covenant not to compete with us or to solicit our clients or employees during and for one year following the termination of their employment with us, and other covenants relating to confidentiality and non-disparagement.

Payments under pension and nonqualified deferred compensation plans

If Mr. Thomson had terminated employment on the last day of our 2013 fiscal year, assuming he elected early retirement under the Retirement Plan, he would have been entitled to the amounts described in footnote 2 to the Pension benefits table above under the Retirement Plan and the Retirement Excess Plan. If either of Messrs. Bousbib or Linn had terminated employment on the last day of our 2013 fiscal year, no amount would have been immediately payable to him under the Retirement Plan or Retirement Excess Plan, but upon attaining age 55 each executive officer would be entitled to take early retirement benefits under the Retirement Plan and would receive a lump sum payment under the Retirement Excess Plan. If Mr. Bruehlman had terminated employment on the last day of our 2013 fiscal year, he would have forfeited all benefits under the Retirement Plan and the Retirement Excess Plan. If Dr. Sian had terminated employment on the last day of our 2013 fiscal year, no amount would have been immediately payable to him under the UK Defined Benefit Plan, but upon attaining age 55 he would be entitled to take early retirement benefits under the UK Defined Benefit Plan.

If Dr. Sian had terminated employment on the last day of our 2013 fiscal year, his balance under the DCERP, as shown in the Nonqualified deferred compensation table above, would have been payable to him.

The occurrence of a change in control would have no impact on the amount payable, or the vesting or other terms applicable, to our named executive officers under the Retirement Plan, the DCERP or the UK Defined Benefit Plan. Under the Retirement Excess Plan, if a change in control occurs and a participant’s employment with us is involuntarily terminated within two years following the change in control for a reason other than cause, or the participant voluntarily terminates employment with us for good reason, the participant will become fully vested in his or her account balance under the plan and his or her accumulated benefit would be payable in a single lump sum on the date of such termination. The terms “change in control”, “cause” and “good reason” as applied to the Retirement Excess Plan are defined in that plan.

 

132


Table of Contents

Summary of potential payments

The following tables summarize the payments that would have been made to our named executive officers upon the occurrence of a qualifying termination of employment or change in control, assuming that each named executive officer’s termination of employment with the Company or a change in control of us occurred on December 31, 2013 (the last business day of our most recent fiscal year). If a termination of employment had occurred on this date, severance payments and benefits would have been determined, for Mr. Bousbib, under his employment agreement in effect on such date, for Dr. Sian, pursuant to U.K. statutory requirements and Company practice and, for the other named executive officers, under the EPP, as in effect on such date. Amounts shown do not include (i) accrued but unpaid salary, annual incentive bonuses for 2013 (which are reflected in the “Non-equity incentive plan compensation” column of the Summary compensation table) and vested benefits and (ii) other benefits earned or accrued by the named executive officer during his or her employment that are available to all salaried employees and that do not discriminate in scope, terms or operations in favor of executive officers.

Potential Payments—Ari Bousbib

 

Executive payments and benefits upon termination/CIC    Involuntary
termination
without
cause/ for
good
reason
($)
    CIC without
termination
($)
     CIC with
termination
for good
reason or
without
cause
($)
 

 

 

Compensation:

       

Severance

     6,000,000 (1)              6,000,000 (1) 

Long-term incentives

                      

—Acceleration of unvested time-based options(2)

            6,894,000         6,894,000   

—Acceleration of unvested performance-based options(2)

            4,920,000         4,920,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

     6,000,000        11,814,000         17,814,000   

 

 

 

(1)   Represents two times the sum of the executive’s base salary and his target annual bonus, which is the amount payable to the executive under the terms of his employment agreement.

 

(2)   The value of the acceleration of unvested stock options is determined based on the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair market value of a share of our common stock ($1.09) as of December 31, 2013. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that no time-based options would be assumed, continued or substituted in connection with a change in control and that, as a result, all time-based options would become fully vested in connection with such change in control. We have also assumed that the amount of proceeds received by the Sponsors in connection with a change in control would result in all performance-based options becoming fully vested in connection with such change in control. The actual treatment of stock options in connection with a change in control transaction may be different.

 

133


Table of Contents

Potential payments—Ronald E. Bruehlman

 

Executive payments and benefits upon termination/CIC    Involuntary
termination
without
cause
($)
    CIC without
termination
($)
     CIC with
termination
without
cause
($)
 

 

 

Compensation:

       

Severance

     618,750 (1)              804,375 (2) 

Long-term incentives

                      

—Acceleration of unvested time-based options(3)

            1,027,000         1,027,000   

—Acceleration of unvested performance-based options(3)

            468,000         468,000   

Benefits & perquisites:

       

Health/welfare(4)

     20,537                20,537   

Outplacement(5)

     6,500                6,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

     645,787        1,495,000         2,326,412   

 

 

 

(1)   Represents an amount equal to 71.5 weeks of the executive’s base salary, which would be payable to the executive in accordance with our customary payroll practices.

 

(2)   Represents an amount equal to 71.5 weeks of the executive’s base salary multiplied by 130%, which would be payable to the executive in accordance with our customary payroll practices.

 

(3)   The value of the acceleration of unvested stock options is determined based on the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair market value of a share of our common stock ($1.09) as of December 31, 2013. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that no time-based options would be assumed, continued or substituted in connection with a change in control and that, as a result, all time-based options would become fully vested in connection with such change in control. We have also assumed that the amount of proceeds received by the Sponsors in connection with a change in control would result in all performance-based options becoming fully vested in connection with such change in control. The actual treatment of stock options in connection with a change in control transaction may be different.

 

(4)   Represents the cost to us of paying us portion of premiums for medical/prescription drug, dental and life insurance benefits for 17 months following the date of termination. The cost of providing these health care benefits has been calculated using the assumptions used for purposes of our financial statements.

 

(5)   Under the EPP, the executive is entitled to outplacement services not to exceed a cost of $6,500 to us.

Potential payments—Paul M. Thomson

 

Executive payments and benefits upon termination/CIC    Involuntary
termination
without
cause
($)
    CIC without
termination
($)
     CIC with
termination
without
cause
($)
 

 

 

Compensation:

       

Severance

     501,346 (1)              651,750 (2) 

Long-term incentives

                      

—Acceleration of unvested time-based options(3)

            462,000         462,000   

—Acceleration of unvested RSUs(4)

       472,500         472,500   

—Acceleration of unvested performance-based options(3)

            410,000         410,000   

Benefits & perquisites:

       

Health/welfare(5)

     5,673                5,673   

Outplacement(6)

     6,500                6,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

     513,519        1,344,500         2,008,423   

 

 

 

(1)   Represents an amount equal to 66 weeks of the executive’s base salary, which would be payable to the executive in accordance with our customary payroll practices.

 

134


Table of Contents
(2)   Represents an amount equal to 66 weeks of the executive’s base salary multiplied by 130%, which would be payable to the executive in accordance with our customary payroll practices.

 

(3)   The value of the acceleration of unvested stock options is determined based on the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair market value of a share of our common stock ($1.09) as of December 31, 2013. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that no time-based options would be assumed, continued or substituted in connection with a change in control and that, as a result, all time-based options would become fully vested in connection with such change in control. We have also assumed that the amount of proceeds received by the Sponsors in connection with a change in control would result in all performance-based options becoming fully vested in connection with such change in control. The actual treatment of stock options in connection with a change in control transaction may be different.

 

(4)   The value of the acceleration of unvested RSUs is determined by multiplying the number of unvested RSUs (433,486) by the fair market value of a share of our common stock ($1.09) as of December 31, 2013. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that the Committee would have exercised its discretion to vest all unvested RSUs in connection with a change in control. The actual treatment of RSUs in connection with a change in control transaction may be different.

 

(5)   Represents the cost to us of paying our portion of premiums for medical/prescription drug, dental and life insurance benefits for 16 months following the date of termination. The cost of providing these health care benefits has been calculated using the assumptions used for purposes of our financial statements.

 

(6)   Under the EPP, the executive is entitled to outplacement services not to exceed a cost of $6,500 to us.

Potential payments—Satwinder Sian

 

Executive payments and benefits upon termination/CIC    Involuntary
termination
without
cause
($)
       CIC without
termination
($)
     CIC with
termination
without
cause
($)
 

 

 

Compensation:

          

Redundancy payment(1)

     467,599                   467,599   

Pay in lieu of notice(2)

     202,626              202,626   

Long-term incentives

                         

—Acceleration of unvested time-based options(3)

               460,200         460,200   

—Acceleration of unvested performance-based options(3)

               306,800         306,800   

Benefits & perquisites:

          

Outplacement(4)

     32,420                   32,420   
  

 

 

 

Total

     702,645           767,000         1,469,645   

 

 

 

(1)   Represents the benefits under an informal severance practice for U.K. employees at the executive’s level pursuant to which the executive would receive an amount equal to three weeks of base salary for each year of completed service (up to a maximum of 104 weeks of base pay) (20 years in the case of the executive). The amounts would be payable to the executive in a lump sum at the time of termination.

 

(2)   Represents an amount equal to 6 months’ base salary as payment in lieu of providing notice of termination of employment, payable to the executive in a lump sum at the time of termination.

 

(3)   The value of the acceleration of unvested stock options is determined based on the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair market value of a share of our common stock ($1.09) as of December 31, 2013. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that no time-based options would be assumed, continued or substituted in connection with a change in control and that, as a result, all time-based options would become fully vested in connection with such change in control. We have also assumed that the amount of proceeds received by the Sponsors in connection with a change in control would result in all performance-based options becoming fully vested in connection with such change in control. The actual treatment of stock options in connection with a change in control transaction may be different.

 

(4)   Under the informal severance practice described above, the executive is entitled to outplacement services, the value of which is estimated for purposes of this table to be $32,420.

 

135


Table of Contents

Potential payments—Stefan C. Linn

 

Executive payments and benefits upon termination/CIC    Involuntary
termination
without
cause
($)
    CIC without
termination
($)
     CIC with
termination
without
cause
($)
 

 

 

Compensation:

       

Severance

     532,212 (1)              691,875 (2) 

Long-term incentives

                      

—Acceleration of unvested time-based options(3)

            916,800         916,800   

—Acceleration of unvested performance-based options(3)

            574,000         574,000   

Benefits & perquisites:

       

Health/welfare(4)

     19,148                19,148   

Outplacement(5)

     6,500                6,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

     557,860        1,490,800         2,208,323   

 

 

 

(1)   Represents an amount equal to 67.5 weeks of the executive’s base salary, which would be payable to the executive in accordance with our customary payroll practices.

 

(2)   Represents an amount equal to 67.5 weeks of the executive’s base salary multiplied by 130%, which would be payable to the executive in accordance with our customary payroll practices.

 

(3)   The value of the acceleration of unvested stock options is determined based on the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair market value of a share of our common stock ($1.09) as of December 31, 2013. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that no time-based options would be assumed, continued or substituted in connection with a change in control and that, as a result, all time-based options would become fully vested in connection with such change in control. We have also assumed that the amount of proceeds received by the Sponsors in connection with a change in control would result in all performance-based options becoming fully vested in connection with such change in control. The actual treatment of stock options in connection with a change in control transaction may be different.

 

(4)   Represents the cost to us of paying our portion of premiums for medical/prescription drug, dental and life insurance benefits for 16 months following the date of termination. The cost of providing these health care benefits has been calculated using the assumptions used for purposes of our financial statements.

 

(5)   Under the EPP, the executive is entitled to outplacement services not to exceed a cost of $6,500 to us.

Director compensation

The following table shows information regarding the compensation earned by our non-employee directors during our 2013 fiscal year. The compensation received by Mr. Bousbib as an employee during our 2013 fiscal year is included in the Summary compensation table above and he did not receive any additional compensation for his service on our board of directors. Only our non-Sponsor, non-employee directors receive compensation for their service on our board of directors.

 

Name    Fees earned
or paid in cash
($)
     Stock awards
($)(1)
       Total
($)(2)
 

 

 

Sharad S. Mansukani

     60,000         89,785           149,785   

Ronald A. Rittenmeyer

     60,000         89,785           149,785   

André Bourbonnais

                         

John G. Danhakl

                         

David Lubek

                         

Nehal Raj

                         

Jeffrey K. Rhodes

                         

Todd B. Sisitsky

                         

Bryan M. Taylor

                         

 

 

 

 

136


Table of Contents
(1)   The amount reported represents the aggregate grant-date fair value of RSUs granted in our 2013 fiscal year computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The fair value of each grant of RSUs at the grant date is equal to the number of RSUs granted multiplied by the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. Dr. Mansukani and Mr. Rittenmeyer each was granted 50,000 RSUs on May 8, 2013 when the fair market value of a share of our common stock was equal to $1.35 and an additional 20,445 RSUs when the fair market value of a share of our common stock was equal to $1.09. See “Payments and adjustments in connection with Company dividend” under “Compensation discussion and analysis” above for more information. As of December 31, 2013, Dr. Mansukani and Mr. Rittenmeyer each held 106,160 RSUs and none of our other directors held any stock awards.

 

(2)   In addition to the items required to be reported in the above table, Dr. Mansukani and Mr. Rittenmeyer each received a cash dividend equivalent payment of $78,800 made with respect to all vested stock options and all stock options that were eligible to vest prior to December 1, 2013 held by the director. These payments were made in lieu of reducing the exercise prices of these stock options (as had been required by the terms of the 2010 Equity Plan on the date these stock options were granted) and the payment per option was equal to the amount of the per share reduction in the exercise price that would have otherwise occurred. As of December 31, 2013, Dr. Mansukani and Mr. Rittenmeyer each held 500,000 stock options and none of our other directors held any stock options.

Non-employee director compensation program.     Under our current non-employee director compensation program, each member of our board of directors who is not an employee and who is not affiliated with our Sponsors is eligible to receive an annual cash retainer of $60,000, and an annual grant of 50,000 RSUs that vest in equal installments on each of the first two anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to continued service on each such vesting date. The RSUs will become fully vested upon certain corporate transactions, unless the Committee provides for their assumption or substitution in connection with such transaction. When a director first commences service with us, he or she is also entitled to receive an award of 500,000 stock options that vests in equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to continued service on each such vesting date. The stock options will become fully vested upon certain corporate transactions, unless they are assumed or substituted in connection with such transaction as provided for under the 2010 Equity Plan. On February 12, 2014, our board of directors approved the vesting of all currently unvested stock options and restricted stock units held by Dr. Mansukani and Mr. Rittenmeyer as of the date this offering is completed, subject to the directors’ continued service to the Company through that date. Our board of directors has the ability to alter the terms of our director compensation program at any time.

On February 12, 2014, the Committee approved a new non-employee director compensation program, which will replace our current non-employee director compensation program effective upon the completion of this offering. Under the new non-employee director compensation program, each member of our board of directors who is not an employee and who is not affiliated with our Sponsors will be eligible to receive an annual cash retainer payment of $60,000 and an annual grant of restricted stock units with a grant date fair market value of $150,000. The annual grant of restricted stock units will vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the director’s continued service as a member of our board of directors through the vesting date. In addition, under the new program, eligible directors will receive the following additional cash payments on an annual basis for service on the committees of our board of directors: audit committee chairperson – $30,000; leadership development and compensation committee chairperson – $25,000; nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson – $15,000; audit committee member – $10,000; leadership development and compensation committee member – $5,000; and nominating and corporate governance committee member – $5,000. None of the committee membership fees will be payable to the chairperson of the committee, who will instead receive the applicable chairperson fee for his or her committee service.

2014 Cash Bonus Program

Our named executive officers are each entitled to participate in our Annual Plan for our 2014 fiscal year. The terms of our of Annual Plan for our 2014 fiscal year, as they apply to our named

 

137


Table of Contents

executive officers and our other senior executives, will be generally the same as the terms that applied for our 2013 fiscal year, as described above under “—Executive compensation—Elements of compensation—Short-term incentive plan.” Cash bonus awards payable in respect of our 2014 fiscal year will be determined based on the achievement of pre-established corporate and individual performance goals. The corporate performance goals for 2014 under our Annual Plan will be based on Adjusted EBITDA and Cash Flow Percentage, as they were for our 2013 fiscal year annual bonuses. The individual performance goals for our 2014 fiscal year include, in general, objectives related to achieving certain financial goals, establishing and extending certain technological initiatives, increasing internal product development and productivity, successfully completing acquisitions of technologies and companies and integrating acquisitions, successfully completing this offering, implementing strong reporting and investor relations processes, expanding our training and development programs, as well as other leadership, compliance and research and development goals. The target annual bonus as a percentage of annual base salary for each of our named executive officers will be unchanged for our 2014 fiscal year annual bonuses from the percentages that applied for our 2013 fiscal year annual bonuses, except that Mr. Bousbib’s target annual bonus for our 2014 fiscal year has been increased to 200% of his annual base salary.

2014 Incentive and Stock Award Plan

On February 12, 2014, our board of directors adopted the IMS Health Holdings, Inc. 2014 Incentive and Stock Award Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Following the completion of this offering, both annual award opportunities and equity-based awards for certain key employees, including our named executive officers, non-employee directors, consultants and other persons who provide substantial services to the Company will be granted under the 2014 Plan. The following is a description of the material terms of the 2014 Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2014 Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Plan Administration .      The 2014 Plan is administered by the Committee, which has the authority to, among other things, interpret the 2014 Plan, determine eligibility for, grant and determine the terms of awards under the 2014 Plan. The Committee’s determinations under the 2014 Plan will be final, conclusive and binding.

Authorized Shares .    Subject to adjustment, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the 2014 Plan is             , plus up to              of shares of our common subject to outstanding equity awards under the 2010 Plan. If awards under either the 2010 Plan or the 2014 Plan are canceled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash, otherwise terminated without delivery of shares, or if shares underlying the awards are used as payment of the exercise price or taxes due upon exercise of the awards, those shares become available again for grant under the 2014 Plan. Shares of our common stock are counted against those reserved under the 2014 Plan only when those shares have been delivered and are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Shares of common stock to be issued under the 2014 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of common stock or previously-issued shares acquired by the Company or its subsidiaries.

Individual Limits .    The maximum number of shares subject to awards granted to any person in any fiscal year is              shares, subject to certain adjustments. The maximum amount payable to any person in any fiscal year under cash awards is $            . In addition, in the case of a non-employee

 

138


Table of Contents

director, additional limits apply such that the maximum grant-date fair value of stock-denominated awards granted in any fiscal year during any part of which the director is then eligible under the 2014 Plan is $            , except that such limit for a non-employee chairman of our board of directors or lead director is $            .

Eligibility .      The Committee may grant awards under the 2014 Plan to our employees, non-employee directors, consultants or other persons providing substantial services to the Company or to a subsidiary.

Types of Awards .      The 2014 Plan provides for grants of stock options (including incentive stock options, which are referred to herein as ISOs), stock appreciation rights, restricted and deferred stock (including restricted stock units), dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and performance awards, including annual incentive awards. The 2014 Plan permits the grant of performance awards that are intended to qualify as exempt performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, to the extent applicable, as well as awards that are not intended to so qualify. During a transition period following the completion of this offering, the 2014 Plan will also allow for the grant of performance awards that are exempt from Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and its requirements under a special transition rule under Section 162(m).

Performance Criteria .    Performance awards may be made subject to the achievement of “performance conditions” specified by the Committee. Performance conditions for awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code shall be contingent on the achievement of certain business criteria, which will consist of determinable measures of performance relating to any or any combination of the following (measured either absolutely or by reference to an index or the performance of one or more companies and determined either on a consolidated basis and/or for specified subsidiaries or affiliates or other business units of the Company): net sales; revenues; earnings measures, including earnings from operations, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, or extraordinary or special items; pre-tax income, net income or net income per common share (basic or diluted); return measures, including return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; interest expense after taxes; net economic profit (operating earnings minus a charge for capital) or economic value created; operating margin or profit margin; stockholder value creation measures, including stock price or total stockholder return; dividend payout levels, including as a percentage of net income; expense targets, working capital targets, or operating efficiency; and strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets, total market capitalization, agency ratings of financial strength, completion of capital and borrowing transactions, business retention, new product development, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of information technology, litigation-related milestones, goals related to capital structure and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of subsidiaries, affiliates or joint ventures. Achievement of performance goals in respect of performance awards will be measured over a performance period specified by the Committee, which may be one year or a period shorter or longer than one year. Performance goals will be established not later than the earlier of 90 days after the beginning of any performance period or the time 25% of such performance period has elapsed.

 

139


Table of Contents

Annual Incentive Awards .    The Committee may grant annual incentive award opportunities under the 2014 Plan to participants, including those designated by the Committee as likely to be “covered employees” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Annual incentive award opportunities granted to “covered employees” will be intended to qualify as exempt performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Within the time periods specified for performance awards under the 2014 Plan, the Committee will determine eligibility for annual incentive awards, establish the performance criteria and performance periods applicable to such awards, the amount or amounts payable if the performance criteria are achieved, and such other terms as the Committee deems appropriate. However, during a transition period following the completion of this offering, the Committee may grant annual incentive awards to “covered employees” under the 2014 Plan that are exempt from Section 162(m) and its requirements under a special transition rule.

Vesting .    The Committee has the authority to determine the vesting schedule applicable to each award, and to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any award.

Termination of Employment or Service.     The Committee may determine the effect of termination of employment or service on an award. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, upon a termination of employment or service all unvested stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and deferred stock awards will be forfeited. Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a participant’s termination of employment or service, the award will remain exercisable for the shorter of a period of 30 days or the period ending on the latest date on which an award could otherwise have been exercised, and all stock options and stock appreciation rights will be immediately forfeited upon a participant’s termination of employment or service for cause. The Committee may modify the treatment of awards upon a termination of employment or service, including by providing for additional vesting upon terminations in specific situations or by modifying the post-termination exercise periods of awards requiring exercise.

Transferability.     Awards under 2014 Plan may not be transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless (for awards other than ISOs and stock appreciation rights issued in tandem with ISOs) otherwise provided by the Committee.

Corporate Transactions .    In the event of certain corporate transactions (including the sale of substantially all of the assets or change in ownership of the stock of the Company or a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), the Committee may provide for the continuation or assumption of outstanding awards, for new grants in substitution of outstanding awards, for the cash out of awards or for the accelerated vesting or delivery of shares under awards, in each case, on such terms and with such restrictions as it deems appropriate. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, awards not assumed or accelerated will be terminated upon the consummation of such corporate transaction.

Adjustment .    In the event of certain corporate transactions (including a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares, special and non-recurring dividend, recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure), the Committee will make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares that may be delivered under the 2014 Plan, and will also make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to awards, the exercise prices of such awards or any other terms of awards affected by such change. The 2014 Plan also requires that the Committee make adjustments of the type described in the preceding sentence to stock options and restricted stock units issued under the 2010 Plan. In

 

140


Table of Contents

addition, the Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, awards (including performance awards and performance goals) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events, in response to changes in applicable laws or accounting principles, or for certain other reasons.

Recovery of Compensation .    Awards under the 2014 Plan will be subject to forfeiture, termination and rescission, and a participant who receives a payment pursuant to the 2014 Plan will be obligated to return such payment to us as required by law or applicable stock exchange listing standards or otherwise in accordance with any applicable company recoupment policy. In addition, the Committee may condition a participant’s right to receive an award or to retain shares of our common stock, cash or other property acquired in connection with an award or any gains in respect of an award upon compliance with, among other things, applicable non-competition, non-solicitation and other similar covenants.

Amendment and Termination .    Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant awards under the 2014 Plan, subject to a requirement that any amendment will be approved by the Company’s stockholders if required by law, including Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or applicable stock exchange listing standards. The Committee may amend the 2014 Plan and may amend awards granted under the 2014 Plan, except as limited by the 2014 Plan. Our board of directors or the Committee may not, however, amend outstanding awards without the consent of an affected participant if such amendment would materially and adversely affect the legal rights of such participant under any outstanding award.

2010 Equity Plan

The following is a description of the material terms of the 2010 Equity Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2010 Equity Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. As described above, we adopted the 2014 Plan in connection with this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, we will no longer make awards under the 2010 Equity Plan.

Plan administration .     The 2010 Equity Plan is administered by the Committee, which has the authority to, among other things, interpret the 2010 Equity Plan, select eligible persons to receive grants of awards and determine the terms of awards under the 2010 Equity Plan.

Authorized shares .     Subject to adjustment, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the 2010 Equity Plan is 253,417,637. As of                     , 2014, awards with respect to              shares have been granted under this plan.

Eligibility .     The Committee, after consultation with our Chief Executive Officer, selects participants from among those key employees and directors of, and consultants and advisors to the Company who are in a position to make a significant contribution to the success of the Company.

Types of awards; vesting .     The 2010 Equity Plan provides for grants of stock options (including ISOs), stock appreciation rights, restricted and unrestricted stock and stock units, and performance awards. The Committee has the authority to determine the vesting schedule applicable to each award, and to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any award.

 

141


Table of Contents

Termination of employment or service .     The Committee will determine the effect of termination of employment or service on an award. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or in an award agreement, upon a termination of employment or service all unvested options and other awards requiring exercise will terminate and all other unvested awards will be forfeited. Vested options and stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for one year following death or disability, 90 days following a termination without cause or resignation for good reason, and 30 days following any other termination except a termination for cause (or, if shorter, for the remaining term of the option). If a participant’s service is terminated for cause, all options and other awards requiring exercise (whether or not vested) will immediately terminate.

Transferability .     Awards under the 2010 Equity Plan may not be transferred except through will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless (for awards other than ISOs) otherwise provided by the Committee.

Corporate transactions .     In the event of certain corporate transactions (including the sale of substantially all of the assets or change in ownership of our stock or a reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange or other restructuring), the Committee may provide for the continuation or assumption of outstanding awards, for new grants in substitution of outstanding awards, or for the accelerated vesting or delivery of shares under awards, in each case on such terms and with such restrictions as it deems appropriate. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, awards not assumed or accelerated will be terminated upon the consummation of such corporate transaction.

Change in control .     In the event of a change in control of the Company (as defined in the 2010 Equity Plan), any awards held by a participant that are continued or assumed in connection with such transaction and that are subject solely to time-based vesting conditions will vest in full if the participant is involuntarily terminated other than for cause or voluntarily terminates for good reason within two years following the change in control.

Adjustment .     In the event of certain corporate transactions (including a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in our capital structure), the Committee will make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares that may be delivered under the 2010 Equity Plan, and will also make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to awards, the exercise prices of such awards or any other terms of awards affected by such change. The Committee will also make the types of adjustments described above to take into account distributions and other events other than those set forth above if it determines that such adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion and preserve the value of awards.

Amendment and termination .     The Committee may amend the 2010 Equity Plan or outstanding awards, except that the Committee may not alter the terms of an award if it would affect adversely a participant’s rights under the award without the participant’s consent (unless expressly provided in the 2010 Equity Plan or reserved by the Committee).

Phantom SARs. Certain of our employees were granted cash-settled stock appreciation rights under the 2010 Equity Plan in connection with and following the Merger, which we refer to as “Phantom SARs.” None of our directors or named executive officers hold Phantom SARs. Each Phantom SAR represents the conditional right to receive a cash payment based on the appreciation of our common stock upon the occurrence of certain events and will be automatically exercised on the date that is six months following the consummation of this

 

142


Table of Contents

offering. As a result, we expect to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make cash payments in an estimated amount of $         million in the aggregate to holders of outstanding Phantom SARs. The actual amount of the aggregate payment will be determined based on the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date the Phantom SARs are exercised. See “Use of proceeds.”

February 2014 Grants. In February 2014, we granted eight employees options to purchase 1,150,000 shares of our common stock in the aggregate, at an exercise price equal to $1.95, one employee an aggregate of 150,000 Phantom SARs, and 23 employees an aggregate of 14,300,000 restricted stock units, including an award of 10,000,000 restricted stock units to Mr. Bousbib, 300,000 restricted stock units to Mr. Bruehlman, 300,000 restricted stock units to Dr. Sian and 200,000 restricted stock units to Mr. Linn. The restricted stock units granted to our employees and named executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer will terminate if this offering is not completed on or prior to December 31, 2015. The stock options are subject to time- and performance-based vesting over a five-year period, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. The Phantom SARs are subject to the vesting and settlement terms described in the section above. Fifty percent of the restricted stock units vest on the second anniversary of February 12, 2014 and the remaining fifty percent vest on the fourth anniversary of February 12, 2014, subject to continued employment. All stock options, Phantom SARs and restricted stock units granted in February 2014 were granted under the 2010 Plan.

 

143


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

Agreements with our Sponsors and management

In connection with the Merger, we entered into various agreements with our Sponsors and members of our management. These include a stockholders agreement and a management services agreement with our Sponsors or their affiliates and management stockholder and registration rights agreements. These and related arrangements are described below.

Stockholders’ agreement

In connection with the Merger, we entered into a stockholders’ agreement with various investment entities controlled by the Sponsors. This stockholders’ agreement contains agreements among the parties with respect to the election of directors, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal and first offer upon disposition of shares, permitted transferees, tag along rights, drag along rights, registration rights and other actions requiring the approval of stockholders. In connection with this offering, we will enter into an amended and restated stockholders’ agreement pursuant to which the Sponsors will have governance and registration rights following this offering. Pursuant to the registration rights provisions of the amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, following this offering our Sponsors will have demand registration rights, including shelf registration rights, in respect of any shares of common stock held by them, subject to certain conditions. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public following the completion of this offering, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the Sponsors, and, subject to certain limitations, include shares of common stock held by them in such registration. The agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of the Sponsors, any person who is or might be deemed a control person (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) and related parties against certain losses and liabilities (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) arising out of or based upon any filing or other disclosure made by us under the securities laws relating to any such registration.

Management services agreement

In connection with the Merger, we entered into a management services agreement with affiliates of TPG, CPPIB and LGP (collectively, the “Managers”), pursuant to which the Managers will provide management services to us until December 31, 2020, with evergreen one-year extensions thereafter. Pursuant to this agreement, the Managers received aggregate transaction fees of approximately $60 million in connection with services provided by such entities related to the Merger. The Managers also receive an aggregate annual management fee equal to approximately $7.5 million, and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them, their members or their respective affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreement. Pursuant to the management services agreement, the Managers may provide advisory services related to financings or refinancings, recapitalizations, acquisitions, dispositions or other similar transactions; in connection with any such services the Managers have the right to receive customary fees charged by internationally recognized investment banks for serving as financial advisor in similar transactions. The agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Managers and their respective affiliates.

 

144


Table of Contents

The management services agreement will terminate pursuant to its terms upon consummation of this offering, and, upon termination, the Managers will receive a one-time fee in an amount equal to $         million.

Equity investment by management

In connection with the Merger, certain members of management were offered the opportunity to purchase our common stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, the then fair market value, and since that time certain new members of management and new directors have been offered the opportunity to purchase our common stock at the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of purchase. In addition, in connection with the Merger, certain members of management were also able to roll over IMS Health stock appreciation rights and/or IMS Health common stock held directly in exchange for stock appreciation rights to acquire shares of our common stock and/or shares of our common stock and to notionally invest their existing accounts under IMS Health’s deferred compensation plan in shares of our common stock.

Management stockholders and registration rights agreements

In connection with the Merger, we entered into stockholders’ and registration rights agreements with certain members of management, and other members of management have joined those agreements since the Merger. These stockholders’ and registration rights agreements contain agreements among the parties with respect to voting rights, preemptive rights, permitted transferees, tag along rights, drag along rights, registration rights and other actions relating to certain members of our management. In connection with this offering, other than with respect to registration rights, the material provisions of these agreements will terminate in accordance with their terms.

Transactions with other Sponsor portfolio companies

The Sponsors are private equity firms that have investments in companies that do business with us in the ordinary course of business. We believe these transactions are conducted on an arms-length basis. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded approximately $11 million, $11 million and $9 million, respectively, associated with sales of our products and services to companies in which one or more of our Sponsors have investments. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we purchased goods and services of approximately $5 million $6 million and $5 million, respectively, from companies in which one or more of the Sponsors have investments.

Certain other relationships

In connection with the offering by our wholly-owned direct subsidiary, Healthcare Technology Intermediate, Inc., of $750 million Senior PIK Notes in August 2013, TPG Capital BD, LLC participated as an initial purchaser, and received $0.8 million in initial purchasers’ discounts in connection therewith. In addition, TPG Capital BD, LLC will participate in the underwriting of the shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus. See “Underwriting—Conflicts of interest” for additional information.

Related person transactions policy

In connection with this offering, we have adopted a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related person transactions. Under the policy, our nominating and corporate

 

145


Table of Contents

governance committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related person transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related person transactions, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. Related person transactions must be approved or ratified by the nominating and corporate governance committee based on full information about the proposed transaction and the related person’s interest. Our policy provides that we generally should not engage in related person transactions, unless:

 

 

the transaction offers clear advantages to us, and its purpose is not to confer an advantage on the related person;

 

 

we are acquiring goods or services, and comparable goods or services are not available from unrelated third parties;

 

 

we are selling goods or services, and the terms of the transaction are comparable to terms we provide to unrelated third parties;

 

 

the transaction will be approved for us by independent decision-makers in good faith and without influence of the person who has a conflicting interest; or

 

 

the transaction is in our best interests.

We did not have a written policy regarding the review and approval of related person transactions immediately prior to this offering. Nevertheless, with respect to such transactions, it was our policy for our board of directors to consider the nature of and business reason for such transactions, how the terms of such transactions compared to those which might be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and whether such transactions were otherwise fair to and in the best interests of, or not contrary to, our best interests.

 

146


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders

The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2013, by:

 

 

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

 

each of our directors;

 

 

each of our named executive officers;

 

 

all directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

 

each other selling stockholder.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules. In general, under these rules a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares voting power or investment power with respect to such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security within 60 days. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock held by that person.

 

147


Table of Contents

The percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 2,800,047,284 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013. Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2013 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of such person’s holdings, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o IMS Health Holdings, Inc., 83 Wooster Heights Road, Danbury, Connecticut 06810.

 

Name and address of

beneficial owners

  Shares
beneficially
owned
prior to
this offering
    Number of
shares
being
offered
  Number of
shares
subject to
option
  Shares
beneficially
owned after
this offering
(without option)
  Shares
beneficially
owned after
this offering

(with option)
  Number     Percent         Number   Percent   Number   Percent

 

5% stockholders:

               

TPG Funds(1)

    1,740,000,000        62.1%               

CPPIB-PHI(2)

    730,000,000        26.1%               

Green Equity Investors V, L.P., Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P. and LGP Iceberg Co-invest, LLC(3)

    300,000,000        10.7%               

Directors and named executive officers:

               

Ari Bousbib(4)

    37,148,500        1.3%               

Ronald E. Bruehlman(5)

    1,869,642        *               

Stefan Linn(6)

    3,300,000        *               

Satwinder Sian(7)

    2,290,247        *               

Paul M. Thomson(8)

    1,850,000        *               

André Bourbonnais

           *               

John G. Danhakl(3)

           *               

David Lubek

           *               

Sharad S. Mansukani(9)

    446,428        *               

Nehal Raj(10)

           *               

Jeffrey K. Rhodes(11)

           *               

Ronald A. Rittenmeyer(12)

    1,446,428        *               

Todd B. Sisitsky(13)

           *               

Bryan M. Taylor(14)

           *               

All executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons)(15)

    55,325,932        1.9%               

 

 

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

(1)  

Shares shown as beneficially owned by the TPG Funds include the following: (a) 726,566,616 shares of common stock held by TPG Partners V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership; (b) 1,900,708 shares of common stock held by TPG FOF V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership; (c) 1,532,676 shares of common stock held by TPG FOF V-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership; (d) 727,125,643 shares of common stock held by TPG Partners VI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership; (e) 2,874,357 shares of common stock held by TPG FOF VI SPV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership; (f) 30,000,000 shares of common stock held by TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership; and (g) 250,000,000 shares of common stock held by TPG Iceberg Co-Invest LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P, TPG FOF V-B, L.P., TPG FOF VI SPV, L.P. and TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P., the “TPG Funds”). The general partner of each of TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P. and TPG FOF V-B, L.P. is TPG GenPar V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG GenPar V Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. The general partner of TPG Partners VI, L.P. is TPG GenPar VI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG GenPar VI Advisors, LLC. The general partner of TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P. is TPG Biotechnology GenPar III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Biotechnology GenPar III Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. The sole member of each

 

148


Table of Contents
 

of TPG GenPar V Advisors, LLC, TPG GenPar VI Advisors, LLC and TPG Biotechnology GenPar III Advisors, LLC is TPG Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Holdings I-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole member is TPG Group Holdings (SBS), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The general partner of TPG FOF VI SPV, L.P. and the managing member of TPG Iceberg Co-Invest LLC is TPG Advisors VI, Inc., a Delaware corporation. David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are officers and sole stockholders of each of TPG Advisors VI, Inc. and TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc. and may therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares held by the TPG Funds. The address of each of TPG Advisors VI, Inc., TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc. and Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

 

(2)   CPPIB-PHI is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, which therefore beneficially owns the ordinary shares held by CPPIB-PHI. All shares of the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board were issued to Canada’s Federal Minister of Finance to be held on behalf of Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II in right of Canada. Messrs. Mark Wiseman and John Butler as authorized officers of CPPIB-PHI have authority to vote or dispose of the shares of CPPIB-PHI. The address of each of CPPIB-PHI and Messrs. Wiseman and Butler is c/o Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, P.O. Box 101, Toronto, Ontario M5C 2W5 Canada.

 

(3)   Voting and investment power with respect to the shares of our common stock held by Green Equity Investors V, L.P. and Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P. (collectively, the “Green Funds”) and LGP Iceberg Co-invest, LLC (“LGP Ice”) may be deemed to be shared by certain affiliated entities. GEI Capital V, LLC (“GEIC”), is the general partner of the Green Funds. Green V Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) is a limited partner of the Green Funds. LGP is the management company of the Green Funds, the Manager of LGP Ice and an affiliate of GEIC and Holdings. LGP Management, Inc. (“LGPM”) is the general partner of LGP. Mr. Danhakl may also be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to such shares due to his position with LGPM. Messrs. Danhakl, Peter J. Nolan, Jonathan D. Sokoloff, Jonathan A. Seiffer, John M. Baumer, Timothy J. Flynn, James D. Halper, Todd M. Purdy, Michael S. Solomon, and W. Christian McCollum either directly (whether through ownership interest or position) or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, may be deemed to control LGP. As such, Messrs. Danhakl, Nolan, Sokoloff, Seiffer, Baumer, Flynn, Halper, Purdy, Solomon and McCollum may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by LGP Ice. The address of each of the Green Funds, LGP Ice and each of the foregoing individuals is c/o Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 2000, Los Angeles, California 90025.

 

(4)   Includes 23,000,000 shares underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or vest within 60 days.

 

(5)   Includes 1,200,000 shares underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or vest within 60 days.

 

(6)   Includes 3,100,000 shares underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or vest within 60 days.

 

(7)   Includes 1,850,000 shares underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or vest within 60 days and 159,973 shares underlying vested stock appreciation rights and 280,274 notional shares held under the Defined Contribution Executive Retirement Plan.

 

(8)   Includes 1,500,000 shares underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or vest within 60 days.

 

(9)   Includes 300,000 shares underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or vest within 60 days. Sharad S. Mansukani, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Senior Advisor. Mr. Mansukani has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the TPG Funds. The address of Mr. Mansukani is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

 

(10)   Nehal Raj, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Principal. Mr. Raj has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the TPG Funds. The address of Mr. Raj is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

 

(11)   Jeffrey K. Rhodes, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Principal. Mr. Rhodes has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the TPG Funds. The address of Mr. Rhodes is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

 

(12)   Includes 300,000 shares underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or vest within 60 days.

 

(13)   Todd B. Sisitsky, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Partner. Mr. Sisitsky has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the TPG Funds. The address of Mr. Sisitsky is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

 

(14)   Bryan M. Taylor, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Partner. Mr. Taylor has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the TPG Funds. The address of Mr. Taylor is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

 

(15)   Includes 36,750,000 shares underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or vest within 60 days and 815,086 shares underlying vested stock appreciation rights and 976,304 notional shares held under the Defined Contribution Executive Retirement Plan.

 

149


Table of Contents

Description of indebtedness

We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern our existing indebtedness. We refer you to the exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part for copies of agreements governing the indebtedness described below.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Overview .    On October 24, 2012, IMS Health, and certain of its foreign subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. On February 6, 2013, IMS Health entered into an amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities to reduce the interest rates applicable to the term loans thereunder. The following is a summary of the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities after giving effect to such subsequent repricing amendment.

As of December 31, 2013, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities provide for senior secured financing of up to approximately $3,137 million, consisting of:

 

 

a $1,750 million term loan maturing in 2017;

 

 

a 748 million (or approximately $1,012 billion based on exchange rates in effect as of September 30, 2013) term loan maturing in 2017; and

 

 

a $375.0 million revolving credit facility maturing in 2017, of which (x) $175.0 million is available to us in U.S. dollars (and includes letter of credit and swingline loan sub-facilities), (y) $100.0 million is available to us and IMS Japan K.K. in U.S. dollars and Japanese yen and (z) $100.0 million is available to us and IMS AG in U.S. dollars, euros and Swiss francs.

All borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including the accuracy of certain representations and warranties and the absence of a default.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities provide that IMS Health has the right to request additional commitments (x) for new term loans and (y) to increase the size of the existing revolving credit facility, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of the greater of (i) $300.0 million and (ii) the amount of new term loans and increased revolving credit commitments such that the senior secured net leverage ratio shall be no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such increases (assuming such revolving credit commitments are fully borrowed). In addition, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities provide that we have the right to replace and extend existing commitments with new commitments from existing or new lenders. The lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments, and any increase in, or replacement or extension of, commitments is subject to several conditions precedent and limitations.

Interest rate and fees .    Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, other than swingline loans and loans denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%; provided, that, with respect to term loans denominated in U.S. dollars, the base rate at any time shall not be less than 2.00% or (b) the higher of (1) a LIBOR rate adjusted for statutory reserve requirements for a one-, two-, three- or six-month interest period, or if available to all applicable lenders, one or two weeks (for

 

150


Table of Contents

loans denominated in U.S. dollars) or nine- or twelve-month interest period, and (2) (x) 1.00% for term loans denominated in U.S. dollars or (y) 1.25% for term loans denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, in each case, plus an applicable margin. Swingline loans bear interest at the interest rate applicable to base rate loans. Borrowings denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars bear interest at the interest rate applicable to LIBOR rate loans.

The applicable margin for borrowings of revolving loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities is subject to adjustment each fiscal quarter based on our leverage ratio and ranges from (a) 1.75% to 2.25% per annum with respect to revolving loans that are base rate borrowings and (b) 2.75% to 3.25% per annum with respect to revolving loans that are LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings of term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities is equal at all times to (1) for U.S. dollar term loans, (a) 1.75% for base rate loans and (b) 2.75% for adjusted LIBOR loans and (2) for Euro term loans, 3.00%.

On the last day of each calendar quarter IMS Health is required to pay a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under the revolving credit facility equal to 0.75% per annum. IMS Health is also required to pay customary letter of credit fees and certain other agency fees.

Prepayments .    IMS Health is required to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

 

50% (with stepdowns to 25% and 0% based upon IMS Health’s leverage ratio) of IMS Health’s annual consolidated excess cash flow (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities agreement), subject to certain exceptions;

 

 

100% of the net proceeds of certain asset sales and insurance/condemnation events, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions; and

 

 

100% of the net proceeds of any incurrence of debt, excluding certain permitted debt issuances.

In addition, commitment reductions of the revolving credit facility, and voluntary prepayments of the term loans and loans under the revolving credit facility are permitted, in whole or in part, in minimum amounts without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs with respect to adjusted LIBOR loans.

Amortization of principal .    IMS Health is required to make scheduled quarterly payments on the term loans each equal to approximately 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans with the balance paid at maturity.

Guarantees and collateral .    The obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are guaranteed by each of IMS Health’s current and future domestic wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (excluding IMS Japan K.K.) and by Healthcare Technology Intermediate Holdings, Inc. and, subject to the next succeeding sentence, are secured by a perfected security interest in substantially all of our assets and assets of the guarantors of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, in each case, now owned or later acquired, including a pledge of all of the capital stock of IMS Health, the capital stock of substantially all of IMS Health’s domestic restricted subsidiaries and 66% of the voting capital stock of IMS Health’s foreign restricted subsidiaries that are directly owned by IMS Health or a guarantor of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The obligations of IMS AG, the Swiss subsidiary borrower, are guaranteed by certain of its current and future wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries organized in Switzerland and are secured by a perfected

 

151


Table of Contents

security interest in certain of the assets of IMS AG and the Swiss guarantors, including a pledge of the capital stock of the Swiss guarantors. The obligations of IMS Japan K.K. are secured by a perfected security in certain of its assets.

Restrictive covenants and other matters .    The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require IMS Health to comply with a quarterly maximum leverage ratio test, which financial covenant becomes more restrictive over time. In addition, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities agreement includes negative covenants that, subject to exceptions, limit the ability of IMS Health and its restricted subsidiaries, to, among other things:

 

 

incur liens and engage in sale-leaseback transactions;

 

make investments and loans;

 

make capital expenditures;

 

incur indebtedness or guarantees;

 

engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales;

 

declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase equity interests;

 

alter the business IMS Health and its restricted subsidiaries conduct;

 

enter into agreements limiting restricted subsidiary distributions;

 

prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness; and

 

engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

These negative covenants restrict IMS Health’s ability to pay dividends and make certain payments by imposing caps on the aggregate amount thereof as well as certain other conditions, including in some cases, financial incurrence tests, to declare dividends and distributions.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default. If any such event of default occurs, the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Old 12.5% Senior Notes

Overview

On February 26, 2010, IMS Health entered into an indenture under which it issued an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 billion of senior unsecured notes due 2018, which we refer to as the “Old 12.5% Senior Notes.” On March 16, 2011, IMS Health entered into a Supplemental Indenture to amend certain covenants in the Old 12.5% Senior Notes indenture. On October 24, 2012, we completed an exchange offer and consent solicitation (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange the Old 12.5% Senior Notes for new 12.5% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2018, which we refer to as the “12.5% Senior Notes,” and to solicit consents to amend certain covenants to the Old 12.5% Senior Notes in connection with the second amendment and restatement of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the issuance of IMS Health’s 6% Senior Notes. The Old 12.5% Senior Notes bear interest in cash at the rate of 12.5% per annum. Interest on the Old 12.5% Senior Notes is payable quarterly on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year. As of September 30, 2013, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Old 12.5% Senior Notes was $0.4 million. The following is a summary of the terms of the Old 12.5% Senior Notes following the Exchange Offer.

 

152


Table of Contents

Optional redemption

On and after March 1, 2014, IMS Health may redeem the Old 12.5% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus an applicable premium declining ratably to par, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any.

Prior to March 1, 2014, IMS Health may redeem the Old 12.5% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any.

Change of control offer

If a change of control occurs, IMS Health must give holders of the Old 12.5% Senior Notes an opportunity to sell their notes to IMS Health at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any.

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

If IMS Health or its restricted subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, IMS Health generally must either invest the net proceeds from such sales in its business within a period of time, prepay certain debt or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the outstanding Old 12.5% Senior Notes equal to the excess net proceeds, subject to certain exceptions. The purchase price of the Old 12.5% Senior Notes in any asset sale offer would be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any.

Guarantees

IMS Health’s obligations under the Old 12.5% Senior Notes are guaranteed by Healthcare Technology Intermediate Holdings, Inc. and all of IMS Health’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized restricted subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or other indebtedness of IMS Health or any guarantor of the Old 12.5% Senior Notes.

Certain covenants and events of default

The indenture governing the Old 12.5% Senior Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and, subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of IMS Health and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

 

incur additional debt and issue certain capital stock;

 

 

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

 

prepay subordinated debt;

 

 

make certain investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

 

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of IMS Health’s assets and the assets of IMS Health’s restricted subsidiaries; and

 

 

enter into agreements restricting IMS Health’s restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.

 

153


Table of Contents

The indenture governing the Old 12.5% Senior Notes also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

New 12.5% Senior Notes

Overview

In connection with the Exchange Offer, on October 24, 2012 IMS Health entered into an indenture under which it issued an aggregate principal amount of $999.6 million of 12.5% Senior Notes, which we refer to as the “New 12.5% Senior Notes.” The New 12.5% Senior Notes bear interest in cash at the rate of 12.5% per annum. Interest on the New 12.5% Senior Notes is payable quarterly on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year. The following is a description of the New 12.5% Senior Notes.

Optional redemption

On and after March 1, 2015, IMS Health may redeem the New 12.5% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus an applicable premium declining ratably to par, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any.

Prior to March 1, 2015, IMS Health may redeem the New 12.5% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any.

Additionally, at any time prior to March 1, 2015, IMS Health may redeem, subject to certain conditions and limitations, up to 65% of our New 12.5% Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (a) 112.50% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds raised in one or more public equity offerings of any of its direct or indirect parent companies and contributed to IMS Health.

Change of control offer

If a change of control occurs, IMS Health must give holders of the New 12.5% Senior Notes an opportunity to sell their notes to IMS Health at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any.

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

If IMS Health or its restricted subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, IMS Health generally must invest the net proceeds from such sales in our business within a period of time, prepay certain debt or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the outstanding New 12.5% Senior Notes equal to the excess net proceeds, subject to certain exceptions. The purchase price of the New 12.5% Senior Notes in any asset sale offer would be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any.

Guarantees

IMS Health’s obligations under the New 12.5% Senior Notes are guaranteed by Healthcare Technology Intermediate Holdings, Inc. and all of IMS Health’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized restricted subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or other indebtedness of the IMS Health or any guarantor of the New 12.5% Senior Notes.

 

154


Table of Contents

Certain covenants and events of default

The indenture governing the New 12.5% Senior Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of IMS Health and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

 

incur additional debt and issue certain capital stock;

 

 

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

 

prepay subordinated debt;

 

 

make certain investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

 

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of IMS Health’s assets and the assets of IMS Health’s restricted subsidiaries; and

 

 

enter into agreements restricting IMS Health’s restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.

The indenture governing our New 12.5% Senior Notes also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

6% Senior Notes

Overview

On October 24, 2012 IMS Health entered into an indenture under which IMS Health issued an aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million of 6% Senior Notes. The 6% Senior Notes bear interest in cash at the rate of 6.0% per annum. Interest on the 6% Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year.

Optional redemption

On and after November 1, 2015, IMS Health may redeem the 6% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus an applicable premium declining ratably to par, plus accrued and unpaid interest if any.

Prior to November 1, 2015, IMS Health may redeem the 6% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Additionally, at any time prior to November 1, 2015, IMS Health may redeem, subject to certain conditions and limitations, up to 40% of our 6% Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (a) 106.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to certain exceptions, with net cash proceeds raised in one or more equity offerings or a contribution to IMS Health’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of a concurrent equity offering.

 

155


Table of Contents

Change of control offer

If a change of control occurs, IMS Health must give holders of the 6% Senior Notes an opportunity to sell their notes to IMS Health at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

If IMS Health or its restricted subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, IMS Health generally must invest the net proceeds from such sales in our business within a period of time, prepay certain debt or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the outstanding 6% Senior Notes equal to the excess net proceeds, subject to certain exceptions. The purchase price of the 6% Senior Notes in any asset sale offer would be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Guarantees

IMS Health’s obligations under the 6% Senior Notes are guaranteed by all of IMS Health’s material existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries and, subject to certain exceptions, each of IMS Health’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or other indebtedness of IMS Health or any guarantor of the 6% Senior Notes.

Certain covenants and events of default

The indenture governing the 6% Senior Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restricts the ability of IMS Health and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

 

incur additional debt and issue certain capital stock;

 

 

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

 

prepay subordinated debt;

 

 

make certain investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

 

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of IMS Health’s assets and the assets of IMS Health’s restricted subsidiaries; and

 

 

enter into agreements restricting IMS Health’s restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.

These negative covenants restrict IMS Health’s ability to pay dividends and make certain payments by imposing caps on the aggregate amount thereof as well as certain other conditions, including in some cases, financial incurrence tests, to declare dividends and distributions.

The indenture governing our 6% Senior Notes also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

 

156


Table of Contents

Senior PIK Notes

Overview

On August 6, 2013, Healthcare Technology Intermediate, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect parent company of IMS Health, entered into an indenture under which Healthcare Technology issued an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million of Senior PIK Notes. The Senior PIK Notes due 2018 bear interest that (i) may be paid in cash at the rate of 7.375% per annum or (ii) subject to certain requirements, may be “paid in kind” with additional indebtedness at the rate of 8.125% per annum. The amount of interest payable in kind on any interest payment date is determined by reference to a scale based on (i) IMS Health’s and its affiliates’ contractual ability to dividend or distribute funds to Healthcare Technology and (ii) Healthcare Technology’s cash and cash equivalents on hand (subject, in each case, to certain adjustments). Interest on the Senior PIK Notes is payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning March 1, 2014.

Optional redemption

On and after September 1, 2014, Healthcare Technology may redeem the Senior PIK Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus an applicable premium declining ratably to par, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Prior to September 1, 2014, Healthcare Technology may redeem the Senior PIK Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Additionally, at any time prior to September 1, 2015, Healthcare Technology may redeem, subject to certain conditions and limitations, up to 100% of the Senior PIK Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (a) (i) prior to September 1, 2014, 102.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof and (ii) from September 1, 2014 to September 1, 2015, 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, so long as such redemption occurs within 180 days of the closing date of an equity offering (subject to certain exceptions) and that an amount equal to at least the applicable equity offering redemption amount is received or contributed to the capital of Healthcare Technology or any of its restricted subsidiaries.

Change of control offer

If a change of control occurs, Healthcare Technology must give holders of the Senior PIK Notes an opportunity to sell their notes to Healthcare Technology at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. Subject to exceptions, if holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior PIK Notes outstanding tender and sell such notes in a change of control offer, Healthcare Technology has the right to purchase all remaining Senior PIK Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

If Healthcare Technology or its restricted subsidiaries (including IMS Health and its restricted subsidiaries) engage in certain asset sales, the applicable entity generally must invest the net

 

157


Table of Contents

proceeds from such sales in our business within a period of time or prepay certain debt or Healthcare Technology must make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Notes equal to the excess net proceeds from the applicable sales. Healthcare Technology’s responsibility to make such asset sale offers is subject to certain exceptions, including the ability of Healthcare Technology’s subsidiaries and affiliates to dividend or distribute the excess proceeds of such asset sales to Healthcare Technology under the terms of such subsidiaries’ indebtedness. The purchase price of the Senior PIK Notes in any asset sale offer would be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Guarantees

Healthcare Technology’s obligations under the Senior PIK Notes are not guaranteed by IMS Health or any of its subsidiaries. Subject to certain exceptions, subsidiaries of Healthcare Technology that guarantee the payment of other indebtedness of Healthcare Technology must thereafter guarantee the Senior PIK Notes.

Certain covenants and events of default

The indenture governing the Senior PIK Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restricts the ability of Healthcare Technology and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

 

incur additional debt and issue certain capital stock;

 

 

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

 

prepay subordinated debt;

 

 

make certain investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

 

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of Healthcare Technology’s assets and the assets of Healthcare Technology’s restricted subsidiaries; and

 

 

enter into agreements restricting Healthcare Technology’s restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.

The indenture governing the Senior PIK Notes also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

 

158


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and              shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of December 31, 2013, we had 2,800,047,284 shares of common stock outstanding held by 105 shareholders of record and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. After consummation of this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, we expect to have              shares of our common stock outstanding and              shares of our preferred stock outstanding. The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

Common stock

Dividend rights .    Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as the board of directors may determine from time to time. See “Dividend policy.”

Voting rights .    Each outstanding share of common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no cumulative voting rights.

Preemptive rights .    Our common stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.

Conversion or redemption rights .    Our common stock will be neither convertible nor redeemable.

Liquidation rights .    Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

Preferred stock

Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges and relative participating, optional or special rights, as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our board of directors, without stockholder

 

159


Table of Contents

approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-takeover effects of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with the board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they may also discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

These provisions include:

 

 

Classified board. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. The board of directors will initially be composed of 10 members, but will be expanded to add additional independent directors to comply with audit committee phase-in rules. The size of our board of directors will be increased to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law and NYSE rules at such time as we no longer satisfy the “controlled company” exemption.

 

 

Requirements for removal of directors. Until the Trigger Date (as defined above), any director of the Company may be removed with or without cause by holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock. Following the Trigger Date, directors may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock.

 

 

Advance notice procedures. Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

 

Actions by written consent; special meetings of stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation provides that, following the Trigger Date, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that, except as otherwise require by law, special

 

160


Table of Contents
 

meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, a majority of the board of directors, or, until the Trigger Date, a majority of shareholders.

 

 

Supermajority approval requirements. The DGCL generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless either the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise. Until the Trigger Date, any amendment to our certificate of incorporation or shareholder amendment to our bylaws will require majority shareholder approval, provided that such majority must include at least 65% of the shares then held by the Sponsors. Following the Trigger Date, certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and shareholder amendments to our bylaws will require a 75% shareholder vote.

 

 

Authorized but unissued shares. Our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

 

 

Business combinations with interested stockholders . We have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. Nevertheless, our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that the Sponsors and their transferees will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Exclusive jurisdiction of certain actions

Our certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in the name of the Company, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions, may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Corporate opportunities

Our certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of the Sponsors and of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to one of our directors or officers in his or her capacity as a director or officer.

 

161


Table of Contents

Limitations on liability and indemnification of directors and officers

Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and requires us to provide them with customary indemnification. We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf. We also maintain officers’ and directors’ liability insurance that insures against liabilities that our officers and directors may incur in such capacities.

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “IMS.”

 

162


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the issuance of              shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of options outstanding as of                     , 2014.

Of the shares that will be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, we expect that the              shares to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the safe harbor under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below. In addition, following this offering,              shares of common stock issuable pursuant to awards granted under certain of our equity plans that are covered by a registration statement on Form S-8 will be freely tradable in the public market, subject to certain contractual and legal restrictions described below.

The remaining              shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and we expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the sale is registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as the safe harbor provided by Rule 144.

Lock-up agreements

We, the selling stockholders, and each of our directors and executive officers and certain other stockholders, who collectively own                  shares of our common stock following this offering, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of certain of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, unless extended pursuant to its terms. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, any person who is not our affiliate and has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, under Rule 144, any person

 

163


Table of Contents

who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of: (i) 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; and (ii) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired ordinary shares from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 is entitled to sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 but without compliance with certain of the requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, under Rule 701 persons who are not our affiliates may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our affiliates may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144’s minimum holding period requirements.

Equity incentive plans

Following this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options and other awards issuable pursuant to our equity incentive plans. Shares covered by such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to certain Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the terms of lock-up agreements applicable to those shares.

Registration rights

Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, certain holders of our common stock may demand that we register the sale of their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act other than a Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our equity plans or on Form S-4, may elect to include their shares of common stock in such registration. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders’ agreement” and “—Management stockholders and registration rights agreement.” Following such registered sales, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates.

 

164


Table of Contents

Material United States federal income tax considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (defined below). This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relevant to Non-U.S. Holders of shares of our common stock. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), the Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations at any time, possibly with retroactive effect.

This summary assumes that shares of our common stock are held by a Non-U.S. Holder as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code. This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that might be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax considerations that may be relevant to particular persons who are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including, for example, financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, certain U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States, tax-exempt organizations, pension plans, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold shares of our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment, persons that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar, or holders subject to the alternative minimum or the 3.8% Medicare tax on net investment income). In addition, except as explicitly addressed herein with respect to estate tax, this summary does not address certain estate and any gift tax considerations or considerations arising under the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction.

For purposes of this summary, a “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is an individual, corporation, estate or trust other than:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation, or any other organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate, the income of which is included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons (as define in the Internal Revenue Code) have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

A modified definition of Non-U.S. Holder applies for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (as discussed below).

 

165


Table of Contents

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of persons treated as its partners for U.S. federal income tax purposes will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and other entities that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons holding our common stock through a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of shares of our common stock.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAXATION, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAXATION AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

Distributions on shares of our common stock

As discussed under “Dividend policy” above, we do not currently anticipate paying cash dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property with respect to shares of our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, and will be subject to withholding as described in the next paragraph below. If a distribution exceeds our current or accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the Non-U.S. Holder’s investment, up to such holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gain on sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock.” Any distribution described in this paragraph would also be subject to the discussion below in “—Additional withholding and information reporting requirements for shares of our common stock held by or through non-U.S. entities.”

Any dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder with respect to shares of our common stock generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless such Non-U.S. Holder provides us or our agent, as the case may be, with an appropriate IRS Form W-8, such as:

 

 

IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, that such Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to a reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty; or

 

 

IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, that a dividend paid on shares of our common stock is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with conduct of a trade or business in the United States of the Non-U.S. Holder (in which case such dividend generally will be subject to regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates on a net income basis as described below).

The certifications described above must be provided to us or our agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. The certification also may require a Non-U.S. Holder

 

166


Table of Contents

that provides an IRS form or that claims treaty benefits to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number. Special certification and other requirements apply in the case of certain Non-U.S. Holders that are intermediaries or pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Each Non-U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor about the specific methods for satisfying these requirements. A claim for exemption will not be valid if the person receiving the applicable form has actual knowledge or reason to know that the statements on the form are false.

If dividends are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States of the Non-U.S. Holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from the withholding tax described above (provided that the certifications described above are satisfied), will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise.

If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty, such Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock

Subject to the discussion below under “—Additional withholding and information reporting requirements for shares of our common stock held by or through non-U.S. entities,” in general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless (i) such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met, (ii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code (a “USRPHC”), at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period with respect to the applicable shares of our common stock (the “relevant period”), or (iii) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States).

If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition.

With respect to the second exception above, although there can be no assurance, we believe we are not, and we do not currently anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that

 

167


Table of Contents

we are not currently or will not become a USRPHC in the future. Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its United States real property interests (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus certain other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as a USRPHC so long as (a) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 897(c)(3)) during the calendar year in which such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock occurs and (b) such Non-U.S. Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the relevant period. If we are a USRPHC and the requirements of (a) or (b) are not met, gain on the disposition of shares of our common stock generally will be taxed in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the “branch profits tax” will not apply.

If the third exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S federal income tax on a net income basis with respect to such gain in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States, unless otherwise provided in an applicable income tax treaty, and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” on its effectively connected earnings and profits at a rate of 30%, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise.

Additional withholding and information reporting requirements for shares of our common stock held by or through non-U.S. entities

Legislation enacted in March 2010 and related Treasury guidance (commonly referred to as “FATCA”) generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on payments to certain non-U.S. entities (including certain intermediaries), including dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless such persons comply with a complicated U.S. information reporting, disclosures and certification regime. This new regime requires, among other things, a broad class of persons to enter into agreements with the IRS to obtain, disclose and report information about their investors and account holders. This new regime and its requirements are different from and in addition to the certification requirements described elsewhere in this discussion. As currently proposed, the FATCA withholding rules would apply to certain payments, including dividend payments on our common stock, if any, paid after June 30, 2014, and gross proceeds from the sale or other dispositions of our common stock paid after December 31, 2016. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible impact of these rules on their investment in our common stock, and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of this 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

Backup withholding and information reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the gross amount of the distributions on shares of our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required. Subject to the discussion above under “—Additional withholding

 

168


Table of Contents

and information reporting requirements for shares of our common stock held by or through non-U.S. entities,” a Non-U.S. Holder may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) or otherwise establish an exemption in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to Non-U.S. Holders subject to the U.S. federal withholding tax, as described above In “—Distributions on shares of our common stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the payment of the proceeds of a disposition of shares of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder certifies that it is not a United States person (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. For information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker, and dispositions otherwise effected through a non-U.S. office generally will not be subject to information reporting. Generally, backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected through a non-U.S. office of a U.S. broker or non-U.S. office of a non-U.S broker. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is incorporated, under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment made to a Non-U.S. Holder can be refunded or credited against such Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Federal estate tax

Shares of our common stock held (or treated as held) by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen or resident (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of such individual’s death will be included in such individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

169


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. In addition, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are joint book-running managers in the offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number of shares

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                   Incorporated

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

TPG Capital BD, LLC

  

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

Mizuho Securities USA Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Drexel Hamilton, LLC

  

Leerink Partners LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Total

  

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us and the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to              additional shares of common stock to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table

 

170


Table of Contents

above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

       Paid by the company      Paid by the selling stockholders  
     No exercise      Full exercise      No exercise      Full exercise  

 

 

Per share

   $                          $                          $                          $                      

Total

   $                    $                    $                    $                

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of certain of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and subject to certain other limited exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event

Our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders, and certain of our other significant stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the

 

171


Table of Contents

commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of certain of the underwriters, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “IMS.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of

 

172


Table of Contents

the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Selling Restrictions

General

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

173


Table of Contents

United Kingdom

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

 

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;

 

 

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive); or

 

 

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure

 

174


Table of Contents

standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any

 

175


Table of Contents

securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Hong Kong

The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each

 

176


Table of Contents

beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; (3) where the transfer is by operation of law; (4) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or (5) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Conflicts of interest

Certain affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., an underwriter of this offering, hold a portion of our 12.5% Senior Notes, and it is expected that as a result of the Refinancing, these affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. will receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of the offering. See “Use of proceeds.” In addition, affiliates of TPG Capital BD, LLC, an underwriter of this offering, own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. As a result of the foregoing relationships, each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and TPG Capital BD, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121, and this offering will be conducted in accordance with such rule. FINRA Rule 5121 requires that neither Goldman, Sachs & Co. nor TPG Capital BD, LLC make sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the account holder and that a qualified independent underwriter (“QIU”), as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement and this prospectus and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC has agreed to act as QIU for this offering. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC will not receive any additional fees for serving as QIU in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify J.P. Morgan Securities LLC against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as QIU, including liabilities under the Securities Act or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

Other relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. Certain of the underwriters and/or their affiliates are lenders under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. TPG Capital BD, LLC participated as an initial purchaser in connection with the offering by our wholly-owned direct subsidiary, Healthcare Technology Intermediate, Inc., of $750 million Senior PIK Notes in August 2013. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Certain other relationships.” In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters own, directly or indirectly, equity interests in us. Further, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our

 

177


Table of Contents

debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

178


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Ropes & Gray LLP and some of its attorneys are limited partners of RGIP, LP, which is an investor in certain investment funds affiliated with TPG. RGIP, LP indirectly owns less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, New York, New York will act as counsel to the underwriters.

Experts

The financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, please refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website address is www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above.

 

179


Table of Contents

Index to consolidated financial statements and

financial statement schedules

 

     Page  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Financial Statements:

  

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

     F-3   

For years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

Other Financial Information:

  

Five-Year Selected Financial Data

     F-56   

Schedule I. Condensed Financial Information

     F-57   

Schedule II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-61   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of IMS Health Holdings, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of IMS Health Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

February 13, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated statements of financial position

 

      December 31,  
(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)   2013     2012  

 

 

Assets:

   

Current Assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 725      $ 580   

Restricted cash

    27        25   

Short-term investments

    4        61   

Accounts receivable, net

    313        308   

Other current assets

    258        263   
 

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

    1,327        1,237   
 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $145 and $115 in 2013 and 2012, respectively

    117        117   

Computer software

    263        254   

Goodwill

    3,573        3,583   

Other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $1,071 and $802 in 2013 and 2012, respectively

    2,517        2,873   

Other assets

    202        151   
 

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 7,999      $ 8,215   
 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

   

Current Liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

  $ 103      $ 109   

Accrued and other current liabilities

    583        533   

Short-term debt

    66        28   

Deferred revenues

    180        173   
 

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

    932        843   
 

 

 

 

Postretirement and postemployment benefits

    77        116   

Long-term debt

    4,894        4,149   

Deferred tax liability

    1,102        1,317   

Other liabilities

    111        107   
 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

    7,116        6,532   
 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 11 and 12)

   

Shareholders’ Equity:

   

Common Stock, $.001 par value, 3,075 and 3,075 shares authorized, 2,805 and 2,804 issued and outstanding in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

    3        3   

Capital in excess of par

    913        1,634   

Accumulated deficit

    (20     (102

Treasury stock, at cost, 5 and 4 shares in 2013 and 2012, respectively

    (6     (4

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (7     152   
 

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

    883        1,683   
 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 7,999      $ 8,215   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Revenue

   $ 2,544      $ 2,443      $ 2,364   
  

 

 

 

Information

     1,525        1,521        1,532   

Technology services

     1,019        922        832   
  

 

 

 

Operating costs of information, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     648        675        698   

Direct and incremental costs of technology services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     520        476        396   

Selling and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     596        579        604   

Depreciation and amortization

     410        424        393   

Severance, impairment and other charges

     16        48        31   

Merger costs

            2        23   
  

 

 

 

Operating Income

     354        239        219   
  

 

 

 

Interest income

     4        4        3   

Interest expense

     (332     (275     (277

Other loss, net

     (74     (29     (7
  

 

 

 

Non-Operating Loss, net

     (402     (300     (281
  

 

 

 

Loss before benefit from income taxes

     (48     (61     (62

Benefit from income taxes

     130        19        173   
  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 82      $ (42   $ 111   
  

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:

      

Basic

   $ 0.03      $ (0.02   $ 0.04   

Diluted

   $ 0.03      $ (0.02   $ 0.04   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     2,800        2,795        2,788   

Diluted

     2,870        2,795        2,793   

Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share:

      

Basic

      

Diluted

      

Unaudited pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

      

Diluted

      

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:

      

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 82      $ (42   $ 111   
  

 

 

 

Cumulative translation adjustments (net of taxes of $–, $7 and $(3), respectively)

     (183     (49     51   

Change in derivatives in OCI (net of taxes of $(4), $(2) and $3, respectively)

     9        3        (6

Change in derivatives from OCI to earnings (net of taxes of $5, $2 and $(7), respectively)

     (9     (4     13   

Postretirement and postemployment adjustments (net of taxes of $(16), $5 and $9, respectively)

     24        (17     (22
  

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     (159     (67     36   
  

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive (Loss) Income

   $ (77   $ (109   $ 147   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)        2013         2012         2011  

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 82      $ (42   $ 111   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     410        424        393   

Bad debt expense

     1        2        1   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     9                 

Deferred income taxes

     (206     (109     (199

Loss on investments and sale of assets, net

     3        2        1   

Non-cash stock-based compensation charges

     22        19        18   

Non-cash portion of severance, impairment and other charges

            25        2   

FX loss on revaluation of foreign denominated debt

     40        18        3   

Non-cash (gains) losses on derivatives

     (10     (2     17   

Non-cash amortization of debt original issue discount

     17        18        18   

Change in assets and liabilities, excluding effects from acquisitions and dispositions:

      

Net decrease in accounts receivable

     4        7        11   

Net (increase) decrease in other current assets

     (9     5        (6

Net (decrease) increase in accounts payable

     (5     24        (19

Net increase (decrease) in accrued and other current liabilities

     70        10        (10

Net increase (decrease) in deferred revenues

     5        (7     12   

Net increase in pension assets (net of liabilities)

     (38     (8     (29

Net decrease in other long-term assets (net of long term liabilities)

     5        13        10   
  

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

   $ 400      $ 399      $ 334   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated statements of cash flows (continued)

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)        2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities:

      

Capital expenditures

   $ (41   $ (44   $ (30

Additions to computer software

     (81     (64     (74

Proceeds from sale of assets

            25          

Purchases of short-term investments

     (22     (55       

Proceeds from short-term investments

     85                 

Payments for acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (118     (72     (380

Other investing activities, net

     (3     1        (1
  

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (180     (209     (485
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities:

      

Net borrowings under revolving credit facility

     135        116        57   

Net repayments of revolving credit facility

     (135     (169     (4

Proceeds from issuance of debt

     750        1,233        70   

Repayment of term loans

     (28     (22     (16

Debt issuance costs

     (17     (24     (3

Dividends paid

     (753     (1,202       

Proceeds from equity plan activity

     1        7        5   

Payments for treasury stock

     (1     (2     (3

Other financing activities, net

     (4              
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

     (52     (63     106   
  

 

 

 

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (23            2   
  

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     145        127        (43

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period

     580        453        496   
  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period

   $ 725      $ 580      $ 453   
  

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 278      $ 230      $ 228   

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

   $ 71      $ 93      $ 70   

Cash received from income tax refunds

   $ 63      $ 12      $ 9   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity

 

(Dollars and shares
in millions)
 

Shares

common
stock

   

Shares

treasury
stock

    Common
stock
   

Treasury

stock

    Capital in
excess
of par
   

Retained
earnings
(accumulated

deficit)

    Cumulative
translation
adjustment
    Unamortized
postretirement
and
postemployment
adjustment
    Change in
derivatives
in OCI
    Change in
derivatives
from
OCI into
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income
    Total
shareholders’
equity
 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    2,785             $ 3      $      $ 2,798      $ (171   $ 190      $ (2   $ (5   $      $ 183      $ 2,813   
 

 

 

 

Net income

              111                  111   

Issuances under stock plans and management investments

    6              4                    4   

Repurchases of common stock

      3          (3                   (3

Stock-based compensation expense

            18                    18   

Other equity transactions

            (8                 (8

Cumulative translation adjustments

                51              51        51   

Postretirement & postemployment adjustments, net of tax

                  (22         (22     (22

Change in derivatives in OCI , net of tax

                    (6       (6     (6

Change in derivatives from OCI into earnings, net of tax

                      13        13        13   
 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    2,791        3      $ 3      $ (3   $ 2,812      $ (60   $ 241      $ (24   $ (11   $ 13      $ 219      $ 2,971   
 

 

 

 

Net loss

              (42               (42

Issuances under stock plans and management investments

    13              (3                 (3

Repurchases of common stock

      1          (1                   (1

Stock-based compensation expense

            19                    19   

Dividends paid to shareholders, net of tax

            (1,194                 (1,194

Cumulative translation adjustments

                (49           (49     (49

Postretirement and postemployment adjustments, net of tax

                  (17         (17     (17

Change in derivatives in OCI , net of tax

                    3          3        3   

Change in derivatives from OCI into earnings, net of tax

                      (4     (4     (4
 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    2,804        4      $ 3      $ (4   $ 1,634      $ (102   $ 192      $ (41   $ (8   $ 9      $ 152      $ 1,683   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity (continued)

 

(Dollars and shares in
millions)
 

Shares

common
stock

   

Shares

treasury
stock

    Common
stock
   

Treasury

stock

    Capital in
excess
of par
   

Retained
earnings
(accumulated

deficit)

    Cumulative
translation
adjustment
    Unamortized
postretirement
and
postemployment
adjustment
    Change in
derivatives
in OCI
    Change in
derivatives
from
OCI into
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income
    Total
shareholders’
equity
 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    2,804        4      $ 3      $ (4   $ 1,634      $ (102   $ 192      $ (41   $ (8   $ 9      $ 152      $ 1,683   
 

 

 

 

Net income

              82                  82   

Issuances under stock plans and management investments

    1              2                    2   

Repurchases of common stock

      1          (2                   (2

Stock-based compensation expense

            22                    22   

Dividends paid to shareholders, net of tax

            (745                 (745

Cumulative translation adjustments

                (183           (183     (183

Postretirement and postemployment adjustments, net of tax

                  24            24        24   

Change in derivatives in OCI , net of tax

                    9          9        9   

Change in derivatives from OCI into earnings, net of tax

                      (9     (9     (9
 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

    2,805        5      $ 3      $ (6   $ 913      $ (20   $ 9      $ (17   $ 1      $      $ (7   $ 883   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Notes to consolidated financial statements

Note 1. Basis of presentation

IMS Health Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading global information and technology services company providing clients in the healthcare industry with comprehensive solutions to measure and improve their performance. The Company has one of the largest and most comprehensive collections of healthcare information in the world, spanning sales, prescription and promotional data, medical claims, electronic medical records and social media data. The Company standardizes, organizes, structures and integrates this data by applying its sophisticated analytics and leveraging its global technology infrastructure to help its clients run their organizations more efficiently and make better decisions to improve their operational and financial performance. The Company has a presence in over 100 countries, and generated 63% of its 2013 revenue from outside the United States.

The Company serves key healthcare organizations and decision makers around the world, spanning the breadth of life science companies, including pharmaceutical, biotechnology, consumer health and medical device manufacturers, as well as distributors, providers, payers, government agencies, policymakers, researchers and the financial community. The Company’s information and technology services offerings, which it has developed with significant investment over its 60-year history, are deeply integrated into its clients’ workflow.

On October 23, 2009, the Company was formed as Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. by investment entities affiliated with TPG Capital, L.P., CPP Investment Board Private Holdings Inc. and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P (collectively, the “Sponsors”). On December 20, 2013, the Company changed its name to IMS Health Holdings, Inc. On February 26, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of IMS Health Incorporated (“IMS Health” or “predecessor entity”) through its wholly owned subsidiary Healthcare Technology Acquisition, Inc. (the “Merger”). The Company was formed for the purpose of consummating the Merger with IMS Health and had no operations from inception other than its investment in IMS Health and its subsidiaries and costs incurred associated with its formation and the Merger.

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Consolidation.     The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company include the accounts of the Company, its subsidiaries and investments in which the Company has control. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. The Company recognizes in the income statement any gains or losses related to investments accounted for under the equity method.

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash.     Cash and cash equivalents include primarily time and demand deposits in the Company’s operating bank accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash consists of amounts not immediately available.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Property, plant and equipment.     Buildings, machinery and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives to their salvage values using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement. See Note 13.

Computer software.     Direct costs incurred in the development of the Company’s internal-use computer software are capitalized. Costs are capitalized from completion of the preliminary project stage and when it is considered probable that the software will be used to perform its intended function, up until the time the software is placed into service. Once placed into service, the software is amortized generally over a period of three to seven years. The Company periodically reviews the unamortized capitalized costs of its computer software to assess for any potential impairment. The Company recognizes immediately any impairment losses on software as a result of its review. Research and development costs are expensed in the periods in which they are incurred.

Business combinations.     Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method, and accordingly, the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree are recorded at their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition.

Goodwill.     Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired, and is not amortized. The Company reviews the recoverability of goodwill annually (or based on any triggering event) by comparing the estimated fair values (based on discounted cash flow analysis) of reporting units with their respective net book values. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill impairment loss is measured as the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its fair value. The Company completed its annual impairment tests in 2013, 2012 and 2011 and no goodwill impairment charges were recorded. See Note 5.

Other long-lived assets.     The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In general, the assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company’s ability to recover the carrying value of the asset from the undiscounted expected future cash flows of the asset. If the future cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment charge is recognized for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value. In addition, the Company also reviews its indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis.

Revenue recognition.     The Company recognizes revenue when the following criteria have been met: 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; 2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; 3) the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and 4) collectibility is reasonably assured.

The Company offers various information offerings developed to meet its clients’ needs by using data secured from a worldwide network of suppliers. The Company’s revenue arrangements may include multiple elements. A typical information offerings arrangement (primarily under fixed-price contracts) may include an ongoing subscription-based deliverable for which revenue is recognized ratably as earned over the contract period, and/or a one-time delivery of data offerings for which revenue is recognized upon delivery, assuming all other criteria are met. These deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting as each has value on a standalone basis

 

F-10


Table of Contents

to the client, objective and reliable evidence of fair value for any undelivered item(s) exists, and where the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery of the undelivered item(s) is probable and within the Company’s control. The Company allocates revenue to each element within its arrangements based upon their respective relative selling price. Fair values for these elements are based upon the normal pricing practices for these offerings when sold separately. The Company defers revenue for any undelivered elements, and recognizes revenue when the product is delivered or over the term of the agreement, in accordance with its revenue recognition policy for such element as noted above. The Company’s subscription arrangements typically have terms ranging from one to three years and are generally non-cancelable and do not contain refund-type provisions.

The Company also offers technology services offerings that enable its clients to make informed business decisions. Technology services offerings consist of a mix of small and large-scale services and consulting projects, multi-year outsourcing contracts and software licenses. These arrangements typically have terms ranging from several weeks to three years, with a majority having terms of one year or less. Revenues for services engagements where deliverables occur ratably over time are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the arrangement. Revenue from time and material contracts are recognized as the services are provided. Revenues from fixed price ad hoc services and consulting contracts are recognized either over the contract term based on the ratio of the number of hours incurred for services provided during the period compared to the total estimated hours to be incurred over the entire arrangement (efforts based), or upon delivery (completed contract).

The Company presents its revenues net of taxes assessed by government authorities.

Payment terms vary by client, but are typically stipulated in the contract and are generally invoiced with 30 day payment terms. The Company generally does not offer extended payment terms. Advance payments from clients are credited to Deferred revenues and reflected in Revenue as earned over the contract term. Unbilled receivables are included in Accounts receivable, net in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and represent revenues for products delivered or services performed that have not yet been invoiced to the client. Unbilled receivables are generally invoiced within the following month.

Operating costs of information.     Operating costs of information includes costs attributable to personnel involved in production, data management and delivery, and the costs of acquiring and processing data for the Company’s information offerings.

One of the Company’s major expenditures is the cost for the data it receives from suppliers. After receipt of the raw data and prior to the data being available for use in any part of the business, the Company is required to transform the raw data into useful information through a series of comprehensive processes. These processes involve significant employee costs and data processing costs.

Costs associated with purchases are deferred within work-in-process inventory and recognized as expense as the corresponding data product revenue is recognized, generally over a thirty to sixty day period.

Direct and incremental costs of technology services.     Direct and incremental costs of technology services include costs of staff directly involved with delivering technology-related, consulting and services generating offerings and engagements, related accommodations and the costs of data purchased specifically for technology services engagements. Direct and incremental costs of

 

F-11


Table of Contents

technology services do not include an allocation of direct costs of data that are included in operating costs of information. Although the Company’s data, the costs of which are included in Operating costs of information, is used in multiple client solutions across different offerings within both information and technology services, the Company does not have a meaningful way to allocate the direct cost of the data between information and technology services. As such, the direct and incremental costs of technology services do not reflect the total costs incurred to deliver technology services engagements.

Pensions and other post retirement benefits.     The Company provides a number of retirement benefits to its employees, including defined benefit pension plans and postretirement medical plans. The determination of benefit obligations and expense is based on actuarial models. In order to measure benefit costs and obligations using these models, critical assumptions are made with regard to the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, cash balance crediting rate, lump sum conversion rate and the assumed rate of compensation increases. In addition, retiree medical care cost trend rates are a key assumption used exclusively in determining costs for the Company’s postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans. Management reviews these critical assumptions at least annually. Other assumptions involve demographic factors such as the turnover, retirement and mortality rates. Management reviews these assumptions periodically and updates them when its experience deems it appropriate to do so.

The discount rate is the rate at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled and is determined annually by management. For U.S. plans, the discount rate is based on results of a modeling process in which the plans’ expected cash flow (determined on a projected benefit obligation basis) is matched with spot rates developed from a yield curve comprised of high-grade (Moody’s Aa and above, or Standard and Poor’s AA and above) non-callable corporate bonds to develop the present value of the expected cash flow, and then determining the single rate (discount rate) which when applied to the expected cash flow derives that same present value. In the U.K. specifically, the discount rate is set based on the yields on a universe of approximately 120 high quality (Aa rated) non-callable corporate bonds denominated in U.K. Sterling, appropriate to the duration of Plan liabilities. For the other non-U.S. plans, the discount rate is based on the current yield of an index of high quality corporate bonds. At December 31, 2013, the discount rate ranged from 2.9%—4.7% compared to 3.8% at December 31, 2012 for its U.S. pension plans and postretirement benefit plan. The discount rate for its U.K. pension plan was decreased to 4.6% from 4.7% at December 31, 2012. The U.S. and U.K. plans represent 96% of the consolidated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2013. The discount rate in other non-U.S. countries decreased, where the range of applicable discount rates at December 31, 2013 was 0.9%—6.2%.

Under the U.S. qualified retirement plan, participants have a notional retirement account that increases with pay and investment credits. The rate used to determine the investment credit (cash balance crediting rate) varies monthly and is equal to 1/12th of the yield on 30-year U.S. Government Treasury Bonds, with a minimum of 0.25%. At retirement, the account is converted to a monthly retirement benefit.

In selecting an expected return on plan asset assumption, the Company considers the returns being earned by each plan investment category in the fund, the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment and long-term economic forecasts for the type of investments held by the plan. The expected return on plan assets for the U.S. pension plans was 8.0% at January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2013. Outside the U.S., the range of applicable expected rates of return was 1.0%—6.5% as of January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2013. The actual return on plan assets will vary

 

F-12


Table of Contents

from year to year versus this assumption. The Company believes it is appropriate to use long-term expected forecasts in selecting the expected return on plan assets. As such, there can be no assurance that the Company’s actual return on plan assets will approximate the long-term expected forecasts. The expected return on assets (“EROA”) was $29 million and $27 million and the actual return on assets was $68 million and $44 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. While the Company believes that the assumptions used are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may materially affect its pension and postretirement obligations and future expense.

The Company utilizes a corridor approach to amortizing unrecognized gains and losses in the pension and postretirement plans. Amortization occurs when the accumulated unrecognized net gain or loss balance exceeds the criterion of 10% of the larger of the beginning balances of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of the plan assets. The excess unrecognized gain or loss balance is then amortized using the straight-line method over the average remaining service-life of active employees expected to receive benefits. At December 31, 2013, the weighted-average remaining service-life of active employees was 22.15 years.

At December 31, 2013, the fair value of assets exceeded the projected benefit obligation of the Company’s pension plans by $12 million.

Additional information on pension and other postretirement benefit plans is contained in Note 8.

Foreign currency.     The Company has significant investments in non-U.S. countries. Therefore, changes in the value of foreign currencies affect the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements when translated into U.S. dollars. For all operations outside the U.S. where the Company has designated the local currency as the functional currency, assets and liabilities are translated using end-of-period exchange rates; revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated using average rates of exchange prevailing during the period the transactions occurred. Translation gains and losses are included as an adjustment to the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) component of Shareholders’ Equity. In addition, gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, such as those resulting from the settlement and revaluation of third-party and intercompany foreign receivables and payables, are included in the determination of net (loss) income.

For operations in countries that are considered to be highly inflationary or where the U.S. dollar is designated as the functional currency, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured using end-of-period exchange rates, whereas non-monetary accounts are remeasured using historical exchange rates, and all remeasurement and transaction adjustments are recognized in Other loss, net.

Income taxes.     The Company operates in more than 100 countries around the world and its earnings are taxed at the applicable income tax rate in each of those countries. The Company provides for income taxes utilizing the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each balance sheet date, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that future tax benefits associated with a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is provided. In the event the Company was to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of its net recorded

 

F-13


Table of Contents

amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should the Company determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such determination was made. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Stock-based compensation.     The Company maintains a stock incentive plan, which provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, and/or performance awards to key employees and directors, consultants, and advisors to the Company as determined by the plan administrator. The Company is required to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. For performance-based awards, stock-based compensation expense is adjusted over time based on the Company’s assessment of the probability of achieving the financial targets. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense either on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award or on a graded vesting basis (performance-based awards) in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. As the stock-based compensation is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The Company is required to estimate the forfeitures at the time of grant and revise, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. See Note 9 for additional information.

Computation of net income (loss) per share.     Basic net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed, when the result is dilutive, using the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential common shares primarily consist of employee stock options and restricted stock units.

Employee equity share options, restricted stock units and similar equity instruments granted by the Company are treated as potential common shares outstanding in computing diluted earnings per share. Diluted shares outstanding include restricted stock units and the dilutive effect of in-the-money options which is calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of benefits that would be recorded in additional paid-in capital when the award becomes deductible for tax purposes are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

Treasury stock .    The Company records treasury stock purchases under the cost method. Upon reissuance of treasury stock, amounts in excess of the acquisition cost are credited to additional paid in capital. If the Company reissues treasury stock at an amount below its acquisition cost and additional paid in capital associated with prior treasury stock transactions is insufficient to cover the difference between the acquisition cost and the reissue price, this difference is recorded against retained earnings.

Legal costs.     Legal costs are expensed as incurred.

Reportable segments.     The Company’s operations consist of one reportable segment, which represents management’s view of the Company’s operations based on its management and internal reporting structure.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Use of estimates.     The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates. The most significant estimates relate to allowances, depreciation of fixed assets including salvage values, carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets, provision for income taxes and tax assets and liabilities, reserves for severance, pensions and reserves for employee benefits, stock-based compensation, contingencies and litigation. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating environment changes. Actual results could vary from the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Reclassifications.     In 2013, the Company made some changes to its geographic reporting classifications to move some functions from corporate and other to the geographic regions and as a result, reclassifications of prior years’ geographic financial information were made to conform to the current year presentation. The reclassifications did not change previously reported consolidated results of operations or financial position. See Note 15.

Subsequent events.     The Company has evaluated transactions that occurred through the issuance of these financial statements, February 13, 2014, for purposes of disclosure of subsequent events.

Note 3. Summary of recent accounting pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) determined that an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward or other tax credit carryforward, excluding certain exceptions. The guidance is consistent with the Company’s existing practices and is effective for the Company’s interim and annual periods beginning January 1, 2014. The Company does not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its financial results.

In March 2013, the FASB issued amendments to address the accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. The amendments are effective for the Company prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial results.

In February 2013, the FASB amended existing guidance by requiring companies to present information about reclassification adjustments from AOCI in their financial statements in a single note or on the face of the financial statements. The amendments are effective for the Company prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. As these amendments required only additional disclosure, adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial results.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Note 4. Acquisitions and dispositions

The Merger

On February 26, 2010 (the “Merger Date”), the Company completed its acquisitions of 100% of the outstanding shares of IMS Health for $22.00 in cash, without interest and less any applicable withholding taxes. The aggregate purchase price paid for all equity securities of IMS Health was approximately $4.2 billion. The purchase price was funded by the incurrence of new debt, equity financing from the Sponsors, members of the Company’s management and certain other indirect investors and cash of IMS Health.

Merger-related costs

The Company incurred approximately $214 million of original issue discount and fees and expenses related to the issuance of debt in order to fund the merger. Approximately $140 million was reflected as a reduction to long-term debt and approximately $74 million was included in Other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and is being amortized over the term of the debt to which they relate (see Note 7).

The Company incurred additional merger-related costs which were recorded in Merger costs in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income of $2 million and $23 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, which were for employment contract related payments. There were no merger-related costs incurred in 2013.

Acquisitions

The Company makes acquisitions in order to expand its products, services and geographic reach. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company completed ten acquisitions; Vedere Group Limited (Australia), Appature, Inc. (U.S.), Semantelli, LLC (U.S.), 360 Vantage, LLC (U.S.), Incential Software, Inc. (U.S.), Diversinet Corp. (Canada), the consumer health business of Nielsen Holdings N.V. (Europe), HCM-BIOS (France), Pygargus AB (Sweden) and Amundsen Group, Inc. (U.S.) to strengthen our product offerings. The total cost for these acquisitions was approximately $129 million. The Company incurred approximately $10 million of acquisition-related costs, which are expensed as incurred and recorded in Selling and administrative expense, exclusive of depreciation and amortization. These business combinations were accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, and as such, the aggregate purchase prices were allocated on a preliminary basis to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimated fair values as of the closing dates. The purchase price allocations will be finalized after the completion of the valuation of certain intangible assets and any adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocations are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations. The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the results of the acquisitions subsequent to each of their closings. Had these acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2012, the impact on the Company’s results of operations would not have been material. In connection with these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of approximately $124 million, of which approximately $46 million is deductible for tax purposes, computer software of $16 million (weighted-average amortization period of 4.4 years), and intangible assets of approximately $37 million. The intangible assets acquired were comprised of client relationships of $20 million (weighted-average amortization period of 10.0 years), databases of $1 million (weighted-average amortization period of 2.0 years) and trade names and other of $16 million (weighted-average amortization period of 3.7 years).

 

F-16


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company completed nine acquisitions; PharmARC Analytical Solutions Private Limited (India), Pharmadata s.r.o. (Europe), Suomen Lääkedata Oy (Europe), DecisionView, Inc. (U.S.), Pharma Ventures Limited (Europe), Tar Heel Trading Company, LLC (U.S.), Life Science Partners Pty Limited (Australia), Pharmexpert Group (Europe) and Marina Consulting, LLC (U.S.) to strengthen our product offerings. The total cost for these acquisitions was approximately $77 million. The Company incurred approximately $11 million of acquisition-related costs, which are expensed as incurred and recorded in selling and administrative expense, exclusive of depreciation and amortization. All of the business combinations were accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, and as such, the aggregate purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on estimated fair values as of the closing date. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the results of the acquisitions subsequent to each of their closings. Had these acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2011, the impact on the Company’s results of operations would not have been material. In connection with these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of approximately $30 million, of which approximately $10 million is deductible for tax purposes, computer software of $15 million (weighted-average amortization period of 4.9 years) and intangible assets of approximately $29 million. The intangible assets acquired were comprised of client relationships of $24 million (weighted-average amortization period of 10 years) and databases of $5 million (weighted-average amortization period of 4.2 years).

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company completed three acquisitions; Med-Vantage, Inc. in the U.S., Ardentia Limited in Europe and SDI Health LLC in the U.S. The total cost for the three acquisitions was approximately $380 million. The Company incurred approximately $13 million of acquisition-related costs, which are expensed as incurred and recorded in selling and administrative expense, exclusive of depreciation and amortization. The acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and as such, the aggregate purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on fair values. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the results of the acquisitions subsequent to each of their closings. Had these acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2010, the impact on the Company’s results of operations would not have been material. In connection with these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of approximately $203 million, of which approximately $199 million is deductible for tax purposes, computer software of $21 million (weighted-average amortization period of 5 years) and intangible assets of approximately $136 million. The intangible assets acquired were comprised of client relationships of $87 million (weighted-average amortization period of 16 years), databases of $35 million (weighted-average amortization period of 5 years) and trade names and other of $14 million (weighted-average amortization period of 9.5 years).

Under the terms of certain acquisition-related purchase agreements, the Company may be required to pay additional amounts as contingent consideration based on the achievement of certain financial performance related metrics, ranging from $0 to $100 million through 2017. The Company’s contingent consideration recorded on the balance sheet was approximately $65 million and $23 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The fair value measurement of this contingent consideration is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (see Note 7) and reflects the Company’s own assumptions in measuring fair values using the income approach. In developing these estimates, the Company considered certain performance projections, historical results and industry trends.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Dispositions

In connection with the acquisition of SDI Health LLC (“SDI”) in 2011, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) required the Company to divest a portion of the acquired business. As a result, the Company sold a portion of the business to a third party and received $16 million in 2012. In connection with this divestiture, the Company also received approximately $9 million due from the former SDI shareholders.

In 2011, the Company classified a building in the U.S. as held for sale. As a result of this classification, the Company recorded a $2 million impairment loss based on the then estimated fair value of the building. The sale of the facility was completed in January 2012 and the Company received net proceeds of approximately $9 million.

Note 5. Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized and are tested at least annually (or based on any triggering event) for impairment.

The following table sets forth changes in the Company’s goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

(Dollars in millions)    Goodwill  

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 3,591   

Goodwill assigned in acquisition purchase price allocations (see Note 4)

     30   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (38
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 3,583   

Goodwill assigned in acquisition purchase price allocations (see Note 4)

     124   

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     (134
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 3,573   

 

 

Intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from five to twenty years. Intangible asset amortization expense was $287 million, $291 million and $287 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, intangible assets were primarily comprised of databases, client relationships and trade names. The gross carrying amounts and related accumulated amortization of these intangibles are listed in the following table:

 

       December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
(Dollars in millions)   

Gross

carrying

amount

     Accumulated
amortization
     Weighted avg.
amortization
period (years)
    

Gross

carrying
amount

     Accumulated
amortization
 

 

 

Databases

   $ 725       $ 549         1.3       $ 727       $ 405   

Client Relationships

     2,152         491         14.3         2,225         375   

Trade Names and Other (Finite-Lived)

     151         31         14.6         149         22   

Trade Names (Indefinite-Lived)

     560                 N/A         574           
  

 

 

 

Total Intangible Assets

   $ 3,588       $ 1,071         11.1       $ 3,675       $ 802   

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Based on current estimated useful lives, amortization expense associated with intangible assets at December 31, 2013 is estimated to be as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

Year ended December 31,

   Amortization
expense
 

 

 

2014

   $ 283   

2015

     168   

2016

     146   

2017

     129   

2018

     100   

Thereafter

     1,131   

 

 

Note 6. Severance, impairment and other charges

The Company records a liability for significant costs associated with restructuring activities, including employee severance and related benefits, lease termination costs, asset impairments and other qualifying exit costs, when such costs are deemed probable and estimable. Employee severance benefits are calculated pursuant to the terms of established employee protection plans, in accordance with local statutory minimum requirements or individual employee contracts, as applicable. These charges are included in Severance, impairment and other charges, a component of operating income, on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income.

Estimated future funding requirements for the Company related to severance, impairment and other charges are $22 million in fiscal 2014, $1 million in fiscal 2015 and $1 million after 2018.

2013

In December 2013, as a result of ongoing cost reduction efforts, the Company recorded a pre-tax severance charge of $12 million consisting of global workforce reductions to streamline the Company’s organization (the “2013 Plan”). Cash outlays related to the 2013 Plan were de minimis through December 31, 2013. The Company expects that cash outlays related to the 2013 Plan will be substantially complete by the end of 2014.

Also in 2013, the Company recorded charges of $10 million, $3 million of which was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2013, related to impaired leases for properties in the U.S. and contract-related charges for which the Company will not realize any future economic benefits.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

2012

In December 2012, as a result of ongoing cost reduction efforts, the Company implemented a restructuring plan (the “2012 Plan”) and recorded a pre-tax severance charge of $23 million consisting of global workforce reductions to streamline the Company’s organization. In 2013, $6 million of severance accruals were reversed due to the favorable settlement of required termination benefits and strategic business changes. The Company expects that cash outlays related to the 2012 Plan will be substantially complete by the end of the second quarter of 2014.

 

(Dollars in millions)    Severance
related
reserves
 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 23   

2013 utilization

     (11

2013 reversal

     (6
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 6   

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company recorded impairment charges of $2 million related to the write-down of certain assets to their net realizable values, $3 million for contract-related charges for which the Company will not realize any future economic benefits and $1 million related to a lease impairment for property in the U.S.

Also in 2012, the Company recorded $8 million of impairment charges related to leased facilities in the U.S. and Europe and $21 million of impairment charges related to the write-down of certain assets to their net realizable values and $1 million of contract-related charges for which the Company will not realize any future economic benefits.

2011

In the fourth quarter of 2011, as a result of classifying a building in the U.S. as held for sale, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $2 million. Also in 2011, the Company recorded $10 million in contract-related charges related to a cash payment made to a vendor for which the Company did not realize any future economic benefits.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

2010

In December 2010, the Company implemented a multi-year restructuring plan and recorded a pre-tax severance, impairment and other charge totaling approximately $50 million related to ongoing cost reduction efforts, including workforce reductions to streamline the Company’s organization, the elimination of certain regional headquarter functions and asset impairments (the “2010 Plan”). During December 2011, the Company recorded an incremental charge of $19 million; bringing the total charge under the 2010 Plan to $69 million. Also during 2011, the Company reversed the facility exit portion of the 2010 Plan as the Company was able to successfully assign the related lease to a third party. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company reversed approximately $10 million of severance accruals for the 2010 Plan due to the favorable settlement of required termination benefits and strategic business changes. Cash outlays related to severance benefits for the 2010 Plan were substantially complete by the end of 2013.

 

(Dollars in millions)    Severance
related
reserves
    Facility
exit
charges
    Total  

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 48      $ 1      $ 49   

2011 utilization

     (26            (26

2011 reversal

            (1     (1

Q4 2011 charge

     19               19   

Currency translation adjustments

     1               1   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 42      $      $ 42   

2012 utilization

     (26            (26

Q4 2012 reversal

     (10            (10
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 6      $      $ 6   

2013 utilization

     (5            (5
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 1      $      $ 1   

 

 

Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company reversed $1 million of a severance charge related to an acquisition recorded in 2010 as a result of the favorable settlement of termination benefits.

Note 7. Financial instruments

Foreign exchange risk management

The Company transacts business in more than 100 countries and is subject to risks associated with changing foreign exchange rates. The Company’s objective is to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility associated with foreign exchange rate changes. Accordingly, the Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the impact of foreign exchange movements on EBITDA, and to hedge non-U.S. Dollar anticipated royalties. It is the Company’s policy to enter into foreign currency transactions only to the extent necessary to meet its objectives as stated above. The Company does not enter into foreign currency transactions for investment or speculative purposes. The principal currencies hedged are the Euro, the Japanese Yen, the British Pound, the Swiss Franc and the Canadian Dollar.

For derivatives designated as hedges, the Company assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair

 

F-21


Table of Contents

values or cash flows of hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative ceases to be highly effective as a hedge, the Company will discontinue hedge accounting with respect to that derivative prospectively. When it is probable that a hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, the Company discontinues hedge accounting for the affected portion of the forecasted transaction, and reclassifies gains or losses that were accumulated in AOCI to earnings in Other loss, net on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income.

The impact of foreign exchange on pre-tax losses was net losses of $59 million, $26 million and $6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These losses included foreign exchange (losses) gains of $(40) million, $(18) million and $3 million, respectively, related to the translation of non-functional currency debt. These foreign exchange losses were recorded in Other loss, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income. Additionally, Other loss, net included (losses) gains of $(28) million, $(13) million and $16 million related to the revaluation of other non-functional currency assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Included in the $28 million revaluation loss in 2013 was a $14 million charge resulting from the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolívars, as further described below.

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s notional amount of forward contacts designated as cash flow and EBITDA hedges was $202 million and $219 million, respectively. These foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding have various expiration dates through December 2014 relating to non-U.S. Dollar anticipated royalties and EBITDA. Foreign exchange forward contracts are recorded at estimated fair value. The estimated fair values of the forward contracts are based on quoted market prices.

Unrealized and realized gains and losses on the contracts hedging EBITDA do not qualify for hedge accounting, and therefore are not deferred and are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income in Other loss, net.

Unrealized gains and losses on the contracts hedging non-U.S. Dollar anticipated royalties qualify for hedge accounting, and are therefore deferred and included in AOCI.

 

       Fair value of derivative instruments  
     Asset derivatives      Liability derivatives  
     As of December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)    2013      2012      2013      2012  

 

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

           

Foreign Exchange Contracts (1)

   $ 6       $ 5       $ 4       $ 2   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

           

Foreign Exchange Contracts (1)

     3         3         11         9   

Interest Rate Swaps (2)

                     12         21   
  

 

 

 

Total Derivatives

   $ 9       $ 8       $ 27       $ 32   

 

 

 

(1)   Included in Current Assets and Current Liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

 

(2)   Included in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
(Dollars in millions)   Effect of derivatives on financial performance  

 

 
Derivatives in cash flow
hedging relationships
 

Amount of gain/(loss)
recognized in other
comprehensive (loss) income

on derivatives

    Location of gain/(loss)
reclassified from AOCI
into earnings
    Amount of gain/(loss)
from AOCI into earnings
 

 

 
    Year ended December 31,           Year ended December 31,  
            2013             2012             2011           2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts

  $ 13      $ 5      $ (9     Other Loss, net      $ 14      $ 6      $ (20

 

 

The pre-tax gain (loss) recognized in earnings on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments was as follows:

 

       Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts(1)

   $ (5   $ (4   $ (5

Interest Rate Swaps and Caps(2)

     (1     (5     (17
  

 

 

 

Total Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

   $ (6   $ (9   $ (22

 

 

 

(1)   Included in Other loss, net.

 

(2)   Included in Interest expense.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as a cash flow hedges are recorded in AOCI to the extent effective and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the transaction hedged by that derivative also affects earnings. The Company expects approximately $2 million of pre-tax unrealized gain related to our foreign exchange contracts included in AOCI at December 31, 2013 to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months.

Fair value disclosures

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s financial instruments included cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, receivables, accounts payable and debt. At December 31, 2013, the fair values of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, receivables and accounts payable approximated carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Short-term investments consist of government bond funds in 2013 and 2012 and time deposits in 2012 with maturities greater than ninety days, but less than one year. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the fair value of total debt approximated $5,280 million and $4,498 million, respectively, as determined under Level 2 measurements based on quoted prices for these financial instruments.

The Company is subject to authoritative guidance which requires a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

 

Level 1 —   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 —   Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets.
Level 3 —   Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Recurring measurements

The following table summarizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at the dates indicated:

 

       Basis of fair value measurements  
     December 31, 2013  
(Dollars in millions)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

 

 

Assets

           

Short-term investments

   $       $ 4       $       $ 4   

Derivatives

             9                 9   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         $ 13       $       $ 13   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Contingent consideration

   $       $       $ 65       $ 65   

Derivatives

             27                 27   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $       $ 27       $ 65       $ 92   

 

 

 

       December 31, 2012  

 

 

Assets

           

Short-term investments

   $ 56       $ 5       $       $ 61   

Derivatives

             8                 8   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 56       $ 13       $       $ 69   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Contingent consideration

   $       $       $ 23       $ 23   

Derivatives

             32                 32   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $       $ 32       $ 23       $ 55   

 

 

Derivatives consist of foreign exchange contracts and interest rate caps and swaps. The fair value of foreign exchange contracts is based on observable market inputs of spot and forward rates. See below in this Note for the fair value determination of interest rate caps and swaps.

The following table summarizes Level 3 acquisition-related contingent consideration liabilities (see Note 4) carried at fair value on a recurring basis with the use of unobservable inputs for the period indicated.

 

(Dollars in millions)    Contingent
consideration liabilities
 

 

 

Balance at 12/31/11

   $ 15   

New acquisitions

     9   

Changes in fair value estimates included in Selling and administrative expenses

     (1
  

 

 

 

Balance at 12/31/12

   $ 23   

New acquisitions

     49   

Cash payments

     (3

Changes in fair value estimates included in Selling and administrative expenses

     (4
  

 

 

 

Balance at 12/31/13

   $ 65   

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Non-recurring measurements

In 2013, the Company wrote-off the value of a cost method investment and an associated asset that was no longer in use to zero and recorded charges of $5 million, $3 million of which were recorded in Severance, impairment and other charges and $2 million of which were recorded in Other loss, net. The fair value reflects an internal review of the net realizable value of the assets and thus is a Level 3 measurement. Also, in 2013, the Company recorded an additional $3 million impairment charge for a leased facility, resulting in a fair value measurement of the liability of $9 million at December 31, 2013. The fair value was based on a third party market assessment, a Level 2 measurement.

In 2012, the Company wrote-off the value of computer software that was no longer in use to zero and recorded an impairment charge of $22 million. The fair value reflects an internal review of the net realizable value of the software and thus is a Level 3 measurement.

Devaluation of Venezuelan Bolívars

In February 2013, the Venezuelan government announced the devaluation of its currency. The official exchange rate was adjusted from 4.30 Bolívars to each U.S. Dollar to 6.30. The Company’s Swiss operating subsidiary, IMS AG, maintains certain account balances in Bolívars (mainly cash and cash equivalents). As these balances are held in a non-functional currency of IMS AG, the Company is required to mark-to-market these balances at each reporting date and reflect these movements as gains or losses in income. Additionally, since January 2010, Venezuela has been designated as hyper-inflationary, and as such, all foreign currency fluctuations are recorded in income for certain account balances at the Company’s local Venezuelan operating subsidiary. The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $14 million to Other loss, net, in 2013 related to the remeasurement of the IMS AG Venezuelan Bolívar account balances and the remeasurement of certain local Bolívar account balances.

Credit concentrations

The Company continually monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions which are counterparties to its financial instruments and does not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties. In general, the Company enters into transactions only with financial institution counterparties that are large banks and financial institutions. In addition, the Company attempts to limit the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. The Company would not have realized a material loss during the year ended of December 31, 2013 in the event of non-performance by any one counterparty.

The Company maintains accounts receivable balances ($313 million and $308 million, net of allowances, at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively), principally from clients in the pharmaceutical industry. The Company’s trade receivables do not represent significant concentrations of credit risk at December 31, 2013 due to the credit worthiness of its clients and their dispersion across many geographic areas.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Debt

The following table summarizes the Company’s debt at the dates indicated:

 

       December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)    2013     2012  

 

 

Senior Secured Term Loan due 2017—USD LIBOR at average floating rates of 3.75%

   $ 1,747      $ 1,766   

Senior Secured Term Loan due 2017—EUR LIBOR at average floating rates of 4.25%

     1,030        999   

12.50% Senior Notes due 2018

     1,000        1,000   

7.375%/8.125% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

     750          

Revolving Credit Facility due 2017—USD LIBOR at average floating rates

              

6.00% Senior Notes due 2020

     500        500   
  

 

 

 

Principal Amount of Debt

     5,027        4,265   

Less: Unamortized Discounts

     (67     (88
  

 

 

 

Total Debt

   $ 4,960      $ 4,177   

 

 

Scheduled principal payments due on our debt as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

       Year  
(Dollars in millions)    2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      Thereafter      Total  

 

 

Debt

   $ 66       $ 29       $ 29       $ 2,653       $ 1,750       $ 500       $ 5,027   

 

 

In August 2013, the Company issued $750 million of 7.375% cash interest and 8.125% Senior Payment-in-Kind (“PIK”) Toggle Notes due 2018 (the “Senior PIK Notes”). The Senior PIK Notes are unsecured obligations of Healthcare Technology Intermediate, Inc. and mature on September 1, 2018. Interest is paid semi-annually in March and September of each year, commencing March 1, 2014. Subject to certain restrictions, the Company may elect to pay a portion of the interest due on the outstanding principal amount of the Senior PIK Notes by issuing PIK Notes in a principal amount equal to the interest due. The proceeds, along with cash provided by the Company, were used to pay an approximate $753 million dividend to shareholders of the Company and for the payment of fees and expenses of the transaction of approximately $17 million.

In February 2013, the Company entered into an amendment of its existing Senior Secured Term Loans due 2017 (“Term Loan Amendment”) to reduce the interest rate paid by the Company. The Company reduced the borrowing margins and LIBOR floors by 50 basis points and 25 basis points, respectively, for both the USD and EUR tranches of debt. As a result of the Term Loan Amendment, the Company recorded $9 million of debt extinguishment losses and $3 million of third party fees in Other loss, net during the year ended December 31, 2013.

On October 24, 2012, the Company completed a recapitalization (the “Recapitalization”). The Recapitalization included an amendment (the “Amendment”) to the New Term Loan Agreement (see below) for additional term loans in the aggregate U.S. dollar equivalent of approximately $760 million, which included 200 million Euros. Among other modifications, the Amendment: (a) extended the maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility to August 2017; and (b) increased the maximum leverage ratio.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The Recapitalization also included a new offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 6% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “6% Senior Notes”). The 6% Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The 6% Senior Notes have terms substantially similar to the existing $1,000 million 12.5% Senior Notes due 2018 (“Existing 2018 Notes”), except that, most notably, the 6% Senior Notes have a three-year no call redemption period.

In order to effect the Recapitalization, the Company conducted an exchange offer and consent solicitation to exchange the Existing 2018 Notes for new 12.5% Senior Notes due 2018 (“New 12.5% Senior Notes”), and to solicit consents to proposed amendments to the indenture governing the Existing 2018 Notes to permit the recapitalization. The requisite consents were obtained and 99.96% of the holders of the Existing 2018 Notes agreed to participate in the exchange and received New 12.5% Senior Notes in an equal principal amount.

The proceeds from the Recapitalization were used to pay a $1,202 million dividend to shareholders of the Company and for payment of fees and expense of the transaction of approximately $48 million, which were capitalized.

In March 2011, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement (“New Term Loan Agreement”) replacing its Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated February 2010. Under the New Term Loan Agreement, the Company increased its borrowings by $52 million and EUR 21 million. The terms of the New Term Loan Agreement extended the maturity date of the term loan and revolver by eighteen months to August 2017 and one year to February 2016, respectively, reduced the borrowing margins and LIBOR floor, expanded the revolver borrowing capacity by $100 million, and eliminated the interest coverage ratio covenant.

At December 31, 2013, short-term and long-term debt was $66 million and $4,894 million respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $375 million of unused debt capacity under our existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Company’s senior secured credit facilities are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets, including the stock and the assets of certain of its current and certain future wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries and a portion of the stock of certain of its non-U.S. subsidiaries. In addition, certain of the assets of the Company’s Swiss subsidiaries have been pledged to secure any borrowings under the Senior Term Loan by IMS AG. There have been no such borrowings to date.

Costs incurred to issue debt are generally deferred and amortized as a component of interest expense over the estimated term of the related debt using the effective interest rate method. As of December 31, 2013, the unamortized balance of original issue discount reflected as a reduction to long term debt and fees and expenses related to the issuance of the debt included in Other assets was $67 million and $74 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded interest expense of $35 million related to the amortization of these balances.

The Company’s financing arrangements provide for certain covenants and events of default customary for similar instruments, including in the case of the Company’s New Term Loan Agreement (as amended), a covenant to maintain a specific ratio of consolidated total indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement. If an event of default occurs under any of the Company’s financing arrangements, the creditors under such financing arrangements will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due

 

F-27


Table of Contents

under such arrangements, and in the case of the lenders under the Company’s New Term Loan Agreement (as amended), other actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor. At December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenant under the Company’s New Term Loan Agreement (as amended).

In May 2010, the Company purchased interest rate caps and entered into interest rate swap agreements for purposes of managing our risk in interest rate fluctuations. The Company purchased U.S. Dollar and Euro denominated interest rate caps for a total nominal value of approximately $1,675 million at strike rates ranging from 3% to 4%. These caps cover different periods between May 2010 and January 2015. The total premiums paid were $5 million. Most of these caps have expired and the nominal value of caps outstanding at December 31, 2013 was approximately $365 million, of which $250 million expired in January 2014.

The Company also entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge notional amounts of $375 million of its borrowings. All were effective January 2012, and expire at various times from January 2014 through January 2016. On these agreements, the Company pays a fixed rate ranging from 2.6% to 3.3% and receives a variable rate of interest equal to the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

The fair value of the interest rate caps and swaps is the estimated amount that it would receive or pay to terminate such agreements, taking into account market interest rates and the remaining time to maturities. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, based upon mark-to-market valuation, the Company recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position a long-term liability of $12 million and $21 million, respectively.

Note 8. Pension and postretirement benefits

The Company sponsors both funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans. These plans provide benefits based on various criteria, including, but not limited to, years of service and salary. The Company also sponsors an unfunded postretirement benefit plan in the U.S. that provides health and prescription drug benefits to retirees who meet the eligibility requirements. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for all pension and postretirement benefit plans.

In connection with the Merger on February 26, 2010, pension liability, AOCI and pension expense were re-measured for the acquired U.S. and U.K. pension plans. Due to the U.S. and U.K. plans accounting for 98% of the Company’s total pension obligation at the time of the merger, the remaining plans were considered immaterial and were not re-measured. Consistent with purchase accounting rules, the Company chose to adopt a 3-year smoothing of investment gains and losses to determine market related value of assets and to continue amortizing gains and losses using the 10% corridor method, amortizing over the average remaining service for active plan participants.

The U.K. Defined Benefit Plan closed to future accrual at June 30, 2011, giving rise to a curtailment under U.S. GAAP accounting. At June 30, 2011, the Plan was re-measured to recalculate the liability and determine the U.S. GAAP funding level based on market conditions and asset values at June 30, 2011.

Effective July 1, 2013, the Company amended its postretirement benefit plan to provide participants over the age of 65 retiree health benefits through a Health Reimbursement Arrangement (“HRA”) account. Covered retirees will be provided funds to be able to purchase

 

F-28


Table of Contents

their own health care coverage from private insurance companies and receive reimbursement of eligible health care expenses through the account. This amendment resulted in a net decrease of $5 million in the benefit obligation and is reflected as a plan amendment in the Other benefits table below. The $5 million plan amendment will be amortized over approximately five years, the average remaining life expectancy of the plan participants, defined as the average expected years until the HRA account is depleted.

The following tables summarize changes in the benefit obligation, the plan assets and the funded status of the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans as well as the components of net periodic benefit costs, including key assumptions.

 

       Pension benefits  
     U.S. plans     Non-U.S. plans  
     Year ended December 31,     Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)                2013                 2012     2013     2012  

 

 

Obligation and Funded Status

        

Change in benefit obligation

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 251      $ 218      $ 224      $ 198   

Service cost

     10        7        5        5   

Interest cost

     9        10        9        10   

Foreign currency exchange adjustment

                   2        6   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (14     23        19        17   

Benefits paid

     (7     (7     (9     (10

Settlements

                   (3     (2
  

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 249      $ 251      $ 247      $ 224   
  

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 232      $ 204      $ 180      $ 163   

Actual return on assets

     45        31        22        13   

Foreign currency exchange adjustment

                   3        5   

Employer contributions

     4        4        41        11   

Benefits paid

     (7     (7     (9     (10

Settlements

                   (3     (2
  

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 274      $ 232      $ 234      $ 180   
  

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ 25      $ (19   $ (13   $ (44
  

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position consist of:

        

Other assets

   $ 64      $ 26      $ 4        1   

Accrued and other current liabilities

     (2     (3     (1     (1

Postretirement and postemployment benefits liability

     (37     (42     (16     (44
  

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ 25      $ (19   $ (13   $ (44

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents
       Other benefits  
     Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)    2013     2012  

 

 

Obligation and Funded Status

    

Change in benefit obligation

    

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 13      $ 13   

Plan participants’ contributions

            1   

Actuarial gain

     (1       

Amendment

     (5       

Benefits paid (net of Medicare subsidy)

     (1     (1
  

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 6      $ 13   
  

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

    

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $      $   

Employer contributions

     1          

Plan participants’ contributions

            1   

Benefits paid (net of Medicare subsidy)

     (1     (1
  

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $      $   
  

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (6   $ (13
  

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position consist of:

    

Accrued and other current liabilities

   $ (1   $ (1

Postretirement and postemployment benefits liability

     (5     (12
  

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (6   $ (13

 

 

At December 31, 2013, the accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $490 million, of which $244 million related to our non-U.S. plans. At December 31, 2012, the accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $467 million, of which $221 million related to our non-U.S. plans.

 

(Dollars in millions)

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit

    obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31,

   2013      2012  

 

 

U.S. Plans

     

Projected benefit obligation(1)

   $ 40       $ 45   

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 40       $ 44   

Fair value of plan assets(1)

   $ 1       $ 1   
  

 

 

 

Non-U.S. Plans

     

Projected benefit obligation(1)

   $ 20       $ 223   

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 16       $ 221   

Fair value of plan assets(1)

   $ 6       $ 177   

 

 

 

(1)   The values are the equivalent for pension plans with projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The amounts recognized in AOCI for pension benefits consisted of net actuarial losses of $22 million and $55 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of those amounts, $32 million and $23 million, respectively, related to the Company’s non-U.S. plans. The following table includes the amounts in AOCI for other benefits:

 

       Other benefits
Year ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in millions)    2013     2012  

 

 

Net actuarial loss

   $ 1      $ 2   

Prior service credit

     (5       
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (4   $ 2   

 

 

 

       Pension benefits—U.S. plans  
(Dollars in millions)    Year ended December 31,  
Components of net periodic benefit cost    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Service cost

   $ 10      $ 7      $ 7   

Interest cost

     9        10        11   

Expected return on plan assets

     (18     (16     (16

Amortization of net loss

     1                 
  

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 2      $ 1      $ 2   
  

 

 

 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

      

Actuarial (gain) loss—current years

   $ (41   $ 8      $ 22   

Amortization of actuarial loss

     (1              
  

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (42   $ 8      $ 22   
  

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (40   $ 9      $ 24   

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)    Pension benefits—Non-U.S.  plans
Year ended December 31,
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost for years    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Service cost

   $ 5      $ 5      $ 7   

Interest cost

     10        10        10   

Expected return on plan assets

     (11     (11     (10

Curtailment gain

                   (7
  

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 4      $ 4      $   
  

 

 

 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

      

Actuarial loss—current years

   $ 8      $ 14      $ 9   
  

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ 8      $ 14      $ 9   
  

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ 12      $ 18      $ 9   

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents
       Other benefits  
(Dollars in millions)    Year ended December 31,  
Components of net periodic benefit cost for years    2013     2012      2011  

 

 

Interest cost

   $      $ 1       $ 1   
  

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $      $ 1       $ 1   
  

 

 

 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

       

Actuarial gain—current years

   $ (1   $       $   

Prior service credit—current years

     (5               
  

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (6   $       $   
  

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (6   $ 1       $ 1   

 

 

The amounts in AOCI that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) during the next fiscal year are as follows:

 

       Pension benefits                   
(Dollars in millions)    U.S. plans      Non-
U.S. plans
     Other
benefits
    Total  

 

 

Net actuarial loss

   $       $ 1       $      $ 1   

Prior service credit

                     (1     (1
  

 

 

 

Total

   $       $ 1       $ (1   $   

 

 

Assumptions

 

       Pension benefits      Other benefits  
     U.S. plans      Non-U.S. plans                

Weighted average assumptions used to

determine benefit obligations at December 31,

   2013      2012      2013      2012      2013      2012  

 

 

Discount rate

     4.66%         3.80%         4.37%         4.44%         2.90%         3.80%   

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00%         3.00%         1.98%         1.85%         N/A         N/A   

 

 

 

      Pension benefits     Other benefits  
    U.S. plans     Non-U.S. plans                    
Weighted average assumptions
used to determine net
periodic benefit cost for years
ended December 31,
  2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Discount rate

    3.80%        4.60%        5.25%        4.44%        5.02%        5.17%        3.80%        4.60%        5.25%   

Expected long-term return on plan assets

    8.00%        8.00%        8.00%        6.30%        6.28%        6.75%        N/A        N/A        N/A   

Rate of compensation increase

    3.00%        3.00%        3.00%        1.85%        1.62%        2.61%        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

 

 

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31,    2013      2012      2011  

 

 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

     7.50%         8.50%         8.50%   

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

     5.0%         5.0%         5.0%   

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     2019         2019         2019   

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Assumed health care cost trend rates could have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

(Dollars in millions)    1-percentage-
point increase
     1-percentage-
point decrease
 

 

 

Effect on total of service and interest cost

   $       $   

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

   $       $   

 

 

Plan assets

The Company’s pension plan weighted average asset allocations at December 31, 2013 and 2012, by asset category, follows:

 

       Plan assets at December 31,  
     U.S. plans     Non-U.S. plans     Total  
Asset category    2013     2012     2013     2012     2013     2012  

 

 

Equity securities

     70     70     39     49     56     60

Debt securities

     24        25        48        38        35        31   

Real estate

     5        5        9        9        7        7   

Other

     1               4        4        2        2   
  

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100     100     100

 

 

The target asset allocation for the Company’s pension plans is as follows:

 

Asset category    U.S. plans      Non-U.S.
plans
     Total  

 

 

Equity securities

     60—80%         35—50%         50—70%   

Debt securities

     20—30%         35—55%         25—35%   

Real estate

     0—10%         0—10%         0—10%   

Other

     0—1%         0—5%         0—1%   

 

 

The Company adopted authoritative guidance which established a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

 

Level 1 —   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 —   Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets.
Level 3 —   Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize plan assets measured at fair value on the dates indicated:

 

       Fair value measurements at
December 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in millions)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

 

 

Asset Category—U.S Plans

           

Investment Funds

           

Domestic Equities(1)

   $ 149       $ 28       $ 121       $   

International Equities(2)

     45         18         27           

Debt issued by national, state or local govt.(3)

     11                 11           

Corporate Bonds(4)

     55         40         15           

Real Estate(5)

     14         14                   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 274       $ 100       $ 174       $   

 

 

 

       Fair value measurements at
December 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in millions)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

 

 

Asset Category—Non-U.S. Plans

           

Investment Funds

           

Cash

   $ 4       $ 3       $ 1       $   

International Equities(2)

     91                 91           

Debt issued by national, state or local govt.(3)

     68         1         67           

Corporate Bonds(4)

     45                 45           

Real Estate(5)

     20                         20   

Investment fund(6)

     6                 6           
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 234       $ 4       $ 210       $ 20   

 

 

 

       Fair value measurements at
December 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in millions)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

 

 

Asset Category—U.S. Plans

           

Investment Funds

           

Domestic Equities(1)

   $ 125       $ 27       $ 98       $   

International Equities(2)

     37         15         22           

Debt issued by national, state or local govt.(3)

     10                 10           

Corporate Bonds(4)

     48         35         13           

Real Estate(5)

     12         12                   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 232       $ 89       $ 143       $   

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents
       Fair value measurements at
December 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in millions)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

 

 

Asset Category—Non-U.S. Plans

           

Investment Funds

           

Cash

   $ 1       $       $ 1       $   

International Equities(2)

     88                 88           

Debt issued by national, state or local govt.(3)

     41         1         40           

Corporate Bonds(4)

     28                 28           

Real Estate(5)

     15                         15   

Investment Fund(6)

     7                 7           
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 180       $ 1       $ 164       $ 15   

 

 

Notes:

 

(1)   Comprises actively managed mutual funds, passively managed collective trusts and pooled funds investing primarily in companies with market capitalizations similar to that of the S&P 500, S&P Small Cap 600, Russell 1000 and Russell 2000 indexes. The collective trusts do not participate in securities lending.

 

(2)   Comprises actively managed mutual funds, passively managed collective trust fund and pooled funds investing primarily in companies in non-U.S. countries and non-U.S. developed market countries similar to that of the Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE index. The collective trust does not participate in securities lending.

 

(3)   Comprises passively managed pooled funds primarily invested in debt instruments from non-U.S. national state or local Governments.

 

(4)   Comprises actively managed mutual funds, passively managed collective trust fund and pooled funds investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of investment grade U.S. and non-U.S. fixed income securities. The collective trust does not participate in securities lending.

 

(5)   Comprises an actively managed mutual fund and an actively managed pooled fund which primarily invests in real estate, including but not limited to offices, retail warehouses and shopping centers.

 

(6)   Comprises an actively managed investment fund which primarily invests in term deposit instruments offering a guaranteed investment return.

Investments in mutual funds are valued at quoted market prices. Investments in common/collective trusts and pooled funds are valued at the net asset value (“NAV”) as reported by the trust. The NAV is based on the fair value of the underlying investments held by the fund less its liabilities. Level 3 real estate assets, which consist of an international property fund, directly invests in properties that rely on unobservable inputs to measure the fair value.

 

       Fair value measurements
using significant  unobservable
inputs (level 3)
 
(Dollars in millions)    2013(1)      2012(1)  

 

 

Asset Description

     

Beginning balance

   $ 15       $ 14   

Actual return on plan assets

     

—Assets held at end of year

     2         1   

Purchases, sales and settlements

     3           
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 20       $ 15   

 

 

 

(1)   All amounts relate to property.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Investment policies and strategies

The Company invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of equity and debt securities that provide for long-term growth within reasonable and prudent levels of risk. The asset allocation targets established by the Company are strategic and applicable to the Plan’s long-term investing horizon. The portfolio is constructed and maintained to provide adequate liquidity to meet associated liabilities and minimize long-term expense and provide prudent diversification among asset classes in accordance with the principles of modern portfolio theory. The plan employs a diversified mix of actively managed investments around a core of passively managed index exposures in each asset class. Within each asset class, rapid market shifts, changes in economic conditions or an individual fund manager’s outlook may cause the asset allocation to fall outside the prescribed targets. The majority of the Company’s plan assets are measured quarterly against benchmarks established by the Company’s investment advisors and the Company’s Asset Management Committee, who reviews actual plan performance and has the authority to recommend changes as deemed appropriate. Assets are rebalanced periodically to their strategic targets to maintain the Plan’s strategic risk/reward characteristics. The Company periodically conducts asset liability modeling studies to ensure that the investment strategy is aligned with the obligations of the plans and that the assets will generate income and capital growth to meet the cost of current and future benefits that the plans provide. The pension plans do not include investments in Company stock at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

The portfolio for the Company’s U.K. Pension plan seeks to invest in a range of suitable assets of appropriate liquidity which will generate in the most effective manner possible, income and capital growth to ensure that there are sufficient assets to meet benefit payments when they fall due, while controlling the long-term costs of the plan and avoiding short-term volatility of investment returns. The plan seeks to achieve these objectives by investing in a mixture of real (equities) and monetary (fixed interest) assets. It recognizes that the returns on real assets, while expected to be greater over the long-term than those on monetary assets, are likely to be more volatile. A mixture across asset classes should nevertheless provide the level of returns required by the Plan. The trustee periodically conducts asset liability modeling exercises to ensure the investments are aligned with the appropriate benchmark to better reflect the Plan’s liabilities. The trustee also undertakes to review this benchmark on a regular basis.

Expected long-term rate-of-return on assets

In selecting an expected return on plan asset assumption, the Company considers the returns being earned by each plan investment category in the fund, the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment and long-term economic forecasts for the type of investments held by the plan. The expected return on plan assets for the U.S. pension plans was 8.0% at January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2013. Outside the U.S., the range of applicable expected rates of return was 1.0% – 6.5% as of January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2013. The actual return on plan assets will vary from year to year versus this assumption. The Company believes it is appropriate to use long-term expected forecasts in selecting its expected return on plan assets. As such, there can be no assurance that its actual return on plan assets will approximate the long-term expected forecasts. The EROA was $29 million and $27 million and the actual return on assets was $68 million and $44 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively. The variance between the EROA and the actual return on assets is a function of the methodology used to determine the EROA as mentioned above, specifically the long-term economic forecasts for the type of investments held by the plan. Actual annual return variances to EROA were higher in 2013 than in 2012 due to stronger market performance in 2013.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The Company’s estimated long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on the principles of capital market theory which maintain that over the long run, prudent investment risk taking is rewarded with incremental returns and that combining non-correlated assets can maximize risk adjusted portfolio returns. Long-term return estimates are developed by asset category based on actual class return data, historical relationships between asset classes and risk factors and peer plan data. Long-term return estimates for the Company’s U.K. pension plan are developed by asset category based on actual class return data, historical relationships between asset classes and risk factors.

Cash flows

Contributions.     During fiscal 2013, the Company contributed $46 million to its pensions and postretirement benefit plan, which included a voluntary contribution of £20 million, or approximately $33 million, to the U.K. Defined Benefit Plan in December 2013. Company contributions to its pensions and postretirement benefit plan during 2012 and 2011 were $15 million and $16 million, respectively. The Company currently expects to contribute $16 million in required contributions to its pension and postretirement benefit plans during fiscal 2014. The Company may make additional contributions into its pension plans in fiscal 2014 depending on, among other factors, how the funded status of those plans changes and in order to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws, plus additional amounts the Company may deem to be appropriate.

Estimated future benefit payments and subsidy receipts.     The following benefit payments (net of expected participant contributions), which reflect expected future service and the Medicare Part D subsidy receipts, are expected to be paid or received as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

Expected benefit payments/(subsidy receipts)

   Pension
benefits
     Other
benefits
     Expected
federal
subsidy
 

 

 

2014

   $ 17       $ 1       $   

2015

     16         1           

2016

     16         1           

2017

     17         1           

2018

     19         1           

Years 2019—2022

     117         1           

 

 

Plans accounted for as deferred compensation contracts.     The Company provides certain executives with supplemental pension benefits in accordance with their individual employment arrangements. The tables of this Note 8 do not include the Company’s expense or obligation associated with providing these benefits. The Company’s obligation for these unfunded arrangements was $1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Annual expense was de minimis for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011. The discount rate used to measure year-end obligations was 4.6% as of December 31, 2013 and 3.8% as of December 31, 2012.

Plans accounted for as post retirement benefits.     The Company provides certain executives with post retirement medical, dental and life insurance benefits. These benefits are individually negotiated arrangements in accordance with their individual employment arrangements. The tables of this Note 8 do not include the Company’s expense or obligation associated with providing these benefits. The Company’s obligation for these unfunded arrangements was

 

F-37


Table of Contents

$11 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Annual expense was $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and de minimis for the years ended 2012 and 2011. The discount rate used to measure year-end obligations was 4.8% as of December 31, 2013 and 3.8% as of December 31, 2012.

Defined contribution plans.     Certain employees of the Company in the U.S. are eligible to participate in the Company-sponsored defined contribution plan. The Company makes a matching contribution of up to 50% of the employee’s contribution based on specified limits of the employee’s salary. The Company’s expense related to this plan was approximately $6 million, $6 million and $5 million for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. None of the plan assets were invested in Company stock at December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

On January 1, 2007, the defined contribution executive retirement plan was established. Participants are certain key executives who are designated by the CEO and approved by the Human Resource Committee of the board. Contributions are defined in the plan document and consist of basic and past service contributions as well as an annual investment credit. Both types of contributions are based on age and service, however, the past service contribution is only granted to the participants for the first ten years of participation in the plan. Each account is credited with an annual investment credit based on the average of the annual yields at the end of each month on the AA-AAA rated 10+ year maturity component of the Merrill Lynch U.S. Corporate Bond Master Index. The plan has no assets, but a liability equal to the contributions credited to the participants is recorded in the balance sheet of the Company. The Company’s expense related to this plan was approximately $1 million, $1 million and $3 million for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. On June 30, 2012, the defined contribution executive retirement plan was frozen to additional accruals for future service contributions. However, the annual investment credit will continue.

There are additional Company-sponsored defined contribution arrangements for employees of the Company residing in countries other than the U.S. The Company is required to make contributions based on the specific requirements of the plans. The Company’s expense related to these plans was approximately $8 million, $9 million and $7 million for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. None of the plan assets were invested in Company stock at any time during 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Note 9. Stock-based compensation

The Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”) was approved and adopted by the Board of Directors in March 2010. The Equity Plan authorizes equity awards to be granted to key employees and directors, consultants, and advisors to the Company as determined by the plan administrator. Awards may be granted as stock options (including incentive stock options), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, and/or performance awards. At December 31, 2013, there were 250 million shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”), of which 32 million shares are still available for future grants.

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payments to employees over the requisite service period (generally the vesting period) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income based on the fair values of the number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. As a result, for most awards, recognized stock-based compensation expense is reduced for estimated forfeitures prior to vesting primarily based on

 

F-38


Table of Contents

historical annual forfeiture rates. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed in subsequent periods and may change based on new facts and circumstances. The Company satisfies exercises and issuances of vested equity awards with issuances of common stock.

The Company grants cash settled stock appreciation rights (“Phantom SARS”) to certain employees, which have an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Unless previously terminated or forfeited, the Phantom SARS will automatically be exercised upon the first to occur of a “change in ownership” or a date that is six months (or earlier as determined by the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee) following an “Initial Public Offering” (“IPO”) (each, a “Liquidity Event”) and can only be settled in cash. The Phantom SARS expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant and no expense will be recorded until the Liquidity Event occurs. At the time of a Liquidity Event, the Company will recognize a charge calculated as the number of Phantom SARs then outstanding multiplied by the excess of the fair market value at the time of the Liquidity Event over the exercise price.

The Company grants service-based and performance-based stock options. Unless previously terminated or forfeited, the service-based options vest in equal increments of 20% on each of the five anniversaries of the date of grant and the performance-based options vest in equal increments of 20% on each of the five anniversaries of the date of grant if the Annual or Cumulative EBITDA Target, as defined by the Plan, with respect to the fiscal year to which the performance-based options are aligned, is achieved. The service-based and performance-based awards both have an exercise price equivalent to the fair market value on the date of grant and expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

The Company granted premium priced service-based options (“Premium Priced Options”) in 2010. The Premium Priced Options vest 50% on each of the third and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. The awards have an exercise price equal to 150% of the fair market value on the date of grant and expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

The Company granted service-based stock options in 2010 and grants service-based restricted stock units to directors who were not employees and not affiliated with our Sponsors. The service-based stock options vest in equal increments of 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the commencement of service to the Company. The exercise price is equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, and the options expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. The service-based restricted stock units vest in equal increments of 50% on each of the first two anniversaries of the grant date and were granted at a price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant.

The Company granted service-based restricted stock in 2010. The restricted stock vests in equal increments of 50% on each of the first two anniversaries of the transaction date and the restricted stock units cliff vest in 2010 and 2012, and were granted at a price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant.

In 2010, pursuant to an employment agreement and subsequent consulting agreement, equity awards were granted to an individual while employed and continued to vest after termination of employment. Given that substantive future service is not required under the consulting agreement, the service-based stock options and service-based restricted stock awards were fully expensed during the fourth quarter of 2010. The performance-based stock options will continue to be expensed over the vesting period and remain dependent upon achieving the Adjusted EBITDA targets as stated in the consulting agreement.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

In August 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.26 per share. In accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan, option holders received $0.26 per share in respect of vested options and a corresponding $0.26 per share reduction in the exercise price of unvested options. The other terms of the equity awards, including vesting schedules, remained unchanged. The Company did not record a charge for modification of the exercise price for unvested awards as the modification was provided for by the terms of the Equity Plan.

In October 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.42 per share. In accordance with the terms of the Equity Plan, option holders received $0.42 per share in respect of vested options and a corresponding $0.42 per share reduction in the exercise price of unvested options. The other terms of the equity awards, including vesting schedules, remained unchanged. The Company did not record a charge for modification of the exercise price for unvested awards as the modification was provided for by the terms of the Equity Plan.

The fair value of stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For service-based options, the Company values stock option grants and recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. For options with graded vesting, the Company values stock option grants and recognizes compensation expense as if each vesting portion of the award was part of the total award and not a separate award. This model requires the input of subjective assumptions that will usually have a significant impact on the fair value estimate. The assumptions for prior year grants were developed based on relevant guidance. The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used to compute the weighted average fair value of stock option grants:

 

       2013      2012      2011  

 

 

Dividend Yield

     0.0%         0.0%         0.0%   

Weighted Average Volatility

     26.7%         27.00%         25.2%   

Risk Free Interest Rate

     1.19%         0.92%         1.56%   

Expected Term

     5.50 years         5.50 years         5.50 years   

Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted

     $0.49         $0.33         $0.30   

Weighted Average Grant Price

     $1.30         $1.24         $1.12   

 

 

 

 

The dividend yield of 0.0% is used because no recurring dividends have been authorized and the Company does not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease stock compensation expense.

 

 

The weighted average volatility was developed using the historical volatility of several peer companies to IMS Health Holdings, Inc. for periods equal to the expected life of the options. An increase in the weighted average volatility assumption will increase stock compensation expense.

 

 

The risk-free interest rate was developed using the U.S. Treasury yield curve for periods equal to the expected life of the options on the grant date. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase stock compensation expense.

 

 

The expected term was estimated for the 2013 grant of stock options as the vesting term plus 6 months. Participants are unlikely to exercise before a liquidity event because there has been no market to sell the shares. On January 2, 2014, the Company filed a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) related to a proposed IPO of its common

 

F-40


Table of Contents
 

stock, which could alter the expected term for future grants. An increase in the expected holding period will increase stock compensation expense.

The following table summarizes the components and classification of stock-based compensation expense for the periods indicated:

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)    2013      2012      2011  

 

 

Stock Options

   $ 21       $ 16       $ 12   

Restricted Stock Units

     1         3         6   
  

 

 

 

Total Stock-Based Compensation Expense

   $ 22       $ 19       $ 18   
  

 

 

 

Operating Costs of Information, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 3       $ 2       $ 1   

Direct and Incremental Costs of Technology Services, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

     2         1         1   

Selling and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

     17         16         16   
  

 

 

 

Total Stock-Based Compensation Expense

   $ 22       $ 19       $ 18   
  

 

 

 

Tax Benefit on Stock-Based Compensation Expense

   $ 7       $ 8       $ 7   

 

 

The tax benefit realized on stock options exercised and restricted stock issued for the year ended December 31, 2013 was less than $1 million.

Stock options and stock appreciation rights

Proceeds received from the exercise of service based stock options for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $1 million, $2 million and $1 million, respectively. The intrinsic value for stock options is calculated based on the exercise price of the underlying awards and the market price of the Company’s common stock as of the end of the period. The intrinsic value of service based stock options that were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1 million, $1 million and $— million, respectively.

The following tables summarize activity of stock options with service conditions for the periods indicated:

 

(Shares in millions)    Shares     Weighted
average
exercise price
per share
     Weighted
average
remaining
term
     Aggregate
intrinsic value
 

 

 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2012

     117      $ 0.84         7.63       $ 23   

Granted

     7      $ 1.35         

Forfeitures

     (2   $ 0.61         

Exercises

     (1   $ 0.99         

Cancels

     (1   $ 0.99         
  

 

 

 

Options Outstanding on Distribution Date before Dividend

     120      $ 0.88         

Options Outstanding on Distribution Date after Dividend

     120      $ 0.77         
  

 

 

 

Granted

     2      $ 1.09         

Forfeitures

     (2   $ 0.59         

Exercises

     (1   $ 0.87         
  

 

 

 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2013

     119      $ 0.78         6.83       $ 42   
  

 

 

 

Options Vested or Expected to Vest, December 31, 2013

     112      $ 0.78         6.79       $ 39   
  

 

 

 

Options Exercisable, December 31, 2013

     62      $ 0.92         6.52       $ 13   

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, approximately $12 million of unrecognized stock compensation expense related to unvested service-based stock options (net of estimated forfeitures) is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.3 years.

Proceeds received from the exercise of performance based stock options for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $1 million in each of the three years. The intrinsic value of performance based stock options that were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were de minimis.

The following table summarizes activity of stock options with performance conditions for the periods indicated:

 

(Shares in millions)    Shares     Weighted
average
exercise price
per share
     Weighted
average
remaining
term
     Aggregate
intrinsic value
 

 

 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2012

     69      $ 0.77         7.60       $ 15   

Granted

     5      $ 1.35         

Forfeitures

     (2   $ 0.61         

Cancels

     (1   $ 0.99         
  

 

 

 

Options Outstanding on Distribution Date before Dividend

     71      $ 0.81         

Options Outstanding on Distribution Date after Dividend

     71      $ 0.69         
  

 

 

 

Granted

     1      $ 1.09      

Forfeitures

     (1   $ 0.77         

Exercises

     (1   $ 0.87      
  

 

 

 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2013

     70      $ 0.69         6.82       $ 28   
  

 

 

 

Options Vested or Expected to Vest, December 31, 2013

     66      $ 0.81         6.78       $ 26   
  

 

 

 

Options Exercisable, December 31, 2013

     37      $ 0.87         6.48       $ 8   

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, approximately $5 million of unrecognized stock compensation expense related to unvested performance-based stock options (net of estimated forfeitures) is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.3 years.

The following table summarizes activity of phantom SARS with performance conditions for the periods indicated:

 

(Shares in millions)    Shares     Weighted
average
exercise price
per share
     Weighted
average
remaining
term
     Aggregate
intrinsic value
 

 

 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2012

     15      $ 0.63         7.69       $ 5   

Granted

     5      $ 1.35         

Forfeitures

     (1   $ 0.60         
  

 

 

 

Options Outstanding on Distribution Date before Dividend

     19      $ 0.82         

Options Outstanding on Distribution Date after Dividend

     19      $ 0.56         
  

 

 

 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2013

     19      $ 0.56         7.43       $ 10   
  

 

 

 

Options Vested or Expected to Vest, December 31, 2013

     19      $ 0.56         7.43       $ 10   
  

 

 

 

Options Exercisable, December 31, 2013

                              

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Unless previously terminated or forfeited, the Phantom SARS will automatically be exercised upon the first to occur of a “change in ownership” or a date that is six months (or earlier as determined by the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee) following an IPO (each a ‘Liquidity Event’). Since equity compensation expense for performance-based awards is not recorded until the performance is probable, no expense will be recorded until the Liquidity Event occurs.

The following table summarizes activity of SARS with service conditions for the periods indicated:

 

(Shares in millions)    Shares      Weighted
average
exercise price
per share
     Weighted
average
remaining
term
     Aggregate
intrinsic value
 

 

 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2012

     7       $ 0.25         3.30       $ 5   
  

 

 

 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2013

     7       $ 0.25         2.30       $ 6   
  

 

 

 

Options Vested or Expected to Vest, December 31, 2013

     7       $ 0.25         2.30       $ 6   
  

 

 

 

Options Exercisable, December 31, 2013

     7       $ 0.25         2.30       $ 6   

 

 

The SARS are not subject to additional vesting requirements; therefore, no additional expense is recorded for these awards.

Restricted stock and restricted stock units

The intrinsic value for restricted stock and restricted stock units is calculated based on the market price of the Company’s common stock as of the end of the period. The total fair value of restricted stock units with service conditions which vested during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $2 million, $13 million and $2 million, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock units with performance conditions which vested during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1 million, $— million and $— million, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the number of unvested shares was 1 million and de minimis, respectively, and the shares had weighted-average exercise prices per share of $1.08 and $1.21, respectively.

Note 10. Income taxes

Loss before benefit from income taxes consisted of:

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)         2013          2012          2011  

 

 

U.S.

   $ (240   $ (212   $ (243

Non-U.S.

     192        151        181   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (48   $ (61   $ (62

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Benefit from income taxes consisted of:

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)         2013          2012          2011  

 

 

U.S. Federal and State:

      

Current

   $ 6      $ 23      $ (6

Deferred

     (178     (76     (207
  

 

 

 
   $ (172   $ (53   $ (213
  

 

 

 

Non-U.S.:

      

Current

   $ 66      $ 60      $ 74   

Deferred

     (24     (26     (34
  

 

 

 
     42        34        40   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (130   $ (19   $ (173

 

 

The following table summarizes the significant differences between the U.S. Federal statutory taxes and the Company’s provision for income taxes for consolidated financial statement purposes.

 

       Year ended December 31,  
          2013          2012          2011  

 

 

Tax Benefit at Statutory Rate

     (35%     (35%     (35%

State and Local Income Taxes, net of Federal Tax Benefit

     (21     (19     5   

Impact of Non-U.S. Tax Rates and Credit

     (21     17        8   

Impact of Tax Rate Changes

     (12     (11       

Restructuring Effect on Deferred Tax Liability

     (178            (274

Contract/Statute of Limitation Expirations

     (10     (8     (16

Reserves for Uncertain Tax Positions

     20        13        12   

Merger Impact

                   3   

Audit Settlements

     (12     2        2   

Other, net

            10        15   
  

 

 

 

Total Tax Benefit

     (269%     (31%     (280%

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company restructured its foreign operations and integrated its U.K., Spain and Austria businesses under the Company’s main European holding company in Switzerland. The restructuring significantly affected the book over tax basis differences among group members and the ultimate worldwide tax cost of a theoretical recognition of such differences. As a result, the associated deferred tax liability was reduced by approximately $86 million as of December 31, 2013.

In 2013, the Company’s effective tax rate was favorably impacted by a tax reduction of $10 million as a result of the conclusion of U.S. audits. In connection with one of the audits, the Company received a $47 million refund for which a receivable had been previously established. The Company also recorded tax reductions of $5 million as a result of the expiration of various statutes of limitation and $2 million for the reversal of a valuation allowance due to a change in enacted state tax law changes. The Company recorded a tax charge of $2 million for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $38

 

F-44


Table of Contents

million of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would favorably affect the effective tax rate and $11 million of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

In 2012, the Company’s effective tax rate was favorably impacted by a reduction of $7 million to deferred tax liability and a tax reduction of $5 million as a result of the expiration of certain statutes of limitation. The Company recorded a tax charge of $3 million for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $39 million of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would favorably affect the effective tax rate and $10 million of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company restructured its foreign operations to integrate its German operating group subsidiaries under the Company’s main European holding company in Switzerland. The restructuring significantly affected the book over tax basis differences among group members and the ultimate worldwide tax cost of a theoretical recognition of such differences. As a result, the associated deferred tax liability was reduced by approximately $170 million as of December 31, 2011.

Additionally, the Company recorded in 2011 a tax charge of $6 million associated with the impact of the merger and a tax charge of $3 million for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $41 million of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would favorably affect the effective tax rate and $9 million of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in U.S. (federal and state) and non-U.S. jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examination by tax authorities for years before 2010. Further, with few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to tax examination in state and local jurisdictions for years prior to 2009 and in its material non-U.S. jurisdictions prior to 2007. It is reasonably possible that within the next twelve months the Company could realize $3 million of unrecognized tax benefits as a result of the expiration of certain statutes of limitation.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Tabular Reconciliation of Uncertain Tax Benefits

      

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year

   $ 42      $ 45      $ 53   

Gross (decreases) increases—prior period positions

            1        (1

Gross increases—current period positions

     11        1        5   

Decreases—settlement with tax authorities

     (7     (2     (3

Reductions—lapse of statute of limitations

     (4     (4     (9

Other

            1          
  

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at end of year

   $ 42      $ 42      $ 45   

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following at December 31:

 

(Dollars in millions)    2013     2012  

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Net Operating Losses

   $ 135      $ 111   

Foreign Tax Credits

     94        56   

Employment Benefits

     3        24   

Deferred Revenues

     16        15   

Equity Compensation

     21        15   

Post Employment Benefits

     12        14   

Non-U.S. Intangibles

     10        12   

Accrued Liabilities

     15        16   

Other

     18        5   
  

 

 

 
     324        268   

Valuation Allowance

     (49     (45
  

 

 

 
     275        223   
  

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

    

Intangible Assets

     (819     (935

Undistributed Earnings

     (352     (426

Computer Software

     (122     (107

Depreciation

     (11     (11

Other

     (1     (13
  

 

 

 
     (1,305     (1,492
  

 

 

 

Net Deferred Tax Liability

   $ (1,030   $ (1,269

 

 

The 2013 and 2012 net deferred tax liability consists of a current deferred tax asset of $88 million and $60 million, a non-current deferred tax asset of $9 million and $5 million, a current deferred tax liability of $25 million and $17 million, and a non-current deferred tax liability of $1,102 million and $1,317 million, respectively. See Notes 2 and 13.

The Company has federal, state and local, and non-U.S. tax credit and tax loss carryforwards, the tax effect of which was $242 million as of December 31, 2013. Of this amount, $8 million has an indefinite carryforward period, and the remaining $234 million expires at various times beginning in 2015. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has $49 million of valuation allowances established against state and local and non-U.S. net operating losses that based on available evidence, are more likely than not to expire before they can be utilized.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Note 11. Commitments

The Company’s contractual obligations include facility leases, agreements to purchase data and telecommunications services, and leases of certain computer and other equipment. At December 31, 2013, the minimum annual payment under these agreements and other contracts that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are as listed in the following table:

 

       Year  
(Dollars in millions)    2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      Thereafter      Total  

 

 

Operating Leases(1)

   $ 52       $ 46       $ 43       $ 41       $ 32       $ 62       $ 276   

Data Acquisition and Telecommunication Services(2)

     205         152         103         69         24         29         582   

Computer and Other Equipment Leases(3)

     27         15         12         7         5         10         76   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 284       $ 213       $ 158       $ 117       $ 61       $ 101       $ 934   

 

 

Notes to Commitments table:

 

(1)   Rental expense under real estate operating leases for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $20 million, $21 million and $34 million, respectively.

 

(2)   Expense under data and telecommunications contracts for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $215 million, $191 million and $212 million, respectively.

 

(3)   Rental expense under computer and other equipment leases for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $25 million, $26 million and $24 million, respectively. These leases are frequently renegotiated or otherwise changed as advancements in computer technology produce opportunities to lower costs and improve performance.

Note 12. Contingencies

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in legal and tax proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Management periodically assesses the Company’s liabilities and contingencies in connection with these matters based upon the latest information available. For those matters where management currently believes it is probable that the Company will incur a loss and that the probable loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company has recorded reserves in the Consolidated Financial Statements based on its best estimates of such loss. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to either the probable outcome or the amount or range of loss, management is unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any. However, even in many instances where the Company has recorded an estimated liability, the Company is unable to predict with certainty the final outcome of the matter or whether resolution of the matter will materially affect the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows. As additional information becomes available, the Company adjusts its assessments and estimates of such liabilities accordingly.

The Company routinely enters into agreements with its suppliers to acquire data and with its clients to sell data, all in the normal course of business. In these agreements, the Company sometimes agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other party for any damages such other party may suffer as a result of potential intellectual property infringement and other claims related to the use of the data. The Company has not accrued a liability with respect to these matters, as the exposure is considered remote.

Based on its review of the latest information available, management does not expect the impact of pending tax and legal proceedings, claims and litigation, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial

 

F-47


Table of Contents

position. However, one or more unfavorable outcomes in any claim or litigation against us could have a material adverse effect for the period in which it is resolved. The following is a summary of certain legal matters involving the Company.

IMS Health Government Solutions Voluntary Disclosure Program Participation

The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, IMS Government Solutions Inc., is primarily engaged in providing services and products under contracts with the U.S. government. U.S. government contracts are subject to extensive legal and regulatory requirements and, from time to time, agencies of the U.S. government have the ability to investigate whether contractors’ operations are being conducted in accordance with such requirements. U.S. government investigations, whether relating to these contracts or conducted for other reasons, could result in administrative, civil or criminal liabilities, including repayments, fines or penalties being imposed on us, or could lead to suspension or debarment from future U.S. government contracting. U.S. government investigations often take years to complete and may result in no adverse action against the Company.

IMS Government Solutions discovered potential noncompliance with various contract clauses and requirements under its General Services Administration Contract (the “GSA Contract”) which was awarded in 2002 to its predecessor company, Synchronous Knowledge Inc. (Synchronous Knowledge Inc. was acquired by IMS Health in May 2005). The potential noncompliance arose from three primary areas: first, at the direction of the government, work performed under one task order was invoiced under another task order without the appropriate modifications to the orders being made; second, personnel who did not meet strict compliance with the labor categories component of the qualification requirements of the GSA Contract were assigned to contracts; and third, certain discounts that were given to commercial customers were not also offered to the government, in alleged violation of the GSA Contract’s Price Reductions Clause. Upon discovery of the potential noncompliance, the Company began remediation efforts, promptly disclosed the potential noncompliance to the U.S. government, and was accepted into the Department of Defense Voluntary Disclosure Program. The Company filed its Voluntary Disclosure Program Report (“Disclosure Report”) on August 29, 2008. Based on the Company’s findings as disclosed in the Disclosure Report, the Company recorded a reserve of approximately $4 million for this matter in 2008. During 2010, the Company recorded an additional reserve of approximately $2 million as a result of its ongoing investigation relating to this matter. The Company is currently unable to determine the outcome of these matters pending the resolution of the Voluntary Disclosure Program process and its ultimate liability arising from these matters could exceed its current reserves.

Symphony Health Solutions litigation

On July 24, 2013, Symphony Health Solutions filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania against IMS Health alleging that IMS Health is actively engaging in anticompetitive business practices in violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act and Pennsylvania state law. The complaint seeks trebled actual damages in an unspecified amount, punitive damages, costs and injunctive relief. The Company believes the complaint is without merit, rejects all claims raised and will vigorously defend IMS Health’s position.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Note 13. Supplemental financial data

Accounts Receivable, net:

 

(Dollars in millions)    At December 31,  
       2013         2012  

 

 

Trade and notes

   $ 286      $ 275   

Allowances

     (1     (5

Unbilled receivables

     28        38   
  

 

 

 
   $ 313      $ 308   

 

 

Other Current Assets:

 

(Dollars in millions)    At December 31,  
       2013          2012  

 

 

Deferred income taxes

   $ 88       $ 60   

Prepaid expenses

     72         45   

Work-in-process inventory

     46         47   

Income taxes receivable

     5         50   

Other

     47         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 258       $ 263   

 

 

Property, Plant and Equipment, net:

 

       At December 31,  
(Dollars in millions)    2013     2012     Estimated
useful lives
 

 

 

Buildings and improvements

   $ 10      $ 10        40—50 years   

Machinery and equipment

     185        160        3—12 years   

Leasehold improvements

     64        60        1—11 years   

Construction-in-progress

     3        2     
  

 

 

   

Total property, plant and equipment, gross

     262        232     

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (145     (115  
  

 

 

   

Total property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 117      $ 117     

 

 

Depreciation expense was $37 million, $42 million and $36 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Computer Software, net:

 

(Dollars in millions)         

 

 

December 31, 2011

   $ 286   
  

 

 

 

Additions at cost

     64   

Acquisitions

     15   

Amortization

     (90

Impairments, foreign exchange and other

     (21
  

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 254   
  

 

 

 

Additions at cost

     81   

Acquisitions

     16   

Amortization

     (86

Impairments, foreign exchange and other

     (2
  

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

   $ 263   

 

 

Accumulated amortization of total computer software was $289 million and $207 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense was $68 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other Assets:

 

(Dollars in millions)    At December 31,  
       2013          2012  

 

 

Long-term pension assets

   $ 68       $ 27   

Securities and other investments

     8         9   

Long-term deferred tax asset

     9         5   

Other

     117         110   
  

 

 

 
   $ 202       $ 151   

 

 

Accounts Payable:

 

(Dollars in millions)    At December 31,  
       2013          2012  

 

 

Trade

   $ 26       $ 23   

Taxes other than income taxes

     59         71   

Other

     18         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 103       $ 109   

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Accrued and Other Current Liabilities:

 

(Dollars in millions)    At December 31,  
       2013          2012  

 

 

Salaries, wages, bonuses and other compensation

   $ 171       $ 149   

Accrued data acquisition costs

     88         97   

Accrued interest

     52         29   

Accrued professional fees

     44         66   

Accrued income taxes

     42         30   

Deferred tax liability

     25         17   

Accrued severance and other costs

     21         30   

Other

     137         115   
  

 

 

 
   $ 580       $ 533   

 

 

Other Liabilities:

 

(Dollars in millions)    At December 31,  
       2013          2012  

 

 

Long-term uncertain tax benefits reserve

   $ 28       $ 47   

Other

     83         60   
  

 

 

 
   $ 111       $ 107   

 

 

Note 14. Related party

Due to related party relationships, it is possible that the terms of these transactions are not the same as those that would result from transactions among wholly unrelated parties.

Management services agreement

The Company entered into a management services agreement with affiliates of TPG, CPPIB and LGP (collectively, the “Managers”), pursuant to which the Managers will provide management services to the Company until December 31, 2020, with evergreen one year extensions thereafter. Pursuant to this agreement, the Managers received aggregate transaction fees of approximately $60 million in connection with services provided by such entities related to the acquisition of IMS Health. The Managers also receive an aggregate annual management fee equal to $7.5 million, and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them, their members or their respective affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreement. Pursuant to the management services agreement, the Managers may provide advisory services related to financings or refinancings, recapitalizations, acquisitions, dispositions or other similar transactions; in connection with any such services the Managers have the right to receive

 

F-51


Table of Contents

customary fees charged by internationally-recognized investment banks for serving as financial advisor in similar transactions. The agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Managers and their respective affiliates.

At any time in connection with or in anticipation of a change of control or an IPO, the Managers may elect to receive their management fees payable under the management services agreement in a single lump sum cash payment equal to the present value of the then unpaid current and future management fees payable under the management services agreement.

Transactions with other Sponsor portfolio companies

The Sponsors are private equity firms that have investments in companies that do business with IMS Health in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes these transactions are conducted on an arms-length basis. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded approximately $11 million, $11 million and $9 million, respectively, associated with sales of the Company’s offerings to companies in which our Sponsors have investments. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company purchased goods and services of $5 million, $6 million and $5 million, respectively from companies in which one or both of the Sponsors have investments.

Certain other relationships

In connection with the offering by our wholly-owned direct subsidiary, Healthcare Technology Intermediate, Inc., of $750 million Senior PIK Notes in August 2013, TPG Capital BD, LLC participated as an initial purchaser, and received approximately $1 million in connection therewith.

Note 15. Operations by business segment

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which financial information is available that is evaluated on a regular basis by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision-making groups, in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance of the segment. The Company operates a globally consistent business model, offering pharmaceutical business information and related services to its clients in more than 100 countries. See Note 1.

The Company maintains regional geographic management who are responsible for bringing the Company’s full suite of offerings to their respective markets and to facilitate local execution of its global strategies. However, the Company maintains global leaders for the majority of its critical business processes; and the most significant performance evaluations and resource allocations made by the Company’s chief operating decision maker is made on a global basis. As such, the Company has concluded that it maintains one operating and reportable segment.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Geographic financial information

The following represents selected geographic information for the regions in which the Company operates for the periods and dates indicated below.

 

(Dollars in millions)    Americas(1)      EMEA(2)      Asia
Pacific(3)
     Corporate
and other
    Total  

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013:

             

Revenue(4)

   $ 1,160       $ 936       $ 448       $      $ 2,544   

Operating Income (Loss)(5)

     304         248         146         (344     354   

Total Assets at December 31, 2013

     4,065         2,383         1,333         218        7,999   
  

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012:

             

Revenue(4)

   $ 1,096       $ 891       $ 456       $      $ 2,443   

Operating Income (Loss)(5)

     293         217         161         (432     239   

Total Assets at December 31, 2012

     3,862         2,283         1,635         435        8,215   
  

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

             

Revenue(4)

   $ 1,013       $ 915       $ 436       $      $ 2,364   

Operating Income (Loss)(5)

     286         252         146         (465     219   

Total Assets at December 31, 2011

     4,034         2,223         1,765         336        8,358   

 

 

In 2013, the Company made some changes to its geographic reporting classifications to move some functions from corporate and other to the geographic regions and as a result, reclassifications of prior years’ geographic financial information were made to conform to the current year presentation. The reclassifications did not change previously reported consolidated results of operations or financial position.

 

(1)   Americas includes the United States, Canada and Latin America. Revenue in the U.S. was $935 million, $885 million and $808 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total U.S. assets were $3,837 million, $3,638 million and $3,821 million at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

(2)   EMEA includes countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

 

(3)   Asia Pacific includes Japan, Australia and other countries in the Asia Pacific region. Revenue in Japan was $261 million, $286 million and $277 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

(4)   Revenue relates to external clients and is primarily based on the location of the client. Revenue for the geographic regions includes the impact of foreign exchange in converting results into U.S. dollars.

 

(5)   Operating Income for the three geographic regions does not reflect the allocation of certain expenses that are maintained in Corporate and Other and as such, is not a true measure of the respective regions’ profitability. The Operating Income amounts for the geographic regions include the impact of foreign exchange in translating results into U.S. dollars. For 2013, depreciation and amortization related to purchase accounting adjustments of $126 million, $87 million and $42 million for the Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific, respectively, are presented in Corporate and Other. For 2012, depreciation and amortization related to purchase accounting adjustments of $126 million, $84 million and $51 million for the Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific, respectively, are presented in Corporate and Other. For 2011, depreciation and amortization related to purchase accounting adjustments of $126 million, $91 million and $52 million for the Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific, respectively, are presented in Corporate and Other.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Note 16. Earnings (loss) per share

The following table reconciles the basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding:

 

       As of December 31,  
(Shares in millions)    2013      2012      2011  

 

 

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

     2,800         2,795         2,788   

Effect of dilutive options

     70                 5   
  

 

 

 

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

     2,870         2,795         2,793   

 

 

Anti-dilutive weighted average outstanding stock options of approximately — million, 183 million and 70 million were not included in the diluted earnings (loss) per share calculations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, because their inclusion would have the effect of increasing earnings per share. Stock options will have a dilutive effect under the treasury method only when the respective period’s average market value of the Company’s common stock exceeds the exercise proceeds.

Unaudited pro forma earnings per share

The Company declared and paid a dividend to shareholders of $753 million in August 2013. Dividends declared in the twelve months preceding an IPO are deemed to be in contemplation of the offering with the intention of repayment out of the offering proceeds to the extent that the dividends exceeded earnings during such period. Unaudited pro forma earnings per share for 2013 gives effect to the sale of the number of shares the proceeds of which would be necessary to (i) pay the dividend amount that is in excess of 2013 earnings, (ii) fund the repayment of the debt and related fees and expenses and (iii) pay holders of Phantom SARs, up to the number of shares assumed to be issued in this offering.

Additionally, unaudited pro forma earnings per share for 2013 gives effect to the reversal of interest expense relating to such debt, including the reversal of amortization related to debt issuance costs and discount.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The below table sets forth the computation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share as of December 31, 2013:

 

(in millions, except per share data)    Basic      Diluted  

 

 

Net income attributable to the Company

   $ 82       $ 82   

Pro forma adjustments:

     

Interest expense, net of tax(a)

     
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $         $     
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     2,800         2,870   

Pro forma adjustments:

     

Shares assumed to be issued whose proceeds will be used to pay dividends in excess of earnings(b)

     

Shares assumed to be used to repay outstanding indebtedness(c)

     

Shares assumed to pay holders of Phantom SARs(d)

     
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding

     
  

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share

   $         $     

 

 

 

 

(a)   These adjustments reflect the elimination of the historical interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs and discount and incurrence of prepayment penalty after reflecting the pro forma effect of the Refinancing.

  

(b)   Dividends declared in last twelve months

   $ 753   

Net loss attributable to the Company in the last twelve months

   $ (            
  

 

 

 

Dividends in excess of earnings

   $ 753   

Offering price per common share

  

Common shares assumed issued in the IPO to pay dividends in excess of earnings

  

(c)    Indebtedness to be repaid with proceeds from this offering

  

Offering price per common share

  

Common shares assumed issued in this offering to repay indebtedness

  

(d)   Number of Phantom SARs

  

Excess of fair market value over exercise price

  

Common shares assumed issued in this offering necessary to pay holders of Phantom SARs

  

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Five-year selected financial data (unaudited) (1)

 

      Successor                 Predecessor  
(Dollars in millions)   2013     2012     2011     2010     October 23,
2009
(inception)
through
December 31,
2009
              January 1,
2010 through
February 26,
2010
    2009  

 

         

 

 

 

Results of Operations:

                   

Revenue

  $ 2,544      $ 2,443      $ 2,364      $ 1,869      $            $ 293      $ 2,190   

Costs and Expenses(2)

    2,190        2,204        2,145        1,801        53              391        1,919   
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Operating Income (Loss)

    354        239        219        68        (53           (98     271   
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  $ 82      $ (42   $ 111      $ (118   $ (53         $ (84   $ 261   
 

 

 

         

 

 

 
 

Net Income (Loss) per Share:

                 

Basic

  $ 0.03      $ (0.02   $ 0.04      $ (0.05   $            $ (0.46   $ 1.42   

Diluted

  $ 0.03      $ (0.02   $ 0.04      $ (0.05   $            $ (0.46   $ 1.42   

Cash dividends declared by common share

  $ 0.26      $ 0.42      $      $      $            $      $ 0.12   
 

As a % of Revenue:

                 

Operating Income

    13.9%        9.8%        9.3%        3.6%        —%              (33.4%     12.4%   

Net Income (Loss)

    3.2%        (1.7%     4.7%        (6.3%     —%              (28.7%     11.9%   
 

 

 

         

 

 

 
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                 

Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

  $ 883      $ 1,683      $ 2,971      $ 2,813      $ (53           $ 72   

Total Assets

    7,999        8,215        8,358        8,220                       2,223   

Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits

    77        116        106        117                       112   

Long-term Debt, Deferred Tax Liability and Other Long-Term Liabilities

    6,107        5,573        4,488        4,555                       1,393   

 

 

 

(1)   On October 23, 2009, Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed by investment entities affiliated with TPG Capital, L.P., CPP Investment Board Private Holdings Inc. and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P (collectively, the “Sponsors”). On December 20, 2013, the Company changed its name to IMS Health Holdings, Inc. On February 26, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of IMS Health Incorporated (“IMS Health”) through its wholly owned subsidiary Healthcare Technology Acquisition Inc. (the “Merger”). The Company was formed for the purpose of consummating the Merger with IMS Health and its subsidiaries and had no operations from inception other than its investment in IMS Health and costs incurred associated with its formation and the Merger.

 

       Successor —The financial information as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and October 23, 2009 through December 31, 2009 include the accounts of the Company for the entire period and IMS Health from the closing of the Merger on February 26, 2010.

 

       Predecessor —The financial information as of December 31, 2009 and for the period January 1, 2010 to February 26, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, include the accounts of IMS Health (our predecessor).

 

       The results of the Successor are not comparable to the results of the Predecessor due to the difference in the basis of presentation of purchase accounting as compared to historical cost.

 

(2)   The years ended 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (successor), October 23, 2009 through December 31, 2009 (successor), January 1, 2010 through February 26, 2010 (predecessor), and the year ended 2009 (predecessor) include severance, impairment and other charges of $16 million, $48 million, $31 million, $54 million, $—, ($13) million and $144 million, respectively (see Note 6). The years ended 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 (successor), October 23, 2009 through December 31, 2009 (successor), January 1, 2010 through February 26, 2010 (predecessor) and the year ended 2009 (predecessor) include merger costs of $— million, $2 million, $23 million, $65 million, $53 million, $45 million and $11 million, respectively, related to the Company’s acquisition of IMS Health. (See Note 4).

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Schedule I—Condensed financial information

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Parent Company only

Condensed statements of financial position

 

       December 31,  
(Dollar in millions)    2013      2012  

 

 

Assets:

     

Current Assets:

     

Other current assets

   $ 6       $ 5   

Amounts receivable from subsidiaries

     17         16   
  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     23         21   
  

 

 

 

Investment in subsidiaries

     903         1,709   

Other assets

     39         32   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 965       $ 1,762   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

     

Current Liabilities:

     

Other current liabilities

   $ 1       $   

Amounts payable to subsidiaries

     81         79   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     82         79   
  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity:

     

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     883         1,683   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 965       $ 1,762   

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Parent Company only

Condensed statements of comprehensive (loss) income

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(Dollar in millions)        2013         2012         2011  

 

 

Operating costs of information

   $ 3      $ 2      $ 1   

Direct and incremental costs of technology services

     2        1        1   

Selling and administrative expenses

     17        16        16   
  

 

 

 

Operating loss before benefit from income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     (22     (19     (18
  

 

 

 

Benefit from income taxes

     7        8        7   

Equity in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     97        (31     122   
  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 82      $ (42   $ 111   
  

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:

      

Cumulative translation adjustments (net of taxes of $—, $7 and $(3), respectively)

   $ (183   $ (49   $ 51   

Change in derivatives in OCI (net of taxes of $(4), $(2), and $3, respectively)

     9        3        (6

Change in derivatives from OCI to earnings (net of taxes of $5, $2 and $(7), respectively)

     (9     (4     13   

Postretirement and postemployment adjustments (net of taxes of $(16), $5 and $9, respectively)

     24        (17     (22
  

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     (159     (67     36   
  

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive (Loss) Income

   $ (77   $ (109   $ 147   

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Parent Company only

Condensed statements of cash flows

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(Dollar in millions)       2013        2012        2011  

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

                     
  

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

                     
  

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

                     

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period

                     
  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

      

Dividends paid

   $ (753   $ (1,202   $   

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Parent Company only

Notes to condensed financial statements

Basis of presentation .    IMS Health Holdings, Inc. (the “Parent Company”), has accounted for the earnings of its subsidiaries under the equity method of accounting in these unconsolidated condensed financial statements. There are restrictions on the Parent Company’s ability to obtain funds from any of its subsidiaries. Accordingly, these condensed financial statements have been presented on a Parent-only basis. The notes to the condensed financial statements are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

Dividends.     In August 2013, the Parent Company declared and paid a dividend to shareholders of $0.26 per share for a total of $753 million. In October 2012, the Parent Company declared and paid a dividend to shareholders of $0.42 per share for a total of $1,202 million. Both dividends were paid by a subsidiary of the Parent Company.

Commitments and contingencies.     The Parent Company had no material commitments during the reported periods.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Schedule II—Valuation and qualifying accounts

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(Dollars in millions)

COL. A

  COL. B     COL. C     COL. D     COL. E  

 

 
          Additions              
    Balance
beginning of
period
    Charged to
costs
and
expenses
    Charged
to other
accounts
    Deductions     Balance
at end of
period
 

 

 

Valuation allowance for deferred income taxes:

         

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

  $ 45      $ 9 (a)    $      $ 5      $ 49   

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

    40        8 (a)             3        45   

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

    34        11 (a)             5        40   

 

 

Notes:

 

a)   Valuation allowances on assets related to additional Net Operating Losses created during the year where, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

             Shares

IMS Health Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

 

LOGO

Prospectus

 

 

J.P. Morgan   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Barclays   Deutsche Bank Securities   Wells Fargo Securities

 

TPG Capital BD, LLC   HSBC   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey   Mizuho Securities     RBC Capital Markets   
Piper Jaffray   William Blair   Drexel Hamilton   Leerink Partners     Stifel   

                    , 2014

Through and including                         , 2014 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

Item    Amount to be
paid
 

 

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,880   

FINRA filing fee

     15,500   

NYSE listing fee

     *   

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer Agent fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   

 

 

 

*   To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) enables a corporation to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchase or redemptions pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall

 

II-1


Table of Contents

not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to the certificate of incorporation, are not exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Section 145(f) of the DGCL further provides that a right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to such provision after the occurrence of the act or omission which is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and officers. Such agreements generally provide for indemnification by reason of being our director or officer, as the case may be. These agreements are in addition to the indemnification provided by our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Please refer to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.

We also maintain officers’ and directors’ liability insurance that insures against liabilities that our officers and directors may incur in such capacities. Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under that section.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in any of the following transactions.

Equity Securities

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we issued a total of 2,060,000 shares of common stock in connection with the cashless exercise of stock options. We also issued 2,050,000 shares of common stock in connection with restricted stock units previously issued and granted 100,000 restricted stock units during this period. We also granted to certain eligible participants 18,500,000 options to purchase our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.12, as well as 1,270,000 cash-settled stock appreciation rights (herein referred to as “Phantom SARs”) that will be settled in cash in connection with this offering. These securities were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we issued a total of 3,532,000 shares of common stock in connection with the cashless exercise of stock options. We also issued 13,100,000 shares of common stock in connection with restricted stock units previously issued and granted 164,286 restricted stock units during this period. We also granted to certain eligible participants 9,790,000 options to purchase our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.24, as well as 1,620,000 Phantom SARs that will be settled in cash in connection with this offering. These securities were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Since December 31, 2012, we have issued a total of 2,780,000 shares of common stock in connection with the cashless exercise of stock options. We also issued 142,856 shares of common stock in connection with restricted stock units previously issued and granted 574,376 restricted stock units during this period. We also granted to certain eligible participants 14,625,000 options to purchase our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.30, as well as 5,110,000 Phantom SARs that will be settled in cash in connection with this offering. These securities were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Debt Securities

On October 23, 2012, IMS Health, Incorporated issued an aggregate principal amount of $999.6 million of 12.5% Senior Notes in connection with an exchange offer and consent solicitation to exchange previously issued notes for these notes. The 12.5% Senior Notes were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, to “qualified institutional buyers” in the United States as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act, and outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

On October 23, 2012 IMS Health, Incorporated issued an aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million of 6% Senior Notes, which was used to fund a distribution to the stockholders of IMS Health Holdings, Inc. Interest on the 6% Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The initial purchasers for the 6% Senior notes were Goldman, Sachs &

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. The 6% Senior Notes were offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or to non-U.S. investors outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S of the Securities Act.

On August 6, 2013, Healthcare Technology Intermediate, Inc. issued an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million of Senior PIK Notes due 2018, which was used to fund a distribution to the stockholders of IMS Health Holdings, Inc. The initial purchasers for the Senior PIK Notes were Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Fifth Third Securities, Inc., Mizuho Securities USA Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. and TPG Capital BD, LLC. The Senior PIK Notes were offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or to non-U.S. investors outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S of the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits

See Exhibit Index following the signature page.

(b) Financial statement schedules

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement

 

II-4


Table of Contents

will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4) The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(6) To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Danbury, Connecticut on February 13, 2014.

 

IMS HEALTH HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ari Bousbib

Name:   

Ari Bousbib

Title:  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President

***

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature    Title   Date

 

/s/ Ari Bousbib

Ari Bousbib

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer & President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  February 13, 2014

/s/ Ronald E. Bruehlman

Ronald E. Bruehlman

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

February 13, 2014

/s/ Harshan Bhangdia

Harshan Bhangdia

   Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)  

February 13, 2014

*

Bryan M. Taylor

   Director  

February 13, 2014

*

André Bourbonnais

   Director  

February 13, 2014

*

John G. Danhakl

   Director  

February 13, 2014

*

David Lubek

   Director  

February 13, 2014

*

Todd B. Sisitsky

   Director  

February 13, 2014

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Signature    Title   Date

*

Ronald A. Rittenmeyer

   Director  

February 13, 2014

*

Jeffrey K. Rhodes

   Director  

February 13, 2014

*

Nehal Raj

   Director  

February 13, 2014

*

Sharad S. Mansukani

   Director  

February 13, 2014

 

*By:  

 

/s/ Harvey A. Ashman        

 

                 Attorney-in-fact

 

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
  Exhibit title

 

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IMS Health Holdings, Inc.
  3.2*   Amended and Restated Bylaws of IMS Health Holdings, Inc.
  4.1**   Indenture, dated February 26, 2010, among IMS Health Incorporated, as Issuer, the Guarantors named on the Signature Pages thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
  4.2**   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2011, among IMS Health Incorporated, as Issuer, the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
  4.3**   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 8, 2011, among Med-Vantage, Inc., as Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
  4.4**   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2012, among TTC Acquisition Corporation and The Tar Heel Trading Company, LLC, each as a Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
  4.5**   Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2012, among IMS Health Incorporated, as Issuer, the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
  4.6**   Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2013, between Appature Inc., as Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
  4.7**   Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2012, among IMS Health Incorporated, as Issuer, the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
  4.8**   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2013, between Appature Inc., as Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
  4.9**   Senior Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2012, among IMS Health Incorporated, as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee
  4.10**   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2013, between Appature Inc., as Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee
  4.11**   Indenture, dated as of August 6, 2013, between Healthcare Technology Intermediate, Inc., as Issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee
  4.12**   Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2010, by and among IMS Health Holdings, Inc. and each of the Managers and Manager Designees named therein
  5.1*   Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
10.1*   Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement by and among TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., TPG Partners VI, L.P., TPG FOF VI SPV, L.P., TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P., TPG Iceberg Co-Invest LLC, CPP Investment Board Private Holdings Inc., Green Equity Investors V, L.P., Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P., LPG Iceberg Coinvest, LLC and IMS Health Holdings, Inc.
10.2**   Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2010, by and among IMS Health Holdings, Inc., Healthcare Technology Acquisition, Inc., IMS Health Incorporated, and the Investors and the Managers named therein

 


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
  Exhibit title

 

10.3*   Management Services Agreement by and among Healthcare Technology Acquisition, Inc., Healthcare Technology Intermediate, Inc., Healthcare Technology Intermediate Holdings, Inc., IMS Health Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, TPG Capital, L.P., TPG Growth, LLC, CPP Investment Board Private Holdings Inc. and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.
10.4   Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2012, among IMS Health Incorporated, as a Borrower and a Guarantor, IMS AG, as a Borrower, IMS Japan K.K., as a Borrower, Healthcare Technology Intermediate Holdings, Inc., as a Guarantor, Certain Subsidiaries of IMS Health Incorporated, as Guarantors, Various Lenders, Bank of America, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Lead Bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender, and Issuing Bank, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as Syndication Agent, Barclays Bank PLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agents, and Fifth Third Bank, Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., RBC Capital Markets, Suntrust Bank as Senior Managing Agents
10.5**   First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2013, among IMS Health Incorporated, IMS AG, IMS Japan K.K., each a Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, each Tranche B-1 Dollar Term Lender, and each Tranche B-1 Euro Term Lender
10.6*   2013 IMS Health Annual Incentive Compensation Plan
10.7**   IMS Health Incorporated Employee Protection Plan (as amended and restated effective as of September 1, 2009)
10.8**   First Amendment to the IMS Health Incorporated Employee Protection Plan (effective January 1, 2011)
10.9   Second Amendment to the IMS Health Incorporated Employee Protection Plan (effective January 1, 2012)
10.10**   IMS Health Incorporated Defined Contribution Executive Retirement Plan (as amended and restated)
10.11**   IMS Health Incorporated Retirement Excess Plan (as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005)
10.12**   First Amendment to the IMS Health Incorporated Retirement Excess Plan (dated March 17, 2009)
10.13**   Second Amendment to the IMS Health Incorporated Retirement Excess Plan (dated December 8, 2009)
10.14**   Third Amendment to the IMS Health Incorporated Retirement Excess Plan (dated April 5, 2011)
10.15**   IMS Health Incorporated Savings Equalization Plan (as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2011)
10.16   Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended and restated)
10.17**   Form of Time- and Performance-Based Stock Option Award under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan

 


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
  Exhibit title

 

10.18**   Form of Time-Based Stock Option Award under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.19**   Form of Director Stock Option Award under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.20**   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.21**   Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.22**   Form of Rollover Stock Appreciation Right Award under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.23   Senior Management Nonstatutory Option Agreement between Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. and Ari Bousbib dated September 1, 2010
10.24   Senior Management Nonstatutory Option Agreement between Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. and Ari Bousbib dated December 1, 2010
10.25*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement among IMS Health Holdings, Inc., IMS Health Incorporated and Ari Bousbib
10.26*   2014 Incentive and Stock Award Plan
10.27*   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.28*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (2014 Grants)
10.29*   Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between IMS Health Holdings, Inc. and Ari Bousbib dated February 12, 2014
21.1**   List of Subsidiaries
23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.3*   Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**   Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages of this Registration Statement)

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
**   Previously filed.

Exhibit 10.4

Execution Version

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

dated as of October 24, 2012

among

IMS HEALTH INCORPORATED,

as a Borrower and a Guarantor,

IMS AG,

as a Borrower,

IMS JAPAN K.K.,

as a Borrower,

HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC.,

as a Guarantor,

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF IMS HEALTH INCORPORATED,

as Guarantors,

VARIOUS LENDERS,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

and

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Lead Bookrunners

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent,

Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,

as Syndication Agent,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Co-Documentation Agents

and

FIFTH THIRD BANK

MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS

SUNTRUST BANK,

as Senior Managing Agents

 

 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1   

1.1.

 

Definitions.

     1   

1.2.

 

Accounting Terms.

     53   

1.3.

 

Interpretation, Etc.

     53   

1.4.

 

Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents.

     53   

1.5.

 

Redenomination of Certain Foreign Currencies and Computation of Dollar Equivalents.

     54   

1.6.

 

Additional Foreign Currencies.

     54   

1.7.

 

Letter of Credit Amounts.

     55   

1.8.

 

Rounding.

     55   

1.9.

 

References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

     55   

1.10.

 

Certain Calculations.

     55   

1.11.

 

Effect of this Agreement on the Original Credit Agreement and other Existing Credit Documents.

     56   

SECTION 2. LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

     57   

2.1.

 

Term Loans.

     57   

2.2.

 

Revolving Loans.

     58   

2.3.

 

Swing Line Loans.

     59   

2.4.

 

Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein.

     62   

2.5.

 

Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds.

     70   

2.6.

 

Use of Proceeds.

     70   

2.7.

 

Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes.

     71   

2.8.

 

Interest on Loans.

     71   

2.9.

 

Conversion/Continuation.

     74   

2.10.

 

Default Interest.

     74   

2.11.

 

Fees.

     75   

2.12.

 

Scheduled Payments.

     76   

2.13.

 

Voluntary Prepayments/Commitment Reductions.

     76   

2.14.

 

Mandatory Prepayments.

     77   

2.15.

 

Application of Prepayments.

     79   

2.16.

 

General Provisions Regarding Payments.

     81   

2.17.

 

Ratable Sharing.

     82   

2.18.

 

Making or Maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

     82   

2.19.

 

Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy.

     84   

2.20.

 

Taxes; Withholding, Etc.

     85   

2.21.

 

Obligation to Mitigate.

     88   

2.22.

 

Removal or Replacement of a Lender.

     89   

 

i


2.23.

 

Incremental Facilities.

     90   

2.24.

 

Refinancing Amendments.

     91   

2.25.

 

Extensions of Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments.

     92   

2.26.

 

Extension of Term Loans.

     94   

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     95   

3.1.

 

Second Restatement Effective Date.

     95   

3.2.

 

Conditions to Each Credit Extension.

     96   

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     96   

4.1.

 

Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification.

     96   

4.2.

 

Equity Interests and Ownership.

     97   

4.3.

 

Due Authorization.

     97   

4.4.

 

No Conflict.

     97   

4.5.

 

Governmental Consents.

     97   

4.6.

 

Binding Obligation.

     97   

4.7.

 

Historical Financial Statements.

     97   

4.8.

 

Projections.

     98   

4.9.

 

No Material Adverse Change.

     98   

4.10.

 

Adverse Proceedings, Etc.

     98   

4.11.

 

Taxes.

     98   

4.12.

 

Properties.

     98   

4.13.

 

Environmental Matters.

     98   

4.14.

 

No Defaults.

     99   

4.15.

 

Governmental Regulation.

     99   

4.16.

 

Margin Stock.

     99   

4.17.

 

Employee Matters.

     99   

4.18.

 

Employee Benefit Plans.

     99   

4.19.

 

Certain Fees.

     100   

4.20.

 

Solvency.

     100   

4.21.

 

Creation, Perfection, Etc.

     100   

4.22.

 

Compliance with Statutes, Etc.

     100   

4.23.

 

Disclosure.

     100   

4.24.

 

First Lien Senior Indebtedness.

     101   

4.25.

 

PATRIOT Act.

     101   

4.26.

 

Related Agreements.

     101   

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     101   

5.1.

 

Financial Statements and Other Reports.

     101   

5.2.

 

Existence.

     104   

5.3.

 

Payment of Taxes and Claims.

     104   

5.4.

 

Maintenance of Properties.

     104   

 

-ii-


5.5.

 

Insurance.

     104   

5.6.

 

Books and Records; Inspections.

     104   

5.7.

 

Lenders Meetings.

     105   

5.8.

 

Compliance with Laws.

     105   

5.9.

 

Environmental.

     105   

5.10.

 

Subsidiaries.

     106   

5.11.

 

Additional Material Real Estate Assets.

     106   

5.12.

 

Interest Rate Protection.

     107   

5.13.

 

Further Assurances.

     107   

5.14.

 

Miscellaneous Covenants.

     107   

5.15.

 

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

     107   

5.16.

 

Intentionally Omitted.

     108   

5.17.

 

Swiss Withholding Tax Rules.

     108   

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     108   

6.1.

 

Indebtedness.

     108   

6.2.

 

Liens.

     113   

6.3.

 

No Further Negative Pledges.

     116   

6.4.

 

Restricted Junior Payments.

     117   

6.5.

 

Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions.

     119   

6.6.

 

Investments.

     120   

6.7.

 

Financial Covenants.

     122   

6.8.

 

Fundamental Changes; Dispositions.

     123   

6.9.

 

Disposal of Subsidiary Interests.

     126   

6.10.

 

Sales and Lease-Backs.

     126   

6.11.

 

Transactions with Affiliates.

     126   

6.12.

 

Conduct of Business.

     128   

6.13.

 

Permitted Activities of Holdings.

     128   

6.14.

 

Amendments or Waivers of Organizational Documents and Certain Related Agreements.

     128   

6.15.

 

Amendments or Waivers with respect to Certain Indebtedness.

     128   

6.16.

 

Fiscal Year.

     128   

SECTION 7. GUARANTY

     129   

7.1.

 

Guaranty of the Obligations.

     129   

7.2.

 

Contribution by Guarantors.

     129   

7.3.

 

Payment by Guarantors.

     129   

7.4.

 

Liability of Guarantors Absolute.

     130   

7.5.

 

Waivers by Guarantors.

     131   

7.6.

 

Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc.

     132   

7.7.

 

Subordination of Other Obligations.

     132   

7.8.

 

Continuing Guaranty.

     132   

 

-iii-


7.9.

 

Authority of Guarantors or Borrowers.

     133   

7.10.

 

Financial Condition of Parent Borrower.

     133   

7.11.

 

Bankruptcy, Etc.

     133   

7.12.

 

Discharge of Guaranty upon Sale or Designation of Guarantor Subsidiary.

     133   

SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     134   

8.1.

 

Events of Default.

     134   

8.2.

 

Parent Borrower’s Right to Cure.

     136   

SECTION 9. AGENTS

     137   

9.1.

 

Appointment and Authority.

     137   

9.2.

 

Rights as a Lender.

     137   

9.3.

 

Exculpatory Provisions.

     137   

9.4.

 

Reliance by Administrative Agent.

     138   

9.5.

 

Delegation of Duties.

     138   

9.6.

 

Resignation of Administrative Agent.

     138   

9.7.

 

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders.

     139   

9.8.

 

No Other Duties, Etc.

     139   

9.9.

 

Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

     139   

9.10.

 

Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment.

     140   

9.11.

 

Right to Indemnity.

     140   

9.12.

 

Withholding Taxes.

     140   

9.13.

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.

     141   

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS

     141   

10.1.

 

Notices.

     141   

10.2.

 

Expenses.

     142   

10.3.

 

Indemnity.

     143   

10.4.

 

Set-Off.

     144   

10.5.

 

Amendments and Waivers.

     144   

10.6.

 

Successors and Assigns; Participations.

     146   

10.7.

 

Independence of Covenants.

     150   

10.8.

 

Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements.

     150   

10.9.

 

No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.

     151   

10.10.

 

Marshalling; Payments Set Aside.

     151   

10.11.

 

Severability.

     151   

10.12.

 

Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights.

     151   

10.13.

 

Headings.

     151   

10.14.

 

APPLICABLE LAW.

     151   

10.15.

 

CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

     151   

10.16.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

     152   

10.17.

 

Confidentiality.

     152   

 

-iv-


10.18.

 

Usury Savings Clause.

     153   

10.19.

 

Counterparts.

     153   

10.20.

 

Effectiveness; Entire Agreement.

     153   

10.21.

 

PATRIOT Act.

     153   

10.22.

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments.

     154   

10.23.

 

No Fiduciary Duty.

     154   

10.24.

 

Judgment Currency.

     154   

APPENDICES:

 

A    Revolving Commitments
B    Notice Addresses

SCHEDULES:

 

6.1    Certain Indebtedness
6.2    Certain Liens
6.6    Certain Investments
6.11    Certain Affiliate Transactions

 

-v-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT , dated as of October 24, 2012, is entered into by and among IMS HEALTH INCORPORATED , a Delaware corporation (“ Parent Borrower ”), HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), IMS AG , a Swiss corporation and a subsidiary of Parent Borrower (“ Swiss Subsidiary Borrower ”), IMS JAPAN K.K. , a Japanese stock corporation ( kabushiki kaisha ) and a subsidiary of Parent Borrower (“ Japanese Subsidiary Borrower ”; and together with Parent Borrower and Swiss Subsidiary Borrower, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, “ Borrowers ”), CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF PARENT BORROWER , as Guarantors, the Lenders party hereto from time to time, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. and GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC (“ GSLP ”), as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Lead Bookrunners, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”) and as Collateral Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank, GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC , as Syndication Agent (in such capacity, “ Syndication Agent ”), and each of BARCLAYS BANK PLC (“ Barclays Capital ”), DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. (“ DB ”) , HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC. (“ HSBC Securities ”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (“ JPM ”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ Wells ”), as Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacities, “ Co-Documentation Agents ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS , capitalized terms used in these Recitals shall have the respective meanings set forth for such terms in Section 1.1 hereof;

WHEREAS , Borrowers and Holdings were party to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the First Restatement Effective Date, the “ Original Credit Agreement ”), with the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Original Lenders ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, swingline lender and issuing bank and the other agents party thereto, pursuant to which the Original Lenders extended or committed to extend certain credit facilities to Borrowers;

WHEREAS , Borrowers, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto entered into the First Amendment, dated as of March 16, 2011 under which the Original Credit Agreement was amended and restated (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date, the “ Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , pursuant to that Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2012 (the “ Amendment ”), among Borrowers, Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto and upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is being amended and restated in the form of this Agreement;

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1. Definitions . The following terms used herein, including in the preamble, recitals, exhibits and schedules hereto, shall have the following meanings:

“2010 Reduction Amount ” as defined in Section 2.14(e).

Acquisition ” means the acquisition of Parent Borrower pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

Acquisition Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 5, 2009, among Parent Borrower, Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. and Healthcare Technology Acquisition, Inc., together with all exhibits, schedules, documents, agreements, and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, or modified in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof.

 

- 1 -


Acquisition Consideration ” means the purchase consideration for any Permitted Acquisition paid by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any such consideration paid in the form of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof), whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or deferred for payment at any future time, whether or not any such future payment is subject to the occurrence of any contingency, and including any and all payments representing the purchase price and any assumptions of Indebtedness, “earn-outs” and other agreements to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of any person or business; provided , that the Acquisition Consideration in respect of any Permitted Acquisition automatically shall be deemed to be reduced by the amount of any such deferred or contingent payments that cease to be payable by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries under the terms of such Permitted Acquisition as of the date on which such amount ceases to be payable.

Additional Refinancing Lender ” means, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (other than any such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that is a Lender at such time) that agrees to provide any portion of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.24; provided that each Additional Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the consent of (i) Administrative Agent to the extent that such consent would be required under Section 10.6 (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), and (ii) Parent Borrower.

Additional Tranche B Dollar Term Lender ” as defined in the Amendment.

Additional Tranche B Euro Term Lender ” as defined in the Amendment.

“A dditional Tranche B Term Lender ” as defined in the Amendment.

Administrative Agent ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit P to the Original Credit Agreement or any other form approved by Administrative Agent.

Adverse Proceeding ” means any action, suit, proceeding, hearing (in each case, whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign (including any Environmental Claims), whether pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened in writing against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

Affected Lender ” as defined in Section 2.18(b).

Affected Loans ” as defined in Section 2.18(b).

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (i) other than for purposes of the definition of “Change of Control”, to vote 10% or more of the Securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

Affiliated Lender ” shall mean a Lender that is a Sponsor or Affiliate of a Sponsor (excluding, in each case, any Credit Party).

 

-2-


Agent ” means each of (a) Administrative Agent, (b) Syndication Agent, (c) Collateral Agent, (d) each Co-Documentation Agent, (e) the Arranger and (f) any other Person appointed under the Credit Documents to serve in an agent or similar capacity including, without limitation, any auction manager.

Agent Affiliates ” as defined in Section 10.1(b).

Aggregate Amounts Due ” as defined in Section 2.17.

Aggregate Payments ” as defined in Section 7.2.

Agreement ” means this Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2012, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ” as defined in the recitals hereto.

Amendment ” as defined in the recitals hereto.

Applicable Margin ” means with respect to Revolving Loans, (i) from the First Restatement Effective Date until one Business Day after the date of delivery of the Compliance Certificate and the financial statements for the period ending March 31, 2011, the applicable percentage, per annum, set forth below determined by reference to Pricing Level 1; and (ii) thereafter, the applicable percentage, per annum, set forth below determined by reference to the Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(c):

 

Pricing Level

  

Leverage Ratio

   Applicable Margin for
Eurocurrency Rate
Loans
    Applicable
Margin for Base Rate
Loans
 

1

   ³  4.00:1.00      3.25     2.25

2

   < 4.00:1.00 but  ³  2.75:1.00      3.00     2.00

3

   < 2.75:1.00      2.75     1.75

No change in the Applicable Margin shall be effective until one Business Day after the date on which Administrative Agent shall have received the applicable financial statements and a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1(c) calculating the Leverage Ratio. At any time Parent Borrower has not submitted to Administrative Agent the applicable information as and when required under Section 5.1(c), the Applicable Margin shall be determined as if Pricing Level 1 shall have applied until one Business Day after the delivery of such information. Promptly upon receipt of the applicable information under Section 5.1(c), Administrative Agent shall give each Lender telefacsimile or telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) of the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage in effect from such date. If at a time when this Agreement is in effect and unpaid Obligations under this Agreement are outstanding (other than Obligations under any Cash Management Agreement or Hedge Agreement and indemnities and other contingent obligations not yet due and payable), as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of Holdings or Parent Borrower or for any other reason, Parent Borrower, Holdings or the Lenders determine that (i) the Leverage Ratio as calculated by Holdings as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the applicable Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, promptly on demand by Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.1(f) or 8.1(g), automatically and without further action by Administrative Agent, any Lender or Issuing Bank), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period; provided , that non-payment as a result of such inaccuracy shall not in any event be deemed retroactively to be an Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.1(a), and such amount payable shall be calculated without giving effect to any additional interest payable on overdue amounts under Section 2.10 if paid promptly on demand. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender under Section 2.10 or Section 8.

 

-3-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Applicable Margin in respect of Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments or Extended Term Loans of any Extension Series or Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments or Refinancing Term Loans of any Refinancing Series shall be the applicable percentages per annum provided pursuant to the relevant Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment, Joinder Agreement, Extension Amendment or Refinancing Amendment, as the case may be and (y) the Applicable Margin of certain Loans shall be increased as, and to the extent, necessary to comply with the provisions of 2.23(e).

Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage ” means 0.75%.

Applicable Time ” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Foreign Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Foreign Currency as reasonably determined by Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.

Approved Electronic Communications ” means any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Credit Party provides to Administrative Agent pursuant to any Credit Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to Agents or to Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 10.1(b).

Arranger ” means Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, in its capacity as sole lead arranger under the Original Credit Agreement, each of the Restatement Arrangers and each of the Second Restatement Arrangers.

Asset Sale ” means a sale, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor) other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, Specified IP Licenses, transfer or other disposition to, or any exchange of property with, any Person (other than Parent Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or any part of Holdings’ or any of its Subsidiaries’ businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed, or an issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any of Holdings’ Subsidiaries, other than any such disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $10,000,000.

Assignment Agreement ” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, with such amendments or modifications as may be approved by Administrative Agent.

Assignment Effective Date ” as defined in Section 10.6(b).

Attributable Debt ” means, in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended); provided , however , that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby shall be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease”.

Authorized Officer ” means, as applied to any Person, any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), chief executive officer, president, vice president (or the equivalent thereof), chief financial officer or treasurer of such Person; provided that, at the request of Administrative Agent, (x) with respect to Holdings and its Domestic Subsidiaries, the secretary or assistant secretary of such Person shall have delivered an incumbency certificate to Administrative Agent as to the authority of such Authorized Officer and (y) with respect to Japanese Subsidiary Borrower, a director of such Person shall have delivered an incumbency certificate to Administrative Agent as to the authority of such Authorized Officer.

 

-4-


Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

Barclays Capital ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Base Rate ” means, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate” and (c) so long as such published rate is available, the rate of interest determined in accordance with clause (b) of the definition of “Eurocurrency Base Rate” plus 1.0%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Base Rate with respect to any Tranche B Dollar Term Loan at any time be less than 2.25%.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

Beneficiary ” means each Agent, Issuing Bank, Lender and Lender Counterparty.

Board of Governors ” means the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

Borrowers ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where Administrative Agent’s Principal Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located and:

(a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;

(b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a TARGET Day;

(c) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and

(d) if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than Dollars or Euro in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, or any other dealings in any currency other than Dollars or Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan (other than any interest rate settings), means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.

 

-5-


Capital Lease ” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person; provided, that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capital Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Cash ” means money, currency or a credit balance in any demand or Deposit Account.

Cash Collateralize ” as defined in Section 2.4(g).

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) (a) Pounds Sterling, Yen, Swiss Francs, Euros, or any national currency of any Participating Member State of the EMU; and

(b) such local currencies held by Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States Government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

-6-


(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-1 or A-1 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency), and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency), with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(9) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency);

(10) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency), with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(11) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts. In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (11) above.

Cash Management Agreement ” shall mean any agreement or arrangement to provide treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer (including automated clearing house fund transfer services) and other cash management services.

Certificate re Non-Bank Status ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Original Credit Agreement.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Original Closing Date:

(i) prior to the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Original Closing Date, (x) Sponsors directly or indirectly cease to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) Capital Stock of Holdings representing more than 50% of the total voting power and economic power of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Holdings (for avoidance of doubt, exclusive of debt securities which are convertible into Capital Stock until converted), or (y) TPG Group directly or indirectly ceases to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) Capital Stock of Holdings representing 33.33% or more of the total voting power and economic power of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Holdings (for avoidance of doubt, exclusive of debt securities which are convertible into Capital Stock until converted); or

 

-7-


(ii) at any time on or after the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Original Closing Date, (A) Parent Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) that both (x) any Person (other than any Sponsor) or Persons (other than any Sponsor) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), has acquired, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) 40% or more of the total voting power or economic power of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Holdings (for avoidance of doubt, exclusive of debt securities which are convertible into Capital Stock until converted) and (y) the Sponsors do not directly or indirectly beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) a greater percentage of both the voting and economic power of all of such outstanding Capital Stock of Holdings than the Person or group referred to in the foregoing clause (ii)(x), or (B) during any period of twelve consecutive months, the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings cease to be occupied by Persons who either (a) were members of the board of directors of Holdings on the Original Closing Date or (b) were nominated for election by the board of directors of Holdings, a majority of whom were directors on the Original Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, in each case other than any person whose initial nomination or appointment occurred as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors on the board of directors of Holdings (other than any such solicitation made by the board of directors of Holdings);

(iii) Parent Borrower shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Equity Interests of (x) the Japanese Subsidiary Borrower or (y) the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower (in each case, excluding any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable Law);

(iv) Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Equity Interests of Parent Borrower; or

(v) any “change of control” or similar event under the Senior Notes Indenture shall occur.

Class ” means (i) with respect to Lenders, each of the following classes of Lenders: (a) Lenders having Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Exposure, (b) Lenders having Tranche B Euro Term Loan Exposure, (c) Lenders having U.S. Revolving Exposure (including Swing Line Lender), (d) Lenders having Japanese Revolving Exposure, (e) Lenders having Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure, (f) Lenders having New Term Loan Exposure of each applicable Series, (g) Lenders having Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure, (h) Extending Term Lenders of each applicable Extension Series and (i) Refinancing Term Lenders of each applicable Refinancing Series, (ii) with respect to Loans, each of the following classes of Loans: (a) Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, (b) Tranche B Euro Term Loans, (c) U.S. Revolving Loans (including Swing Line Loans), (d) Japanese Revolving Loans, (e) Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans, (f) each Series of New Term Loans, (g) Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans, (h) each Refinancing Series and (i) each Extension Series and (iii) with respect to Commitments, each of the following classes of Commitments: (a) Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitments, (b) Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitments, (c) U.S. Revolving Commitments, (d) Japanese Revolving Commitments, (e) Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments, (f) each Series of New Term Loans, (g) Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, (h) Refinancing Term Commitments of each applicable Refinancing Series and (i) Extended Term Commitments of each applicable Extension Series.

Co-Documentation Agents ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Collateral ” means, collectively, all of the real, personal and mixed property (including Equity Interests) in which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations.

Collateral Agent ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

-8-


Collateral Documents ” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Mortgages, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Landlord Personal Property Collateral Access Agreements, if any, the Loss Sharing Agreement, the Foreign Collateral Documents and all other instruments, documents and agreements delivered by any Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents in order to grant to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, or to grant to Secured Parties, a Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of that Credit Party as security for the Obligations.

Collateral Questionnaire ” means the collateral disclosure schedule attached to the Pledge and Security Agreement that provides information with respect to the personal or mixed property of each Credit Party.

Commitment ” means any Revolving Commitment or Term Loan Commitment.

Commitment Letter ” as defined in Section 10.20.

Commitment Parties ” as defined in Section 10.20

Commodity Agreement ” means any agreement (including each confirmation pursuant to any master agreement) or transaction providing for one or more swaps, caps, collars, floors, futures, options, spots, forwards, derivative, any physical or financial commodity contracts or agreements, netting agreements, capacity agreements or commercial or trading agreements and any other similar agreements, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the commodity price exposure associated with the operations of any Credit Party or Subsidiary thereof and not for speculative purposes.

Compliance Certificate ” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Original Credit Agreement.

Consent Solicitation and Exchange Offer ” means the consent solicitation and exchange offer as set forth in the offering circular and consent solicitation statement dated October 10, 2012 relating to the Senior Exchange Notes.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA ” means, for any period, an amount determined for Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to Consolidated Net Income:

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise, excise or similar taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(b) total interest expense for such period net of interest income, plus bank fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any fees, expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Investment permitted by Section 6.6, Asset Sale or other disposition permitted by Section 6.8, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the incurrence of the Indebtedness under the Original Credit Agreement, the issuance of the Senior Notes, the First Restatement Transactions and the Second Restatement Transactions), or refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of this Agreement and the Senior

 

-9-


Notes Indenture), including in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Original Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any nonrecurring charges and costs incurred in connection with acquisitions or mergers after the Original Closing Date, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals or reserves, in each case, actually incurred in any period and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(f) any non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing (and not added back in computing) Consolidated Net Income for such period, including (x) any non-cash impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and (y) the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP (excluding for purposes of this clause (f) any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in cash or accrued in such period to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement (including termination fees but excluding any indemnities paid in such period under the Management Agreement) to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 6.11(j) hereof and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(i) in connection with any material restructuring of the business of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary course of business and described in reasonable detail in the officer’s certificate referred to below (each a “ Specified Restructuring ”) the amount of expected cost savings that result or are expected to result from actions taken, committed to be taken or planned to be taken pursuant to a factually supported plan in connection with such Specified Restructuring prior to the Specified Calculation Date that (x) are factually supportable and determined in good faith by Parent Borrower, as certified in an officer’s certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of Parent Borrower to Administrative Agent, and (y) do not exceed the actual cost savings expected in good faith to be realized by Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries over such 12 month period commencing with the Specified Calculation Date (as opposed, for the avoidance of doubt, to the annualized impact of such cost savings); plus

(j) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Parent Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Parent Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(k) any net loss from discontinued operations;

(2) decreased by (without duplication), in each case to the extent included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period any net income from discontinued operations; and

 

-10-


(3) increased (by losses) or decreased (by gains), as applicable, without duplication in each case, except for the adjustments set forth in the proviso in this clause (3), to the extent included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedge Agreements and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133;

(b) any realized or unrealized gains or losses in such period from (i) balance sheet currency translation, (ii) currency translation of assets or liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency of a Person into the functional currency of that Person and (iii) Hedge Agreements that are designated by a Person as a hedge of an asset or liability in clause (b)(i) or (ii);

(c) any adjustments resulting from the application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 (Guarantees);

provided , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall include (without duplication): (i) any net realized gain or loss from any Hedge Agreements accounted for as cash flow hedges of intercompany royalties and (ii) any net realized gain or loss from any Hedge Agreements that are designated by Parent Borrower as EBITDA hedges, except to the extent any such Hedge Agreements are terminated prior to their scheduled maturity.

Consolidated Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “purchase of property and equipment” or similar items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided that Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall not include:

(i) any expenditures for replacements, restorations, repairs and substitutions for fixed assets, capital assets or equipment to the extent made with Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds invested pursuant to Section 2.14(b) or with Net Asset Sale Proceeds invested pursuant to Section 2.14(a);

(ii) any expenditures which constitute the SDI Acquisition or a Permitted Acquisition permitted under Section 6.6;

(iii) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment; provided , that (x) the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time and (y) this exclusion is limited to the value of such credit;

(iv) any expenditures relating to the construction or acquisition of any property which has been transferred to a Person other than Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary during the same Fiscal Year in which such expenditures were made pursuant to a disposition permitted under Section 6.8(b) or a sale-leaseback transaction permitted under Section 6.10;

(v) any expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures by Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof and that actually are paid for, or reimbursed to Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary in Cash or Cash Equivalents by a Person other than Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof and for which neither Parent Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation in respect of such expenditures (other than rent) to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period);

(vi) interest capitalized during such period; or

(vii) expenditures financed by the Cash proceeds of issuances of (or capital contributions in respect of) Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock).

 

-11-


Consolidated Current Assets ” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of a Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, excluding (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (ii) the current portion of income taxes, including prepaid income taxes and income tax refunds receivable, and deferred income taxes and (iii) the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition.

Consolidated Current Liabilities ” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of a Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, excluding (i) the current portion of long-term debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations, in each case to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest, (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes, (v) the current portion of any Capital Leases, (vi) liabilities in respect of unpaid earn-outs, (vii) the current portion of any other long-term liabilities and (viii) the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, an amount (if positive) equal to:

(i) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (a) Consolidated Net Income, plus (b) to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income, the sum, without duplication, of amounts for non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including for depreciation and amortization (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for a potential cash charge in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge that was paid in a prior period), plus (c) the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment, plus (d) expenses deducted from Consolidated Net Income during such period in respect of expenditures made during any prior period for which a deduction from Consolidated Excess Cash Flow was made in such period pursuant to clauses (ii)(f), (g), (i) or (j) below, plus (e) any cash income or gain (actually received in cash) excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income in such period by virtue of the definition thereof, minus

(ii) the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) the amounts for such period paid from Internally Generated Cash of (1) scheduled repayments of Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding repayments of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans except to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such repayments) and scheduled repayments of obligations under Capital Leases (excluding any interest expense portion thereof), (2) Consolidated Capital Expenditures, (3) mandatory prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.14(h) and (4) voluntary permanent prepayments of other Indebtedness for borrowed money, plus

(b) other non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated Excess Cash Flow in any prior period), plus

(c) Restricted Junior Payments permitted under Sections 6.4(e), 6.4(i), 6.4(j) and 6.4(k) for such period paid from Internally Generated Cash, plus

 

-12-


(d) Permitted Acquisitions and Investments permitted under Sections 6.6(d) (for the avoidance of doubt, without duplication of any amounts deducted from Consolidated Excess Cash Flow in such period pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.14(e)), 6.6(f), 6.6(h), 6.6(j), 6.6(k) and 6.6(l) for such period paid from Internally Generated Cash, plus

(e) cash payments during such period from Internally Generated Cash in respect of long-term liabilities (other than Indebtedness) to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

(f) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made during such period from Internally Generated Cash (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

(g) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash during such period from Internally Generated Cash that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

(h) without duplication of amounts deducted from Consolidated Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, Consolidated Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made during the first Fiscal Quarter of Parent Borrower following the end of such period; provided , that to the extent the aggregate amount of Internally Generated Cash actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Consolidated Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during such subsequent Fiscal Quarter is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow at the end of the year in which such Fiscal Quarter occurs, plus

(i) the amount of cash taxes paid from Internally Generated Cash in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(j) cash expenditures from Internally Generated Cash in respect of Hedge Agreements during such Fiscal Year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(k) cash expenses, charges and losses (actually paid in cash from Internally Generated Cash) that are excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income in such period by virtue of the definition thereof.

As used in this clause (ii), “scheduled repayments of Indebtedness” do not include mandatory prepayments or voluntary prepayments of any Term Loans (other than the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.14(a) to the extent required due to an Asset Sale (x) that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income during such period (to the extent of such increase) or (y) the proceeds of which are included in clause (i)(e) in respect of such period and the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.14(h)).

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all

 

-13-


commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) all commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, (d) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (e) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (f) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness and excluding (x) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transaction or any acquisition, (y) the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs and similar fees and expenses (other than, for avoidance of doubt, the amortization of original issue discount referred to in clause (a) above), and (z) the expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

(1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses, costs, charges or expenses and Transaction Costs, First Restatement Transaction Costs and Second Restatement Transaction Costs shall be excluded,

(2) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by Parent Borrower, shall be excluded,

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,

(4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Parent Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries thereof in respect of such period,

(5) effects of all non-cash adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(6) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(7) any impairment charge or asset write-off pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142—“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” or Financial Accounting Standards

 

-14-


Board Statement No. 144—“Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, any impairment charges or asset writeoffs for equity and debt securities, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141—“Business Combinations” shall be excluded, and

(8) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs for any future, present, or former employee, director, officer or consultant of Parent Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries shall be excluded.

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Total Debt outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Consolidated Total Assets ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person at such date.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions, the SDI Acquisition or any Permitted Acquisition), consisting of Indebtedness described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) and, to the extent relating to Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), clauses (viii), (ix) and (x) of the definition thereof, minus (b) the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash as of such date and (ii) $300,000,000; provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (i) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder provided that any unreimbursed amount under commercial letters of credit shall not be counted as Consolidated Total Debt until 1 day after such amount is drawn, (ii) obligations under Hedge Agreements and (iii) any non-recourse debt.

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, as at any date of determination, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries over Consolidated Current Liabilities of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment ” means, for any period on a consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period. In calculating the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment there shall be excluded the effect of reclassification during such period of current assets to long-term assets and current liabilities to long-term liabilities and the effect of the SDI Acquisition, any Asset Sale or other disposition or Permitted Acquisition during such period; provided that there shall be included with respect to the SDI Acquisition or any Permitted Acquisition during such period an amount (which may be a negative number) by which the Consolidated Working Capital acquired in the SDI Acquisition or such Permitted Acquisition as at the time of such acquisition exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital at the end of such period.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2) to advance or supply funds

 

-15-


(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contractual Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

Contributing Guarantors ” as defined in Section 7.2.

Controlled Investment Affiliate ” means, as to any future, present, or former employee, director, officer or consultant of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, any other Person, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity investments in Parent Borrower.

Conversion/Continuation Date ” means the effective date of a continuation or conversion, as the case may be, as set forth in the applicable Conversion/Continuation Notice.

Conversion/Continuation Notice ” means a Conversion/Continuation Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Original Credit Agreement.

Counterpart Agreement ” means a Counterpart Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H to the Original Credit Agreement delivered by a Credit Party pursuant to Section 5.10.

CPP ” means CPP Investment Board Private Holdings Inc. and its Affiliates and all investment funds advised by any of the foregoing (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, their portfolio companies or other operating companies affiliated with CPP Investment Board Private Holdings Inc.).

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, then existing Term Loans (including any successive Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness) (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness has a later maturity and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Refinanced Debt (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of the Refinanced Debt prior to the time of incurrence of such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness), and (ii) unless such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred solely by means of extending or renewing then existing Refinanced Debt without resulting in any Net Cash Proceeds, such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged with 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained.

Credit Date ” means the date of a Credit Extension.

Credit Document ” means any of this Agreement, the Notes, if any, the Collateral Documents, the Amendment, on and after the execution thereof, the Intercreditor Agreements, any documents or certificates executed by Parent Borrower in favor of Issuing Bank relating to Letters of Credit, and each other document, instrument or agreement executed and delivered by a Credit Party for the benefit of any Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection herewith that is referred to as a Credit Document by its terms.

Credit Extension ” means the making of a Loan or the issuing of a Letter of Credit.

 

-16-


Credit Party ” means each Borrower, each Guarantor and each Swiss Guarantor.

Cumulative Consolidated Net Income Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) 50.0% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning from October 1, 2012 to the end of Parent Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Junior Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100.0% of such deficit), minus (b) the aggregate amount as of the date of determination of, without duplication, Restricted Junior Payments made since the Second Restatement Effective Date using the Cumulative Consolidated Net Income Amount pursuant to Section 6.4(m).

Cumulative Growth Amount ” shall mean, on any date of determination, the sum of, without duplication,

(A) the sum of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow (but not less than zero in any period) commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2010 that was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.14(e), plus

(B) the amount of Cash proceeds of issuances of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Original Closing Date to the extent that such proceeds shall have been actually received by Parent Borrower (including through capital contribution of such proceeds by Holdings to Parent Borrower) on or prior to such date of determination and to the extent not used to reduce Consolidated Capital Expenditures pursuant to clause (vii) of the definition thereof, plus

(C) an amount equal to any repayments, interest, returns, profits, distributions, income and similar amounts actually theretofore received in cash in respect of any Investment made since the Original Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.6(o), minus

(D) the sum at the time of determination of (i) the aggregate amount of Investments made since the Original Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.6(o) and (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures made pursuant to the second proviso in Section 6.7(c).

Currency Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract, synthetic cap or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the foreign currency risk associated with the Credit Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ operations and not for speculative purposes.

DB ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means a condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Term Loans, Revolving Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, (c) is a Revolving Lender and has defaulted in fulfilling its funding obligations (as a lender, agent or letter of credit or bank guarantee issuer) under one or more other syndicated credit facilities generally, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or (d) is a Revolving Lender and has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event.

 

-17-


Deposit Account ” means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.

Designated Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means a sale and leaseback transaction of any property located at (x) 7 Harewood Avenue, London, United Kingdom and (y) 660 West Germantown Pike, Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania (the “Plymouth Meeting Property”).

Disqualified Stock ” means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is:

(1) required to be redeemed or is redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of the outstanding Term Loans at the time such Capital Stock is first issued; or

(2) convertible into or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof at any time prior to the date that is 91 days after Latest Maturity Date of the outstanding Term Loans for Capital Stock referred to in clause (1) above or Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (A) if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees or by any such plan to such employees, in each case in the ordinary course of business of Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Parent Borrower in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; (B) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require Parent Borrower to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that Parent Borrower may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 6.4; and (C) no Capital Stock held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of Parent Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parents or Subsidiaries) shall be considered Disqualified Stock because such stock is redeemable or subject to repurchase pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option, stock appreciation right or other stock award agreement, stock ownership plan, put agreement, stockholder agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time.

Disregarded Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and a material asset of which is Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary.

Dollar Equivalent ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Dollars or an amount denominated in Dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to an amount of any Foreign Currency or an amount denominated in such Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Foreign Currency.

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” mean the lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia (other than any such Subsidiary that is Wholly-Owned by one or more Foreign Subsidiaries). For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Agreement, Japanese Subsidiary Borrower shall not be considered a Domestic Subsidiary.

Effective Yield ” means, as to any Loans of any Class, the effective yield on such Loans, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (x) the original stated life of such Loans and (y) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders making such Loans, but excluding any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared with the relevant Lenders and customary consent fees paid generally to consenting Lenders.

 

-18-


Electing Revolving Lender ” as defined in the Amendment.

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person other than a natural Person that is (i) with respect to an assignment or funding of (x) Term Loans, a Lender, an Affiliate of any Lender or a Related Fund and (y) Revolving Loans, Revolving Commitments, Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans, Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, New Revolving Loans and New Revolving Commitments, a Lender holding Revolving Commitments or Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, an Affiliate of any Lender holding Revolving Commitments or Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments or a Related Fund of a Lender holding Revolving Commitments or Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments (in the case of both clause (x) and (y) above, any two or more Related Funds being treated as a single Eligible Assignee for all purposes hereof), and (ii) a commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans in the ordinary course of business, provided , that none of any Credit Party, Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates may be an Eligible Assignee, except that Affiliated Lenders may be Eligible Assignees with respect to Term Loans to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 10.6(i).

Eligible Japanese Investor ” means any Person receiving, under any of the Credit Documents, interest, all of which is not subject to withholding of Japanese income tax ( gensen shotokuzei ) under the Laws of Japan, excluding Japanese Tax Treaties, which Person includes a Japanese permanent establishment of a non-Japanese Person receiving, under any of the Credit Documents, interest, all of which becomes exempt from withholding of Japanese income tax ( gensen shotokuzei ) under the Laws of Japan, excluding Japanese Tax Treaties, by presenting a withholding tax exemption certificate ( gensenchyoushyuu no menjvo shoumeisho ) (“ Japanese PE ”), or any Person receiving, under any of the Credit Documents, interest, all which may not be taxed by Japan by virtue of the provisions of an applicable Japanese Tax Treaty (“ Japanese Treaty Person ”).

Eligible Swiss Bank ” means any Lender or participant who carries out genuine banking activities with its own infrastructure and staff as its principal business purpose and qualifies as a bank and has a banking license in full force and effect in the jurisdiction of incorporation, or if acting through a branch, of the office where its Loans, Notes or Commitments or any participating interests therein are booked, as set forth in the respective regulations of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration.

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed by, Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

EMU ” means the economic and monetary union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.

EMU Legislation ” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

Environmental Claim ” means any investigation, notice, notice of violation, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or other order or directive (conditional or otherwise), by any Governmental Authority or any other Person, arising (i) pursuant to or in connection with any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law; (ii) in connection with any Hazardous Material or any actual or alleged Hazardous Materials Activity; or (iii) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to health, safety, natural resources or the environment.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all current or future foreign or domestic, federal or state (or any subdivision of either of them), statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments, Governmental Authorizations, or any other requirements of Governmental Authorities relating to (i) environmental matters, including those relating to any Hazardous Materials Activity; (ii) the generation, use, storage, transportation or

 

-19-


disposal of Hazardous Materials; or (iii) occupational safety and health, industrial hygiene, land use or the protection of human, plant or animal health or welfare, in any manner applicable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any Facility.

Equity Contribution ” means cash common equity investments in Holdings directly or indirectly by the Sponsors, in an amount equal to not less than 40% of the sum of (1) the aggregate stated principal amount of the loans borrowed on the Original Closing Date under this Agreement, (2) the aggregate stated principal amount of the Senior Notes issued, (3) the aggregate stated principal amount of Surviving Indebtedness (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement), (4) the amount of cash of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries on hand as of the Original Closing Date, and (5) the amount of such cash equity contributed, in each case on the Original Closing Date, of which, (i) TPG Group (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any co-invest vehicles controlled by TPG Group) and (ii) LGP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any co-invest vehicles controlled by LGP) shall have contributed at least 50.1% on or prior to the Original Closing Date.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any issuance or sale in a public offering of Capital Stock of Holdings or any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies (excluding, in any such case, Disqualified Stock), other than public offerings with respect to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

ERISA Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; and (iii) any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that person, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above is a member. Any former ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall continue to be considered an ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or any such Subsidiary within the meaning of this definition with respect to the period such entity was an ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or such Subsidiary and with respect to liabilities arising after such period for which Holdings or such Subsidiary could be liable under the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA.

ERISA Event ” means (i) a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (ii) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors not under common control or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in liability to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (v) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which may reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan; (vi) the imposition of liability on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii) the withdrawal of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any liability therefore, or the receipt by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of written notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or

 

-20-


4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (viii) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Internal Revenue Code or under Section 409, Section 502(c), (i) or (l), or Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan; (ix) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Employee Benefit Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan or the assets thereof, or against Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan; (x) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; or (xi) the imposition of a lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Euro ” and “ EUR ” mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

Euro Unit ” means the currency unit of the Euro.

Eurocurrency Rate ” means for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:

 

  Eurocurrency Rate =   

Clause (a) of Eurocurrency Base Rate

  
     1.00 – Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage   

Eurocurrency Base Rate ” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, or (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurocurrency Base Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch (or other Bank of America branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank market for such currency at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in no event shall the Eurocurrency Base Rate with respect to any Tranche B Euro Term Loan at any time be less than 1.50% and (ii) in no event shall the Eurocurrency Base Rate with respect to any Tranche B Dollar Term Loan at any time be less than 1.25%; and (b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) BBA LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two Business Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained by Bank of America and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.

Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate.

 

-21-


Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage ” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”). The Eurocurrency Rate for each outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage.

Event of Default ” means each of the conditions or events set forth in Section 8.1.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Excluded Taxes ” as defined in Section 2.20(b).

Existing Revolving Commitment ” as defined in Section 2.25(a).

Existing Revolving Lender ” means Lenders holding Existing Revolving Commitments.

Existing Revolving Loans ” as defined in Section 2.25(a).

Existing Term Loan Tranche ” as defined in Section 2.26(a).

Expiring Commitment ” as defined in Section 2.3(k).

Extended Term Commitments ” means one or more commitments hereunder to convert Term Loans under an Existing Term Loan Tranche to Extended Term Loans of a given Extension Series pursuant to an Extension Amendment.

Extended Term Loans ” as defined in Section 2.26(a).

Extending Term Lender ” as defined in Section 2.26(b).

Extension ” means any establishment of Extended Term Commitments and Extended Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.26 and the applicable Extension Amendment.

Extension Amendment ” as defined in Section 2.26(c).

Extension Election ” as defined in Section 2.26(b).

Extension Request ” means any Term Loan Extension Request.

Extension Series ” means any Term Loan Extension Series.

Extension Series Exposure ” means any Term Loan Extension Series Exposure.

Facility ” means any real property (including all buildings, fixtures, equipment or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors.

FATCA ” means current Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code (and any similar amended or successor versions that are substantively comparable) and any applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or published administrative guidance implementing such Sections, whether in existence on the date hereof or promulgated or published thereafter.

 

-22-


Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any property, asset or liability, the fair market value of such property, asset or liability as determined by Parent Borrower in good faith; provided that, (i) solely for purposes of Section 5.15(b), the determination of fair market value of property or assets shall be confirmed by (x) in the case of any transaction or series of related transactions exceeding $15,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of Parent Borrower as certified by a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Parent Borrower delivered to Administrative Agent and (y) in the case of any transaction or series of related transactions exceeding $50,000,000, a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor delivered to Administrative Agent and (ii) solely for purposes of Section 6.8(b), the determination of fair market value of property or assets shall be confirmed by, in the case of any transaction or series of related transactions exceeding $50,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of Parent Borrower as certified by a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Parent Borrower delivered to Administrative Agent.

Fair Share ” as defined in Section 7.2.

Fair Share Contribution Amount ” as defined in Section 7.2.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by Administrative Agent.

Financial Officer Certification ” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such certification is required, the certification of the chief financial officer of Parent Borrower that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

Financial Plan ” as defined in Section 5.1(h).

First Amendment ” means that Amendment No. 1 to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2011, among Borrowers, Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto.

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement among Administrative Agent and one or more Senior Representatives for holders of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and/or Incremental Equivalent Debt secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

First Priority ” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is the only Lien to which such Collateral is subject, other than any Permitted Lien.

First Restatement Effective Date ” means March 16, 2011.

First Restatement Transaction Costs ” means all fees, expenses and other amounts incurred or paid by or on behalf of Parent Borrower or any other Credit Parties in connection with the First Restatement Transactions.

First Restatement Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the amendment and restatement of the Original Credit Agreement, including the execution and delivery of the First Amendment and any Credit Documents contemplated thereby, including (i) borrowing of the Term Loans under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, (ii) the refinancing, repayment or replacement of the term loans under the Original Credit Agreement, and (iii) the amendment and extension of the revolving credit commitments under the Original Credit Agreement, and (b) all other transactions contemplated by the First Amendment or in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

-23-


First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Foreign Subsidiary that is the direct Subsidiary of Parent Borrower, Japanese Subsidiary Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Disregarded Domestic Subsidiary).

Fiscal Quarter ” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of Holdings (or Parent Borrower, as applicable) and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period prior to such date to (2) the Fixed Charges for such Test Period, in each case for the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period; and

(3) all dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

Flood Hazard Property ” means any Real Estate Asset subject to a mortgage in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, and located in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards.

Foreign Collateral Documents ” means each of the documents set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) to the Original Credit Agreement.

Foreign Currency ” means (a) Euros, (b) Swiss Francs, (c) Yen and (d) each other currency that is approved in accordance with Section 1.6.

Foreign Currency Equivalent ” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Foreign Currency as determined by Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Foreign Currency with Dollars.

Foreign Currency Loan ” means any Loan denominated in a Foreign Currency.

Foreign Guaranteed Obligations ” as defined in Section 7.1(b).

Foreign Obligations ” means all Obligations of Subsidiary Borrowers.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funding Guarantors ” as defined in Section 7.2.

Funding Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Original Credit Agreement.

 

-24-


GAAP ” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.2, United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect as of the date of determination thereof.

Governmental Acts ” means any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity, officer or examiner exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a foreign entity or government.

Governmental Authorization ” means any permit, license, authorization, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

Grantor ” as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

GSLP ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

GSMP Agreement ” means the agreement, dated as of the Original Closing Date, by and among Parent Borrower, GS Mezzanine Partners V Onshore Fund, L.P. and other members of the GSMP Group, relating to the issuance of the Senior Notes to certain members of the GSMP Group.

GSMP Group ” means, collectively, (i) GS Mezzanine Partners V Onshore Fund, L.P., (ii) any other Affiliate thereof or of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and (iii) any Subsidiaries of the foregoing.

Guaranteed Obligations ” as defined in Section 7.1.

Guarantor ” means each of Holdings, Parent Borrower and each Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings (other than Disregarded Domestic Subsidiaries) that, as of the Original Closing Date, shall have guaranteed the Obligations pursuant to the Guaranty and each other Subsidiary of Holdings that, pursuant to Section 5.10, shall have guaranteed the Obligations pursuant to the Guaranty.

Guarantor Subsidiary ” means each Guarantor other than Holdings or Parent Borrower.

Guaranty ” means the guaranty of each Guarantor set forth in Section 7.

Guidelines ” means, together, (i) Guideline S-02.123 in relation to interbank loans of September 22, 1986 ( Circulaire relative à l’impôt anticipé sur les intérêts des avoirs en banque dont les créanciers sont des banques – avoirs interbancaires –, du 22 septembre 1986 ), (ii) Guideline S-02.122.1 in relation to bonds of April 1999 ( Circulaire sur les obligations, d’avril 1999 ), (iii) Guideline S-02.128 in relation to syndicated credit facilities of January 2000 ( Circulaire sur le traitement fiscal des prêts consortiaux, reconnaissances de dette, effets de change et sous-participations, de janvier 2000 ), and (iv) Guideline S-02.122.2 in relation to deposits of April 1999 ( Circulaire sur les avoirs de clients, d’avril 1999 ), in each case as issued, amended or substituted from time to time by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration.

Hazardous Materials ” means any chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Governmental Authority or which may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the owners, occupants or any Persons in the vicinity of any Facility or to the indoor or outdoor environment.

Hazardous Materials Activity ” means any past, current, proposed or threatened activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, including the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, presence, existence, location, Release, threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation, processing, construction, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal, disposition or handling of any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective action or response action with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

-25-


Hedge Agreement ” means an Interest Rate Agreement, a Currency Agreement or a Commodity Agreement entered into by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer, modification or mitigation of interest rate, commodity or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Highest Lawful Rate ” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to any Lender which are presently in effect, including the Interest Rate Restriction Law (Law No. 100 of 1954) of Japan and the Law Concerning Regulations of Acceptance of Contribution, Deposit and Interest, Etc. (Law No. 195 of 1954) of Japan, or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

Historical Financial Statements ” means as of the Second Restatement Effective Date, the audited financial statements of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, for the immediately preceding three Fiscal Years ended December 31, 2011, consisting of consolidated balance sheets and the related statements of income and cash flows for such Fiscal Years, certified by the chief financial officer of Parent Borrower that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated.

Holdings ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Honor Date ” as defined in Section 2.4(c).

HSBC Securities ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Increased Amount Date ” as defined in Section 2.23(a).

Increased-Cost Lenders ” as defined in Section 2.22.

Incremental Equivalent Debt ” as defined in Section 6.1(x).

Indebtedness ” means, as applied to any Person, without duplication:

(i) all indebtedness for borrowed money;

(ii) that portion of obligations with respect to Capital Leases that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP;

(iii) indebtedness evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments;

(iv) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (a) trade accounts and accrued expenses payable in the ordinary course of business, (b) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid within 30 days after becoming due and payable);

 

-26-


(v) all indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person;

(vi) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions that may have been reimbursed) of any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings;

(vii) Disqualified Stock;

(viii) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another Person to the extent such obligation would constitute Indebtedness pursuant to any of clauses (i) through (vii) or clause (xi) hereof;

(ix) any obligation of such Person the primary purpose or intent of which is to provide assurance to an obligee that the obligation constituting Indebtedness pursuant to clauses (i) through (vii) or clause (xi) hereof of the obligor thereof will be paid or discharged, or any agreement relating thereto will be complied with, or the holders thereof will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof;

(x) any liability of such Person for an obligation constituting Indebtedness pursuant to clauses (i) through (vii) or clause (xi) hereof of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (a) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (b) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another if, in the case of any agreement described under subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (x), the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in clause (ix) above; and

(xi) all obligations of such Person in respect of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, including any Interest Rate Agreement, any Currency Agreement and any Commodity Agreement, in each case, on a net basis in respect of all such transactions under a single master agreement to the extent such netting is provided for therein and whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes;

For all purposes hereof, the amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (v), to the extent constituting non-recourse Indebtedness, shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith. The amount of any net obligation of any Person under any derivative transaction described in clause (xi) above on any date shall be deemed to be the Termination Value as of such date.

Indemnified Liabilities ” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including natural resource damages), penalties, claims (including Environmental Claims), actions, judgments, suits, costs (including the costs of any investigation, study, sampling, testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other response action necessary to remove, remediate, clean up or abate any Hazardous Materials Activity), expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of external counsel for Indemnitees in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding or hearing commenced or threatened by any Person (including any Sponsor, any Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates), whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity; provided , that so long as a Default or Event of Default shall not have occurred and be continuing, in connection with any one action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar actions or proceedings arising out of the same general allegations, reasonable attorney’s fees shall be limited to one primary external counsel and, if reasonably required, local or specialist counsel, for all indemnified persons and; provided further , that such limitation shall not apply in the case of Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent or the Collateral Agent and each of Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to its own separate representation in all instances), whether direct, indirect, special or

 

-27-


consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and Environmental Laws), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be incurred by (other than in the case of indirect, special or consequential damages), imposed on or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of (i) this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Lenders’ agreement to make Credit Extensions, the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Credit Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranty or any other Credit Document)); (ii) the commitment letter (and any related fee or engagement letter) delivered by any Agent or any Lender to Parent Borrower or any Sponsor with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) any Environmental Claim or any Hazardous Materials Activity relating to or arising from, directly or indirectly, any past or present activity, operation, land ownership, or practice of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors in interest; or (iv) (A) the issuance of any Letter of Credit by Issuing Bank, or (B) the failure of Issuing Bank to honor a drawing under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any Governmental Act. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that an Indemnified Liability does not include the outstanding principal amount of any Loan or the amount of any interest accrued on, or fees relating to, such Loan, in each case, payable by any Credit Party.

Indemnitee ” as defined in Section 10.3.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means any accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of Parent Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. Promptly after receipt thereof, Parent Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a copy of any opinion or letter required to be provided by an Independent Financial Advisor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Installment ” as defined in Section 2.12.

Intellectual Property ” as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

Intercompany Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit L to the Original Credit Agreement evidencing Indebtedness owed among Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries.

Intercreditor Agreements ” means the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, collectively, in each case to the extent then in effect.

Interest Payment Date ” means with respect to (i) any Loan that is a Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Second Restatement Effective Date and the final maturity date of such Loan; and (ii) any Loan that is a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan; provided , in the case of each Interest Period of longer than three months, “Interest Payment Date” shall also include each date that is three months, or an integral multiple thereof, after the commencement of such Interest Period.

Interest Period ” means, in connection with a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, an interest period of one, two, three or six months, or, upon request of the applicable Borrower not less than one Business Day prior to the date that the applicable Borrower would be required to provide the Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.9, as applicable, to the extent available to each applicable Lender, one or two weeks, with respect to Loans denominated in Dollars only, and nine or twelve months, as selected by the applicable Borrower in the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, (i) initially, commencing on the Credit Date or Conversion/Continuation Date thereof, as the case may be; and (ii) thereafter, commencing on the day on which the immediately preceding Interest Period expires; provided , (a) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day

 

-28-


unless no further Business Day occurs in such month, in which case such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall, subject to clauses (c) and (d) of this definition, end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; (c) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of any Class of Term Loans shall extend beyond such Class’s Term Loan Maturity Date; and (d) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of any Class of Revolving Loans shall extend beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date of such Class.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with the operations of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and not for speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Determination Date ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

Internally Generated Cash ” means, with respect to any period, any cash of Holdings or any Subsidiary generated during such period, excluding Net Asset Sale Proceeds, Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds and any cash constituting proceeds from an incurrence of Indebtedness, an issuance of Equity Interests or a capital contribution, in each case, except to the extent such proceeds are included in clause (i)(e) of the definition of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, advances to customers and distributors and trade credit made in the ordinary course of business), (ii) all purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and (iii) all acquisitions by purchase, merger or otherwise (other than purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, materials and equipment and Consolidated Capital Expenditures in the ordinary course of business) of all or substantially all of the business, property or fixed assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any other Person or any division or line of business or other business unit of any other Person. For purposes of Section 5.15 and Section 6.6 hereof:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to Parent Borrower’s equity interest in such subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a subsidiary of Parent Borrower at the time that such subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such subsidiary as a Subsidiary, Parent Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) Parent Borrower’s “Investment” in such subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to Parent Borrower’s equity interest in such subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by the aggregate amount of any dividends, distributions, interest payments, returns of capital, repayments or other amounts received in Cash Equivalents by Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

-29-


ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by Issuing Bank and Parent Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of Issuing Bank and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Issuing Bank ” means Bank of America as Issuing Bank hereunder, together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

Japanese LOB Tax Treaty ” means the Convention between Japan and the United States for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income signed on November 6, 2003 or any other Japanese Tax Treaty with a limitation of benefits clause similar to Article 22 of said Convention.

Japanese Obligations ” means all Obligations of Japanese Subsidiary Borrower.

Japanese PE ” as defined in “Eligible Japanese Investor” in this Section 1.1.

Japanese Revolving Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund any Japanese Revolving Loan and “ Japanese Revolving Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Japanese Revolving Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A or in the applicable Assignment Agreement or Joinder Agreement, as applicable, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the Japanese Revolving Commitments as of the Second Restatement Effective Date is $100,000,000.

Japanese Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Japanese Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s Japanese Revolving Commitment, and (ii) after the termination of the Japanese Revolving Commitments, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Japanese Revolving Loans of that Lender.

Japanese Revolving Lender ” means each Lender with a Japanese Revolving Commitment.

Japanese Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made by a Lender pursuant to its Japanese Revolving Commitment to Parent Borrower or Japanese Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to the terms hereof, including Section 2.2(a)(iii).

Japanese Revolving Loan Note ” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit A-4 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (with such modifications thereto as may be necessary to reflect different Classes of Revolving Loans), as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Japanese Secured Parties ” means Collateral Agent and each Japanese Revolving Lender.

Japanese Subsidiary Borrower ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Japanese Tax Treaty ” means any bilateral convention for the avoidance of double taxation to which the Government of Japan is a party.

Japanese Treaty Person ” as defined in “ Eligible Japanese Investor ” in this Section 1.1.

Joinder Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit M to the Original Credit Agreement.

 

-30-


Joint Venture ” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form.

JPM ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Landlord Consent and Estoppel ” means, with respect to any Leasehold Property, a letter, certificate or other instrument in writing from the lessor under the related lease, pursuant to which, among other things, the landlord consents to the granting of a Mortgage on such Leasehold Property by the Credit Party tenant, such Landlord Consent and Estoppel to be in form and substance acceptable to Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion, but in any event sufficient for Collateral Agent to obtain a Title Policy with respect to such Mortgage.

Landlord Personal Property Collateral Access Agreement ” means a Landlord Waiver and Consent Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

Latest Maturity Date ” means, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Refinancing Term Loan, any Refinancing Term Commitment, any Extended Term Loan, any Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment or any New Revolving Loan Commitment, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Law(s) ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the first Business Day following the date when made or refinanced as a U.S. Revolving Loan. All L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.7. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Leasehold Property ” means any leasehold interest of any Credit Party as lessee under any lease of real property, other than any such leasehold interest which is not required to be included in the Collateral.

Lender ” means each financial institution listed on the signature pages hereto as a Lender, and any other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment Agreement, a Joinder Agreement, a Refinancing Amendment or Permitted Replacement Revolver Amendment.

Lender Counterparty ” means each Lender, each Agent and each of their respective Affiliates counterparty to a Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement (including any Person who was an Agent or a Lender (and any Affiliate thereof) as of the date such Person entered into such Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement but subsequently ceased to be an Agent or a Lender (or an affiliate thereof), as the case may be).

Lender-Related Distress Event ” means with respect to any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender (each, a “ Distressed Person ”), as the case may be, a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any Debtor Relief Law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver, examiner or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets,

 

-31-


or such Distressed Person or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Distressed Person is subject to a forced liquidation, merger, sale or other change of control supported in whole or in part by guaranties or other support of (including without limitation the nationalization or assumption of ownership or operating control by) the U.S. government or other Governmental Authority, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means a standby letter of credit issued or to be issued by Issuing Bank pursuant to this Agreement.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by Issuing Bank.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means the lesser of (i) $75,000,000 and (ii) the aggregate unused amount of the U.S. Revolving Commitments then in effect.

Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of any date of determination of (i) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date of determination to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such date.

LGP ” means Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. and its Affiliates and all investment funds advised by any of the foregoing (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, their portfolio companies or other operating companies affiliated with Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.).

Licensed Intellectual Property ” means any interest of any Credit Party as licensee or sublicensee under any license of Intellectual Property material to the ongoing or planned operations of such Credit Party’s business, other than any such interest that has been designated from time to time by Collateral Agent as not being required to be included in the Collateral.

Lien ” means with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Loan ” means a Term Loan, a Revolving Loan, a Permitted Replacement Revolving Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

Loss Sharing Agreement ” means the Loss Sharing Agreement to be executed by the Lenders substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

-32-


Management Agreement ” means the management agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date between one or more of the Sponsors or their advisors, if applicable, and Holdings, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

Mandatory Cost ” means, with respect to any period, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.1(c) to the Original Credit Agreement.

Margin Stock ” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors as in effect from time to time.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, operations, assets or financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of any Credit Party to fully and timely pay its Obligations; (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against a Credit Party of a material Credit Document to which it is a party; or (iv) rights and remedies available to, or conferred upon, any Agent and any Lender or any Secured Party under any Credit Document.

Material Real Estate Asset ” means (i) any fee-owned Real Estate Asset having a Fair Market Value in excess of $20,000,000 as of the date of the acquisition thereof and (ii) all Leasehold Properties other than those with respect to which the aggregate payments under the term of the lease are less than $2,500,000 per annum; provided that a Leasehold Property shall only be considered a Material Real Estate Asset if Administrative Agent reasonably determines, in consultation with Parent Borrower, that the practical benefits to the Secured Parties of a Mortgage on such Leasehold Property outweigh the costs and administrative burden to Parent Borrower of providing such Mortgage. For all purposes under this Agreement, the Plymouth Meeting Property shall not be deemed a Material Real Estate Asset prior to the date that is 18 months following the Original Closing Date; provided, however, that, if on or prior to the date that is 18 months following the Original Closing Date, a Designated Sale and Leaseback Transaction or Asset Sale shall not have been consummated with respect to the Plymouth Meeting Property, then on such date the Plymouth Meeting Property shall be deemed a Material Real Estate Asset, and, for the avoidance of doubt, Parent Borrower shall be required to comply with the provisions of Section 5.11 with respect to the Plymouth Meeting Property.

Maturity Date ” means (a) with respect to any Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans, the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and (b) with respect to any Term Loans, the applicable Term Loan Maturity Date.

Merrill Lynch ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgage ” means a Mortgage, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

NAIC ” means The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any successor thereto.

Narrative Report ” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such narrative report is required, a narrative report describing the results of operations of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the applicable Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such period to which such financial statements relate.

National Currency Unit ” means a fraction or multiple of one Euro Unit expressed in units of the former national currency of a Participating Member State.

Net Asset Sale Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Asset Sale (other than any Asset Sale made pursuant to clause (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (11), (13) or (14) of Section 6.8(b)) an amount equal to: (i)

 

-33-


Cash payments (including any Cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, minus (ii) (a) any out-of-pocket costs (including attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant or other customary fees) incurred in connection with such Asset Sale, (b) any taxes or distributions made pursuant to Section 6.4(j) payable or estimated to be payable in connection with such Asset Sale (including withholding taxes imposed on the repatriation of any such Net Asset Sale Proceeds), (c) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale, (d) in the case of any Asset Sale by a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Asset Sale Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (d)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of Parent Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary as a result thereof and (e) a reasonable reserve for adjustment in respect of (i) the sale price of such assets or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (ii) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by Holdings or its Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or for any indemnification obligations (fixed or contingent) associated with such Asset Sale; provided that no net cash proceeds shall constitute Net Asset Sale Proceeds in any Fiscal Year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash proceeds in such Fiscal Year shall exceed $25,000,000 (and thereafter all net cash payments and proceeds in such Fiscal Year (and not just the amount in excess thereof) shall constitute Net Asset Sale Proceeds).

Net Cash Proceeds ” means any Cash payments received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries from the incurrence of Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other fees, costs and expenses associated therewith, including legal fees and expenses.

Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds ” means an amount equal to: (i) any Cash payments or proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (a) under any casualty insurance policy in respect of a covered loss thereunder, (b) as a result of the taking of any assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise or (c) under any title insurance policy in respect of a covered loss thereunder, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, minus (ii) (a) any out-of-pocket costs incurred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of Holdings or such Subsidiary in respect thereof, (b) any out-of-pocket costs (including attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant or other customary fees) incurred in connection with any sale of such assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition, (c) any taxes or distributions made pursuant to Section 6.4(j) payable or estimated to be payable by the seller in connection with any sale of such assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition (including withholding taxes imposed on the repatriation of any such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds), (d) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such loss or taking or sale as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition, (e) in the case of any such loss or taking or sale as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition of any asset owned by a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (e)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of Parent Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary as a result thereof and (f) a reasonable reserve for adjustment in respect of (i) the sale price of such assets or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (ii) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by Holdings or its Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or for any indemnification obligations (fixed or contingent) associated with any sale of assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition; provided, that no net cash payment or proceeds shall constitute Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in any Fiscal Year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash payments and proceeds in such Fiscal Year shall exceed $25,000,000 (and thereafter all such net cash payments and proceeds in such Fiscal Year (and not just the amount in excess thereof) shall constitute Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds).

New Revolving Loan Commitments ” as defined in Section 2.23(a).

 

-34-


New Revolving Loan Lender ” as defined in Section 2.23(a).

New Revolving Loans ” as defined in Section 2.23(b).

New Senior Notes ” means Parent Borrower’s 6% Senior Notes due 2020.

New Senior Notes Indenture ” means the indenture dated as of October 24, 2012, by and among Parent Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and the trustee party thereto relating to the issuance of New Senior Notes, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified.

New Term Loan Commitments ” as defined in Section 2.23(a).

New Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the New Term Loans of such Lender.

New Term Loan Lender ” as defined in Section 2.23(a).

New Term Loan Maturity Date ” means the date on which New Term Loans of a Series shall become due and payable in full hereunder, as specified in the applicable Joinder Agreement, including by acceleration or otherwise.

New Term Loan Note ” means, for each Series of New Term Loans, a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2, as applicable, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, with, subject to Section 2.23, such changes as shall be agreed to by Parent Borrower and the New Term Loan Lenders providing such Series of New Term Loans and reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Term Loans ” as defined in Section 2.23(c).

Non-Eligible Swiss Bank ” or “ Non-Eligible Swiss Banks ” means any Person who does not qualify as an Eligible Swiss Bank.

non-Expiring Commitments ” as defined in Section 2.3(k).

Non-Extended Revolving Commitments ” is defined in Section 2.25(c).

Non-Japanese Lender ” as defined in Section 2.20(h).

Non-Public Information ” means information which has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD.

Non-US Lender ” as defined in Section 2.20(f).

Note ” means a Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Note, a Tranche B Euro Term Loan Note, a New Term Loan Note, a Japanese Revolving Loan Note, a Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loan Note, a U.S. Revolving Loan Note, a Swing Line Note or a Permitted Replacement Revolving Loan Note.

Notice ” means a Funding Notice, a Letter of Credit Application, or a Conversion/Continuation Notice.

Obligations ” means all obligations of every nature of each Credit Party, including obligations from time to time owed to Agents (including former Agents), Lenders or any of them and Lender Counterparties, under any Credit Document, Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement, whether for principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to such Credit Party, would have accrued on any Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Credit Party for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, payments for early termination of Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Agreements, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

 

-35-


Obligee Guarantor ” as defined in Section 7.7.

Organizational Documents ” means (i) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, as amended, and its by-laws, as amended, (ii) with respect to any limited partnership, its certificate of limited partnership, as amended, and its partnership agreement, as amended, (iii) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement, as amended, (iv) with respect to any limited liability company, its articles of organization or certificate of formation, as amended, and its operating agreement, as amended and (v) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, the most closely comparable documents to those set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above. In the event any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Credit Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such “Organizational Document” shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

Original Closing Date ” means February 26, 2010.

Original Credit Agreement ” as defined in the recitals hereto.

Original Lenders ” as defined in the recitals hereto.

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise, property or similar taxes, similar charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Credit Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document (and any interest or penalties related thereto).

Outstanding Amount ” means (i) with respect to Loans on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts or related L/C Borrowings as Revolving Loans) occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Borrowings occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by Parent Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under related Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

Overall Net Income Tax ” means, with respect to Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (however denominated), and franchise and similar taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), (b) any Taxes imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of any connection between the recipient and such jurisdiction other than any connections arising from executing, delivering, being a party to, receiving or perfecting a security interest under, engaging in any transactions pursuant to, performing its obligations under, or enforcing, any Credit Document, (c) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the applicable Borrower is located and (d) any United States federal withholding Tax imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Overnight Rate ” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Foreign Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Bank of America in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.

 

-36-


Parent Borrower ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Participating Member State ” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

PATRIOT Act ” as defined in Section 4.25.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

Pension Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by Parent Borrower or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided ,

(i) immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(ii) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws;

(iii) in the case of the acquisition of Equity Interests, all of the Equity Interests (except for any such Securities in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required pursuant to applicable Law) acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of Parent Borrower in connection with such acquisition shall be owned 100% by Parent Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary thereof, and Parent Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, within 45 days of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of Parent Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Sections 5.10 and/or 5.11, as applicable;

(iv) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.7 (b) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended (as determined in accordance with Section 1.10);

(v) (A) With respect to any individual acquisition for which the Acquisition Consideration exceeds $50,000,000, Parent Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent, at least 10 Business Days (or such shorter number of days as determined by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) prior to such proposed acquisition, (i) a Compliance Certificate evidencing pro forma compliance with Section 6.7(b) as required under clause (iv) above and (ii) all other relevant financial information with respect to such acquired assets, including the aggregate Acquisition Consideration and any other information required to demonstrate such compliance with Section 6.7 (b) and (B) with respect to any individual acquisition for which the Acquisition Consideration exceeds $100,000,000, Parent Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent, promptly upon the reasonable request by Administrative Agent, (i) a copy of the purchase agreement (which may be in the most recent draft form then available in the case of an acquisition to be consummated on the same date as the execution of such purchase agreement) related to the proposed Permitted Acquisition (and any related documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent) and (ii) quarterly and annual financial statements of the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are being acquired for the most recent four quarter period prior to such proposed Permitted Acquisition for which financial statements are available, including any audited financial statements that are available;

(vi) any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be in a Similar Business; and

(vii) the sum of (x) aggregate unused Dollar Equivalent portion of the Revolving Commitments at such time (after giving effect to the consummation of the respective Permitted Acquisition and any financing thereof) and (y) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash as of such date shall equal or exceed $100,000,000.

 

-37-


Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt ” means any secured Indebtedness incurred by Parent Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans secured on a pari passu basis (but without regard to control of remedies) with the Obligations; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral and is not secured by any property or assets of Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default) prior to the date that is the Latest Maturity Date of any Loan outstanding at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent), (v) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than any Credit Party, and (vi) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, provided that if such Indebtedness is the initial Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt incurred by Parent Borrower, then Parent Borrower, Administrative Agent and the Senior Representative for such Indebtedness shall have executed and delivered the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Restructuring ” means one or more internal restructuring transactions among Parent Borrower and/or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries in which (i) any assets of, or Equity Interests in, a Wholly-Owned Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Borrower) are sold, contributed or otherwise transferred to Parent Borrower or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, (ii) no Credit Party makes an Investment in connection with such transactions other than (x) a sale, contribution or other transfer of Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary as described in clause (i) or (y) as otherwise permitted by Section 6.6 (without giving effect to the parenthetical in clause (a) thereof) and (iii) the applicable requirements of Sections 5.10 and 5.11 shall be complied with in respect of any Equity Interests or other assets acquired by a Credit Party.

Permitted Liens ” means each of the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.2.

Permitted Non-Eligible Swiss Bank ” means any lender that is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets, that is (A) not an Eligible Swiss Bank and (B) by virtue of being a Lender as of the date hereof, by its accession to this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.6 as an additional Lender or through the receipt of a participation or sub-participation under Section 10.6 or otherwise does not increase the number of Persons that are not Eligible Swiss Banks with respect to Loans to the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement to a number that is greater than ten (10).

Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment ” as defined in Section 2.25(d).

Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment Request ” as defined in Section 2.25(a).

Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments ” as defined in Section 2.25(a).

Permitted Replacement Revolving Effective Date ” as defined in Section 2.25(e).

Permitted Replacement Revolving Election ” as defined in Section 2.25(b).

Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment and (ii) after termination of the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans of that Lender, (b) the aggregate amount of all participations by that Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawing under any Letter of Credit and (c) the aggregate amount of all participations therein by that Lender in any outstanding Swing Line Loans.

 

-38-


Permitted Replacement Revolving Lender ” as defined in Section 2.25(b).

Permitted Replacement Revolving Loan Note ” means, with respect to each Class of Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans, a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit A-3, A-4 or A-5, as applicable, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, with, subject to Section 2.25, such changes as shall be agreed to by Parent Borrower and the Permitted Replacement Revolving Lenders providing such Class of Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans ” as defined in Section 2.25(a).

Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt ” means any secured Indebtedness incurred by Parent Borrower in the form of one or more series of second lien secured notes or second lien secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second lien, subordinated basis to the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are necessary or appropriate to reflect the second lien nature of the security interests and as are otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent), (v) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than any Credit Party and (vi) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is the initial Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt incurred by Parent Borrower, then Parent Borrower, Administrative Agent and the Senior Representatives for such Indebtedness shall have executed and delivered the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” means unsecured Indebtedness incurred by Parent Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (ii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default) prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued, (iii) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than any Credit Party, and (iv) such Indebtedness is not secured by any Lien on any property or assets of Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary. Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Person ” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.

Platform ” as defined in Section 5.1(n).

Pledge and Security Agreement ” means the Pledge and Security Agreement to be executed by Parent Borrower and each other Guarantor substantially in the form of Exhibit I to the Original Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Plymouth Meeting Property ” as defined in the definition of “Designated Sale and Leaseback Transaction.”

Pounds Sterling ” and the sign “ £ ” mean the lawful money of the United Kingdom.

 

-39-


Pre-Restatement Revolving Commitments ” means the “Revolving Commitments” under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as in effect immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date.

Pre-Restatement Revolving Loans ” means the “Revolving Loans” under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as in effect immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Principal Office ” means, for each of Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank, such Person’s “Principal Office” (which, in the case of Administrative Agent, may include one or more separate offices with respect to Foreign Currencies) as set forth on Appendix B, or such other office or office of a third party or sub-agent, as appropriate, as such Person may from time to time designate in writing to Parent Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Lender.

Pro Rata Share ” means (i) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Tranche B Dollar Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders; (ii) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Tranche B Euro Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Tranche B Euro Term Loan Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Tranche B Euro Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders; (iii) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the U.S. Revolving Commitment or U.S. Revolving Loans of any Lender or any Letters of Credit issued or participations purchased therein by any Lender or any participations in any Swing Line Loans purchased by any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the U.S. Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate U.S. Revolving Exposure of all Lenders; (iv) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Japanese Revolving Commitment or Japanese Revolving Loans of any Lender or any participations purchased therein by any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Japanese Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Japanese Revolving Exposure of all Lenders; (v) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment or Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans of any Lender or any participations purchased therein by any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure of all Lenders; (vi) with respect to all payments, computations, and other matters relating to New Term Loan Commitments or New Term Loans of a particular Series of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the New Term Loan Exposure of that Lender with respect to that Series by (b) the aggregate New Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders with respect to that Series; (vii) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments or Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans of a particular Class of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure of all Lenders with respect to that Class and (viii) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to Extension Series of a particular Class of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Extension Series Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Extension Series Exposure of all Lenders with respect to that Class. For all other purposes with respect to each Lender, “Pro Rata Share” means the percentage obtained by dividing (A) an amount equal to the sum of the Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, the Revolving Exposure, the New Term Loan Exposure, the Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure and the Extension Series Exposure of that Lender, by (B) an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, the aggregate Revolving Exposure, the aggregate New Term Loan Exposure, the aggregate Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure and the aggregate Extension Series Exposure of all Lenders.

Public Lenders ” means Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, its Subsidiaries or their securities and who are engaged in investment or other market-related activities with respect to such Persons and/or such securities.

Qualified Public Offering ” means the initial underwritten public offering of common Equity Interests of Holdings or any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies, in each case, pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or any successor form) generating gross proceeds to Parent Borrower of not less than $150,000,000.

 

-40-


Rating Agency ” means a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by Parent Borrower.

Real Estate Asset ” means, at any time of determination, any interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) of any Credit Party in any real property.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Record Document ” means, with respect to any Leasehold Property, (i) the lease evidencing such Leasehold Property or a memorandum thereof, executed and acknowledged by the owner of the affected real property, as lessor, or (ii) if such Leasehold Property was acquired or subleased from the holder of a Recorded Leasehold Interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

Recorded Leasehold Interest ” means a Leasehold Property with respect to which a Record Document has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in Collateral Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice of such Leasehold Property to third party purchasers and encumbrances of the affected real property.

Refinanced Debt ” as defined in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness”.

Refinanced Indebtedness ” as defined in Section 6.1(k).

Refinancing Amendment ” means an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) Borrowers, (b) Administrative Agent, (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and (d) each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.24.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” as defined in Section 6.1(k).

Refinancing Series ” shall mean all Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same maturity, Effective Yield and amortization schedule.

Refinancing Term Commitments ” means one or more term loan commitments hereunder that fund Refinancing Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Term Lenders ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Refinancing Term Commitment of a given Refinancing Series or a Refinancing Term Loan of a given Refinancing Series at such time.

 

-41-


Refinancing Term Loans ” means one or more term loans hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Refunding Capital Stock ” as defined in Section 6.4(c).

Register ” as defined in Section 2.7(b).

Registered Equivalent Notes ” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar for dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors, as in effect from time to time.

Regulation FD ” means Regulation FD as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act and Exchange Act as in effect from time to time.

Reimbursement Date ” as defined in Section 2.4(c).

Related Agreements ” means, collectively, the Acquisition Agreement, the New Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Exchange Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes Indenture, the GSMP Agreement and the Management Agreement, in each case, including related exhibits, schedules, amendments, supplements and waivers thereto.

Related Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material), including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.

Relevant Four Fiscal Quarter Period ” as defined in Section 8.2.

Replacement Lender ” as defined in Section 2.22.

Required Real Estate Documents ” means, with respect to any Real Estate Asset:

(i) fully executed and notarized Mortgages, in proper form for recording in all appropriate places in all applicable jurisdictions, encumbering such Real Estate Asset;

(ii) an opinion of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent) in each state in which such Real Estate Asset is located with respect to the enforceability of the form(s) of Mortgages to be recorded in such state and such other customary matters as Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent;

(iii) in the case of a Leasehold Property, (1) a Landlord Consent and Estoppel and (2) evidence that such Leasehold Property is a Recorded Leasehold Interest;

(iv) (A) ALTA mortgagee title insurance policies or unconditional commitments therefor issued by one or more title companies reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent with respect to such Real

 

-42-


Estate Asset (each, a “ Title Policy ”), in amounts not less than the Fair Market Value of each such Real Estate Asset, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and (B) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent that such Credit Party has paid to the title company or to the appropriate governmental authorities all expenses and premiums of the title company and all other sums required in connection with the issuance of each Title Policy and all recording and stamp taxes (including mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with recording the Mortgages for such Real Estate Asset in the appropriate real estate records;

(v) flood certifications with respect to such Real Estate Asset and evidence of flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, in each case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent;

(vi) ALTA surveys of such Real Estate Asset in a form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent, to the extent not a Leasehold Property, certified to Collateral Agent; and

(vii) in the case of a Real Estate Asset held by Japanese Subsidiary Borrower, documentation analogous to the documentation described in clauses (i) through (vi) above.

Requisite Lenders ” means one or more Lenders having or holding Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, New Term Loan Exposure, Revolving Exposure, Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure and/or Extension Series Exposure and representing more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders, (iii) the aggregate New Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (iv) the aggregate Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure of all Lenders and (v) the aggregate Extension Series Exposure of all Lenders; provided that the unused Revolving Commitment and/or Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure of and the portion of the total Outstanding Amounts held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Requisite Lenders; provided , further , that for all purposes under this Agreement and each other Credit Document, the “Requisite Lenders” shall be calculated in accordance with Section 10.5(d).

Requisite U.S. Revolving Lenders ” means one or more Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate U.S. Revolving Exposure of all Lenders and (ii) the aggregate U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure; provided that the U.S. Revolving Exposure and the U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Requisite U.S. Revolving Lenders; provided , further , that for all purposes under this Agreement and each other Credit Document, the “Requisite U.S. Revolving Lenders” shall be calculated in accordance with Section 10.5(d).

Restatement Arrangers ” means GSLP and Merrill Lynch, each in its capacity as a Joint Lead Arranger under the First Amendment.

Restricted Junior Payment ” means (i) any dividend or other distribution on account of any shares of any class of stock of Holdings or Parent Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in shares of that class of stock to the holders of that class; (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value of any shares of any class of stock of Holdings or Parent Borrower now or hereafter outstanding; (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of stock of Holdings, Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of Parent Borrower or Holdings now or hereafter outstanding; (iv) management or similar fees payable to any Sponsor or any of its Affiliates and (v) any Cash payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or Cash interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to any Subordinated Indebtedness.

Revaluation Date ” means (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a borrowing of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a Foreign Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a Foreign Currency pursuant to Section 2.9, and (iii) such additional dates as Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine or the Requisite Lenders shall require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign

 

-43-


Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with respect to the increased amount), (iii) each date of any payment by Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank shall reasonably determine or the Requisite Lenders shall require.

Revolving Commitment ” means the U.S. Revolving Commitments, the Japanese Revolving Commitments, the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments, the New Revolving Loan Commitments and the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments of a Lender, as the context may require, and “ Revolving Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the Revolving Commitments as of the Second Restatement Effective Date is $375,000,000.

Revolving Commitment Period ” means the period from the Original Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

Revolving Commitment Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (i) August 26, 2017, (ii) the date the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.13(b) or 2.14, and (iii) the date of the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 8.1.

Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the sum of such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Exposure, such Lender’s Japanese Revolving Exposure and such Lender’s Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure.

Revolving Lender ” means each Lender with a Revolving Commitment or that holds a Revolving Loan.

Revolving Loan Note ” means a U.S. Revolving Loan Note, a Japanese Revolving Loan Note or a Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loan Note.

Revolving Loans ” means the U.S. Revolving Loans, the Japanese Revolving Loans and the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Same Day Funds ” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in a Foreign Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Foreign Currency.

SDI ” as defined in the definition of SDI Acquisition Agreement.

SDI Acquisition ” means the acquisition by Parent Borrower of SDI pursuant to the SDI Acquisition Agreement.

SDI Acquisition Agreement ” means the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated January 13, 2011, among Parent Borrower, SDI Holdings LLC (“ SDI ”), and certain Members of SDI together with all exhibits, schedules, documents, agreements, and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, or modified.

SDI Amount ” as defined in Section 2.14(e).

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement among Administrative Agent and one or more Senior Representatives for holders of Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt and/or Incremental Equivalent Debt secured by the Collateral on a junior basis to the Obligations, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

 

-44-


Second Restatement Arrangers ” means Bank of America and GSLP, each in its capacity as a Joint Lead Arranger under this Agreement.

Second Restatement Effective Date ” means the date on which this Agreement becomes effective pursuant to Section 3.1.

Second Restatement Transaction Costs ” means all fees, expenses and other amounts incurred or paid by or on behalf of Parent Borrower or any other Credit Parties in connection with the Second Restatement Transactions.

Second Restatement Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the amendment and restatement of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, including the execution and delivery of Amendment and any Credit Documents contemplated thereby, and upon effectiveness thereof, borrowing of the Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i) of this Agreement, (b) the issuance of the New Senior Notes, (c) the Consent Solicitation and Exchange Offer and the exchange of all or a portion of the Senior Notes for the Senior Exchange Notes pursuant thereto, (d) the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.4(l) on or about the Second Restatement Effective Date and (e) all other transactions contemplated by the Amendment or in connection with any of the foregoing.

Secured Parties ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

Securities ” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Senior Exchange Notes ” means Parent Borrower’s 12.50% Senior Exchange Notes due 2018.

Senior Exchange Notes Indenture ” means the indenture dated as of October 24, 2012, by and among Parent Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and the trustee party thereto relating to the issuance of Senior Exchange Notes, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified.

Senior Facilities Fee Letter ” as defined in the Commitment Letter.

Senior Notes ” means Parent Borrower’s 12.50% Senior Notes due 2018.

Senior Notes Indenture ” means the indenture dated as of February 26, 2010, by and among Parent Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and the trustee party thereto relating to the issuance of Senior Notes, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified.

Senior Representative ” means, with respect to any series of Incremental Equivalent Debt secured by the Collateral, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

 

-45-


Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of any date of determination of (i) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of such date of determination to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such date.

Series ” as defined in Section 2.23(a).

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of Parent Borrower that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Original Closing Date.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Original Closing Date and any business or other activities that are complementary, similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Solvency Certificate ” means a Solvency Certificate of the chief financial officer of Holdings substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 to the Original Credit Agreement.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, that as of the date of determination, (i) the present fair salable value of the property (including goodwill and other intangibles) of such Person and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), (ii) the present fair salable value of the assets (including goodwill and other intangibles) of such Person and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) on their debts as they become absolute and matured, (iii) such Person and its Subsidiaries have not incurred and do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts or liabilities beyond the ability of such Person and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (iv) such Person and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) do not have unreasonably small capital in relation to its business on the Second Restatement Effective Date or with respect to any transaction about to be undertaken. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Special Notice Currency ” means at any time a Foreign Currency, other than the currency of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development at such time located in North America or Europe.

Specified Calculation ” means the calculation of any Leverage Ratio, Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, including pursuant to Sections 2.23, 6.1, 6.4, 6.6, 6.7 or 6.8, as applicable.

Specified Calculation Date ” means the date on which the event for which a Specified Calculation is made shall occur.

Specified Default ” means any Default of the type that could become an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a), (f) or (g).

Specified Equity Contribution ” as defined in Section 8.2.

Specified IP License(s) ” means a written exclusive license to an unaffiliated third party whereby the licensor is precluded from further practice or utilization of a material Intellectual Property right in any field of use or overall and the licensee is granted the rights to sublicense, take action against third party infringers, or otherwise exercise the material hallmarks of ownership.

Specified Restructuring ” as defined in the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

 

-46-


Specified Transaction ” means (x) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Subsidiary, (y) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person or (z) any Asset Sale (i) that results in a Subsidiary ceasing to be a subsidiary of Parent Borrower or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Sponsors ” means each of (1) TPG Group, (2) CPP and (3) LGP and their respective Affiliates, including for the avoidance of doubt, any co-investment vehicle controlled by any of the foregoing (but excluding any portfolio company or other operating company which is an Affiliate of any of the Sponsors).

Spot Rate ” for a currency means the rate determined by Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided further that Issuing Bank may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency.

Stub Period ” as defined in Section 1.10(b).

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Obligations, any Indebtedness of any Credit Party (other than Indebtedness among the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries) which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to any of the Obligations.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; provided , in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding. Any subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.15 shall cease to be a Subsidiary under this Agreement until redesignated as a Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.15.

Subsidiary Borrowers ” means Japanese Subsidiary Borrower and Swiss Subsidiary Borrower.

Swing Line Lender ” means Bank of America in its capacity as Swing Line Lender hereunder, together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

Swing Line Loan ” means a Loan made by Swing Line Lender to Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.3.

Swing Line Note ” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit A-6 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Swing Line Sublimit ” means the lesser of (i) $60,000,000, and (ii) the aggregate unused amount of U.S. Revolving Commitments then in effect.

Swiss Credit Party ” means Swiss Subsidiary Borrower and each Swiss Guarantor.

Swiss Federal Tax Administration ” means the Swiss federal tax authorities referred to in Article 34 of the Swiss Withholding Tax Act.

 

-47-


Swiss Franc ” and the abbreviation “ CHF ” mean the lawful money of the Swiss Confederation and the Principality of Liechtenstein.

Swiss Guarantor ” means each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Swiss Subsidiary Borrower that is organized under the laws of Switzerland that, as of the Original Closing Date, shall have guaranteed the Swiss Obligations pursuant to the Swiss Guaranty and each other Subsidiary of Swiss Subsidiary Borrower that, pursuant to Section 5.10, shall have guaranteed the Swiss Obligations pursuant to the Swiss Guaranty.

Swiss Guaranty ” means the Guaranty Agreement to be executed by each Swiss Guarantor, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund any Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loan and “ Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A or in the applicable Assignment Agreement or Joinder Agreement, as applicable, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments as of the Second Restatement Effective Date is $100,000,000.

Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment, and (ii) after the termination of the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans of that Lender.

Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Lender ” means each Lender with a Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment.

Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made by a Lender pursuant to its Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment to Parent Borrower or Swiss Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to the terms hereof, including Section 2.2(a)(iv).

Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loan Note ” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit A-5 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (with such modifications thereto as may be necessary to reflect different Classes of Revolving Loans), as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Swiss Obligations ” means all Obligations of the Swiss Credit Parties.

Swiss Secured Parties ” means Collateral Agent and each Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Lender.

Swiss Subsidiary Borrower ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Swiss Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Swiss Withholding Tax from a payment under this Agreement.

Swiss Withholding Tax ” means the Taxes levied pursuant to the Swiss Withholding Tax Act.

Swiss Withholding Tax Act ” means the Swiss federal act on withholding tax, of October 13, 1965.

Swiss Withholding Tax Rules ” means, together, the Ten Non-Bank Rule and/or the Twenty Non-Bank Rule.

Syndication Agent ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

-48-


TARGET Day ” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

Tax ” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, assessment, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever called, by any Governmental Authority, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed (and any interest and penalties related thereto).

Ten Non-Bank Rule ” means the rule according to which the aggregate number of Lenders, participants and/or sub-participants under this Agreement which are not Eligible Swiss Banks must not at any time exceed ten (10), in each case in accordance with the meaning of the Guidelines.

Term Lender ” means each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.

Term Loan ” means a Tranche B Term Loan, a New Term Loan, Refinancing Term Loan, or Extended Term Loan, as applicable.

Term Loan Commitment ” means the Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitment, the Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitment, the New Term Loan Commitment, Refinancing Term Commitments of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Commitments of a given Extension Series of a Lender, as the context may require, and “Term Loan Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders.

Term Loan Extension Request ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.26(a).

Term Loan Extension Series ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.26(a).

Term Loan Extension Series Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans of the applicable Term Loan Extension Series of such Lender.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” means the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date and the New Term Loan Maturity Date of any Series of New Term Loans, as applicable.

Terminated Lender ” as defined in Section 2.22.

Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof, including any Interest Rate Agreement, any Currency Agreement and any Commodity Agreement, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such derivative transactions, (a) for any date on or after the date such transactions have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined in good faith by Parent Borrower as the mark-to-market value(s) for such transactions.

Test Period ” in effect at any time means (a) for purposes of determining the Leverage Ratio for purposes of the definitions of “Applicable Margin” and “Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage,” and Sections 2.14 and 6.7, the most recent period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters of Parent Borrower ended on or prior to such time in respect of which financial statements for each Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b); and (b) for all other purposes hereunder, the most recent period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters of Parent Borrower ended on or prior to such time in respect of which internal financial statements of Parent Borrower are available.

Title Policy ” as defined in the definition of “Required Real Estate Documents”.

 

-49-


Total Utilization ” means, with respect to any Class of Revolving Commitments, as at any date of determination, the sum of (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Class (other than Revolving Loans made for the purpose of repaying any refunded Swing Line Loans or reimbursing Issuing Bank for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, but not yet so applied), (ii) in the case of any U.S. Revolving Commitment, to the extent Lenders of such Class are required by this Agreement to purchase risk participations therein, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans, and (iii) in the case of any U.S. Revolving Commitment, to the extent Lenders of such Class are required by this Agreement to purchase risk participations therein, the L/C Obligations.

TPG ” means TPG Capital, L.P.

TPG Group ” means TPG and its Affiliates and all investment funds advised by any of the foregoing (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt their portfolio companies or other operating companies affiliated with TPG).

Tranche B Dollar Term Loan ” means a Tranche B Dollar Term Loan made (x) by a Lender to Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and (y) by any Additional Tranche B Dollar Term Lender to Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i).

Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund a Tranche B Dollar Term Loan on the First Restatement Effective Date, or in the case of any Additional Tranche B Dollar Term Lender, on the Second Restatement Effective Date and “ Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The initial amount of each Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitment, if any, on the First Restatement Effective Date was set forth on such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in the First Amendment) or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof, and the initial amount of each Additional Tranche B Dollar Term Lender Commitment on the Second Restatement Effective Date set forth on such Additional Tranche B Dollar Term Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in the Amendment) or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitments (i) was $1,290,000,000 as of the First Restatement Effective Date, and (ii) is $500,000,000 as of the Second Restatement Effective Date.

Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans of such Lender; provided , at any time prior to the making of any Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, the Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitment.

Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (with such modifications thereto as may be necessary to reflect different Classes of Term Loans), as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Tranche B Euro Term Loan ” means a Tranche B Euro Term Loan made (x) by a Lender to Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and (y) by any Additional Tranche B Euro Term Lender to Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii).

Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund a Tranche B Euro Term Loan on the First Restatement Effective Date, or in the case of any Additional Tranche B Term Euro Lender, on the Second Restatement Effective Date and “ Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The initial amount of each Lender’s Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitment, if any, on the First Restatement Effective Date was set forth on such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in the First Amendment) or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof and the initial amount of each Additional Tranche B Euro Term Lender Commitment on the Second Restatement Effective Date set forth on such Additional Tranche B Euro Term Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in the Amendment) or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitments (i) was €565,000,000 as of the First Restatement Effective Date and (ii) is €200,000,000 as of the Second Restatement Effective Date.

 

-50-


Tranche B Euro Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Tranche B Euro Term Loans of such Lender; provided , at any time prior to the making of any Tranche B Euro Term Loans, the Tranche B Euro Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitment.

Tranche B Euro Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (with such modifications thereto as may be necessary to reflect different Classes of Term Loans), as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Tranche B Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the sum of such Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Exposure and such Lender’s Tranche B Euro Term Loan Exposure.

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (i) August 26, 2017, and (ii) the date on which all Tranche B Term Loans shall become due and payable in full hereunder, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

Tranche B Term Loans ” means the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans and the Tranche B Euro Term Loans.

Transaction Costs ” means the fees, costs and expenses payable by Holdings, Parent Borrower or any of Parent Borrower’s Subsidiaries on or before the date that is 24 months after the Original Closing Date in connection with the Transactions, including payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options.

Transactions ” means the incurrence of the Indebtedness under the Original Credit Agreement on the Original Closing Date and the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Equity Contribution, the Acquisition and the refinancing of Parent Borrower’s existing debt (other than Indebtedness set forth in Schedule 6.1 to the Original Credit Agreement) and other transactions contemplated thereby.

Treasury Capital Stock ” as defined in Section 6.4(c).

Twenty Non-Bank Rule ” means the rule according to which the aggregate number of (a) where such qualification is relevant, Lenders, participants and/or sub-participants which are Non-Eligible Swiss Banks, under all interest bearing loans made or deemed to be made to the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower (including intra-group loans), and (b) where the number of debt instruments (as defined in the Guidelines) is relevant, the number of such debt instruments, being understood that for purposes hereof the maximum number of ten Non-Eligible Swiss Banks permitted under this Agreement shall be taken into account (whether or not 10 Non-Eligible Swiss Banks do so participate at any given time), must not at any time exceed twenty (20), in each of (a) and (b) in accordance with the meaning of the Guidelines.

Type of Loan ” means (i) with respect to either Term Loans or Revolving Loans, a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, and (ii) with respect to Swing Line Loans, a Base Rate Loan.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

Unreimbursed Amount ” as defined in Section 2.4(c).

Unrestricted Cash ” means the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents held in accounts of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and included in the consolidated balance sheet of Parent Borrower) to the extent that (i) the use of such Cash for application to payment of the Obligations or other Indebtedness is not prohibited by law or any contract or other agreement and (ii) such Cash and Cash Equivalents are free and clear of all Liens (other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 6.2, and Liens permitted by Sections 6.2(a), (u)(iii), (w)(i) and (ii), and (y)).

 

-51-


Unrestricted Subsidiary ” as defined in Section 5.15.

U.S. Guaranteed Obligations ” as defined in Section 7.1.

U.S. Guarantor ” means Holdings and each Guarantor Subsidiary.

U.S. Lender ” as defined in Section 2.20(f).

U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment ” means the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment of a Lender to the extent replacing a U.S. Revolving Commitment.

U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment and (ii) after termination of the U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans of that Lender, (b) the aggregate amount of all participations by that Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawing under any Letter of Credit and (c) the aggregate amount of all participations therein by that Lender in any outstanding Swing Line Loans.

U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Lender ” means each Lender with a U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment.

U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans ” means a Loan made by a Lender pursuant to its U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment to Parent Borrower.

U.S. Revolving Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund any U.S. Revolving Loan and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans hereunder and “ U.S. Revolving Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s U.S. Revolving Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A or in the applicable Assignment Agreement or Joinder Agreement, as applicable, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Commitments as of the Second Restatement Effective Date is $175,000,000.

U.S. Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s U.S. Revolving Commitment; and (ii) after the termination of the U.S. Revolving Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the U.S. Revolving Loans of that Lender, (b) in the case of Issuing Bank, the aggregate L/C Obligations in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by that Lender (net of any participations by Lenders in such Letters of Credit), (c) the aggregate amount of all participations by that Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawing under any Letter of Credit, (d) in the case of Swing Line Lender, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans (net of any participations therein by other Lenders), and (e) the aggregate amount of all participations therein by that Lender in any outstanding Swing Line Loans.

U.S. Revolving Lender ” means each Lender with a U.S. Revolving Commitment.

U.S. Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made by a Lender pursuant to its U.S. Revolving Commitment to Parent Borrower pursuant to the terms hereof, including Section 2.2(a)(ii).

U.S. Revolving Loan Note ” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (with such modifications thereto as may be necessary to reflect different Classes of Revolving Loans), as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing

 

-52-


(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wells ” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Wholly-Owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of any Person, all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which Subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable Law) is owned by such Person and/or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withholding Exemption Document ” as defined in Section 2.20(h).

Yen ” and the sign “ ¥ ” mean the lawful money of Japan.

1.2. Accounting Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP. Financial statements and other information required to be delivered by Holdings to Lenders pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 5.1(d), if applicable). Subject to the foregoing, calculations in connection with the definitions, covenants and other provisions hereof shall utilize accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the Historical Financial Statements.

1.3. Interpretation, Etc. Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference. References herein to any Section, Appendix, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to a Section, an Appendix, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided. The use herein of the word “include” or “including,” when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter. The terms lease and license shall include sub-lease and sub-license, as applicable.

1.4. Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents.

(a) Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions and amounts outstanding hereunder denominated in Foreign Currencies. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Credit Parties hereunder or calculating incurrence or financial covenant hereunder (including baskets related thereto) or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Credit Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent as so determined by Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, as applicable.

(b) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such borrowing, Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated in a Foreign Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Foreign Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Foreign Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

 

-53-


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 6.6 and 6.8 with respect to any amount of Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Junior Payment, Lien or Asset Sale in a currency other than Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Junior Payment, Lien or Asset Sale is incurred or made; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.4 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Junior Payment, Lien or Asset Sale may be incurred or made at any time under such Sections.

(d) For purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio or the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, the Dollar equivalent of any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Dollars will be converted into Dollars based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred; provided , however , that the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of all Term Loans and Revolving Loans denominated in a foreign currency, including for the avoidance of doubt, any such Term Loans incurred prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date and any Revolving Loans incurred under Revolving Commitments provided prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date, shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Second Restatement Effective Date.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a Loan denominated in a Foreign Currency, all interest shall accrue and be payable thereon based on the actual amount outstanding in such Foreign Currency (without any translation into the Dollar Equivalent thereof).

1.5. Redenomination of Certain Foreign Currencies and Computation of Dollar Equivalents.

(a) Each obligation of a Borrower to make a payment denominated in the National Currency Unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the Original Closing Date shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Credit Extension in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Credit Extension, at the end of the then current Interest Period.

(b) Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.

(c) Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.

1.6. Additional Foreign Currencies.

(a) Parent Borrower may from time to time request that Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Foreign Currency”; provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of Administrative Agent and each Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Lender; and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, such request shall be subject to the approval of Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank.

(b) Any such request shall be made to Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), twenty Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Extension (or such other time or date as may be agreed by Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, Issuing Bank, in

 

-54-


its or their sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Lender thereof; and in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Issuing Bank thereof. Each Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Rate Loans) or Issuing Bank (in the case of a request pertaining to Letters of Credit) shall notify Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), ten Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.

(c) Any failure by a Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to permit Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If Administrative Agent and all the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Lenders consent to making Eurocurrency Rate Loans in such requested currency, Administrative Agent shall so notify Parent Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be a Foreign Currency hereunder for purposes of any borrowings of Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans; and if Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in such requested currency, Administrative Agent shall so notify Parent Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be a Foreign Currency hereunder for purposes of any Letter of Credit issuances. If Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.6, Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify Parent Borrower.

1.7. Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

1.8. Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Parent Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.9. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organizational Documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

1.10. Certain Calculations.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Specified Calculation shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section.

(b) In the event that Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness during the period (the “ Stub Period ”) subsequent to the end of the Test Period for which the Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, as the case may be, is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the Specified Calculation Date, then the Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, as the case may be, shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period; provided , that Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes during the Stub Period shall only be treated as having been incurred or repaid during such period if the average daily balances of such Indebtedness during the Stub Period exceeds or is less than the amount of such Indebtedness outstanding as of the last day of the applicable Test Period.

 

-55-


(c) In the event that Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the Test Period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the Specified Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness had occurred on the first day of the Test Period.

(d) For purposes of making any Specified Calculation, Specified Transactions that have been made by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during the applicable Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Specified Calculation Date (a) shall be calculated in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer of Parent Borrower on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period and (b) in connection with any such Specified Transactions (other than, for avoidance of doubt, the Transactions), there shall be given pro forma effect to (A) expected cost savings resulting therefrom permitted to be reflected in pro forma financial information with respect to any such Specified Transactions under Rule 11.02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and (B) additional cost savings that result or are expected to result from actions taken, committed to be taken or planned to be taken pursuant to a factually supported plan in connection with such Specified Transaction prior to the Specified Calculation Date; provided , that such cost savings referred to in this clause (B) (x) are factually supportable and determined in good faith by Parent Borrower, as certified in an officer’s certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of Parent Borrower to Administrative Agent, and (y) do not exceed the actual cost savings expected in good faith to be realized by Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries over such 12 month period commencing with the Specified Calculation Date (as opposed, for the avoidance of doubt, to the annualized impact of such cost savings). If since the beginning of any such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Specified Calculation shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period.

(e) If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Specified Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedge Agreements applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Chief Financial Officer of Parent Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of the computation above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed on the average daily balances of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as Parent Borrower may designate.

(f) Any Person that is a Subsidiary on the Specified Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Subsidiary at all times during the applicable Test Period, and any Person that is not a Subsidiary on the Specified Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Subsidiary at any time during the applicable Test Period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, when calculating the Leverage Ratio for purposes of the definitions of “Applicable Margin” and Sections 2.14 and 6.7, the events described in Sections 1.10(b), 1.10(c) and 1.10(d) above that occurred subsequent to the end of the Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

1.11. Effect of this Agreement on the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and other Existing Credit Documents.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement set forth in Section 5 of the Amendment, this Agreement shall be binding on Borrowers, the Agents, the Lenders and the other parties

 

-56-


hereto, and the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the provisions thereof shall be replaced in their entirety by this Agreement and the provisions hereof; provided that (a) the Obligations (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) of Borrowers and the other Credit Parties under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents (in each case, as further amended from time to time) that remain unpaid and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement shall continue to exist under and be evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) all Letters of Credit existing immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date shall continue as Letters of Credit under this Agreement, (c) the Collateral and the Credit Documents shall continue to secure, guarantee, support and otherwise benefit the Obligations (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) and the Obligations of Borrowers and the other Credit Parties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (d) all Hedge Agreements entered into prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date that constitute Obligations (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) and remain outstanding as of the date of this Agreement shall continue to constitute Obligations hereunder and (e) any Person entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18(c), 2.19, 10.2 and 10.3 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of the corresponding provisions of this Agreement. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, each Credit Document that was in effect immediately prior to the date of this Agreement shall continue to be effective and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to the Original Credit Agreement or the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contained therein shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2. LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

2.1. Term Loans.

(a) Term Commitments .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Additional Tranche B Dollar Term Lender severally agrees to make, on the Second Restatement Effective Date, a Tranche B Dollar Term Loan to Parent Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitment.

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Additional Tranche B Euro Term Lender severally agrees to make, on the Second Restatement Effective Date, a Tranche B Euro Term Loan to Parent Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitment.

(iii) Any amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1(a) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Subject to Sections 2.13(a) and 2.14, all amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date. Each Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitment and/or Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, in respect to Tranche B Term Loans funded on the First Restatement Effective Date was terminated on the First Restatement Effective Date upon the funding of such Tranche B Term Loans. Each Additional Tranche B Term Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitment or Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitment shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Second Restatement Effective Date after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitment or Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, on such date.

(b) Borrowing Mechanics for Term Loans .

(i) Parent Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent a fully executed Funding Notice no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date. Promptly upon receipt by Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent of such Funding Notice, Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent shall notify each Additional Tranche B Term Lender with a Tranche B Dollar Term Loan Commitment or a Tranche B Euro Term Loan Commitment of the proposed borrowing.

(ii) Each Additional Tranche B Term Lender shall make its Tranche B Dollar Term Loans or Tranche B Euro Term Loans, as applicable, available to Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Second Restatement Effective Date by wire transfer of Same Day Funds in Dollars at the principal office designated by Administrative Agent. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified

 

-57-


herein, Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans and Tranche B Euro Term Loans available to Parent Borrower on the Second Restatement Effective Date by causing an amount of Same Day Funds equal to the proceeds of all such Loans received by Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to such accounts as may be designated in writing to Administrative Agent by Parent Borrower.

2.2. Revolving Loans.

(a) Revolving Commitments .

(i) Special Provisions Relating to Reclassifications of Pre-Restatement Revolving Commitments.

(A) On the Second Restatement Effective Date, any U.S. Revolving Commitments, Japanese Revolving Commitments and Swiss/Multicurrency Commitments, as applicable, outstanding immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date as Pre-Restatement Revolving Commitments shall continue hereunder as U.S. Revolving Commitments, Japanese Revolving Commitments or Swiss/Multicurrency Commitments, as applicable.

(B) On and after the Second Restatement Effective Date, each Revolving Lender which holds a Revolving Loan Note shall be entitled to surrender such Revolving Loan Note to Parent Borrower against delivery of a new Revolving Loan Note completed in conformity with Section 2.7 evidencing the Revolving Loans, respectively, into which the applicable Pre-Restatement Revolving Loans of such Lender were reclassified on the Second Restatement Effective Date; provided that if any such Revolving Loan Note is not so surrendered, then from and after the Second Restatement Effective Date such Note shall be deemed to evidence the Revolving Loans into which the Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date theretofore evidenced by such Note have been reclassified.

(C) No costs shall be payable under Section 2.18(c) in connection with transactions consummated under Section 2.2(a)(i).

(ii) U.S. Revolving Commitments . During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each U.S. Revolving Lender severally agrees to make U.S. Revolving Loans in Dollars to Parent Borrower; provided , that after giving effect to the making of any U.S. Revolving Loans in no event shall the Total Utilization of U.S. Revolving Commitments exceed the U.S. Revolving Commitments then in effect.

(iii) Japanese Revolving Commitments . During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Japanese Revolving Lender severally agrees to make (x) Japanese Revolving Loans in Dollars and/or Yen to Parent Borrower and (y) Japanese Revolving Loans in Dollars and/or Yen to Japanese Subsidiary Borrower; provided , that after giving effect to the making of any Japanese Revolving Loans in no event shall the Total Utilization of Japanese Revolving Commitments exceed the Japanese Revolving Commitments then in effect.

(iv) Swiss/Multicurrency Commitments . During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Lender severally agrees to make (x) Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans in Dollars and/or Foreign Currencies (other than Yen) to Parent Borrower and (y) Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans in Dollars and/or Foreign Currencies (other than Yen) to Swiss Subsidiary Borrower; provided , that after giving effect to the making of any Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans in no event shall (1) the Total Utilization of Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments exceed the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments then in effect or (2) more than the Dollar Equivalent amount of $50,000,000 of Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans be denominated in Swiss Francs.

(v) Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period. Each Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date.

 

-58-


(b) Borrowing Mechanics for Revolving Loans .

(i) Except pursuant to Section 2.4(c), Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum Dollar Equivalent amount of $500,000 and integral Dollar Equivalent multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount, and Revolving Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in an aggregate minimum Dollar Equivalent amount of $1,000,000 and integral Dollar Equivalent multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

(ii) Subject to Section 3.2(b), whenever a Borrower desires that Lenders make Revolving Loans, such Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least three Business Days (or at least four Business Days in the case of a Foreign Currency Loan not denominated in a Special Notice Currency or five Business Days in the case of a Foreign Currency Loan Denominated in a Special Notice Currency) in advance of the proposed Credit Date in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, and no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed Credit Date in the case of a Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Funding Notice for a Revolving Loan that is a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and such Borrower shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith.

(iii) Notice of receipt of each Funding Notice in respect of Revolving Loans, together with the amount of each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, if any, together with the applicable interest rate, shall be provided by Administrative Agent promptly to each applicable Lender by telefacsimile.

(iv) Each Lender shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to Administrative Agent on the applicable Credit Date by wire transfer of Same Day Funds in the currency such Revolving Loan is to be made, at the Principal Office designated by Administrative Agent not later than (x) 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) in the case of any Revolving Loan denominated in Dollars and (y) the Applicable Time specified by Administrative Agent in the case of any Revolving Loan denominated in a Foreign Currency. Except as provided herein, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Revolving Loans available to the applicable Borrower on the applicable Credit Date by causing an amount of Same Day Funds in the currency in which such Revolving Loan is to be made equal to the proceeds of all such Revolving Loans received by Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of such Borrower at the Principal Office designated by Administrative Agent or such other account as may be designated in writing to Administrative Agent by such Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the Credit Date, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Revolving Loans, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and, second, shall be made available to the applicable Borrower as provided above.

2.3. Swing Line Loans.

(a) Swing Line Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Swing Line Lender hereby agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.3, to make Swing Line Loans in Dollars to Parent Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, the Total Utilization of U.S. Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the aggregate U.S. Revolving Commitments and provided , further , that Parent Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, Parent Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.3, prepay under Section 2.13, and reborrow under this Section 2.3. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each U.S. Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

 

-59-


(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each borrowing of Swing Line Loans shall be made upon Parent Borrower’s irrevocable notice to Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent of a written Funding Notice, appropriately completed and signed by an Authorized Officer of Parent Borrower. Promptly after receipt by Swing Line Lender of any telephonic notice, Swing Line Lender will confirm with Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that Administrative Agent has also received such notice and, if not, Swing Line Lender will notify Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from Administrative Agent (including at the request of any U.S. Revolving Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Swing Line Loan borrowing (A) directing Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.3(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 3.2(a) is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Swing Line Lender will, in accordance with Section 2.3(a), not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the borrowing date specified in such Funding Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to Parent Borrower at its office by crediting the account of Parent Borrower on the books of Swing Line Lender in Same Day Funds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.3 or elsewhere in this Agreement, at a time when (i) a U.S. Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender or has experienced a Lender-Related Distress Event or (ii) Swing Line Lender shall have reasonably determined that (A) there has occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of any such U.S. Revolving Lender, or a material impairment in the ability of any such U.S. Revolving Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, as compared to such condition or ability as of the date that any such U.S. Revolving Lender became a U.S. Revolving Lender or (B) there is a material impairment in the ability of any such U.S. Revolving Lender to perform, or a material risk that any such U.S. Revolving Lender will not perform (in each case within this clause (B), other than a U.S. Revolving Lender on the Original Closing Date or First Restatement Effective Date or which became a U.S. Revolving Lender in an assignment consented to pursuant to Section 10.6(c)) its obligations hereunder, Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to enter into reasonably satisfactory arrangements with Parent Borrower to eliminate Swing Line Lender’s risk with respect to such U.S. Revolving Lender or such U.S. Revolving Lender’s participation in such Swing Line Loans, including by cash collateralizing, or obtaining a backstop letter of credit from an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Swing Line Lender to support, such Defaulting Lender’s or Defaulting Lenders’ Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Swing Line Loans.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .

(i) Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of Parent Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each U.S. Revolving Lender make a U.S. Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Funding Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.2, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the U.S. Revolving Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 3.2(a). Swing Line Lender shall furnish Parent Borrower with a copy of the applicable Funding Notice promptly after delivering such notice to Administrative Agent. Each U.S. Revolving Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Funding Notice available to Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of Swing Line Lender at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office for Dollar-denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the day specified in such Funding Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.3(c)(ii), each U.S. Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a U.S. Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to Parent Borrower in such amount. Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by a borrowing of U.S. Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(i), the request for U.S. Revolving Loans submitted by Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by Swing Line Lender that each of the U.S. Revolving Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to Administrative Agent for the account of Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

 

-60-


(iii) If any U.S. Revolving Lender fails to make available to Administrative Agent for the account of Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.3(c) by the time specified in Section 2.3(c)(i), Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Loan included in the relevant borrowing of U.S. Revolving Loans or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make U.S. Revolving Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against Swing Line Lender, Parent Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make U.S. Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.2(a). No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of Parent Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof in the same funds as those received by Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.10 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each U.S. Revolving Lender shall pay to Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate. Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing Parent Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each U.S. Revolving Lender funds its U.S. Revolving Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.3 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . Parent Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to Swing Line Lender.

(g) Repayments of Swing Line Loans . Parent Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

(h) Resignation and Removal of Swing Line Lender .

 

-61-


(i) Swing Line Lender may be replaced by a successor Swing Line Lender at any time by written agreement among Parent Borrower, Administrative Agent, the replaced Swing Line Lender ( provided that no consent will be required if the replaced Swing Line Lender has no Swing Line Loans outstanding) and the successor Swing Line Lender. Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of Swing Line Lender. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, (a) Parent Borrower shall prepay any outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the removed Swing Line Lender, (b) upon such prepayment, the removed Swing Line Lender shall surrender any Swing Line Note held by it to Parent Borrower for cancellation, and (c) Parent Borrower shall issue, if so requested by the successor Swing Line Loan Lender, a new Swing Line Note to the successor Swing Line Lender, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Sublimit then in effect and with other appropriate mutually agreed insertions. From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (x) any successor Swing Line Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of a Swing Line Lender under this Agreement with respect to Swing Line Loans made thereafter and (y) references herein to the term “Swing Line Lender” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Swing Line Lender, or to such successor and all previous Swing Line Lenders, as the context shall require.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Swing Line Lender may, upon sixty (60) days’ prior notice to Parent Borrower and the Lenders, after use of commercially reasonable efforts to identify a successor Swing Line Lender reasonably satisfactory to Parent Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation of Swing Line Lender, Parent Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by Parent Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Swing Line Lender. If Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(c).

(i) U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Lenders . At any time that there are U.S. Permitted Replacement Commitments outstanding, each reference in this Section 2.3 to U.S. Revolving Lenders, U.S. Revolving Loans and U.S. Revolving Commitments shall be deemed to include U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Lenders, U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans and U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, respectively.

(j) [Reserved] .

(k) [Reserved] .

(l) Provisions Related to Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments . If the maturity date shall have occurred in respect of any tranche of Revolving Commitments (the “ Expiring Commitment ”) at a time when another tranche or tranches of Revolving Commitments is or are in effect with a longer maturity date (each a “ non-Expiring Commitment ” and collectively, the “ non-Expiring Commitments ”), then on the earliest occurring maturity date all then outstanding Swing Line Loans shall be deemed reallocated to the tranche or tranches of the non-Expiring Commitments on a pro rata basis; provided that (x) to the extent that the amount of such reallocation would cause the aggregate credit exposure to exceed the aggregate amount of such non-Expiring Commitments, immediately prior to such reallocation the amount of Swing Line Loans equal to such excess shall be repaid and (y) there shall be no such reallocation of participations in Swing Line Loans to the Revolving Lenders holding the non-Expiring Commitments if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (in which case the applicable Borrower shall still be obligated to pay Swing Line Loans allocated to the Revolving Lenders holding the Expiring Commitments at the maturity date of the Expiring Commitment) or if the Loans have been accelerated prior to the maturity date of the Expiring Commitment.

2.4. Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein.

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders with a U.S. Revolving Commitment set forth in this Section 2.4, (1) from time

 

-62-


to time on any Business Day during the period from the Original Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or in one or more Foreign Currencies for the account of Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.4(b), and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders with a U.S. Revolving Commitment severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any such issuance with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Utilization of U.S. Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the U.S. Revolving Commitments then in effect and (y) the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by Parent Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by Parent Borrower that the Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Parent Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly Parent Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) Issuing Bank shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) subject to Section 2.4(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension; or

(B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders with any U.S. Revolving Exposure have approved such expiry date or the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations in respect of such requested Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized.

(iii) Issuing Bank shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to Issuing Bank or any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or direct that Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Original Closing Date, or shall impose upon Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Original Closing Date and which Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it;

(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of Issuing Bank applicable to letters of credit generally;

(C) except as otherwise agreed by Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $250,000;

(D) except as otherwise agreed by Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank, such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or a Foreign Currency; or

(E) (1) any U.S. Revolving Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder or has experienced a Lender-Related Distress Event or (2) Issuing Bank shall have reasonably determined that (x) there has occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of any such U.S. Revolving Lender, or a material impairment in the ability of any such U.S. Revolving Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, as compared to such condition or ability as of the date that any such U.S. Revolving Lender became a U.S. Revolving Lender or (y) there is a material impairment in the ability of any such U.S. Revolving Lender to perform, or a material risk that any such U.S. Revolving Lender will not perform (in each case within this clause (y), other than a U.S. Revolving Lender on the Original Closing Date or the Second Restatement Effective Date or which became a U.S. Revolving Lender in an assignment consented

 

-63-


to pursuant to Section 10.6(c)) its obligations hereunder, unless Issuing Bank has entered into reasonably satisfactory arrangements with Parent Borrower or such Lender to eliminate Issuing Bank’s risk with respect to the participation in Letters of Credit by such Defaulting Lender, including by cash collateralizing, or obtaining a backstop letter of credit from an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Bank to support, such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount.

(iv) Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(v) Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with U.S. Revolving Commitments with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and Issuing Bank shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to Administrative Agent in Section 9 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Section 9 included Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to Issuing Bank.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit .

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of Parent Borrower delivered to Issuing Bank (with a copy to Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by an Authorized Officer of Parent Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Bank: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the currency in which the requested Letter of Credit will be denominated; (H) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (I) such other matters as Issuing Bank may reasonably require and (J) such other matters as Issuing Bank may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Bank (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as Issuing Bank may reasonably require. Additionally, Parent Borrower shall furnish to Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent such other Issuer Documents pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, as Issuing Bank or Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, Issuing Bank will confirm with Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from Parent Borrower and, if not, Issuing Bank will provide Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless Issuing Bank has received written notice from any U.S. Revolving Lender, Administrative Agent or any Credit Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Section 3.2(a) shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of Parent Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each U.S. Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from Issuing Bank a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Letter of Credit.

 

-64-


(iii) If Parent Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, Issuing Bank agrees to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit Issuing Bank to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon by Issuing Bank and Parent Borrower at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by Issuing Bank, Parent Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to Issuing Bank for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the U.S. Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) Issuing Bank to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that Issuing Bank shall not permit any such extension if (A) Issuing Bank has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.4(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from Administrative Agent that the Requisite U.S. Revolving Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from Administrative Agent, any U.S. Revolving Lender or Parent Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 3.2(a) is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing Issuing Bank not to permit such extension.

(iv) If Parent Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, Issuing Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that permits the automatic reinstatement of all or a portion of the stated amount thereof after any drawing thereunder (each, an “ Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit ”). Unless otherwise directed by Issuing Bank, Parent Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to Issuing Bank to permit such reinstatement. Once an Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit has been issued, except as provided in the following sentence, the U.S. Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) Issuing Bank to reinstate all or a portion of the stated amount thereof in accordance with the provisions of such Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit permits Issuing Bank to decline to reinstate all or any portion of the stated amount thereof after a drawing thereunder by giving notice of such non-reinstatement within a specified number of days after such drawing (the “ Non-Reinstatement Deadline ”), Issuing Bank shall not permit such reinstatement if it has received a notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Reinstatement Deadline (A) from Administrative Agent that the Requisite U.S. Revolving Lenders have elected not to permit such reinstatement or (B) from Administrative Agent, any Lender or Parent Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 3.2(a) is not then satisfied (treating such reinstatement as a Credit Extension for purposes of this clause) and, in each case, directing Issuing Bank not to permit such reinstatement.

(v) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, Issuing Bank will also deliver to Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, Issuing Bank shall promptly notify Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent thereof. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency, Parent Borrower shall reimburse Issuing Bank in such Foreign Currency, unless (A) Issuing Bank (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, Parent Borrower shall have notified Issuing Bank promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that Parent Borrower will reimburse Issuing Bank in Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency, Issuing Bank shall notify Parent Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the first Business Day (each such date a “ Reimbursement Date ”) following the date of any payment by Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in Dollars, or the Applicable Time on the first Business Day following the date of any payment by Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in a Foreign Currency (each such date of payment by Issuing Bank, an “ Honor Date ”), Parent Borrower shall reimburse

 

-65-


Issuing Bank through Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing and in the applicable currency. If Parent Borrower fails to so reimburse Issuing Bank by such time, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each U.S. Revolving Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency) (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a borrowing of U.S. Revolving Loans in the form of a Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.2 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the U.S. Revolving Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 3.2(a) (other than the delivery of a Funding Notice). Parent Borrower shall pay Issuing Bank interest on any Unreimbursed Amount from the date of any payment by Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit through and including the Reimbursement Date at the rate of interest then applicable to U.S. Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans. Any notice given by Issuing Bank or Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.4(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each U.S. Revolving Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.4(c)(i) make funds available to Administrative Agent for the account of Issuing Bank at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office for Dollar-denominated payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day specified in such notice by Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(c)(iii), each U.S. Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to Parent Borrower in such amount. Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to Issuing Bank.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a borrowing of U.S. Revolving Loans in the form of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 3.2(a) cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, from and after the date on which such Unreimbursed Amount would otherwise have been fully refinanced by U.S. Revolving Loans, Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from Issuing Bank an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the default rate for Base Rate Loans in accordance with Section 2.10. In such event, each U.S. Revolving Lender’s payment to Administrative Agent for the account of Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.4(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.4.

(iv) Until each U.S. Revolving Lender funds its U.S. Revolving Loan or funds its participation pursuant to this Section 2.4(c) to reimburse Issuing Bank for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of Issuing Bank.

(v) Each U.S. Revolving Lender’s obligation to make U.S. Revolving Loans or fund participations of L/C Borrowings to reimburse Issuing Bank for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.4(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against Issuing Bank, Parent Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each U.S. Revolving Lender’s obligation to make U.S. Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.4(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.2(a) (other than delivery by Parent Borrower of a Funding Notice). No such making of a U.S. Revolving Loan or purchase of a participation in such L/C Borrowing shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of Parent Borrower to reimburse Issuing Bank for the amount of any payment made by Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any U.S. Revolving Lender fails to make available to Administrative Agent for the account of Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4(c) by the time specified in Section 2.4(c)(ii), Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date

 

-66-


such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to Issuing Bank at the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by Issuing Bank in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the relevant U.S. Revolving Loan or participation in the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of Issuing Bank submitted to any U.S. Revolving Lender (through Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.4(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after Issuing Bank has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any U.S. Revolving Lender such Lender’s payment of such Lender’s participation in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.4(c), if Administrative Agent receives for the account of Issuing Bank any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from Parent Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by Administrative Agent), Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof in the same funds as those received by Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by Administrative Agent for the account of Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.4(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.10 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Issuing Bank in its discretion), each U.S. Revolving Lender shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of Issuing Bank its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of Parent Borrower to reimburse Issuing Bank for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Credit Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), Issuing Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

-67-


Parent Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with Parent Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, Parent Borrower will promptly notify Issuing Bank. Parent Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against Issuing Bank and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of Issuing Bank . Each Lender and Parent Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, Issuing Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the U.S. Revolving Lenders or the Requisite Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. Parent Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude Parent Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of Issuing Bank shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.4(e); provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, Parent Borrower may have a claim against Issuing Bank, and Issuing Bank may be liable to Parent Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by Parent Borrower that were caused by Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or Issuing Bank’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Cash Collateral .

(i) Upon the request of Administrative Agent, (A) if Issuing Bank has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (B) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding and a backstop letter of credit that is satisfactory to Issuing Bank in its sole discretion is not in place, Parent Borrower shall, in each case, Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations.

(ii) In addition, if Administrative Agent notifies Parent Borrower at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations at such time exceeds 105% of the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect (unless such excess arises solely in connection with the change in the Dollar Equivalent of L/C Obligations denominated in Foreign Currencies on any Revaluation Date specified in clause (b)(iv) of the definition thereof), within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, Parent Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an amount equal to the amount by which the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations exceeds the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(iii) Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations.

(iv) Section 2.14(f) and Section 8.1 set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.4, Section 2.14(f) and Section 8.1, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Issuing Bank and the applicable Class(es) of Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank (which documents are

 

-68-


hereby consented to by the applicable Class(es) of Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. Parent Borrower hereby grants to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Issuing Bank and Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked deposit accounts at Bank of America and may be invested in Cash Equivalents selected by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse Issuing Bank. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to Parent Borrower.

(h) Applicability of ISP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by Issuing Bank and Parent Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit.

(i) Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

(j) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, Parent Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse Issuing Bank hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. Parent Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of Parent Borrower, and that Parent Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

(k) Resignation and Removal of Issuing Bank .

(i) An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among Parent Borrower, Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank ( provided that no consent will be required if the replaced Issuing Bank has no Letters of Credit or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto outstanding) and the successor Issuing Bank. Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of such Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, Parent Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank. From and after the effective date of any such replacement or resignation, (a) any successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (b) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto to the extent that Letters of Credit issued by it remain outstanding and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Issuing Bank may, upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Parent Borrower and the Lenders, after use of commercially reasonable efforts to identify a successor Issuing Bank reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower, resign as an Issuing Bank. In the event of any such resignation of Issuing Bank, Parent Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor Issuing Bank hereunder; provided that no failure by Parent Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Issuing Bank. If Issuing Bank resigns as an Issuing Bank, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an Issuing Bank and all L/C Obligation with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.4(c)).

(l) U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Lenders . At any time that there are U.S. Permitted Replacement Commitments outstanding, each reference in this Section 2.4 to U.S. Revolving Lenders, U.S. Revolving Loans, U.S. Revolving Commitments and U.S. Revolving Exposure shall be deemed to include U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Lenders, U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans, U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments and U.S. Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure, respectively.

 

-69-


(m) Outstanding Letters of Credit on Second Restatement Effective Date . All Letters of Credit outstanding under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement on the Second Restatement Effective Date shall remain outstanding hereunder on the terms set forth herein. Each U.S. Revolving Lender’s risk participation in each such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share, as provided in Section 2.4(c), as if such Letter of Credit has been issued on the Second Restatement Effective Date.

(n) [Reserved] .

(o) [Reserved] .

(p) Provisions Relating to Permitted Replacement Commitments . If the Letter of Credit Expiration Date in respect of any Classes of U.S. Revolving Commitments occurs prior to the expiry date of any Letter of Credit, then (i) if one or more other Classes of Revolving Commitments in respect of which the Letter of Credit Expiration Date shall not have so occurred are then in effect, such Letters of Credit shall automatically be deemed to have been issued (including for purposes of the obligations of the Revolving Lenders to purchase participations therein and to make Revolving Loans and payments in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.4(c) and (d)) under (and ratably participated in by Lenders pursuant to) the Revolving Commitments in respect of such non-terminating tranches up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the aggregate principal amount of the unutilized Revolving Commitments thereunder at such time (it being understood that no partial face amount of any Letter of Credit may be so reallocated).

2.5. Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds.

(a) Pro Rata Shares . All Loans shall be made, and all participations purchased, by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby nor shall any Term Loan Commitment or any Revolving Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby.

(b) Availability of Funds . Unless Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the applicable Credit Date that such Lender does not intend to make available to Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender’s Loan requested on such Credit Date, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to Administrative Agent on such Credit Date, and Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount on such Credit Date. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to Administrative Agent by such Lender, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from such Credit Date until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower and the applicable Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any interest and fees payable by such non-funding Lender) to Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, for each day from such Credit Date until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the rate payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans for such Class of Loans. Nothing in this Section 2.5(b) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that any Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

2.6. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of Tranche B Term Loans made on the Second Restatement Effective Date shall be applied to fund in part the making of a Restricted Junior Payment pursuant to Section 6.4(l) on or about the Second Restatement Effective Date and to pay any fees and expenses in connection therewith and with the other Second Restatement Transactions. The proceeds of Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit, New Revolving Loans, Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans and New Term Loans made after the Second Restatement Effective Date shall be applied by Borrowers for working capital and general corporate purposes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, subject, with respect to New Term Loans and New Revolving Loan

 

-70-


Commitments, to Section 2.23, and with respect to Refinancing Term Loans, Section 2.24, and with respect to Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans, Section 2.25, and with respect to Extended Term Loans, Section 2.26. No portion of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used in any manner that causes or would reasonably be expected to cause such Credit Extension or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Exchange Act.

2.7. Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes.

(a) Lenders’ Evidence of Debt . Each Lender shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of each Borrower to such Lender, including the amounts of the Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof. Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on such Borrower, absent demonstrable error; provided , that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or such Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any applicable Loans; and provided further , in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern.

(b) Register . Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders and the Revolving Commitments and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of Loans of each Lender from time to time (the “ Register ”). The Register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower or any Lender (with respect to any entry relating to such Lender’s Loans) at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Administrative Agent shall record, or shall cause to be recorded, in the Register the Revolving Commitments and the Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on each Borrower and each Lender, absent manifest error; provided , that failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or any Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any Loan. Each Borrower hereby designates Administrative Agent to serve as such Borrower’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.7, and each Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent Administrative Agent serves in such capacity, Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents, sub-agents and affiliates shall constitute “ Indemnitees .”

(c) Notes . (i) If so requested by any Additional Tranche B Term Lender by written notice to Parent Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent) at least two Business Days prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date, or if so requested by any Lender at any time thereafter, Parent Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender on the Second Restatement Effective Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Second Restatement Effective Date, promptly after Parent Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Loans. (ii) On and after the Second Restatement Effective Date, each Lender which holds a Revolving Loan Note shall be entitled to surrender such Revolving Loan Note to Parent Borrower against delivery of a new Note evidencing the Loans into which the Pre-Restatement Revolving Loans of such Lender were reclassified on the Second Restatement Effective Date; provided that if any such Revolving Loan Note is not so surrendered, then from and after the Second Restatement Effective Date such Note shall be deemed to evidence the Loans into which the Pre-Restatement Revolving Loans evidenced by such Note have been converted.

2.8. Interest on Loans.

(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, each Class of Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made until repayment (whether by acceleration or otherwise) thereof as follows:

(i) in the case of Revolving Loans:

(1) if a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; or

(2) if a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, at the Eurocurrency Rate plus the Applicable Margin plus (in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan of any Lender which is lent from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost;

 

-71-


(ii) in the case of Swing Line Loans, at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; and

(iii) (x) in the case of Tranche B Dollar Term Loans:

(1) if a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate plus 2.25% per annum; or

(2) if a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, at the Eurocurrency Rate plus 3.25% per annum plus (in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan of any Lender which is lent from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost.

(y) in the case of Tranche B Euro Term Loans, at the Eurocurrency Rate plus 3.50% per annum plus (in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan of any Lender which is lent from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost.

(b) The basis for determining the rate of interest with respect to any Loan (except a Swing Line Loan which can be made and maintained as Base Rate Loans only), and the Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, shall be selected by the applicable Borrower and notified to Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, as the case may be; provided , that all Loans denominated in Foreign Currencies shall consist solely of Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If on any day a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars is outstanding with respect to which a Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice has not been delivered to Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof specifying the applicable basis for determining the rate of interest, then at the end of the Interest Period, such Loan shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan.

(c) In connection with Eurocurrency Rate Loans there shall be no more than fifteen (15) Interest Periods outstanding at any time; provided that after the establishment of any new Class of Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment or Extension Amendment, the number of Interest Periods otherwise permitted by this Section 2.8(c) shall increase by three (3) Interest Periods for each applicable Class so established. In the event a Borrower fails to specify between a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan in the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, such Loan (if outstanding as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and denominated in Dollars) will be automatically converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Loan (or if outstanding as a Base Rate Loan will remain as, or (if not then outstanding) will be made as, a Base Rate Loan). In the event a Borrower fails to specify an Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Rate Loan in the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, such Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month. As soon as practicable after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent demonstrable error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the Eurocurrency Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to each Borrower and each Lender.

(d) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.8(a) shall be computed (i) in the case of Base Rate Loans, on the basis of a 365-day or 366-day year, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues; provided , that in the case of interest in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a Foreign Currency as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Term Loan, the last Interest Payment Date with respect to such Term Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted from a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan to such Base Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded; provided , that if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

 

-72-


(e) Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Loan shall accrue on a daily basis and (i) shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect to interest accrued on and to each such payment date; (ii) shall be payable in arrears upon any prepayment of that Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) shall be payable in arrears at maturity of the Loans, including final maturity of the Loans; provided , however , that with respect to any voluntary prepayment of a Base Rate Loan, accrued interest shall instead be payable on the applicable Interest Payment Date.

(f) The parties agree that, pursuant to the provisions of the Swiss Withholding Tax Act and the current practice of the Swiss tax authorities (and based on the representations set forth in Section 5.17 and Section 9.10), notably of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration, no Swiss Withholding Tax applies to interest payments made by the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower provided that the Swiss Withholding Tax Rules are complied with. Therefore, the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the interest rates which are set out in and are calculated in accordance with this Section 2.8 shall constitute a “minimum interest rate” and that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if Swiss Tax Deduction is required by law in respect of any interest payable under this Agreement by the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower and should it be unlawful for such Swiss Subsidiary Borrower to comply with Section 2.20(b) below for any reason:

(i) then the applicable interest rate in relation to that interest payment to the relevant Lender shall be (i) the interest rate which would have applied to that interest payment as provided for in this Section 2.8 divided by (ii) one (1) minus the rate at which the relevant Swiss Tax Deduction is required to be made under Swiss domestic tax law and/or applicable double taxation treaties; and

(ii) the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower shall (without duplication) (i) calculate the relevant interest with respect to the relevant Lender at the adjusted rate in accordance with paragraph (i) above, (ii) make the Swiss Tax Deduction on the interest so recalculated and (iii) all references to a rate of interest under the Agreement with respect to Loans to the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower shall be construed with respect to the relevant Lender accordingly.

(g) The parties acknowledge that the provisions of the Swiss Withholding Tax Act and the current practice of the Swiss tax authorities, notably of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration, may change in future and agree that it is in the best interest of all parties hereto that no Swiss Withholding Tax will be payable on the interest payments made with respect to the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement. In the event that the Swiss Withholding Tax Act and the practice of the Swiss tax authorities, notably of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration, are modified in a manner that would require the payment of such Swiss Withholding Tax, the Credit Parties and each relevant Lender agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to amend this Agreement to ensure that no Swiss Withholding Tax applies to payments in respect of such interest payments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.5(a), any such amendments necessary or desirable to limit Swiss Withholding Tax (A) shall be effective with the consent of Parent Borrower, the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower and each relevant Lender and (B) shall not be construed to obligate any Credit Party to assume additional or different payment, guaranty or other economic burdens then as currently set forth herein. If, for any reason, this Agreement is not or cannot be amended to limit Swiss Withholding Tax, the parties further agree that to the extent that interest payable by the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower under the Agreement becomes subject to Swiss Withholding Tax, each relevant Lender and the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower shall promptly co-operate in completing any procedural formalities (including submitting forms and documents required by the appropriate tax authority) to the extent possible and necessary for the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower to obtain authorization (i) to make interest payments without them being subject to Swiss Withholding Tax or (ii) to being subject to Swiss Withholding Tax at a rate reduced under applicable double taxation treaties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Swiss Withholding Tax is required in respect of any interest payable by the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower, then the applicable interest rate shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 2.8(f), subject to the conditions set forth herein.

(h) Notwithstanding Sections 2.8(f) and 2.8(g) above, the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower shall not be required to comply with the increased interest rule such as set out under Section 2.8(f) above if it has breached the Swiss Withholding Tax Rules as a direct result of (x) any failure to satisfy the Ten Non-Bank Rule as of the Original Closing Date or (y) a Lender or participant breaching:

(i) its representation as to its status pursuant to Section 9.10 (of this Agreement or the Original Credit Agreement) on the later of the date of the relevant agreement or the date it became a party thereto (as relevant); or

 

-73-


(ii) the requirements and limitations for assignments, transfers, participations and sub-participations (and other obligations) under Section 10.6 (of this Agreement or the Original Credit Agreement).

For the avoidance of doubt, the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower shall be required to comply with the increased interest rule such as set out under Section 2.8(f) above if it has otherwise breached the Swiss Withholding Tax Rules or if it does not comply with the covenant provided for by Section 5.17.

The principles of Section 2.20(g) shall apply with respect to refunds or credits received on account of additional interest paid under this Section 2.8.

2.9. Conversion/Continuation.

(a) Subject to Section 2.18 and, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing, the applicable Borrower shall have the option:

(i) to convert at any time all or any part of any Term Loan or Revolving Loan equal to the Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000 (or $500,000 for conversions into Base Rate Loans) and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount from one Type of Loan to another Type of Loan; provided , that (x) a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may only be converted on the expiration of the Interest Period applicable to such Eurocurrency Rate Loan unless the applicable Borrower shall pay all amounts due under Section 2.18 in connection with any such conversion and (y) no Foreign Currency Loan may be converted into a Base Rate Loan or into a Foreign Currency Loan of a different Foreign Currency; or

(ii) upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, to continue all or any portion of such Loan equal to the Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

(b) The applicable Borrower shall deliver a Conversion/Continuation Notice to Administrative Agent no later than (i) 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed conversion/continuation date (in the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan), (ii) 12:00 noon (New York City time) at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed conversion/continuation date (in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars), (iii) at least four Business Days in advance of the proposed continuation date (in the case of a continuation of, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a Foreign Currency other than a Special Notice Currency) and (iv) at least five Business Days in advance of the proposed continuation date (in the case of a continuation of, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a Special Notice Currency). Except as otherwise provided herein, a Conversion/Continuation Notice for conversion to, or continuation of, any Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be irrevocable, and such Borrower shall be bound to effect a conversion or continuation in accordance therewith.

2.10. Default Interest. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any overdue principal amount of all Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any overdue interest payments on the Loans or any overdue fees or any other overdue amounts owed hereunder, shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Debtor Relief Laws) payable on demand at a rate that is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans); provided , (x) in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, upon the expiration of the Interest Period in effect at the time any such increase in interest rate is effective such Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall thereupon become Base Rate Loans and such overdue amounts shall thereafter bear interest payable upon demand at a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans and (y) unless otherwise agreed to by the Requisite Lenders, all Foreign Currency Loans shall be

 

-74-


continued in one-month Interest Periods on the last day of the then current Interest Periods of such Foreign Currency Loans. Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.10 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

2.11. Fees.

(a) Parent Borrower agrees to pay to U.S. Revolving Lenders:

(x) commitment fees equal to (1) the daily difference between (a) the U.S. Revolving Commitments and (b) (x) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Swing Line Loans) plus (y) the L/C Obligations, times (2) the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage; and

(y) letter of credit fees equal to (1) the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans, times (2) the Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under all such Letters of Credit (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination).

(i) Parent Borrower and Japanese Subsidiary Borrower jointly and severally agree to pay to Japanese Revolving Lenders commitment fees equal to (1) the daily difference between (a) the Japanese Revolving Commitments and (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of all outstanding Japanese Revolving Loans times (2) the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage; and

(ii) Parent Borrower and Swiss Subsidiary Borrower jointly and severally agree to pay to Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Lenders commitment fees equal to (1) the daily difference between (a) the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments and (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of all outstanding Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans times (2) the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage;

provided , that any commitment fee which accrued with respect to the Revolving Commitment of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by Parent Borrower, Swiss Subsidiary Borrower or Japanese Subsidiary Borrower, as the case may be, so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by Parent Borrower, Swiss Subsidiary Borrower or Japanese Subsidiary Borrower, as the case may be, prior to such time; and provided , further , that no such commitment fee shall accrue on the Revolving Commitment of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.

All fees referred to in this Section 2.11(a) shall be paid to Administrative Agent at its Principal Office and upon receipt, Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof.

(b) For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit under Section 2.11(a) above, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.7.

(c) All fees referred to in Section 2.11(a) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year during the Revolving Commitment Period, commencing on the first such date to occur after the First Restatement Effective Date, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

(d) [Reserved].

(e) In addition to any of the foregoing fees, Borrowers agree to pay to Agents such other fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon.

 

-75-


2.12. Scheduled Payments. From and after the Second Restatement Effective Date, the principal amounts of the (A) Tranche B Dollar Term Loans shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments of $4,505,000 and (B) Tranche B Euro Term Loans shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments of €1,926,500 (each, an “ Installment ”) on the four quarterly scheduled Interest Payment Dates applicable to Base Rate Loans commencing December 28, 2012, with the remaining principal balance of the Tranche B Term Loans payable on the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) such Installments shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Tranche B Term Loans (including any such payments prior to the First Restatement Effective Date in respect of the term loans that were refinanced by the Tranche B Term Loans and any such payment prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date) in accordance with Sections 2.13, 2.14 (other than mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.14(h), which shall not reduce such Installments but shall reduce the remaining principal balance payable on the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date) and 2.15, as applicable and (y) the Tranche B Term Loans, together with all other amounts owed hereunder with respect thereto, shall, in any event, be paid in full no later than the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date.

2.13. Voluntary Prepayments/Commitment Reductions.

(a) Voluntary Prepayments.

(i) Any time and from time to time:

(1) with respect to Base Rate Loans, the applicable Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part, in an aggregate minimum Dollar Equivalent amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of the Dollar Equivalent amount of $100,000 in excess of that amount;

(2) with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, the applicable Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum Dollar Equivalent amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of the Dollar Equivalent amount of $100,000 in excess of that amount; and

(3) with respect to Swing Line Loans, Parent Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount;

or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding.

(ii) All such prepayments shall be made:

(1) upon prior written or telephonic notice received on the same day in the case of Base Rate Loans;

(2) upon not less than three Business Days’ prior written or telephonic notice in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars;

(3) upon not less than four Business Days’ prior written or telephonic notice in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in a Foreign Currency other than a Special Notice Currency;

(4) upon not less than five Business Days’ prior written or telephonic notice in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in a Special Notice Currency; and

(5) upon written or telephonic notice on the date of prepayment, in the case of Swing Line Loans;

 

-76-


in each case given to Administrative Agent or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, by 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date required and, if given by telephone, promptly confirmed by delivery of written notice thereof to Administrative Agent (and Administrative Agent will notify each Lender for Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as the case may be, by telefacsimile or telephone) or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. Upon the giving of any such notice, the principal amount of the Loans specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified therein.

(b) Voluntary Commitment Reductions .

(i) A Borrower may, upon not less than two Business Days’ prior written or telephonic notice promptly confirmed by delivery of written notice thereof to Administrative Agent (which notice Administrative Agent will promptly notify by telefacsimile or telephone to each applicable Lender), at any time and from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part, without premium or penalty any Class of Revolving Commitments in an amount up to the amount by which such Class of Revolving Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of such Class of Revolving Commitments, in each case at the time of such proposed termination or reduction; provided , any such partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum Dollar Equivalent amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of the Dollar Equivalent amount of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

(ii) A Borrower’s notice to Administrative Agent shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be effective on the date specified in such Borrower’s notice and shall reduce the Revolving Commitment of each Lender proportionately to its Pro Rata Share thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, but subject to the provisions of Section 2.18(c), Parent Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment or termination under Section 2.13 if such notice of prepayment or termination was made in contemplation of a refinancing of the Term Loans and/or New Term Loans or the Revolving Commitments, Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments and/or New Revolving Loan Commitments, as applicable, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

2.14. Mandatory Prepayments.

(a) Asset Sales . No later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net Asset Sale Proceeds, the applicable Borrowers shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Asset Sale Proceeds; provided , (x) that except as provided in clause (3) of the provisio to Section 6.8(b)(10), (i) so long as no Specified Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Borrowers shall have the option, directly or through one or more of its Subsidiaries, to invest Net Asset Sale Proceeds within three hundred sixty-five days of receipt thereof in long-term productive assets of the general type useful in the business of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including in Equity Interests of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and (ii) if such Borrowers intend to invest such proceeds, but a Default (but not an Event of Default or a Specified Default) exists on the date of receipt of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds, such Borrowers may hold such proceeds (without making any such investment) until such Default is cured, but if such Default becomes an Event of Default (or a Specified Default occurs), such Borrowers shall immediately prepay the Loans with such Net Asset Sale Proceeds as set forth in Section 2.15(b) and (y) to the extent any applicable documentation governing Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt requires Parent Borrower to prepay or make an offer to purchase such Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt with such Net Asset Sale Proceeds, the amount of prepayment required pursuant to this Section 2.14(a) shall be deemed to be the amount equal to the product of (1) the amount of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt with respect to which such a requirement to prepay or make an offer to purchase exists and the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans; provided further that the Borrower shall not be permitted to reinvest any such Net Asset Sale Proceeds in accordance with this Section 2.14(a) to the extent the Borrower applies any such Net Asset Sale Proceeds to prepay or purchase Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, and to the extent Parent Borrower makes any such prepayment or purchase of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Parent Borrower shall prepay Term Loans in accordance with this paragraph within one (1) Business Day of such prepayment or purchase without giving effect to clause (x) of this proviso.

 

-77-


(b) Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds . No later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or Administrative Agent as loss payee, of any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, the applicable Borrowers shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; provided , (x) (i) so long as no Specified Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Borrowers shall have the option, directly or through one or more of its Subsidiaries to invest such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds within three hundred sixty-five days of receipt thereof in long-term productive assets of the general type useful in the business of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which investment may include the repair, restoration or replacement of the applicable assets thereof, including in Equity Interests of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and (ii) if such Borrowers intend to invest such proceeds, but a Default (but not an Event of Default or Specified Default) exists on the date of receipt of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Borrowers may hold such proceeds (without making any such investment) until such Default is cured, but if such Default becomes an Event of Default (or a Specified Default occurs), such Borrowers shall immediately prepay the Loans with such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds as set forth in Section 2.15(b) and (y) to the extent any applicable documentation governing Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt requires Parent Borrower to prepay or make an offer to purchase such Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt with such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, the amount of prepayment required pursuant to this Section 2.14 (b) shall be deemed to be the amount equal to the product of (1) the amount of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt with respect to which such a requirement to prepay or make an offer to purchase exists and the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans; provided further that Borrowers shall not be permitted to reinvest any such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in accordance with this Section 2.14(b) to the extent the Borrower applies any such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to prepay or purchase Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, and to the extent Parent Borrower makes any such prepayment or purchase of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Parent Borrower shall prepay Term Loans in accordance with this paragraph within one (1) Business Day of such prepayment or purchase without giving effect to clause (x) of this proviso.

(c) Intentionally omitted .

(d) Issuance of Debt . No later than the first Business Day following the date of receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net Cash Proceeds from the incurrence of any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1), the applicable Borrowers shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(e) Consolidated Excess Cash Flow . In the event that there shall be Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for any Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2010; provided that Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2010 shall be calculated for the nine-month period ending December 31, 2010), the applicable Borrowers shall, no later than the fifth Business Day following the date by which delivery of the annual financial statements with respect to such Fiscal Year is required pursuant to Section 5.1(b), prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to (i) 50% of such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow minus (ii) voluntary repayments of the Loans (excluding repayments of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans except to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such repayments) minus (iii) voluntary prepayments, repayments or purchases (in the case of a purchase, calculated at the purchase price if less than the principal amount purchased) of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt on a no more than pro rata basis with the Term Loans; provided , that if, as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Year, the Leverage Ratio (determined for any such period by reference to the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(c) calculating the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such Fiscal Year) shall be (1) 4.00:1.00 or less, such Borrowers shall only be required to make the prepayments otherwise required hereby in an amount equal to (i) 25% of such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow minus (ii) voluntary repayments of the Loans (excluding repayments of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans except to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such repayments) minus (iii) voluntary prepayments, repayments or

 

-78-


purchases (in the case of a purchase, calculated at the purchase price if less than the principal amount purchased) of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt on a no more than pro rata basis with the Term Loans and (2) 3.00:1.00 or less, Borrowers shall not be required to make any prepayments otherwise required by this Section 2.14(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any prepayment of Loans required to be made in respect of the nine-month period ending December 31, 2010 pursuant to this Section 2.14(e) shall be reduced by an amount (but not to less than zero) (the “ 2010 Reduction Amount ”) equal to the sum of the aggregate cash consideration paid or required to be paid (to the extent funded or to be funded with Internally Generated Cash) by Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to the SDI Acquisition Agreement (the “ SDI Amount ”); it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the portion of the SDI Amount in excess of the 2010 Reduction Amount shall be available to reduce the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow in respect of the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2011; provided that if the SDI Acquisition Agreement is terminated by Parent Borrower on or before October 31, 2011 or the SDI Acquisition is not consummated by October 31, 2011, Parent Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans in accordance with this Section 2.14(e) in an amount equal to the 2010 Reduction Amount within 30 days of the earlier of the date of such termination or October 31, 2011.

(f) Revolving Loans and Swing Loans . If at any time after the Second Restatement Effective Date, (i) the Total Utilization of any Class of U.S. Revolving Commitments shall exceed the aggregate U.S. Revolving Commitments of such Class then in effect, (ii) the Total Utilization of any Class of Japanese Revolving Commitments shall exceed 105% of the aggregate Japanese Revolving Commitments of such Class then in effect or (iii) the Total Utilization of any Class of Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments shall exceed 105% of the aggregate Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments of such Class then in effect, the applicable Borrowers promptly (and in any event within three Business Days) shall first , prepay the Swing Line Loans (if applicable), and second , prepay the applicable Revolving Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(g) Prepayment Certificate . Concurrently with any prepayment of the Loans of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Sections 2.14(a) through 2.14(e), Parent Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the calculation of the amount of the applicable net proceeds or Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, as the case may be. In the event that Parent Borrower shall subsequently determine that the actual amount received exceeded the amount set forth in such certificate, the applicable Borrower shall promptly make an additional prepayment of the Loans in an amount equal to such excess, and Parent Borrower shall concurrently therewith deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the derivation of such excess.

(h) AHYDO Catch-Up Payments . In addition to the payments otherwise set forth herein, Parent Borrower shall make such additional payments as are necessary on or before the end of the applicable accrual period, and on each relevant Interest Payment Date thereafter, sufficient (but not in excess of the minimum sufficient amount) to ensure that each Loan will not be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code. Each such additional payment shall be applied in full, notwithstanding any other provision herein (including Sections 2.15, 2.17 and 2.24) to prepay the relevant Loan.

(i) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness . If Parent Borrower incurs or issues any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, Parent Borrower shall, substantially contemporaneously with such incurrence or issuance, prepay the Class or Classes of Term Loans constituting Refinanced Debt with respect to such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower may rescind or amend any notice of prepayment under this Section 2.14(i) if such prepayment would have resulted from an issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, which issuance shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

2.15. Application of Prepayments.

(a) Application of Voluntary Prepayments by Type of Loans . Any prepayment of any Loan pursuant to Section 2.13(a) shall be applied as specified by the applicable Borrower in the applicable notice of prepayment; provided, that (i) any prepayment of Term Loans shall be made on a pro rata basis to each Class of Term Loans (based upon the then outstanding principal amounts of the respective Classes of Term Loans); provided that (x) in

 

-79-


lieu of such application on a pro rata basis to each Class of Term Loans, at any time the applicable Borrower may, at its option, direct that such prepayment be applied (in which case it shall be applied) (I) first, to then outstanding Tranche B Term Loans on a pro rata basis among Tranche B Dollar Term Loans and Tranche B Euro Term Loans until all such Tranche B Term Loans have been repaid in full, and (II) thereafter, to the successive Class or Classes of Term Loans with the then next earliest Term Loan Maturity Date (ratably among such Classes, if multiple Classes exist with the same Maturity Date), until all such Term Loans have been repaid in full, and so on, and (y) it is understood and agreed that the preceding clause (x) may be modified as expressly provided in Section 2.24 or 2.26 in connection with a Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment, as the case may be and (ii) in the event any Borrower fails to specify the Loans to which any such prepayment shall be applied, such prepayment shall be applied as follows:

first , to repay outstanding Swing Line Loans and L/C Borrowings (in the case of Parent Borrower) to the full extent thereof;

second , to repay outstanding Revolving Loans to the full extent thereof; and

third , to prepay the Term Loans on a pro rata basis to each Class of Term Loans (in accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof); and further applied to reduce the scheduled remaining Installments of principal of the Term Loans as directed by Parent Borrower (but on a pro rata basis among Term Loans).

(b) Application of Mandatory Prepayments by Type of Loans . Any amount required to be paid pursuant to Sections 2.14(a) through 2.14(e) shall be applied as follows:

first , to prepay Term Loans on a pro rata basis (in accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof) and further applied first, to the next four scheduled Installments from the date of such prepayment of principal in direct order of maturity and second, on a pro rata basis among Term Loans and pro rata to the remaining scheduled Installments of principal of the Term Loans provided that in lieu of such application on a pro rata basis to each Class of Term Loans, at any time Parent Borrower may, at its option, direct that such prepayment be applied (in which case it shall be applied) (I) first, to then outstanding Tranche B Term Loans on a pro rata basis among Tranche B Dollar Term Loans and Tranche B Euro Term Loans until all such Tranche B Term Loans have been repaid in full, and (II) thereafter, to the successive Class or Classes of Term Loans with the then next earliest Term Loan Maturity Date (ratably among such Classes, if multiple Classes exist with the same Term Loan Maturity Date), until all such Term Loans have been repaid in full, and so on, and (y) it is understood and agreed that the preceding clause (x) may be modified as expressly provided in Section 2.24 or 2.26 in connection with a Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment, as the case may be;

second , to prepay the Swing Line Loans and L/C Borrowings to the full extent thereof (without any corresponding reduction of Revolving Commitments);

third , to prepay the Revolving Loans to the full extent thereof (without any corresponding reduction of Revolving Commitments); and

fourth , to prepay outstanding reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit (without any corresponding reduction of Revolving Commitments);

(c) Application of Prepayments of Loans to Base Rate Loans and Eurocurrency Rate Loans . Considering each Class of Loans being prepaid separately, any prepayment thereof shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case in a manner which minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by the applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18(c).

(d) Application of Net Cash Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness . Any amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.14(i) shall be applied to the Class or Classes of Term Loans constituting Refinanced Debt (as designated by Parent Borrower) with respect to any such payment on pro rata basis to each such Class of Term Loans (based upon the then outstanding principal amounts of the respective Classes of Term Loans).

 

-80-


2.16. General Provisions Regarding Payments.

(a) All payments by any Borrower of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made in the currency of such Obligations in Same Day Funds, without defense, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) (or, in the case of Obligations in a Foreign Currency, not later than the Applicable Time) on the date due at the Principal Office designated by Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders; for purposes of computing interest and fees, funds received by Administrative Agent after that time on such due date shall be deemed to have been paid by such Borrower on the next succeeding Business Day.

(b) All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan (other than voluntary prepayments of Base Rate Loans) shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments (and, in any event, any payments in respect of any Loan on a date when interest is due and payable with respect to such Loan) shall be applied to the payment of interest then due and payable before application to principal.

(c) Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall promptly distribute to each Lender at such Lender’s Lending Office, such Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Share of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due thereto, including all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by Administrative Agent.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions hereof, if any Conversion/Continuation Notice is withdrawn as to any Affected Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro Rata Share of any Eurocurrency Rate Loans, Administrative Agent shall give effect thereto in apportioning payments received thereafter.

(e) Subject to the provisos set forth in the definition of “Interest Period” as they may apply to Revolving Loans, whenever any payment to be made hereunder with respect to any Loan shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to Revolving Loans only, such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder or of the Revolving Commitment fees hereunder.

(f) [Reserved.]

(g) Administrative Agent shall deem any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower hereunder that is not made in Same Day Funds prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) (or, in the case of Obligations in a Foreign Currency, prior to the Applicable Time) to be a non-conforming payment. Any such payment shall not be deemed to have been received by Administrative Agent until the later of (i) the time such funds become available funds, and (ii) the applicable next Business Day. Administrative Agent shall give prompt telephonic notice to Parent Borrower and each applicable Lender (confirmed in writing) if any payment is non-conforming. Any non-conforming payment may constitute or become a Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of Section 8.1(a) until such funds become available funds. Interest shall continue to accrue on any principal as to which a non-conforming payment is made until such funds become available funds (but in no event less than the period from the date of such payment to the next succeeding applicable Business Day) at the rate determined pursuant to Section 2.10 from the date such amount was due and payable until the date such amount is paid in full.

(h) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and not otherwise been waived, and the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8.1, all payments or proceeds received by Agents hereunder in respect of any of the Obligations shall be applied in accordance with the application arrangements described in Section 9.2 of the Pledge and Security Agreement or, with respect to Subsidiary Borrowers and Swiss Guarantors, the corresponding provision of the applicable Foreign Collateral Document.

 

-81-


2.17. Ratable Sharing. Lenders hereby agree among themselves that, if any of them shall, whether by voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Loans made and applied in accordance with the terms hereof), through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Credit Documents or otherwise, or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code (or other applicable Debtor Relief Laws), receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal, interest, amounts payable in respect of Letters of Credit, fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (collectively, the “ Aggregate Amounts Due ” to such Lender) which is greater than the proportion received by any other Lender in respect of the Aggregate Amounts Due to such other Lender, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall (a) notify Administrative Agent and each other Lender of the receipt of such payment and (b) apply a portion of such payment to purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders so that all such recoveries of Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by all Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them; provided , if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of a Borrower or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Each Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, set-off or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing by such Borrower to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder. The provisions of this Section 2.17 shall not be construed to apply to (a) any payment made by any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (b) any payment obtained by any Lender as consideration for the assignment or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or other Obligations owed to it.

2.18. Making or Maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

(a) Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate . In the event that Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loans, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Loans on the basis provided for in the definition of Eurocurrency Rate, Administrative Agent shall on such date give notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to each Borrower and each Lender of such determination, whereupon (i) no Loans may be made as, or converted to, Eurocurrency Rate Loans until such time as Administrative Agent notifies Parent Borrower and Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist (which notice Administrative Agent agrees to give promptly upon such change in circumstances), (ii) any Foreign Currency Loans shall be converted to or continued, at the sole option of the applicable Borrower, in Dollars as Base Rate Loans and (iii) any Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice given by any Borrower with respect to the Loans in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by such Borrower (for the avoidance of doubt, without any amount being payable by such Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18(c)).

(b) Illegality or Impracticability of Eurocurrency Rate Loans . In the event that on any date any Lender shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but shall be made only after consultation with Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent) that (1) the making, maintaining or continuation of its Eurocurrency Rate Loans (i) has become unlawful as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any Law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or (ii) has become impracticable, as a result of contingencies occurring after the date hereof which materially and adversely affect the London interbank market or the position of such Lender in that market or (2) there shall have occurred any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions (including the imposition of or any change in exchange controls) or currency exchange rates which would make it unlawful or impossible for such Lender to make Loans denominated in any Foreign Currency to the applicable Borrower, then, and in any such event, such Lender shall be an “ Affected Lender ” and it shall on that day give notice (by e-mail or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender). If

 

-82-


Administrative Agent receives a notice from (x) any Lender pursuant to clause (1)(i) or (2) of the preceding sentence or (y) a notice from Lenders constituting Requisite Lenders pursuant to clause (1)(ii) of the preceding sentence, then (1) the obligation of the Lenders (or, in the case of any notice pursuant to clause (1)(i) or (2) of the preceding sentence, such Lender) to make Loans as, or to convert Loans to, Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of any notice pursuant to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, Foreign Currency Loans) shall be suspended until such notice shall be withdrawn by each Affected Lender (which each Affected Lender agrees to do promptly upon the circumstances in clause (1) or (2) ceasing to exist), (2) to the extent such determination by the Affected Lender relates to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Foreign Currency Loan then being requested by a Borrower pursuant to a Funding Notice or a Conversion/Continuation Notice, the Lenders (or in the case of any notice pursuant to clause (1)(i) or (2) of the preceding sentence, such Lender) shall make such Loan as (or continue such Loan as or convert such Loan to, as the case may be) a Base Rate Loan or a non-Foreign Currency Loan, as applicable, (3) the Lenders’ (or in the case of any notice pursuant to clause (1)(i) or (2) of the preceding sentence, such Lender’s) obligations to maintain their respective outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Foreign Currency Loans (the “ Affected Loans ”) shall be terminated at the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the Affected Loans or when required by Law, and (4) the Affected Loans shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans on the date of such termination (or, in the case of any notice pursuant to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, at the sole option of the applicable Borrower, the Affected Loans shall either be repaid or converted into Dollars as Base Rate Loans on the date of such termination). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by an Affected Lender as described above relates to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Foreign Currency Loan then being requested by a Borrower pursuant to a Funding Notice or a Conversion/Continuation Notice, such Borrower shall have the option to rescind such Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice as to all Lenders by giving written or telephonic notice (promptly confirmed by delivery of written notice thereof) to Administrative Agent of such rescission on the date on which the Affected Lender gives notice of its determination as described above (which notice of rescission Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender), and, for the avoidance of doubt, no amount shall be payable by such Borrower under Section 2.18(c) in connection with such rescission. If it becomes illegal for any Lender to hold or benefit from a Lien over Real Estate Assets pursuant to any applicable law, such Lender may notify Administrative Agent and disclaim any benefit of such security interest to the extent of such illegality, but such illegality shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such Lien for the benefit of each of the other Lenders.

(c) Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods . Each Borrower shall compensate each Lender, upon written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such amounts), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid by such Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its Eurocurrency Rate Loans and any loss, expense or liability sustained by such Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds but excluding loss of anticipated profits) which such Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender) a borrowing of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Funding Notice or a telephonic request for borrowing, or a conversion to or continuation of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Conversion/Continuation Notice or a telephonic request for conversion or continuation; (ii) if any prepayment or other principal payment of, or any conversion of, any of its Eurocurrency Rate Loans occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan; or (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Eurocurrency Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by such Borrower.

(d) Booking of Eurocurrency Rate Loans . Any Lender may make, carry or transfer Eurocurrency Rate Loans at, to, or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office of an Affiliate of such Lender.

(e) Assumptions Concerning Funding of Eurocurrency Rate Loans . Calculation of all amounts payable to a Lender under this Section 2.18 and under Section 2.19 shall be made as though such Lender had actually funded each of its relevant Eurocurrency Rate Loans through the purchase of a Eurocurrency deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of Eurocurrency Base Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period and through the transfer of such Eurocurrency deposit from an offshore office of such Lender to a domestic office of such Lender in the United States of America; provided , however , each Lender may fund each of its Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 2.18 and under Section 2.19.

 

-83-


2.19. Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy.

(a) Compensation for Increased Costs . In the event that any Lender (which term shall include Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.19(a)) shall determine (which determination shall, absent demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or governmental authority, in each case that becomes effective after the Original Closing Date, or compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the Original Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law): (i) subjects such Lender (or its applicable lending office) to any additional Tax (other than Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 2.20, any Excluded Taxes, any Taxes in clauses (a) or (c) or (d) of the definition of Overall Net Income Taxes and any Taxes excluded from Section 2.20 by the last sentence of Section 2.20(f) or 2.20(h)) with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or any payments to such Lender (or its applicable lending office) of principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder; (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender (other than (x) any such reserve or other requirements with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans that are reflected in the definition of Eurocurrency Rate and (y) the requirements of the Bank of England and the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank reflected in the Mandatory Cost, other than as set forth in clause (iii) below); (iii) results in the failure of the Mandatory Cost, as calculated hereunder, to represent the cost to such Lender of complying with the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank in relation to its making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans; or (iv) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Lender (or its applicable lending office) or its obligations hereunder or the London interbank market; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Lender (or its applicable lending office) with respect thereto; then, in any such case, Parent Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Lender for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder. Such Lender shall deliver to Parent Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Lender under this Section 2.19(a), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent demonstrable error.

(b) Capital Adequacy Adjustment . In the event that any Lender (which term shall include Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.19(b)) shall have determined that the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability after the Original Closing Date of any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or its applicable lending office) with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of, or with reference to, such Lender’s Loans or Revolving Commitments or Letters of Credit, or participations therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans or the Letters of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, phase-in, applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Lender or such controlling corporation with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within ten Business Days after receipt by Parent Borrower from such Lender of the statement referred to in the next sentence, Parent Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such controlling corporation on an after-tax basis for such reduction. Such Lender shall deliver to Parent Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to Lender under this Section 2.19(b), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

 

-84-


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.19 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies Parent Borrower of the change giving rise to such increased costs and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the change giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

2.20. Taxes; Withholding, Etc.

(a) Payments to Be Free and Clear . All sums payable by or on behalf of any Credit Party hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall (except to the extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Tax (other than an Overall Net Income Tax, an Excluded Tax or a Tax excluded from Section 2.20 by the last sentence of Section 2.20(f) or 2.20(h)) imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority (such Taxes being referred to as “Indemnified Taxes”).

(b) Withholding of Taxes . If any Credit Party or any other Person is required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of any Indemnified Tax from any sum paid or payable by any Credit Party to Administrative Agent or any Lender (which term shall include Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.20) under any of the Credit Documents: (i) the applicable Borrower shall notify Administrative Agent of any such requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as the applicable Borrower becomes aware of it; (ii) the applicable Borrower shall pay any such Tax before the date on which penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made (if the liability to pay is imposed on any Credit Party) for its own account or (if that liability is imposed on Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be) on behalf of and in the name of Administrative Agent or such Lender; (iii) the sum payable by such Credit Party in respect of which the relevant deduction, withholding or payment is required shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of that deduction, withholding or payment (including deductions, withholdings or payments on additional amounts payable under this section), Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction, withholding or payment been required or made; and (iv) within thirty days after any Credit Party has paid any sum from which it is required by law to make any deduction or withholding, and within thirty days after the due date of payment of any Indemnified Tax which any Credit Party is required by clause (ii) above to pay, Parent Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to the other affected parties of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority; provided , (i) that the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower shall not be required to comply with the gross up obligation provided for in this Section 2.20 with respect to Swiss Withholding Taxes caused by it breaching the Swiss Withholding Tax Rules as a direct result of (x) any failure to satisfy the Ten Non-Bank Rule as of the Original Closing Date or (y) a Lender breaching its representation as to its status pursuant to Section 9.10 (of this Agreement or the Original Credit Agreement) or any failure by a Lender or participant to comply with the requirements and limitations for assignments, transfers, and sub-participations (and other obligations) under Section 10.6 (of this Agreement or the Original Credit Agreement), and (ii) with respect to Loans to Parent Borrower or the Japanese Subsidiary Borrower, no additional amount shall be required to be paid under this Section 2.20 with respect to U.S. federal withholding or other U.S. federal income taxes or Japanese withholding or other Japanese national income taxes (with respect to Loans to the Japanese Subsidiary Borrower only) to any Lender (other than a Lender that becomes a Lender pursuant to Section 2.22 of this Agreement or the Original Credit Agreement) except to the extent that any change after the Original Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages to the Original Credit Agreement on the Original Closing Date) or after the effective date of the Assignment Agreement or the Amendment (as applicable) pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender (in the case of each other Lender) in any such requirement for a deduction, withholding or payment in respect of U.S. federal withholding or other U.S. federal income taxes or Japanese withholding or other Japanese national income taxes shall result in an increase in the rate of such deduction, withholding or payment from that in effect at the Original Closing Date or at the date of such Assignment Agreement or the Amendment, as the case may be, in respect of payments to such Lender; provided further that additional amounts with respect to U.S. federal withholding or other U.S. federal income taxes shall be payable to a Lender to the extent such Lender’s assignor was entitled to receive such additional amounts immediately prior to the assignment or such Lender was entitled to receive additional amounts immediately prior to a change in lending office (any U.S. federal income or withholding taxes or Japanese national income or withholding taxes excluded pursuant to the foregoing provisos being “ Excluded Taxes ”).

 

-85-


(c) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (b) above, each Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.

(d) Tax Indemnification . Each Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, without duplication, each Lender and Administrative Agent for the full amount of Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes, including any such Indemnified Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.20, payable by any Lender or Administrative Agent and any liability (including expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 20 days after the date such Lender or Administrative Agent makes written demand therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the applicable Borrower by a Lender or by Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Status of Lenders ; Tax Documentation . Each Lender shall deliver to Parent Borrower (on behalf, as appropriate, of Japanese Subsidiary Borrower and Swiss Subsidiary Borrower) and to Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable Laws or when reasonably requested by a Borrower or Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrowers or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not payments made by the respective Borrowers hereunder or under any other Credit Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of payments to be made to such Lender by the respective Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdictions and (D) whether withholding is required under FATCA and the appropriate amount thereof. Each Lender shall also promptly notify Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes. Each of the Borrowers shall promptly (i) deliver to Administrative Agent or any Lender, as Administrative Agent or such Lender shall reasonably request, such documents and forms required by any relevant taxing authorities under the Laws of any jurisdiction, duly executed and completed by such Borrower, as are required to be furnished by such Lender or Administrative Agent under such Laws in connection with any payment by Administrative Agent or any Lender of Taxes or Other Taxes, or otherwise in connection with the Credit Documents, with respect to such jurisdiction and (ii) provide Administrative Agent from time to time, upon the reasonable request of Administrative Agent, with information needed to determine whether any payments to be made pursuant to any Credit Document will be subject to any applicable withholding tax, including information needed to determine the source of any payment for applicable withholding tax purposes.

(f) Evidence of Exemption from U.S. Withholding Tax . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent legally able to do so, each Lender (including each Lender making a Loan to the Japanese Subsidiary Borrower) that is not a United States Person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “ Non-US Lender ”) shall deliver to Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower, on or prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages to the Amendment on the Second Restatement Effective Date to the extent that such Lender has not already delivered such forms ) or on or prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of Parent Borrower or Administrative Agent (each in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (i) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI and/or W-8IMY (including any required attachments) (or, in each case, any successor forms), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Parent Borrower or Administrative Agent to establish that such Lender is not subject to deduction or withholding (or is subject to reduced deduction or withholding) of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Credit Documents, or (ii) in the case of a Lender that is not a “bank” or other Person described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, a Certificate re Non-Bank Status together with two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8IMY (including any required attachments) (or, in each case, any successor forms), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Parent Borrower or Administrative Agent to establish that such Lender is not subject to deduction or

 

-86-


withholding (or is subject to reduced deduction or withholding) of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender under any of the Credit Documents; provided , however , if payment to a Lender is made to an “agent” of such Lender that is a “U.S. person” and a “financial institution” (each within the meaning of Section 1.1441-1(b)(2)(ii) of the Treasury regulations), such agent may deliver two properly completed and duly executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or successor form) instead of the delivery of the specified forms and certificates by the Lender to Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent (unless Administrative Agent has reason to believe that such agent will not comply with its obligations to withhold). To the extent legally able to do so and to the extent it has not already done so, each Lender that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for United States federal income tax purposes (a “ U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower on or prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, certifying that such U.S. Lender is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax. Each Lender required to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters pursuant to this Section 2.20(f) hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Lender of such forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, that such Lender shall promptly deliver to Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower two new original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI and/or W-8IMY (including any required attachments) (or, in each case, any successor form), or a Certificate re Non-Bank Status and two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8IMY (including any required attachments)(or, in each case, any successor forms), as the case may be, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Parent Borrower or Administrative Agent to confirm or establish that such Lender is not subject to deduction or withholding (or is subject to reduced deduction or withholding) of United States federal income tax with respect to payments to such Lender under the Credit Documents, or notify Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence. No Borrower shall be required to pay any additional amount or make any indemnity payments to any Lender under this Section 2.20 to the extent such additional amounts or indemnity payments relate to U.S. federal withholding taxes resulting from such Lender’s failure to deliver the forms, certificates or other evidence referred to in the first sentence of this Section 2.20(f); provided , if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 2.20(f) on the Original Closing Date or on the date of the Assignment Agreement or the Amendment pursuant to which it became a Lender, as applicable, nothing in this last sentence of Section 2.20(f) (if applicable) shall relieve a Borrower of its obligation to pay any additional amounts pursuant this Section 2.20 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender is not subject to withholding as described herein; and provided, further, that if a Lender is not legally entitled to deliver a form, certificate or other evidence referred to in the first sentence of this Section 2.20(f) at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or changes its applicable lending office, such Lender shall nevertheless be entitled to additional amounts and indemnity payments in respect of any applicable U.S. federal withholding tax to the extent such Lender’s assignor was entitled to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments immediately prior to the assignment or such Lender was entitled to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments immediately prior to the change in lending office.

(g) If any Lender or Administrative Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund (including a refund credited towards other tax liability) in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it pursuant to this Section 2.20, it shall promptly remit such refund or credit to the payor, net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund net of any Taxes payable by Administrative Agent or Lender on such interest); provided that the recipient, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant taxing authority) to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. This section shall not be construed to require Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to Taxes that it deems confidential) to Parent Borrower or any other person and nothing contained herein shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Administrative Agent to arrange its Tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit, nor oblige any Lender or Administrative Agent to claim any Tax refund or do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

 

-87-


(h) Documentation Requirement for Exemption from Japanese Withholding Tax . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and to the extent legally able to do so, each Lender to the Japanese Subsidiary Borrower that is a Japanese PE or Japanese Treaty Person (a “ Non-Japanese Lender ”) shall, on or prior to the Original Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages to the Original Credit Agreement on the Original Closing Date) or on or prior to the date of any Assignment Agreement or the Amendment (as applicable) pursuant to which it becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such other times upon the request of Japanese Subsidiary Borrower or Administrative Agent as may be necessary in the reasonable determination of Japanese Subsidiary Borrower or Administrative Agent either (i) in the case of a Japanese PE, present to Administrative Agent and Japanese Subsidiary Borrower the original withholding tax exemption certificate ( gensenchoushuu no menjyo shoumeisho ) for the Japanese PE issued by the Japanese tax authority and deliver a copy thereof to Administrative Agent and Japanese Subsidiary Borrower or (ii) in the case of a Japanese Treaty Person, deliver to Administrative Agent and Japanese Subsidiary Borrower two original copies of any required applicable Application Form for Income Tax Convention ( Sozeijyouyaku ni Kansuru Todokedesho ) properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, any required residency certificate for such Lender issued by the tax authority of the jurisdiction in which such Lender is a resident, and such other documentation, all as may be required under the Laws of Japan to establish that any interest payable by Japanese Subsidiary Borrower under any of the Credit Documents may not be taxed by Japan by virtue of the provisions of an applicable Japanese Tax Treaty, and reasonably requested by Japanese Subsidiary Borrower or Administrative Agent (such withholding tax exemption certificate in (i) herein, and such applicable form, residency certificate, and such other documentation in (ii) herein, collectively, “ Withholding Exemption Document ”). For purposes of this paragraph (h), in the case of a Lender that is a Japanese Treaty Person by virtue of the provisions of a Japanese LOB Tax Treaty, two original copies of the applicable Application Form for Income Tax Convention ( Sozeijyouyaku ni Kansuru Todokedesho ) properly completed and duly executed by such Lender and residency certificate for such Lender issued by the tax authority of the jurisdiction in which such Lender is a resident are deemed to have been reasonably requested by Japanese Subsidiary Borrower prior to the Original Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages to the Original Credit Agreement on the Original Closing Date) or the date of any Assignment Agreement or the Amendment (as applicable) pursuant to which it becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender). No Borrower shall be required to pay any additional amount or make any indemnity payments to any Lender under this Section 2.20 to the extent such additional amounts or indemnity payments relate to withholding of Japanese income tax ( gensen shotokuzei ) on interest payable by Japanese Subsidiary Borrower resulting from such Lender’s failure to comply with this Section 2.20(h); provided, however, that if such Lender shall have complied with this Section 2.20(h) on the Original Closing Date or on the date of the Assignment Agreement or the Amendment pursuant to which it became a Lender, as applicable, nothing in this last sentence of Section 2.20(h) shall relieve a Borrower of its obligation to pay any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable Law, including a treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, (i) payments to such Lender of interest payable by Japanese Subsidiary Borrower under any of the Credit Documents are no longer entitled to an exemption from withholding of Japanese income tax ( gensen shotokuzei ) upon presentation and/or delivery, as applicable, of the Withholding Exemption Documents as described in this Section 2.20(h) or (ii) such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver the Withholding Exemption Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the documents described in the foregoing sentence).

2.21. Obligation to Mitigate. Each Lender (which term shall include Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.21) agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender responsible for administering its Loans or Letters of Credit, as the case may be, becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20, it will, to the extent not inconsistent with the internal policies of such Lender and any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts to (a) make, issue, fund or maintain its Credit Extensions, including any Affected Loans, through another office of such Lender, or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the circumstances which would cause such Lender to be an Affected Lender would cease to exist or the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20 would be materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such Revolving Commitments,

 

-88-


Loans or Letters of Credit through such other office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Revolving Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit or the interests of such Lender; provided , such Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.21 unless Parent Borrower agrees to pay all incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above. A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by Parent Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.21 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to Parent Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error.

2.22. Removal or Replacement of a Lender. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that: (a) (i) any Lender (an “ Increased-Cost Lender ”) shall give notice to Parent Borrower that such Lender is an Affected Lender or that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under Section 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20, (ii) the circumstances which have caused such Lender to be an Affected Lender or which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within three Business Days after Parent Borrower’s request for such withdrawal; or (b) (i) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, and (ii) such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default as a result of which it has become a Defaulting Lender within three Business Days thereof; or (c) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 10.5(b), the consent of Requisite Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) whose consent is required shall not have been obtained; then, with respect to each such Increased Cost Lender, Defaulting Lender or Non-Consenting Lender (the “ Terminated Lender ”), Parent Borrower may, by giving written notice to Administrative Agent and any Terminated Lender of its election to do so, elect to cause such Terminated Lender (and such Terminated Lender hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Loans and its Revolving Commitments, if any, in full to one or more Eligible Assignees (each a “ Replacement Lender ”) in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6, and Parent Borrower shall pay the fees, if any, payable thereunder in connection with any such assignment from an Increased-Cost Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender and the Defaulting Lender shall pay the fees, if any, payable thereunder in connection with any such assignment from such Defaulting Lender; provided , (1) on the date of such assignment, the Replacement Lender shall pay to Terminated Lender an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Loans of the Terminated Lender, (B) an amount equal to all unreimbursed drawings that have been funded by such Terminated Lender, together with all then unpaid interest with respect thereto at such time and (C) an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid fees owing to such Terminated Lender pursuant to Section 2.11; (2) on the date of such assignment, Parent Borrower shall pay any amounts payable to such Terminated Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(c), 2.19 or 2.20 or otherwise as if it were a prepayment and (3) in the event such Terminated Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender; provided , that Parent Borrower may not make such election with respect to any Terminated Lender that is also an Issuing Bank unless, prior to the effectiveness of such election, Parent Borrower shall have made arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank or Cash Collateralizing or causing each outstanding Letter of Credit issued thereby to be cancelled). Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender and the termination of such Terminated Lender’s Revolving Commitments, if any, such Terminated Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided , that any rights of such Terminated Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Terminated Lender. Each Lender agrees that if Parent Borrower exercises its option hereunder to cause an assignment by such Lender as a Non-Consenting Lender or Terminated Lender, such Lender shall, promptly after receipt of written notice of such election, execute and deliver all documentation necessary to effectuate such assignment in accordance with Section 10.6. In the event that a Lender does not comply with the requirements of the immediately preceding sentence within one Business Day after receipt of such notice, each Lender hereby authorizes and directs Administrative Agent to execute and deliver such documentation as may be required to give effect to an assignment in accordance with Section 10.6 on behalf of a Non-Consenting Lender or Terminated Lender and any such documentation so executed by Administrative Agent shall be effective for purposes of documenting an assignment pursuant to Section 10.6.

 

-89-


2.23. Incremental Facilities.

(a) At any time or from time to time after the Second Restatement Effective Date, Parent Borrower may by written notice to the Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent elect to request (A) prior to the Latest Maturity Date of any Loan hereunder, one or more increases to the existing Revolving Commitments of any Class (any such increase, the “ New Revolving Loan Commitments ”) and/or (B) prior to the Latest Maturity Date of any Loan hereunder, the establishment of one or more new term loan commitments (the “ New Term Loan Commitments ”), by an amount not in excess of the greater of (x) $300,000,000 and (y) the amount of New Term Loan Commitments and/or New Revolving Loan Commitments such that the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 as of the end of the Test Period most recently ended after giving pro forma effect to such New Term Loan Commitments and/or New Revolving Loan Commitments (and, in each case, with respect to any New Revolving Loan Commitment, assuming a borrowing of the maximum amount of Loans available under such New Revolving Loan Commitment and any New Revolving Loan Commitments previously made pursuant to this Section 2.23). Each New Revolving Loan Commitment or New Term Loan Commitment shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $50,000,000 individually (or such lesser amount which shall be approved by Administrative Agent or such lesser amount if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the preceding sentence), and integral multiples of $5,000,000 in excess of that amount. Each such notice shall specify (A) the date (each, an “ Increased Amount Date ”) on which Parent Borrower proposes that the New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, shall be effective and (B) the identity of each Lender or other Person that is an Eligible Assignee (each, a “ New Revolving Loan Lender ” or “ New Term Loan Lender ,” as applicable) to whom Parent Borrower proposes any portion of such New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Revolving Loan Commitment or a New Term Loan Commitment. Such New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments shall become effective, as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that (1) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date after giving effect to such New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable; (2) after giving effect to the making of any Series of New Term Loans or effectiveness of New Revolving Loan Commitments, each of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2(a) shall be satisfied; (3) Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.7(b) as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which a Compliance Certificate has been (or was required to have been) delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(c) after giving effect to such New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments (and with respect to any New Revolving Loan Commitment, assuming a borrowing of the maximum amount of New Revolving Loans available under such New Revolving Loan Commitment), as applicable; (4) the New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by Parent Borrower, the New Revolving Loan Lender or New Term Loan Lender, as applicable, and Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register, and each New Revolving Loan Lender and New Term Loan Lender shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Sections 2.20(e), (f) and (h); (5) Parent Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.18(c) in connection with the New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments, if applicable; and (6) Parent Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction. Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall be designated a separate series (a “ Series ”) of New Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

(b) On any Increased Amount Date on which New Revolving Loan Commitments are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (a) each of the Revolving Lenders of the applicable Class shall assign to each of the New Revolving Loan Lenders, and each of the New Revolving Loan Lenders shall purchase from each of the Revolving Lenders of the applicable Class, at the principal amount thereof, such interests in the Revolving Loans of the applicable Class outstanding on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Loans of the applicable Class will be held by existing Revolving Lenders of the applicable Class and New Revolving Loan Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Loan Commitments of the applicable Class after giving effect to the addition of such New Revolving Loan Commitments to the Revolving Commitments of the applicable Class, (b) each New Revolving Loan Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Loan Commitment of the applicable Class and each Loan made thereunder (a “ New Revolving Loan ”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Loan of the applicable Class and (c) each New Revolving Loan Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the New Revolving Loan Commitment and all matters relating thereto. Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing and prepayment requirements in Section 2.2 and 2.13 of this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

 

-90-


(c) On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Loan Commitments of any Series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall make a Loan to Parent Borrower (a “ New Term Loan ”) in an amount equal to its New Term Loan Commitment of such Series, and (ii) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Term Loan Commitment of such Series and the New Term Loans of such Series made pursuant thereto.

(d) Administrative Agent shall notify Lenders promptly upon receipt of Parent Borrower’s notice of each Increased Amount Date and in respect thereof (y) the New Revolving Loan Commitments and the New Revolving Loan Lenders or the Series of New Term Loan Commitments and the New Term Loan Lenders of such Series, as applicable, and (z) in the case of each notice to any Revolving Lender, the respective interests in such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loans, in each case subject to the assignments contemplated by this Section.

(e) The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments of any Series shall be as agreed between Parent Borrower and the New Term Loan Lenders providing such New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments, and except as otherwise set forth herein, to the extent not substantially similar to or less favorable to such New Term Loan Lenders than the Tranche B Term Loans shall be reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent. The terms and provisions of the New Revolving Loans shall be identical to the Revolving Loans of the applicable Class. The proceeds of any Revolving Loans borrowed on the Increased Amount Date for any New Revolving Loan Commitments shall not be used to refinance, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment on unsecured Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than working capital revolving credit facilities), nor shall such Revolving Loans be made in exchange for any such unsecured Indebtedness (other than working capital revolving credit facilities). In any event (i) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of all New Term Loans of any Series shall be no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Tranche B Terms Loans (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of the Tranche B Term Loans prior to the time of such incurrence), (ii) the applicable New Term Loan Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the latest of the final maturity of (x) the Revolving Loans and (y) the Tranche B Term Loans, (iii) the yield applicable to the New Term Loans of each Series shall be determined by Parent Borrower and the applicable new Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Joinder Agreement; provided , however that the Effective Yield applicable to the New Term Loans shall not be greater than the Effective Yield as amended through the date of such calculation with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans plus 0.50% per annum unless the interest rate with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans is increased so as to cause the then applicable Effective Yield under this Agreement on the Tranche B Term Loans (including any upfront or similar fees or original issue discount paid and payable to the initial Lenders hereunder) to equal the Effective Yield then applicable to the New Term Loans (after giving effect to all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable with respect to such New Term Loans) minus 0.50% and (iv) the proceeds of the New Term Loans shall not be used to refinance, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment on unsecured Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall the New Term Loans be made in exchange for any such unsecured Indebtedness. Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower to effect the provision of this Section 2.23, and for the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.23 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.17 or 10.5 to the contrary.

2.24. Refinancing Amendments.

At any time after the Second Restatement Effective Date, Parent Borrower may obtain from any Lender or any Additional Refinancing Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for this purpose will be deemed to include any then outstanding Refinancing Term Loans), in the form of Refinancing Term Loans, in each case pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that such Indebtedness (i) will rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the other Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments hereunder, (ii) have such pricing and optional prepayment terms as may be agreed by the applicable Borrower and the Lenders thereof and (iii) except as may be agreed to by the Lenders and Additional Refinancing Lenders providing such Credit Agreement Refinancing

 

-91-


Indebtedness in the respective Refinancing Amendment (but solely as it relates to such Lenders waiving their pro rata share of any applicable prepayment or repayment), each Class of Refinancing Term Loans shall be prepaid and repaid on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) with all voluntary prepayments and mandatory prepayments of the other Classes of Term Loans, it being understood that the amortization schedule applicable to the Refinancing Term Loans shall be determined by the applicable Borrower and the Lenders providing the Refinancing Term Loans. The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2(a) and, to the extent reasonably requested by Administrative Agent, receipt by Administrative Agent of (i) legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Second Restatement Effective Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent (including Mortgage amendments) in order to ensure that the Refinancing Term Loans are provided with the benefit of the applicable Credit Documents. Each tranche of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred under this Section 2.24 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $50,000,000. Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Credit Documents may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments subject thereto as Refinancing Term Loans and/or Refinancing Term Commitments), (ii) provide certain class protection to the Lenders and Additional Refinancing Lenders providing such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to voluntary prepayments and mandatory prepayments, (iii) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 10.5(g) (without the consent of the Requisite Lenders called for therein) and (iv) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section, and the Requisite Lenders hereby expressly authorize Administrative Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment.

2.25. Extensions of Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments .

(a) Any Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of any Class of Revolving Commitments (including any New Revolving Loan Commitments and any outstanding Classes of Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments), each existing at the time of such request (each, an “ Existing Revolving Commitment ” and any related Revolving Loans thereunder, “ Existing Revolving Loans ”) be replaced with or reclassified or converted into commitments and loans that extend the termination date thereof (any such Existing Revolving Commitments which have been so extended, “ Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments ” and any related Loans, “ Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.25. In order to establish any Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, Parent Borrower shall provide a notice to Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the Existing Revolving Commitments) (a “ Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to Existing Revolver Commitments; provided that (i) the Revolving Commitment Termination Date of the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments may be delayed to a later date than the Revolving Commitment Termination Date of the Existing Revolving Commitment; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to extensions of credit under the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for extensions of credit under the Existing Revolving Commitment; (iii) all borrowings under the applicable Revolving Commitments and repayments thereunder shall be made on a pro rata basis (except for (I) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments (and related outstandings) and (II) repayments required upon the Revolving Commitment Termination Date of the Existing Revolving Commitments); and (iv) the Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment; provided , further , that in no event shall the final maturity date of any Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments of a given Class at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any Existing Revolving Commitments. Any Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments shall constitute a separate Class or Classes, as the case may be, of Revolving Commitments from the Classes constituting the Existing Revolving Commitments.

 

-92-


(b) The applicable Borrower shall provide the applicable Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment Request at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders of the applicable Class of Revolving Loans are requested to respond (or by such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion). Any Lender (together with any new Lender committing to provide a Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 2.25(c) below, a “ Permitted Replacement Revolving Lender ”) wishing to have its Existing Revolving Commitments subject to such Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment Request converted into Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments shall notify Administrative Agent (a “ Permitted Replacement Revolving Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment Request of its election to convert into Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments. In the event that the aggregate amount of Existing Revolving Commitments subject to Permitted Replacement Revolving Elections exceeds the amount of Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments requested pursuant to the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment Request, the Existing Revolving Commitments subject to Permitted Replacement Revolving Elections shall be converted to Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Existing Revolving Commitments included in each such Permitted Replacement Revolving Election. Notwithstanding the conversion of any Existing Revolving Commitment (to the extent constituting a U.S. Revolving Commitment or a Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment thereof) into a Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment, such Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment shall be treated identically to all other U.S. Revolving Commitments for purposes of the obligations of a Lender of Revolving Loans in respect of Swing Line Loans under Section 2.3 and Letters of Credit under Section 2.4, except that the applicable Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment may provide that the termination date of obligations to make Swing Line Loans and/or to issue Letters of Credit may be extended and the related obligations to make Swing Line Loans and issue Letters of Credit may be continued so long as Swing Line Lender and/or Issuing Bank, as applicable, have consented to such extensions (it being understood that no consent of any other Lender shall be required in connection with any such extension).

(c) In the event that a Borrower has submitted a Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitment Request in respect of all (but not less than all) of a Class of Existing Revolving Commitments and the aggregate amount of Existing Revolving Commitments subject to Permitted Replacement Revolving Elections is less than the entire aggregate amount of such Class of Existing Revolving Commitments, such Borrower, at its election, may allocate all (but not less than all) of the remaining amount of the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments requested and not provided by Lenders with an Existing Revolving Commitment to any other Persons that are Eligible Assignees, and the Existing Revolving Commitments not subject to Permitted Replacement Revolving Elections (“ Non-Extended Revolving Commitments ”) shall be terminated.

(d) Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments shall be established pursuant to an amendment (a “ Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment ”) to this Agreement (which, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 10.5, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Permitted Replacement Revolving Lenders with respect to the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments established thereby) executed by the Credit Parties, Administrative Agent and the Permitted Replacement Revolving Lenders. No Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment shall provide for any tranche of Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $50,000,000. In connection with any Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment, Administrative Agent may request that Parent Borrower deliver a customary opinion of counsel in connection with such amendment.

(e) Such Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments shall become effective as of such date of effectiveness of such Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment (the “ Permitted Replacement Revolving Effective Date ”); provided that (1) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Permitted Replacement Revolving Effective Date after giving effect to such Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments; (2) after giving effect to the Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment, each of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2(a) shall be satisfied; (3) the Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments shall be effected pursuant to a Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment, and shall be recorded in the Register, and each Permitted Replacement Revolving Lender shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Sections 2.20(e), (f) and (h); and (4) if applicable, Parent Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.18(c) in connection with the Permitted

 

-93-


Replacement Revolving Commitments. The proceeds of any Revolving Loans borrowed on the Permitted Replacement Revolving Effective Date shall not be used to refinance, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment on unsecured Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than working capital revolving credit facilities), nor shall such Revolving Loans be made in exchange for any such unsecured Indebtedness (other than working capital revolving credit facilities).

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, including Sections 2.15 and 2.17, on any date of any Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment, (x) any Existing Revolving Loans (and any related participations) of any Permitted Replacement Revolving Lender outstanding under the applicable Existing Revolving Commitments, shall be deemed to be allocated as Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans (and related participations) and Existing Revolving Loans (and related participations) in the same proportion as such Permitted Replacement Revolving Lender’s Existing Revolving Commitments to Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, and (y) all Existing Revolving Loans (and related participations) outstanding under any Non-Extended Revolving Commitment being terminated pursuant to Section 2.25(c) shall be paid with the proceeds of a Borrowing of Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans requested by Parent Borrower on such date.

2.26. Extension of Term Loans.

(a) Extension of Term Loans . Parent Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Term Loan Tranche ”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so amended, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.26. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, Parent Borrower shall provide a notice to Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Tranche) (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche and (y) be identical to the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, except that: (i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to the Extended Term Loans (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Term Loans); and (iv) Extended Term Loans may have optional prepayment terms (including call protection) as may be agreed by Parent Borrower and the Lenders thereof; provided that no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which all Term Loans with an earlier final stated maturity (including Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which they were amended) are repaid in full, unless such optional prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata optional prepayment of such other Term Loans; provided, however, that (A) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any other Term Loans hereunder, (B) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any other Term Loans then outstanding (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of such Term Loans prior to the incurrence of the Extended Term Loans of such Term Loan Extension Series), and (C) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Term Loan Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Series ”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Term Loans amended from an Existing Term Loan Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Term Loan Extension Series with respect to such Existing Term Loan Tranche. Each Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans incurred under this Section 2.26 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $50,000,000.

 

-94-


(b) Extension Request . Parent Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Tranche, as applicable, are requested to respond (or by such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.26. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Tranche amended into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Extension Request. Any existing Term Lender wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to such Extension Request amended into Extended Term Loans (each, an “Extending Term Lender ”) shall notify Administrative Agent (each, an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche which it has elected to request be amended into Extended Term Loans (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by Administrative Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche in respect of which applicable Term Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans requested to be extended pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Term Loans on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by Administrative Agent, which shall be conclusive) based on the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension Election.

(c) Extension Amendment . Extended Term Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, an “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement among the applicable Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Extending Term Lender providing an Extended Term Loan thereunder which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Section 2.26(a) above (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The effectiveness of any Extension Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by Administrative Agent, receipt by Administrative Agent of (i) legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans are provided with the benefit of the applicable Credit Documents. Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Extension Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Credit Documents may be amended pursuant to an Extension Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) modify the scheduled repayments set forth in Section 2.12 with respect to any Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to an Extension Election to reflect a reduction in the principal amount of the Term Loans thereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to the applicable Extension (with such amount to be applied ratably to reduce scheduled repayments of such Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.12), (iii) modify the prepayments set forth in Section 2.15 to reflect the existence of the Extended Term Loans and the application of prepayments with respect thereto, (iv) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 10.5(f) (without the consent of the Requisite Lenders called for therein) and (v) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section, and the Requisite Lenders hereby expressly authorize Administrative Agent to enter into any such Extension Amendment.

(d) No conversion of Loans pursuant to any Extension in accordance with this Section 2.26 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in Sections 2.23, 2.24, 2.25 and this Section 2.26 to the contrary, the Borrowers shall not be permitted to have more than six (6) Classes of Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement at any time.

 

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3.1. Second Restatement Effective Date. The conditions to effectiveness of this amendment and restatement of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in the form of this Agreement, and to the obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension on the Second Restatement Effective Date are set forth in Section 5 of the Amendment.

 

-95-


3.2. Conditions to Each Credit Extension.

(a) Conditions Precedent . The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, or Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit, on any Credit Date, including the Second Restatement Effective Date, are subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.5, of the following conditions precedent:

(i) Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice or Letter of Credit Application, as the case may be;

(ii) after making the Credit Extensions requested on such Credit Date, the Total Utilization of U.S. Revolving Commitments, the Total Utilization of Japanese Revolving Commitments or the Total Utilization of Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments, as applicable, shall not exceed the U.S. Revolving Commitments, the Japanese Revolving Commitments or the Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments, as applicable, then in effect;

(iii) as of such Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit Documents, in each case, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of that Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof;

(iv) Except in the case of the Credit Extensions on the Original Closing Date, as of such Credit Date, no event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the applicable Credit Extension that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default; and

(v) on or before the date of issuance of any Letter of Credit, Administrative Agent shall have received all other information required by the applicable Letter of Credit Application, and such other documents or information as Issuing Bank may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit.

(b) Notices . Any Notice shall be executed by an Authorized Officer in a writing delivered to Administrative Agent and, if applicable, Issuing Bank. In lieu of delivering a Notice, a Borrower may give Administrative Agent and, if applicable, Issuing Bank telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed borrowing, conversion/continuation or issuance of a Letter of Credit, as the case may be; provided each such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of the applicable Notice to Administrative Agent and, if applicable, Issuing Bank on or before the close of business on the date that such borrowing, continuation/conversion or issuance is requested by telephonic notice. In the event of a discrepancy between the telephone notice and the written Notice, the written Notice shall govern. In the case of any Notice that is irrevocable once given, if a Borrower provides telephonic notice in lieu thereof, such telephone notice shall also be irrevocable once given. None of Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender shall incur any liability to a Borrower in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, if applicable, believes in good faith to have been given by a duly authorized officer or other person authorized on behalf of such Borrower or for otherwise acting in good faith.

 

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce Lenders and Issuing Bank to enter into this Agreement and to make each Credit Extension to be made thereby, each Credit Party represents and warrants to each Lender and Issuing Bank, on the Second Restatement Effective Date and on each Credit Date, that the following statements are true and correct:

4.1. Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification. Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (where applicable) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and as of the Original Closing Date, the jurisdiction of organization of each such Person is as identified in Schedule 4.1 to the Original Credit Agreement, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated to be carried out by such Person thereby, and (c) is qualified to do business and in good standing (where applicable) in every jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations, except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not had, and would not be reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-96-


4.2. Equity Interests and Ownership. The outstanding Equity Interests of each of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries are fully paid and with respect to corporate shares, non assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2 to the Original Credit Agreement, as of the Original Closing Date, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Equity Interests of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any additional membership interests or other Equity Interests of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or other Securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Equity Interests of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. Schedule 4.2 to the Original Credit Agreement correctly sets forth the ownership interest of Parent Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries as of the Original Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions.

4.3. Due Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Credit Party that is a party thereto.

4.4. No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which such Person is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents do not and will not (a) violate (i) any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in any material respect, (ii) any of the Organizational Documents of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) any material order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries except to the extent such conflict, breach or default would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Permitted Lien); or (d) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such approvals or consents which will be obtained on or before the Second Restatement Effective Date and except for any such approvals or consents the failure of which to obtain will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.5. Governmental Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by Credit Parties of the Credit Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the Transactions do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority except (1) as otherwise set forth in the Acquisition Agreement, (2) for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to Collateral Agent for filing and/or recordation, as of the Second Restatement Effective Date and (3) those approvals, consents, registrations, notices or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6. Binding Obligation. Each Credit Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws or by equitable principles and principles of good faith and fair dealing relating to enforceability.

4.7. Historical Financial Statements . The Historical Financial Statements were prepared in conformity with GAAP and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows, on a consolidated basis, of the entities described therein for each of the periods then ended.

 

-97-


4.8. Projections . On and as of the Second Restatement Effective Date, the projections of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period of Fiscal Year 2012 through and including Fiscal Year 2014 (the “ Projections ”) have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time such Projections were furnished to any Commitment Party or the Lenders; provided , the Projections are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by the Projections may differ from such Projections and that the differences may be material.

4.9. No Material Adverse Change. On each Credit Date after the Original Closing Date, since December 31, 2009, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.10. Adverse Proceedings, Etc. There are no Adverse Proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is in violation of any applicable laws (including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.11. Taxes. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.3, all federal income tax returns and all material state, local and other tax returns and reports of Holdings and its Subsidiaries required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed, and all Taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable and all other material Taxes, assessments, fees, and other governmental charges upon Holdings and its Subsidiaries and upon their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable (taking into account extensions). Holdings knows of no proposed tax assessment against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries which is not being actively contested by Holdings or such Subsidiary in good faith and by appropriate actions and for which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as required in conformity with GAAP, have been made.

4.12. Properties.

(a) Title . Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries has (i) good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in real property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property) and (iii) good title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective properties and assets reflected in their respective Historical Financial Statements referred to in Section 4.7 and in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1, in each case except for assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted under Section 6.8. Except as permitted by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Permitted Liens), all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens.

(b) Real Estate . As of the Original Closing Date, Schedule 4.12 to the Original Credit Agreement contains a true, accurate and complete list of all Real Estate Assets. Holdings does not have knowledge of any default that has occurred or is continuing under any lease, sublease or assignment of leases (together with all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals of extensions of any thereof) affecting any Real Estate Asset of any Credit Party and each such agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each applicable Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as in any such case as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.13. Environmental Matters. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective Facilities or operations are subject to any outstanding written order, consent decree or settlement agreement with any Person relating to any Environmental Law, any Environmental Claim, or any Hazardous Materials Activity that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any letter or request for information under Section 104 of the

 

-98-


Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9604) or any comparable state law with respect to a matter or matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are and, to each of Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ knowledge, have been, no conditions, occurrences, or Hazardous Materials Activities which would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to any Credit Party’s knowledge, any predecessor of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has filed any notice under any Environmental Law indicating past or present treatment of Hazardous Materials at any Facility, and (ii) none of Holdings’ or any of its Subsidiaries’ operations involves the generation, transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous waste, as defined under 40 C.F.R. Parts 260-270 or any state equivalent. Compliance with all current or reasonably foreseeable future requirements pursuant to or under Environmental Laws would not be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. No event or condition has occurred or is occurring with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Environmental Law, any Release of Hazardous Materials, or any Hazardous Materials Activity which individually or in the aggregate has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.14. No Defaults. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, could constitute such a default, except where such default or defaults, if any, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.15. Governmental Regulation. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

4.16. Margin Stock. The Borrowers are not engaged in nor will they engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no proceeds of any Loans or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U.

4.17. Employee Matters. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is (a) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of Holdings and Parent Borrower, threatened in writing against any of them before the National Labor Relations Board and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement that is so pending against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or to the knowledge of Holdings and Parent Borrower, threatened in writing against any of them, (b) no strike or work stoppage in existence or, to the knowledge of Holdings and Parent Borrower, threatened in writing involving Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and (c) to the knowledge of Holdings and Parent Borrower, no union organization activity that is taking place, except, with respect to any matter specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above, either individually or in the aggregate, such as is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.18. Employee Benefit Plans. Holdings, each of its Subsidiaries and each of their respective ERISA Affiliates are in compliance with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, and have performed all obligations under each Employee Benefit Plan except, in each case, as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service indicating that such Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified and, to the knowledge of Holdings nothing has occurred subsequent to the issuance of such determination letter which would cause such Employee Benefit Plan to lose its qualified status, except as would not be reasonably likely to have Material Adverse Effect. No liability to the PBGC (other than required premium payments) has been or is expected to be incurred by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates, except as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred or is expected to occur, except as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material

 

-99-


Adverse Effect. Except to the extent required under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code or similar laws, no Employee Benefit Plan provides health or welfare benefits (through the purchase of insurance or otherwise) for any retired or former employee of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, except as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, the present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each Pension Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates (determined as of the end of the most recent plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in the most recent actuarial valuation for such Pension Plan), did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Pension Plan. As of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan for which the actuarial report is available, the potential liability of Holdings, its Subsidiaries and their respective ERISA Affiliates for a complete withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan (within the meaning of Section 4203 of ERISA), when aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal from all Multiemployer Plans, based on information available pursuant to Section 4221(e) of ERISA would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings, each of its Subsidiaries and each of their ERISA Affiliates have complied with the requirements of Section 515 of ERISA with respect to each Multiemployer Plan and are not in material “default” (as defined in Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with respect to payments to a Multiemployer Plan.

4.19. Certain Fees. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.19 to the Original Credit Agreement, no broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Related Agreements, except as payable to Agents and Lenders.

4.20. Solvency. On the Second Restatement Effective Date, after giving effect to the Loans made hereunder on the Second Restatement Effective Date, Parent Borrower will be Solvent. On the first date hereunder on which any Subsidiary Borrower borrows any Loans hereunder, such Subsidiary Borrower, after giving effect to such borrowing, will be Solvent.

4.21. Creation, Perfection, Etc. Except as otherwise contemplated hereby or under any other Credit Document, including without limitation in Section 3, all filings and other actions necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral created under, and in the manner contemplated by, the Collateral Documents have been duly made or taken or otherwise provided for (to the extent required hereby or by the applicable Collateral Documents), and the Collateral Documents create in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (or the Swiss Secured Parties, as applicable), or in favor of the Secured Parties (or the Swiss Secured Parties, as applicable), a valid and, together with such filings and other actions (to the extent required hereby or by the applicable Collateral Documents), perfected First Priority Lien in the Collateral, securing the payment of the Obligations (or the Swiss Obligations, as applicable), subject to Permitted Liens.

4.22. Compliance with Statutes, Etc. Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property (including compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to any Real Estate Asset or governing its business and the requirements of any permits issued under such Environmental Laws with respect to any such Real Estate Asset or the operations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), except such non-compliance that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.23. Disclosure. No representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in any Credit Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) or in any other documents, certificates or written statements (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) furnished to any Agent or Lender by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for use in connection with the Transactions when taken as a whole contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact (known to Holdings or Parent Borrower, in the case of any document not furnished by either of them) necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made; provided , that any projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials were prepared based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by Holdings or Parent Borrower to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being recognized by Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results and that such differences may be material.

 

-100-


4.24. First Lien Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations are not subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of any Credit Party.

4.25. PATRIOT Act. To the extent applicable, each Credit Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ PATRIOT Act ”). No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

4.26. Related Agreements. Holdings and Parent Borrower have delivered to Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent complete and correct copies of (i) each Related Agreement as in effect on the Original Closing Date and (ii) any material amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to or waiver of each Related Agreement entered into after the Original Closing Date.

 

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that, so long as any Commitment is in effect and until payment in full of all Obligations that are accrued and payable (other than Obligations under any Cash Management Agreement or Hedge Agreement) and cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, a backstop letter of credit is in place), each Credit Party shall perform, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 5.

5.1. Financial Statements and Other Reports. Each of Holdings and Parent Borrower will deliver to Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Arranger and Lenders):

(a) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available, and in any event within 45 days (or in the case of the first three Fiscal Quarters ending after the Original Closing Date, 60 days) after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year (other than the fourth Fiscal Quarter of any such Fiscal Year), commencing with the Fiscal Quarter in which the Original Closing Date occurs, the consolidated balance sheet of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statement of income of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and cash flows from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification and a Narrative Report with respect thereto; provided , that any financial statements delivered prior to the required delivery of the financial statements for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2010 shall not be required to contain all purchase accounting adjustments relating to the Transactions to the extent it is not practicable to include any such adjustments in such financial statements;

(b) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Year in which the Original Closing Date occurs, (i) the consolidated balance sheet of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year, in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification and a Narrative Report with respect thereto; and (ii) with respect to such consolidated financial statements a report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by Parent Borrower, and reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent (which report shall be unqualified as to going concern and

 

-101-


scope of audit, and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards);

(c) Compliance Certificate . Together with each delivery of financial statements pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b), a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate; provided, that if such Compliance Certificate demonstrates an Event of Default in respect of any covenant under Section 6.7, Parent Borrower may deliver, together with such Compliance Certificate, notice of its intent to cure such Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.2(a);

(d) Statements of Reconciliation After Change in Accounting Principles . If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the Historical Financial Statements, the consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) will differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(e) Notice of Default . Promptly (and in any event within 5 days) upon any Authorized Officer of Holdings or Parent Borrower obtaining actual knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or that notice has been given to Holdings or Parent Borrower with respect thereto; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in Section 8.1(b); or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of an Authorized Officer specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, Default, default, event or condition, and what action Parent Borrower has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(f) Notice of Litigation . Promptly upon any Authorized Officer of Holdings or Parent Borrower obtaining knowledge of (i) any Adverse Proceeding not previously disclosed in writing by Parent Borrower to Lenders, or (ii) any development in any Adverse Proceeding that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of the Transactions or any Credit Extension, written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to Holdings or Parent Borrower to enable Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

(g) ERISA . (i) Promptly upon any Authorized Officer of Holdings or Parent Borrower obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of or forthcoming occurrence of any ERISA Event that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto; and (ii) with reasonable promptness, copies of (1) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan, as requested; (2) all notices received by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event; and (3) copies of such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Employee Benefit Plan as Administrative Agent shall reasonably request;

(h) Financial Plan . As soon as practicable and in any event no later than 90 days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated plan and financial forecast for such Fiscal Year and each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) through the final maturity date of the Loans (a “ Financial Plan ”), including (i) a forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, and an explanation of the assumptions on which such forecasts are based and (ii) forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter of such Fiscal Year;

 

-102-


(i) [Reserved.] ;

(j) Insurance Report . Concurrently with the delivery of the annual financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) above, a certificate from Parent Borrower’s insurance broker(s) in form reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent outlining all material insurance coverage maintained as of the date of such certificate by Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(k) Information Regarding Collateral . Parent Borrower will furnish to Collateral Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Credit Party’s corporate name, (ii) in any Credit Party’s identity or corporate form or organization, (iii) in any Credit Party’s jurisdiction of organization or (iv) in any Credit Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or state organizational identification number. Parent Borrower agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral as contemplated in the Collateral Documents. Parent Borrower also agrees promptly to notify Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed;

(l) Annual Collateral Verification . Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 5.1(b), Parent Borrower shall deliver to Collateral Agent a certificate of its Authorized Officer either confirming that there has been no change in the information since the date of the Collateral Questionnaire delivered on the Second Restatement Effective Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section and/or identifying such changes;

(m) Other Information . (A) Promptly upon their becoming publicly available, copies of all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with any securities exchange or with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental or private regulatory authority (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration on Form S-8), and (B) such other information and data with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Syndication Agent; and

(n) Certification of Public Information . Holdings, Parent Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be Public Lenders and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.1 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “ Platform ”), any document or notice that Holdings or Parent Borrower has indicated contains Non-Public Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such Public Lenders. Each of Holdings and Parent Borrower agrees to clearly designate all information provided to Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Holdings or Parent Borrower which is suitable to make available to Public Lenders. If Holdings or Parent Borrower has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to this Section 5.1 contains Non-Public Information, Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, its Subsidiaries and their securities.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.1 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or (B) Parent Borrower’s or Holdings’ (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, the other applicable requirements of such paragraphs (a) and (b) are complied with and with respect to clauses (A) and (B), to the extent such information relates to Holdings or a direct or indirect parent, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings or such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

-103-


5.2. Existence. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.8, each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights and franchises, licenses and permits material to its business; provided , that no Credit Party (other than each Borrower with respect to existence and other than as permitted under Section 6.8) or any of its Subsidiaries (other than as permitted under Section 6.8) shall be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise, licenses and permits (a) if such Person’s board of directors (or similar governing body) or management shall determine that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to such Person or to Lenders or (b) except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3. Payment of Taxes and Claims. Each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay all material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty or fine accrues thereon, and all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable or that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided , no such Tax or claim need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions promptly taken and diligently conducted, so long as (a) adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, and (b) in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings operate to stay the sale of, or such Lien shall not have been enforced with respect to, any material portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim. No Credit Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, file or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person (other than Holdings, any direct or indirect parent thereof or any of its Subsidiaries).

5.4. Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, all properties used or useful in the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and from time to time will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof.

5.5. Insurance. Holdings will maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdings will maintain or cause to be maintained (a) flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, in each case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and (b) replacement value casualty insurance on the Collateral under such policies of insurance, with such insurance companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and covering such risks as are at all times carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses. Each such policy of insurance shall (i) in the case of each general liability insurance policy, name Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear, (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a customary loss payable clause or endorsement that names Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the loss payee thereunder and provide that the insurer affording coverage (with respect to casualty and liability insurance) will provide at least thirty days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent of any modification or cancellation of such policy.

5.6. Books and Records; Inspections. Each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and accounts in which entries in conformity in all material respects with GAAP shall be made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. To the extent permitted by Law, each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any authorized representatives designated by any Lender to visit and inspect any of the properties of any Credit Party and any of its respective Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial and accounting records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and independent public accountants, subject to the customary policies and procedures of such independent public accountants, all upon reasonable notice and at such

 

-104-


reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be requested; provided , that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of any Event of Default, (i) only Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Syndication Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise the rights of the Lenders under this Section 5.6 and such Agents may (either individually, or at the request of the Requisite Lenders) make no more than two (2) such visits or inspections during any calendar year, and (ii) Borrower shall be required to reimburse such Agent for the costs of such visit or inspection only one (1) such time during any calendar year; provided further, that during the continuation of any Event of Default, Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Syndication Agent (or any of their representatives) may do any of the foregoing (but not more than once during the period such Event Default is outstanding) at the expense of Parent Borrower upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give Parent Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with Parent Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ independent public accountants.

5.7. Lenders Meetings. Holdings and Parent Borrower will, upon the request of Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders, participate in a meeting of Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Year to be held at Parent Borrower’s corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent.

5.8. Compliance with Laws. Each Credit Party will comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and all other Persons, if any, on or occupying any Facilities to comply, with the requirements of all applicable Laws of any Governmental Authority (including all Environmental Laws), noncompliance with which would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9. Environmental.

(a) Environmental Disclosure . Holdings will deliver to Administrative Agent and Lenders:

(i) as soon as practicable following receipt thereof, copies of all environmental audits, investigations, analyses and reports of any kind or character, whether prepared by personnel of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or by independent consultants, governmental authorities or any other Persons, with respect to significant environmental matters at any Facility or with respect to any Environmental Claims in either case that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) promptly following the occurrence thereof, written notice describing in reasonable detail (1) any Release at, on, under or from any Facility required to be reported to any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agency under any applicable Environmental Laws (except for Releases which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), (2) any remedial action taken by Holdings or any other Person in response to (A) any Hazardous Materials Activities the existence of which has a reasonable possibility of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (B) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable possibility of resulting in a Material Adverse Effect, and (3) Holdings or Parent Borrower’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Facility that would reasonably be expected to cause such Facility or any part thereof to be subject to any material restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use thereof under any Environmental Laws;

(iii) as soon as practicable following the sending or receipt thereof by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any and all material written communications with respect to (1) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable possibility of giving rise to a Material Adverse Effect, (2) any Release at, on, under or from any Facility required to be reported to any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agency and requiring notice to Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to sub-section (a)(ii)(1) of this Section 5.9, and (3) any request for information from any governmental agency that suggests such agency is investigating whether Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for any Hazardous Materials Activity and that relates to a matter that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(iv) prompt written notice describing in reasonable detail (1) any proposed acquisition of stock, assets, or property by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to (A) expose

 

-105-


Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to, or result in, Environmental Claims that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (B) affect the ability of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to maintain in full force and effect all material Governmental Authorizations required under any Environmental Laws for their respective operations and (2) any proposed action to be taken by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to modify current operations in a manner that would reasonably be expected to subject Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to any additional material obligations or requirements under any Environmental Laws; and

(v) with reasonable promptness, such other documents and information as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in relation to any matters disclosed pursuant to this Section 5.9(a).

(b) Hazardous Materials Activities, Etc. Each Credit Party shall promptly take, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries promptly to take, any and all actions necessary to (i) cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by such Credit Party or its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) make an appropriate response to any Environmental Claim against such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries and discharge any obligations it may have to any Person thereunder where failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10. Subsidiaries. In the event that any Person becomes a Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of Parent Borrower (other than a Disregarded Domestic Subsidiary), Parent Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within 45 days (or 90 days in the case of any Required Real Estate Documents) thereof or by such later date as designated by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) (a) cause such Domestic Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder and a Grantor under the Pledge and Security Agreement by executing and delivering to Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent a Counterpart Agreement, and (b) take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates as are similar to those described in Sections 3.1(b) and 3.1(i), in each case of the Original Credit Agreement and, in the case of any Material Real Estate Assets, all Required Real Estate Documents. In the event that any Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary or Disregarded Domestic Subsidiary of Parent Borrower, and the voting Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary or Disregarded Domestic Subsidiary are owned by Parent Borrower or by any Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Disregarded Domestic Subsidiary) thereof, Parent Borrower shall take, or shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary to take, all of the actions referred to in Section 3.1(i)(i) of the Original Credit Agreement and (as applicable in the case of a Material First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement)) the actions required by Section 4.4 of the Pledge and Security Agreement, necessary to grant and to perfect a First Priority Lien in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, or in favor of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, in 66% of such voting Equity Interests (but no other Equity Interests). In the event that any Person that is organized under the laws of Switzerland becomes a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Swiss Subsidiary Borrower, Swiss Subsidiary Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within 45 days thereof or by such later date as designated by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) (a) cause such Subsidiary to become a Swiss Guarantor under the Swiss Guaranty and a grantor under such agreements as are analogous to the Foreign Collateral Documents, and (b) take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates as are analogous to those described in Sections 3.1(b) and 3.1(i), in each case of the Original Credit Agreement. With respect to each such Subsidiary, Parent Borrower shall promptly (and in any event with 45 days of the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary) send to Administrative Agent written notice setting forth with respect to such Person (i) the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary of Parent Borrower, and (ii) all of the data required to be set forth in Schedules 4.1 and 4.2 with respect to all Subsidiaries of Parent Borrower; and such written notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedule 4.1 and 4.2 for all purposes hereof.

5.11. Additional Material Real Estate Assets. In the event that any Credit Party (other than any Swiss Credit Party) acquires a Material Real Estate Asset or a Real Estate Asset owned or leased on the Original Closing Date becomes a Material Real Estate Asset and such interest has not otherwise been made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or in favor of the Japanese Secured Parties, as applicable, then such Credit Party shall promptly (and in any event no later than 90 days after acquiring such Material Real Estate Asset or by such later time as designated by Collateral Agent in its sole discretion) take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all Required Real

 

-106-


Estate Documents with respect to each such Material Real Estate Asset that Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to create in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or in favor of the Japanese Secured Parties, as applicable, a valid and, subject to any filing and/or recording referred to herein, perfected First Priority security interest in such Material Real Estate Assets. In addition to the foregoing, Parent Borrower shall, at the request of Collateral Agent, deliver, from time to time, to Collateral Agent such appraisals as are required by law or regulation of Real Estate Assets with respect to which Collateral Agent has been granted a Lien. This Section 5.11 shall not apply to any Real Estate Asset owned by the Swiss Credit Parties, which shall not be pledged or otherwise become Collateral hereunder.

5.12. Interest Rate Protection. No later than ninety (90) days following the Original Closing Date, Parent Borrower shall obtain, and at all times thereafter until the third anniversary of the Original Closing Date, cause to be maintained protection against fluctuations in interest rates pursuant to one or more Interest Rate Agreements with counterparties reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent, in order to ensure that no less than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the total Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans) for borrowed money of Holdings and its Subsidiaries then outstanding is either (i) subject to such Interest Rate Agreements or (ii) Indebtedness that bears interest at a fixed rate.

5.13. Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time upon the request of Administrative Agent, each Credit Party will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to ensure that (x) the Obligations are guarantied by the Guarantors and are secured by substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and all of the outstanding Equity Interests of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries (subject to limitations and exceptions contained in the Credit Documents, including with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries), (y) the Swiss Obligations are guaranteed by the Swiss Guarantors and are secured by the assets of the Swiss Credit Parties to the extent required by the applicable Foreign Collateral Documents and (z) the Japanese Obligations are secured by the assets of Japanese Subsidiary Borrower to the extent required by the applicable Foreign Collateral Documents.

5.14. Miscellaneous Covenants. Unless otherwise consented to by Agents or Requisite Lenders:

(a) Maintenance of Ratings . At all times, Parent Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (x) a corporate family rating issued by Moody’s and a corporate credit rating issued by S&P, and (y) public ratings issued by Moody’s and S&P with respect to its senior secured debt.

(b) Cash Management Systems . Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall establish and maintain cash management systems that are consistent with the past practice of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries or otherwise customary and appropriate for businesses similar to Parent Borrower as determined in good faith by its management.

5.15. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) Parent Borrower’s Board of Directors may designate any of its Subsidiaries, including any newly formed Subsidiary or any Person that will become a Subsidiary of Parent Borrower by way of acquisition, to be an “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ,” upon which designation such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall cease to be deemed a “Subsidiary” within the meaning of this Agreement. Such designation subject to the following conditions:

(i) such Subsidiary has no Indebtedness other than Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the property and assets of Holdings, Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

(ii) such Subsidiary has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of Parent Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries;

(iii) the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary would not cause a Default or Event of Default;

 

-107-


(iv) Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.7 (b) as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which a Compliance Certificate has been (or was required to have been) delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(c) after giving effect to such designation; and

(v) after giving effect to such designation, the Consolidated Total Assets of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries and their respective Subsidiaries shall be no greater than 4.00% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Parent Borrower and its subsidiaries (including Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

(b) Upon any such designation of a Subsidiary of Parent Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the newly designated Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of that designation and will reduce the amount available for Investments under Section 6.6.

(c) Parent Borrower’s Board of Directors may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary of Parent Borrower subject to the following conditions:

(1) such Subsidiary executes and delivers to Administrative Agent a Counterpart Agreement providing for a Guarantee; and

(2) the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Subsidiary would not cause a Default or Event of Default; it being understood that any Indebtedness, Liens, agreements or transactions of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding at the time of such redesignation shall be deemed to be incurred or entered into at such time.

5.16. Intentionally Omitted .

5.17. Swiss Withholding Tax Rules. Swiss Subsidiary Borrower shall ensure that while it is a Borrower it shall comply with the Swiss Withholding Tax Rules, subject to the Lenders complying with their obligations under Section 10.6 and their representations and undertakings otherwise set forth herein. Swiss Subsidiary Borrower shall assume, for the purposes of determining the total number of creditors which are Non-Eligible Swiss Banks with respect to the Twenty Non-Bank Rule, that at all times, with respect to the Obligations of the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower hereunder, there are 10 Non-Eligible Swiss Banks.

 

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that, so long as any Commitment is in effect and until payment in full of all Obligations that are accrued and payable (other than Obligations under any Cash Management Agreement or Hedge Agreement) and cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, a backstop letter of credit is in place), such Credit Party shall perform, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 6.

6.1. Indebtedness. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) (i) Senior Notes not to exceed $1,000,000,000 in the aggregate (less the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Exchange Notes), (ii) Senior Exchange Notes not to exceed $1,000,000,000 in the aggregate (less the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes) and (iii) New Senior Notes not to exceed $500,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

-108-


(c) Indebtedness existing on the Second Restatement Effective Date, described in Schedule 6.1 (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 6.1);

(d) (x) Attributable Debt in connection with any Designated Sale and Lease-Back Transaction so long as the total Attributable Debt permitted under this clause (d)(x) does not exceed $75,000,000 outstanding at any time, and (y) Indebtedness (including obligations under Capital Leases) incurred by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries within 270 days of the related purchase, lease or improvement, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) not to exceed, together with all other Indebtedness issued and outstanding under this clause (d)(y), $75,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(e) Indebtedness incurred by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) in the ordinary course of business constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit (other than any Letter of Credit hereunder), including letters of credit issued in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence and (ii) any reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in favor of Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender to support any Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans, respectively, as contemplated by Section 2.4(a)(iii)(E) or 2.3(b), respectively;

(f) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that

(i) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (f)(i)); and

(ii) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the Fair Market Value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(g) Indebtedness of Parent Borrower to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (including any Subsidiary Borrower) or a Guarantor Subsidiary; provided that (i) any such Indebtedness to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor Subsidiary is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, (ii) all such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note, and, if owed to a Credit Party, shall be subject to a First Priority Lien pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement or the applicable Foreign Collateral Documents and (iii) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or a Guarantor Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Parent Borrower or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or a Guarantor Subsidiary, or any collateral agent under this Agreement or the Collateral Documents) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (g);

(h) Indebtedness of a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (including any Subsidiary Borrower) or a Guarantor Subsidiary to Parent Borrower or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (including any Subsidiary Borrower) or a Guarantor Subsidiary; provided that (i) if a Guarantor Subsidiary incurs such Indebtedness to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranty of the Obligations of such Guarantor Subsidiary, (ii) all such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by the Intercompany Note, and, if owed to a Credit Party, shall be subject to a First Priority Lien pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement or the applicable Foreign Collateral Documents, (iii) any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to

 

-109-


Parent Borrower or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or a Guarantor Subsidiary, or any collateral agent under this Agreement or the Collateral Documents) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (h) and (iv) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantor Subsidiaries owed to Parent Borrower or Guarantor Subsidiaries at any one time outstanding shall not exceed the aggregate amount to be permitted to be made as an Investment pursuant to Section 6.6;

(i) Indebtedness in respect of (x) Hedge Agreements (and guarantees thereof) other than those entered into for speculative purposes and (y) Cash Management Agreements (and guarantees thereof);

(j) obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of self-insurance and performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(k) the incurrence or issuance by Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of Parent Borrower of Indebtedness which serves to extend, replace, refund, renew, defease or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under clause (b), (c), (d), (k), (q), (r), (v) and (w) of this Section 6.1 or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, renew, defease or refinance such Indebtedness (the “ Refinanced Indebtedness ”), or any Indebtedness, including additional Indebtedness, incurred to pay accrued and unpaid interest on such Refinanced Indebtedness, premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses (including upfront fees and original issue discount) in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”); provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(i) has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Refinanced Indebtedness (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of such Refinanced Indebtedness prior to the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness); provided , solely to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred in connect with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted by Section 6.6, that Refinancing Indebtedness may be incurred in the form of a bridge or other interim credit facility intended to be refinanced or replaced with long-term indebtedness, in which case, on or prior to the first anniversary of the incurrence of such “bridge” or other credit facility, this clause (i) shall not prohibit the inclusion of customary terms for “bridge” facilities, including customary mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption provisions;

(ii) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, renews, defeases or refinances (x) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, renewed, defeased, refinanced or refunded or (y) Disqualified Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock,

(iii) shall not include:

(A) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of Parent Borrower that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of Parent Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary; or

(B) Indebtedness of Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and

(iv) shall not be secured by any assets which did not secure the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, renewed, defeased, refunded or refinanced;

(l) the incurrence or issuance by any Foreign Subsidiary of Parent Borrower of Indebtedness for working capital purposes in an aggregate principal amount for all Foreign Subsidiaries under this clause (l) not to exceed $75,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

-110-


(m) Indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of business from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness (x) is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence or (y) arises in respect of one or more accounts of any Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary with any bank or other financial institution subject to a pooling or similar arrangement with one or more accounts of any other Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries with such bank or other financial institution to the extent the net aggregate amount of funds in all such accounts subject to such pooling or similar arrangement with such bank or other financial institution is positive;

(n) (i) any guarantee by Holdings, Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) any guarantee by a Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Parent Borrower or Holdings; provided , that such Subsidiary simultaneously becomes a Guarantor of the Obligations and complies with Sections 5.10, 5.11 and 5.13, as applicable; provided , that the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantor Subsidiaries guaranteed by Holdings, Parent Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary at any one time outstanding shall not exceed the amount permitted to be made as an Investment pursuant to Section 6.6;

(o) Indebtedness of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements;

(p) Indebtedness of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, consultants, directors and employees thereof, and their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent Borrower to the extent described in Section 6.4(e) hereof;

(q) unsecured Indebtedness incurred by Parent Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary to finance all or a portion of a Permitted Acquisition; provided , that (x) both immediately prior and after giving effect to such incurrence, (1) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom and (2) Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries will be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.7 (b) and (y) such Indebtedness matures after, and does not require any scheduled amortization or other scheduled payments of principal prior to, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date; provided , further , that any such Indebtedness may be incurred in the form of a bridge or other interim credit facility intended to be refinanced or replaced with long-term indebtedness, in which case, on or prior to the first anniversary of the incurrence of such “bridge” or other credit facility, the preceding clause (y) shall not prohibit the inclusion of customary terms for “bridge” facilities, including customary mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption provisions;

(r) Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Subsidiary or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that: (x) both immediately prior and after giving effect thereto, (1) no Default shall exist or result therefrom and (2) Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries will be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.7(b), (y) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in anticipation thereof and (z) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect by Holdings or any Subsidiary (other than by any such Person that so becomes a Subsidiary);

(s) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;

(t) incurrence by Parent Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(u) Indebtedness incurred by Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business;

 

-111-


(v) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt;

(w) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt; and

(x) Indebtedness of Parent Borrower in respect of one or more series of senior unsecured notes, senior secured first lien or junior lien notes or subordinated notes, in each case issued in a public offering, Rule 144A or other private placement in lieu of the foregoing or secured or unsecured mezzanine Indebtedness that will be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu or junior basis with the Obligations, that are issued or made in lieu of New Revolving Loan Commitments and/or New Term Loan Commitments pursuant to an indenture or a note purchase agreement or otherwise (the “ Incremental Equivalent Debt ”); provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Incremental Equivalent Debt issued pursuant to this Section 6.1(x) shall not, together with any New Revolving Loan Commitments and/or New Term Loan Commitments established pursuant to Section 2.23, exceed the greater of (x) $300,000,000 and (y) the amount of Incremental Equivalent Debt such that the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 as of the end of the Test Period most recently ended after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Equivalent Debt and any New Term Loan Commitments and/or New Revolving Loan Commitments established pursuant to Section 2.23, (ii) such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall not be subject to any Guarantee by any Person other than a Credit Party, (iii) in the case of Incremental Equivalent Debt that is secured, the obligations in respect thereof shall not be secured by any Lien on any asset of Holdings, Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than any asset constituting Collateral, (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist immediately after giving effect to such incurrence, (v) if such Incremental Equivalent Debt is secured, the security agreements relating to such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be substantially the same as the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (vi) if such Incremental Equivalent Debt is (a) secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations, then such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be subject to a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or (b) secured on a junior basis to the Obligations, then such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, and (vii) the documentation with respect to any Incremental Equivalent Debt shall contain no mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption provisions except with respect to change of control, asset sale and casualty event mandatory offers to purchase and customary acceleration rights after an event of default that are customary for financings of such type, and (viii)  provided that, solely for the purposes of clause (i)(y) of this Section 6.1(x), any Incremental Equivalent Debt which is to be unsecured shall be considered secured.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness shall in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.1.

With respect to any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness or related baskets in this Section 6.1:

(1) the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided , however , that the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of all Term Loans and Revolving Loans denominated in a foreign currency, including for the avoidance of doubt, any such Term Loans incurred prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date and any Revolving Loans incurred under Revolving Commitments provided prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date, shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Second Restatement Effective Date;

(2) if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced; and

(3) the principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

-112-


6.2. Liens. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset of any kind (including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or licensed, or any income, profits or royalties therefrom, except:

(a) (i) Liens in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or in favor of the Secured Parties (or the Swiss Secured Parties), granted pursuant to any Credit Document and (ii) Liens on cash or deposits granted in favor of Swing Line Lender or Issuing Bank to Cash Collateralize any Defaulting Lender’s participation in Swing Line Loans or Letters of Credit, respectively, as contemplated by Section 2.3(b) and 2.4(a)(iii)(E), respectively;

(b) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premium and adjustments thereto), or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Liens imposed by applicable law, such as landlord’s, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(e) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(f) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(g) zoning, building codes or similar laws or rights reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;

(h) Liens securing obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (d) and (k) of Section 6.1; provided such Liens do not at any time encumber any property except for additions and accessions to such property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits;

(i) Liens existing on the Second Restatement Effective Date and described in Schedule 6.2;

 

-113-


(j) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that (i) such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; (ii) such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iii) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall be permitted under Section 6.1(d) or 6.1(r) or any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof permitted under Section 6.1(k); provided , that in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness under Section 6.1(r), such Liens shall be purchase money liens or Capital Leases and not “blanket” liens;

(k) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that (i) such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation, (ii) such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall be permitted under Section 6.1(d) or 6.1(r) or any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof permitted under Section 6.1(k); provided, that in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness under Section 6.1(r), such Liens shall be purchase money liens or Capital Leases and not “blanket” liens;

(l) Liens securing obligations relating to any Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary owing to Parent Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof; provided that any such Lien on Collateral shall be expressly junior in priority to the Liens on such Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or in favor of the Secured Parties, under the Credit Documents and all documentation with respect thereto shall be in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

(m) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or commercial letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(n) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses, covenants not to sue, releases, consents and other forms of license granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(o) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (h), (i), (j) and (k); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (h), (i), (j) and (k) at the time the original Lien was permitted to be created pursuant to this Section 6.2 under this Agreement, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(q) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(r) other Liens on assets other than the Collateral securing obligations (including Indebtedness) that do not exceed $75,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(s) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (h) under Section 8.1 hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

-114-


(t) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(u) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising in the ordinary course of business as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(v) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(w) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case under this clause (w), arising in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business to secure accounts payable or similar trade obligations not constituting Indebtedness;

(y) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase obligations constituting Cash Equivalents contemplated by clause (5) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” permitted under this Agreement; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(z) Liens deemed to exist by reason of the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(aa) Liens deemed to exist by reason of (x) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement or (y) any encumbrance or restriction imposed under any contract for the sale by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary, or any business unit or division of Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary permitted under this Agreement;

(bb) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with a proposed acquisition of another Person, or any asset, business unit or division of another Person;

(dd) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(ee) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

-115-


(ff) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

(gg) Liens described on a Title Policy delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(h) of the Original Credit Agreement;

(hh) any interest or title or a lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate permitted hereunder and any restriction or encumbrance to which the interest or title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject;

(ii) zoning, building codes or similar laws or rights reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;

(jj) any proxy agreement relating to IMS Government Solutions, Inc. and its Equity Interests entered into with the Defense Security Service; and

(kk) Liens on Collateral securing obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(w); provided that such Liens are subject to the applicable Intercreditor Agreement.

6.3. No Further Negative Pledges. No Credit Party shall enter into any agreement prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Obligations, except with respect to:

(a) contractual encumbrances, licenses or restrictions in effect on the Second Restatement Effective Date, including pursuant to this Agreement and the related documentation and Hedge Agreements and related documentation;

(b) contractual restrictions contained in the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes, the Senior Exchange Notes Indenture, the Senior Exchange Notes, the New Senior Notes Indenture, the New Senior Notes and related guarantees and related documentation;

(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Leases that impose restrictions on the property so acquired;

(d) applicable Law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(e) any agreement, license or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but in any such case not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its subsidiaries, so acquired;

(f) secured Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof and the related Liens are permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.2(h), (j), (k), (p), (r) or (ee) hereof) that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets (other than any Collateral) securing such Indebtedness;

(g) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or similar agreement to the extent prohibiting the pledge of the Equity Interests of such joint venture;

(h) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary that are subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and not any other asset or property of Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Subsidiary;

 

-116-


(i) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of this Section 6.3; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Parent Borrower, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

6.4. Restricted Junior Payments. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare, pay or make, any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment except for:

(a) the declaration and payment of dividends or the making of other distributions by any Subsidiary of Parent Borrower ratably to its direct equity holders;

(b) the making of regularly scheduled payments of interest in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the terms of, and only to the extent required by, and subject to the subordination provisions contained in, the indenture or other agreement pursuant to which such Subordinated Indebtedness was issued;

(c) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests, including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”), or Subordinated Indebtedness of Parent Borrower or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Parent Borrower, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent Borrower to the extent contributed to Parent Borrower (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”);

(d) the redemption, repurchase, exchange, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of (x) Subordinated Indebtedness of Parent Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of Parent Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary or (y) Disqualified Stock of Parent Borrower made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of Parent Borrower, which, in each case, is incurred in compliance with Section 6.1(k) or 6.1(t) hereof;

(e) any Restricted Junior Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent Borrower in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent Borrower in connection with the Transactions; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of Restricted Junior Payments made under this clause (e) shall not exceed in any calendar year $20,000,000 (which shall increase to $40,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering (with unused amounts for any year being carried over to the next succeeding year, but not to any subsequent year, and the permitted amount for each year shall be used prior to any amount carried over from the previous year)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(1) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent Borrower and, to the extent contributed to Parent Borrower, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any of Parent Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Original Closing Date and not in connection with the consummation of the Transactions; plus

 

-117-


(2) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent company to the extent contributed to common equity of Parent Borrower) after the Original Closing Date; less

(3) the amount of any Restricted Junior Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (1) and (2) of this clause (e);

provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness representing the consideration for the purchase of the Equity Interests of Parent Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies owing to Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of Parent Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company, or any of Parent Borrower’s Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Parent Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Junior Payment for purposes of this Section 6.4 or any other provision of this Agreement;

(f) cashless repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(g) other Restricted Junior Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Junior Payments made pursuant to this clause (g) not to exceed (i) $150,000,000 in the aggregate since the Original Closing Date plus (ii) at any time on or after the third anniversary of the Original Closing Date, an additional $150,000,000 in the aggregate since the Original Closing Date; provided that, in the case of this clause (ii), the Leverage Ratio of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, based on the most recent Compliance Certificate received by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(c), would be less than 3.50:1.00 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to any Restricted Junior Payments made pursuant to this clause (g);

(h) any Restricted Junior Payment used to fund (or otherwise made in connection with) the Transactions to the extent permitted by Section 6.11(d) hereof;

(i) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent Borrower;

(j) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by Parent Borrower to, or the making of loans to, Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent entities the sole direct or indirect assets of which consist of the Capital Stock of Holdings and cash) in amounts required for Holdings or any such direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

(1) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their legal existence;

(2) foreign, federal, state and/or local income, franchise or similar tax liability attributable to the income of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, its Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in respect of consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated tax returns filed by a direct or indirect parent of Parent Borrower; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any Fiscal Year does not exceed (i) the amount of such taxes actually paid by Holdings or such direct or indirect parent companies on account of such taxes, and (ii) the amount that Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local income and similar taxes for such Fiscal Year were Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes as a group separate from any such parent entity, reduced by any such taxes actually paid or to be paid directly by Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries or its Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(3) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any such direct or indirect parent company of Parent Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

-118-


(4) general operating and overhead costs and expenses of Holdings or any such direct or indirect parent company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership, operations or business of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and

(5) reasonable fees and expenses owed by Holdings or any such direct or indirect parent company to the extent related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of Holdings or such parent entity;

(k) payments made pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the Original Closing Date to the extent permitted by clauses (g) or (j) of Section 6.11;

(l) the declaration and payment of dividends by Parent Borrower to Holdings (and by Holdings to its direct or indirect parent entities) on or around the Second Restatement Effective Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,250,000,000; and

(m) Restricted Junior Payments not to exceed the Cumulative Consolidated Net Income Amount, unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Junior Payment, on a pro forma basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent Borrower for the most recently ended Test Period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such Restricted Junior Payment is made, would not have been at least 2.00 to 1.00;

provided , however , that, at the time of and after giving effect to any Restricted Junior Payment permitted under clauses (e), (g) and (m) of this Section 6.4, no Specified Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

6.5. Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions. Except as provided herein, Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction of any kind on the ability of any such Subsidiary of Parent Borrower to (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests owned by Parent Borrower or any other Credit Party, (2) repay or prepay any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to Parent Borrower or any other Credit Party, (3) make loans or advances to Parent Borrower or any other Credit Party, or (4) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to Parent Borrower or any other Credit Party other than by reason of:

(a) contractual encumbrances, licenses or restrictions in effect on the Second Restatement Effective Date, including pursuant to this Agreement and the related documentation and Hedge Agreements and related documentation;

(b) contractual restrictions contained in the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes, the Senior Exchange Notes Indenture, the Senior Exchange Notes, the New Senior Notes Indenture, the New Senior Notes and related guarantees and related documentation;

(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Leases that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (4) of the introductory paragraph to this Section 6.5 on the property so acquired;

(d) applicable Law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(e) any agreement, license or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but in any such case not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its subsidiaries, so acquired;

 

-119-


(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Parent Borrower, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such subsidiary;

(g) secured Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof and the related Liens are permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof) that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or similar agreement;

(j) any transfer, lease, sublease, covenant not to sue, release, consent, license or sublicense of Intellectual Property and other assets, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(k) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary that are subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and not any other asset or property of Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Subsidiary;

(l) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties incurred subsequent to the Original Closing Date in compliance with Section 6.1 hereof; provided that Parent Borrower has determined in its good faith judgment that the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the terms thereof are on commercially reasonable terms and reasonably necessary to the business of such Foreign Subsidiary and will not materially impair Parent Borrower’s ability to make payments under the Obligations when due; and

(m) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (l) of this Section 6.5; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Parent Borrower, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

6.6. Investments. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture, except:

(a) any Investment in Parent Borrower, any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or any of the Guarantor Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments by Parent Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary in any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor Subsidiary (other than any Investment constituting a Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Restructuring), when aggregated with the Acquisition Consideration for all Investments made pursuant to Section 6.6(c)(iii), shall not exceed $200,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(b) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(c) (i) Permitted Acquisitions of Persons that become Guarantor Subsidiaries, (ii) Permitted Acquisitions by Wholly-Owned Foreign Subsidiaries of Persons that do not become Guarantor Subsidiaries, so long as (x) any such Permitted Acquisition shall not be financed, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of the Revolving Loans or any Investment made by a Credit Party (unless such Investment was made by a Credit Party under another provision of this Section 6.6) and (y) the Leverage Ratio of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, based on the most recent Compliance Certificate received by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(c), would be less than 5.0:1.0, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition, and (iii) Permitted

 

-120-


Acquisitions of Persons that do not become Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Acquisition Consideration for which, together with all other Permitted Acquisitions of Persons that do not become Guarantor Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (iii), and when aggregated with all outstanding Investments made pursuant to Section 6.6(a) which are subject to the limitation in the proviso therein, shall not exceed $200,000,000;

(d) the SDI Acquisition;

(e) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 6.8(b)(10) hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(f) any Investment existing on the Second Restatement Effective Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Second Restatement Effective Date, in each case as reflected on Schedule 6.6, or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification, replacement or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Second Restatement Effective Date; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased by such extension, modification, replacement or renewal (other than as a result of any change in the Dollar Equivalent of any Investment denominated in a foreign currency);

(g) any Investment acquired by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries:

(1) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Parent Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable (including any trade creditor or customer); or

(2) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons; or

(3) as a result of a foreclosure by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(h) Investments with respect to Hedge Agreements (and guarantees thereof) permitted under Section 6.1(i) hereof;

(i) any guarantee of Indebtedness (including any Guarantee) permitted under Section 6.1 hereof and any performance guarantees and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and any Liens on the assets of Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred in compliance with Section 6.2 hereof;

(j) any Investment consisting of a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material, equipment, or Intellectual Property, or the licensing or contribution of Intellectual Property to another Person pursuant to any distribution, service, joint marketing, co-branding, co-distribution, or other similar arrangements with other Persons, however denominated;

(k) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (k) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $150,000,000;

(l) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent of Parent Borrower, Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (A) to finance the purchase of Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of Parent Borrower (provided that the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Capital Stock shall be contributed to Parent Borrower in cash as common equity), (B) for reasonable and customary business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (C) for additional purposes not contemplated by subclause (A) or (B) above, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding with respect to this subclause (C) not exceeding $10,000,000;

(m) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of Parent Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

 

-121-


(n) any Investments in prepaid expenses, checks or other similar negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business, in each of the foregoing cases of this clause (n), in the ordinary course of business; and

(o) so long as immediately after giving effect to any such Investment, no Default has occurred and is continuing, and Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries will be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Sections 6.7 (b), other Investments in an amount not to exceed the Cumulative Growth Amount immediately prior to the time of the making of any Investment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Credit Party make any Investment which also constitutes a Restricted Junior Payment not otherwise permitted under the terms of Section 6.4.

6.7. Financial Covenants.

(a) Intentionally omitted .

(b) Leverage Ratio . Parent Borrower shall not permit the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period, beginning with the Test Period ending June 30, 2010 to exceed the correlative ratio indicated:

 

Fiscal

Quarter

  

Leverage

Ratio

June 30, 2010

   6.00:1.00

September 30, 2010

   6.00:1.00

December 31, 2010

   6.00:1.00

March 31, 2011

   6.00:1.00

June 30, 2011

   6.00:1.00

September 30, 2011

   6.00:1.00

December 31, 2011

   6.00:1.00

March 31, 2012

   5.75:1.00

June 30, 2012

   5.75:1.00

September 30, 2012

   6.75:1.00

December 31, 2012

   6.75:1.00

March 31, 2013

   6.75:1.00

June 30, 2013

   6.75:1.00

September 30, 2013

   6.75:1.00

December 31, 2013

   6.50:1.00

March 31, 2014

   6.50:1.00

June 30, 2014

   6.50:1.00

September 30, 2014

   6.25:1.00

 

-122-


Fiscal

Quarter

  

Leverage

Ratio

 

December 31, 2014

     6.25:1.00   

March 31, 2015

     6.00:1.00   

June 30, 2015

     6.00:1.00   

September 30, 2015

     5.75:1.00   

December 31, 2015

     5.75:1.00   

March 31, 2016

     5.50:1.00   

June 30, 2016

     5.50:1.00   

September 30, 2016

     5.50:1.00   

December 31, 2016

     5.50:1.00   

March 31, 2017

     5.25:1.00   

June 30, 2017

     5.00:1.00   

(c) Maximum Consolidated Capital Expenditures . Holdings shall not, and shall not permit its Subsidiaries to, make or incur Consolidated Capital Expenditures, in any Fiscal Year, in an aggregate amount for Holdings and its Subsidiaries in excess of $125,000,000; provided , such amount for any Fiscal Year shall be increased by an amount equal to the excess, if any (but in no event more than $62,500,000), of such amount for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year (with the above scheduled amount for any Fiscal Year being used prior to any amount carried over from the preceding Fiscal Year) over the actual amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such previous Fiscal Year; provided , further , so long as no Default shall have occurred and being continuing or would result therefrom, Holdings and its Subsidiaries may also make Consolidated Capital Expenditures in an amount not to exceed the Cumulative Growth Amount immediately prior to the making of such Consolidated Capital Expenditures (but the amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures made from the Cumulative Growth Amount in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed 50% of the above scheduled amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures that would have otherwise been permitted to made in such Fiscal Year pursuant to this Section 6.7(c)); and provided , further that for each Permitted Acquisition consummated in any Fiscal Year and, if consummated, the SDI Acquisition in the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2011, the maximum amounts set forth above for such Fiscal Year and for every Fiscal Year thereafter shall be increased by an amount equal to 110% of the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures made by the acquired Person or business for the thirty-six month period immediately preceding the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or SDI Acquisition as determined by the financial statements for such acquired Person or business by (B) three (3).

6.8. Fundamental Changes; Dispositions.

(a) No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, merge, consolidate, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, except that:

(1) any Subsidiary of Parent Borrower (other than a Subsidiary Borrower) may be merged with or into Parent Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary, or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property or assets may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to Parent Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary; provided , in the case of such a merger, Parent Borrower or such Guarantor Subsidiary, as applicable shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

 

-123-


(2) (i) any Subsidiary of Parent Borrower that is not a Guarantor (other than a Subsidiary Borrower or a Swiss Guarantor) may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary of Parent Borrower that is not a Guarantor (other than a Subsidiary Borrower), (ii) any Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Borrower or a Swiss Guarantor) may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (iii) any Swiss Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into any other Swiss Credit Party;

(3) any Subsidiary may dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to a Subsidiary of Parent Borrower that is not a Guarantor; provided , that such Investment in such Subsidiary is permitted by Section 6.6;

(4) so long as (x) no Default exists or would result therefrom, (y) Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.7 (b) on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended (as determined in accordance with Section 1.10) and (z) if in connection with an Investment under Section 6.6, the requirements thereof shall be complied with, any Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) in the case of a merger involving Parent Borrower, Parent Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) in the case of a merger involving a Subsidiary Borrower, if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not such Subsidiary Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Borrower ”), (A) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of: (x) in the case of the Japanese Subsidiary Borrower, Japan and (y) in the case of the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower, Switzerland, (B) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which such Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, (C) in the case of any such transaction involving Swiss Subsidiary Borrower, each Swiss Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Swiss Guaranty confirmed that its guarantee of the Swiss Obligations shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (D) such Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Borrower under this Agreement;

(5) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Borrower) may merge or consolidate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.6;

(6) the Acquisition may be consummated; and

(7) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Asset Sale, the purpose of which is to effect an Asset Sale permitted pursuant to Section 6.8(b).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not merge or consolidate with Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings.

(b) No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or consummate an Asset Sale, other than:

(1) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out equipment, vehicles or other similar assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business (excluding any dispositions by operations or divisions discontinued or to be discontinued);

 

-124-


(2) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Credit Party in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 6.8(a);

(3) the making of any Restricted Junior Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 6.4 hereof or the making of any Investment permitted under Section 6.6 hereof;

(4) (A) any (i) disposition of property or assets by Parent Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary or (ii) issuance of securities by a Guarantor Subsidiary, in each case, to Parent Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary; and (B) any (i) disposition of property or assets by a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor Subsidiary or (ii) issuance of Securities by a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor Subsidiary, in each case, to Parent Borrower, any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or any Guarantor Subsidiary;

(5) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business between Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and another Person with a Fair Market Value in an aggregate amount for all such exchanges from the Second Restatement Effective Date not to exceed $25,000,000;

(6) any leases, subleases, assignments, transfers, licenses or sublicenses of any real or personal property, including any Intellectual Property, in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(8) the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Agreement or foreclosures, expropriations, condemnations or similar actions with respect to assets;

(9) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary, including sale and lease-back transactions, in each case, permitted by this Agreement;

(10) other Asset Sales; provided , that (1) the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the Fair Market Value thereof, (2) with respect to any Asset Sale (or series of related Asset Sales) for a purchase price exceeding $50,000,000, no less than 75% thereof shall be paid in Cash or Cash Equivalents (which shall be deemed to include the following for purposes of this proviso: (A) any liabilities (as shown on Parent Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Loans, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which Parent Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, and (B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary into Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale), and (3) the Net Asset Sale Proceeds thereof shall be applied as required by Section 2.14(a) and to the extent that the Net Asset Sale Proceeds in any Fiscal Year exceed $150,000,000, all Net Asset Sale Proceeds in excess of such amount shall be applied to prepay the Terms Loans in accordance with Section 2.14(a) and may not be reinvested in the business of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(11) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(12) a Designated Sale and Leaseback Transaction;

(13) the voluntary unwinding of any Hedge Agreements; and

(14) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business.

 

-125-


6.9. Disposal of Subsidiary Interests. Except for (i) any sale of all of its interests in the Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.6 or Section 6.8, (ii) any sale of its interests in the Equity Interests of a Guarantor Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary which was required to become a Guarantor hereunder) to the extent such Guarantor Subsidiary remains (or becomes, as applicable) a Guarantor following such sale or (iii) a Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Restructuring, no Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) directly or indirectly issue, sell, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of any Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries, except to qualify directors and shares issued to foreign nationals if required by applicable Law; or (b) permit any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to issue, sell, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of any Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries, except to another Credit Party (subject to the restrictions on such disposition otherwise imposed hereunder), or to qualify directors if required by applicable law. Under no circumstances shall any Foreign Subsidiary or any Disregarded Domestic Subsidiary issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any non-voting Equity Interests of such Subsidiary.

6.10. Sales and Lease-Backs. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, which such Credit Party (a) has sold or transferred or is to sell or to transfer to any other Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), or (b) intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Credit Party to any Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) in connection with such lease, other than a Designated Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

6.11. Transactions with Affiliates. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of Holdings on terms that are materially less favorable to Holdings or that Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would be obtained at the time from a Person who is not such a holder or Affiliate; provided , the foregoing restriction shall not apply to:

(a) transactions between or among Parent Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) Restricted Junior Payments permitted by Section 6.4 hereof and Investments permitted under Section 6.6 hereof;

(c) the payment of reasonable and customary fees, compensation and benefits paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, or for the benefit of, current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of Parent Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Subsidiaries;

(d) (i) the Transactions and the payment of all reasonable fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Costs, (ii) the First Restatement Transactions and the payment of all reasonable fees and expenses related to the First Restatement Transactions, including First Restatement Transaction Costs and (iii) the Second Restatement Transactions and the payment of all reasonable fees and expenses related to the Second Restatement Transactions, including Second Restatement Transaction Costs;

(e) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement which are fair to Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of Parent Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(f) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent Borrower to any direct or indirect parent company of Parent Borrower or to any Sponsor or to any director, officer, employee or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of Parent Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

-126-


(g) payments by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Sponsors or any of their Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of Parent Borrower in good faith;

(h) payments by or Indebtedness (and cancellation thereof) and Preferred Stock of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to any future, current or former employee, director, officer or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of Parent Borrower, any of its subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, distributors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by the board of directors of Parent Borrower in good faith;

(i) investments by any Sponsor in securities of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by such Persons in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms;

(j) (1) so long as no Specified Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or is continuing or shall result therefrom, the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the Original Closing Date, (2) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred or is continuing or shall result therefrom, payment of all customary termination and transaction fees up to the amounts set forth in such Management Agreement as in effect on the Original Closing Date and (3) payment of all indemnities and reimbursement of expenses under such Management Agreement as in effect on the Original Closing Date;

(k) the existence of, or the performance by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Second Restatement Effective Date; provided that the existence of, or the performance by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to, any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Second Restatement Effective Date shall only be permitted by this clause (k) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of Parent Borrower to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the original agreement in effect on the Second Restatement Effective Date;

(l) payments on (x) the Senior Notes in accordance with the terms of the Senior Notes Indenture and (y) the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(m) transactions in which Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to Parent Borrower or its relevant Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

(n) any agreement as in effect as of the Second Restatement Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.11 hereof or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of Parent Borrower to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Second Restatement Effective Date); and

(o) payments by Parent Borrower (and any direct or indirect parent company thereof) and its Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among Parent Borrower (and any such parent company) and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any Fiscal Year does not exceed the amount that Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of amounts received from

 

-127-


Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such Fiscal Year were Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity, reduced by any such taxes actually paid or to be paid directly by Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries or its Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

6.12. Conduct of Business. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries, to engage in any business other than a Similar Business.

6.13. Permitted Activities of Holdings. Holdings shall not (a) incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness other than the Indebtedness and obligations under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and the Related Agreements; (b) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed by it other than the Liens created under the Collateral Documents to which it is a party or Permitted Liens; (c) engage in any business or own any assets other than (i) holding 100% of the Equity Interests of Parent Borrower (excluding any interests held by a general partner, managing member or equivalent entity which is itself a direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Holdings), (ii) performing its obligations and activities incidental thereto under the Credit Documents, and to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the Related Agreements; and (iii) making Restricted Junior Payments and Investments to the extent permitted by this Agreement; (d) consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or license all or substantially all its assets to, any Person; (e) sell or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any of its direct Subsidiaries; (f) create or acquire any Subsidiary or make or own any Investment in any Person other than Parent Borrower or any Investment to be contributed to Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof; or (g) fail to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from all other Persons.

6.14. Amendments or Waivers of Organizational Documents and Certain Related Agreements. Except as set forth in Section 6.15, no Credit Party shall nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, agree to any material amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waiver of, any of its Organizational Documents after the Second Restatement Effective Date or any of its material rights under any Related Agreement after the Original Closing Date if the effect thereof would be materially adverse to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the board of directors or management of Parent Borrower without in each case obtaining the prior written consent of Requisite Lenders to such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification or waiver; provided, that each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of a Credit Party after the Second Restatement Effective Date may amend, restate, supplement, or otherwise modify, any of its Organizational Documents in a manner consistent with the Organizational Documents of the Credit Parties. For purposes of this Section 6.14, any amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or any waiver of, any fees or other economic terms in the Management Agreement shall be deemed material and subject in all respect to this Section 6.14. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, no consent of Lenders shall be required under this Section 6.14 with respect to any amendments or modifications to the Senior Notes Indenture to become effective on the Second Restatement Effective Date as described in the Consent Solicitation and Exchange Offer.

6.15. Amendments or Waivers with respect to Certain Indebtedness. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend or otherwise change the terms of any Subordinated Indebtedness, if the effect of such amendment or change is to increase the current cash interest costs with respect to such Subordinated Indebtedness (after giving effect to any concurrent reduction of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness as a result of such amendment), change (to earlier dates) any dates upon which payments of principal or interest are due thereon, change the redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions thereof, change the subordination provisions of any Subordinated Indebtedness (or of any guaranty thereof), or if such amendment or change, together with all other amendments or changes made, would be materially adverse to the Lenders without in each case obtaining the prior written consent of Administrative Agent to such amendment or change.

6.16. Fiscal Year. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to change its Fiscal Year-end from December 31 without the consent of Administrative Agent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

-128-


SECTION 7. GUARANTY

7.1. Guaranty of the Obligations.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.2, U.S. Guarantors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty to Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Beneficiaries the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (or comparable provisions under other applicable Debtor Relief Laws)) (collectively, the “ U.S. Guaranteed Obligations ”).

(b) Parent Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranties to Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Beneficiaries the due and punctual payment in full of all Foreign Obligations when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (or comparable provisions under other applicable Debtor Relief Laws)) (collectively, the “ Foreign Guaranteed Obligations ” and, together with the U.S. Guaranteed Obligations, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).

7.2. Contribution by Guarantors. All Guarantor Subsidiaries desire to allocate among themselves (collectively, the “ Contributing Guarantors ”), in a fair and equitable manner, their obligations arising under this Guaranty. Accordingly, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by a Guarantor Subsidiary (a “ Funding Guarantor ”) under this Guaranty such that its Aggregate Payments exceeds its Fair Share as of such date, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from each of the other Contributing Guarantors in an amount sufficient to cause each Contributing Guarantor’s Aggregate Payments to equal its Fair Share as of such date. “ Fair Share ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the ratio of (i) the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to such Contributing Guarantor to (ii) the aggregate of the Fair Share Contribution Amounts with respect to all Contributing Guarantors multiplied by (b) the aggregate amount paid or distributed on or before such date by all Funding Guarantors under this Guaranty in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations. “ Fair Share Contribution Amount ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations of such Contributing Guarantor under this Guaranty that would not render its obligations hereunder or thereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any comparable applicable provisions of law; provided , solely for purposes of calculating the “Fair Share Contribution Amount” with respect to any Contributing Guarantor for purposes of this Section 7.2, any assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor arising by virtue of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification or any rights to or obligations of contribution hereunder shall not be considered as assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor. “ Aggregate Payments ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate amount of all payments and distributions made on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor in respect of this Guaranty (including in respect of this Section 7.2), minus (2) the aggregate amount of all payments received on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor from the other Contributing Guarantors as contributions under this Section 7.2. The amounts payable as contributions hereunder shall be determined as of the date on which the related payment or distribution is made by the applicable Funding Guarantor. The allocation among Contributing Guarantors of their obligations as set forth in this Section 7.2 shall not be construed in any way to limit the liability of any Contributing Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor Subsidiary is a third party beneficiary to the contribution agreement set forth in this Section 7.2.

7.3. Payment by Guarantors.

(a) Subject to Section 7.2, U.S. Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Beneficiary may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of any Borrower to pay any of the U.S Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (or comparable provisions under other applicable Debtor Relief Laws)), U.S. Guarantors will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in Cash, to Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all U.S Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such U.S. Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for such Borrower’s becoming the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Debtor Relief Law, would have accrued on such U.S. Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy case) and all other U.S. Guaranteed Obligations then owed to Beneficiaries as aforesaid.

 

-129-


(b) Parent Borrower hereby agrees, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Beneficiary may have at law or in equity against Parent Borrower by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of any Subsidiary Borrower to pay any of the Foreign Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (or comparable provisions under other applicable Debtor Relief Laws)), Parent Borrower will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in Cash, to Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Foreign Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Foreign Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for such Borrower’s becoming the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Debtor Relief Law, would have accrued on such Foreign Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy case) and all other Foreign Guaranteed Obligations then owed to Beneficiaries as aforesaid.

7.4. Liability of Guarantors Absolute. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor agrees that its Obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the U.S. Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) or Foreign Guarantee Obligations, as applicable. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

(a) this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability. This Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

(b) [reserved];

(c) payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any Beneficiary, upon such terms as it deems appropriate, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may, subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 10.5 and similar provisions governing amendments and waivers in any other Credit Document, (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of such Beneficiary in respect hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that such Beneficiary may have against any such security, in each case as such Beneficiary in its discretion may determine consistent herewith or the applicable Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement and any applicable security agreement, including foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable,

 

-130-


and even though such action operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Guarantor against any Borrower or any security for the Guaranteed Obligations; and (vi) exercise any other rights available to it under the Credit Documents or any Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Agreements; and

(e) this Guaranty and the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable)), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them: (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Credit Documents or any Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Agreements, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Credit Documents, any of the Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Agreements or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the terms hereof or such Credit Document, such Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement or any agreement relating to such other guaranty or security ( provided , that except as expressly provided therein, no Credit Document to which any Guarantor is a party may be amended or otherwise modified without the consent of such Guarantor); (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Credit Documents or any of the Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Agreements or from the proceeds of any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, except to the extent such security also serves as collateral for indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Beneficiary might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) any Beneficiary’s consent to the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vi) any failure to perfect or continue perfection of a security interest in any collateral which secures any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vii) any defenses, set-offs or counterclaims which any Borrower may allege or assert against any Beneficiary in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury; and (viii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

7.5. Waivers by Guarantors. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of Beneficiaries: (a) any right to require any Beneficiary, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (i) proceed against the applicable Borrower, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the applicable Borrower, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (iii) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favor of the applicable Borrower or any other Person, or (iv) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the applicable Borrower or any other Guarantor including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the applicable Borrower or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable); (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Beneficiary’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute

 

-131-


of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder, the Hedge Agreements, the Cash Management Agreements or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to any Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 7.4 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (g) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof.

7.6. Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled (or back-up standby letters of credit in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Bank or deposits of Cash Collateral in respect of all Letters of Credit shall have been furnished to Issuing Bank), each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against any Borrower or any other Guarantor or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including (a) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against any Borrower with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, (b) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Beneficiary now has or may hereafter have against any Borrower, and (c) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Beneficiary. In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled (or back-up standby letters of credit in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Bank or deposits of Cash Collateral in respect of all Letters of Credit shall have been furnished to Issuing Bank), each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations, including any such right of contribution as contemplated by Section 7.2. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against any Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Beneficiary may have against such Borrower, to all right, title and interest any Beneficiary may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right any Beneficiary may have against such other guarantor. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been finally paid in full (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable), such amount shall be held in trust for Administrative Agent on behalf of Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the applicable Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

7.7. Subordination of Other Obligations. Any Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor (the “ Obligee Guarantor ”) is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the U.S. Guaranteed Obligations or Foreign Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable.

7.8. Continuing Guaranty. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled (or back-up standby letters of credit in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to

 

-132-


Issuing Bank or deposits of Cash Collateral in respect of all Letters of Credit shall have been furnished to Issuing Bank). To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

7.9. Authority of Guarantors or Borrowers. It is not necessary for any Beneficiary to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or any Borrower or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

7.10. Financial Condition of Parent Borrower. Any Credit Extension may be made to any Borrower or continued from time to time, and any Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Agreements may be entered into from time to time, in each case without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of such Borrower at the time of any such grant or continuation or at the time such Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement is entered into, as the case may be. No Beneficiary shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of any Borrower. Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from each Borrower on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of each Borrower and its ability to perform its obligations under the Credit Documents, the Hedge Agreements and the Cash Management Agreements, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of each Borrower and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations. To the extent permitted by law, each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Beneficiary to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of any Borrower now known or hereafter known by any Beneficiary.

7.11. Bankruptcy, Etc.

(a) So long as any Guaranteed Obligations remain outstanding (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable), no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent acting pursuant to the instructions of Requisite Lenders, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency case or proceeding of or against any Borrower or any other Guarantor. The obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of any Borrower or any other Guarantor or by any defense which any Borrower or any other Guarantor may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in clause (a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and Beneficiaries that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve any Borrower of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations, and Guarantors will permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person to pay Administrative Agent, or allow the claim of Administrative Agent in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

(c) In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by any Borrower, the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) are rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Beneficiary as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder.

7.12. Discharge of Guaranty upon Sale or Designation of Guarantor Subsidiary. If (i) all of the Equity Interests of any Guarantor Subsidiary or any of its successors in interest hereunder shall be sold or otherwise disposed of (including by merger or consolidation) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof or (ii) a

 

-133-


Guarantor Subsidiary shall be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.15, the Guaranty of such Guarantor Subsidiary or such successor in interest, as the case may be, hereunder shall automatically be discharged and released without any further action by any Beneficiary or any other Person effective as of the time of such Asset Sale, and upon any such discharge and release, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent agree to take any actions and execute and/or file any documents promptly upon the reasonable request of Parent Borrower, at the sole expense of Parent Borrower and the applicable Guarantor Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

8.1. Events of Default. If any one or more of the following conditions or events shall occur:

(a) Failure to Make Payments When Due . Failure by any Borrower to pay (i) when due any installment of principal of any Loan, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; (ii) when due (including with proceeds from a Revolving Loan deemed to be requested by Parent Borrower as contemplated by Section 2.4(c)) any amount payable to Issuing Bank in reimbursement of any drawing under a Letter of Credit; or (iii) any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount due hereunder within five days after the date due; or

(b) Default in Other Agreements . (i) Failure of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount, including any payment in settlement, payable in respect of one or more items of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness referred to in Section 8.1(a)) in an individual principal amount or aggregate principal amount (or Termination Value) of $25,000,000 or more, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor; or (ii) breach or default by any Credit Party with respect to any other material term of (1) one or more items of Indebtedness in the individual or aggregate principal amounts referred to in clause (i) above or (2) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Indebtedness, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor, if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, that Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or redeemable) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be; or

(c) Breach of Certain Covenants . Failure of any Credit Party to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 2.6, Sections 5.1(e), Section 5.2 (solely as to the existence of any Borrower) or Section 6; or

(d) Breach of Representations, Etc. Any representation, warranty, certification or other statement of fact made or deemed made by any Credit Party in any Credit Document or in any statement or certificate at any time required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be false in any material respect as of the date made or deemed made; or

(e) Other Defaults Under Credit Documents. Any Credit Party shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Credit Documents, other than any such term referred to in any other Section of this Section 8.1, and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty days after receipt by Parent Borrower of notice from Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

(f) Involuntary Bankruptcy ; Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of Holdings, any Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of Parent Borrower), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted at the request of Holdings, any Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of Parent Borrower), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under any applicable federal or state law; or (ii) an involuntary case shall be commenced against Holdings, any Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of Parent Borrower), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a

 

-134-


receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over Holdings, any Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of Parent Borrower), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or over all or a substantial part of its property, shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of Holdings, any Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of Parent Borrower), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for all or a substantial part of its property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of Holdings, any Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of Parent Borrower), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, and any such event described in this clause (ii) shall continue for sixty days without having been dismissed, bonded or discharged; or

(g) Voluntary Bankruptcy ; Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) Holdings, any Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of Parent Borrower), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or shall commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such Law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or Holdings, any Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of Parent Borrower), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) Holdings, any Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of Parent Borrower), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such debts become due; or the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings, any Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of Parent Borrower), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (or any committee thereof), shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to herein or in Section 8.1(f); or

(h) Judgments and Attachments . Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process requiring payment by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of an amount in excess of $25,000,000 individually or in the aggregate at any time (in either case to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of sixty days; or

(i) [Reserved.]

(j) Employee Benefit Plans . There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(k) Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur; or

(l) Guaranties, Collateral Documents and Other Credit Documents . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) the Guaranty for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable), shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction or any Guarantor shall repudiate its obligations thereunder, (ii) this Agreement or any Collateral Document ceases to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or the satisfaction in full of the Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction, or Collateral Agent shall not have or shall cease to have (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance

 

-135-


with the terms hereof or thereof or the satisfaction in full of the Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable)) a valid and perfected Lien in any material portion of Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents with the priority required by the relevant Collateral Document, in each case for any reason other than the failure of Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to take any action within its control, the failure of Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing the securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file UCC continuation statements and except as to any immaterial portion of Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title policy and such insurer has not denied coverage or (iii) any Credit Party shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by Lenders, under any Credit Document to which it is a party or shall contest the validity or perfection of any Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents;

THEN , (1) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.1(f) or 8.1(g), automatically, and (2) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, at the request of (or with the consent of) Requisite Lenders, upon notice to Parent Borrower by Administrative Agent, (A) the Revolving Commitments, if any, of each Lender having such Revolving Commitments and the obligation of Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit shall immediately terminate; (B) each of the following shall immediately become due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Credit Party to the extent permitted by applicable Law: (I) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Loans, (II) an amount equal to the maximum amount that may at any time be drawn under all Letters of Credit then outstanding (regardless of whether any beneficiary under any such Letter of Credit shall have presented, or shall be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents or certificates required to draw under such Letters of Credit), and (III) all other Obligations; provided , the foregoing shall not affect in any way the obligations of Lenders under Section 2.4(b)(v) or Section 2.4(c); (C) Administrative Agent may cause Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to Collateral Documents; and (D) Administrative Agent shall direct Parent Borrower to Cash Collateralize (and Parent Borrower hereby agrees upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Sections 8.1(f) and (g) to Cash Collateralize) the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof).

8.2. Parent Borrower’s Right to Cure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.1, for purposes of determining whether an Event of Default has occurred under the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.7(b), any equity contribution (in the form of common equity) made to Parent Borrower after the last day of any Fiscal Quarter and on or prior to the day that is 10 days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for that Fiscal Quarter will, at the request of Parent Borrower, be included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA solely for the purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and any subsequent period that includes such Fiscal Quarter (any such equity contribution, a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”); provided that (a) Parent Borrower shall not be permitted to so request that a Specified Equity Contribution be included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA with respect to any Fiscal Quarter unless, after giving effect to such requested Specified Equity Contribution, there will be a period of at least two Fiscal Quarters in the Relevant Four Fiscal Quarter Period in which no Specified Equity Contribution has been made, (b) no more than three Specified Equity Contributions will be made in the aggregate, (c) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution and the use of proceeds therefrom will be no greater than the amount required to cause Parent Borrower to be in compliance with the financial covenant, (d) all Specified Equity Contributions and the use of proceeds therefrom will be disregarded for all other purposes under the Credit Documents (including calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of determining basket levels, Applicable Margin, Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage, and other items governed by reference to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, and for purposes of the Restricted Junior Payments covenant in Section 6.4), and (e) the proceeds of all Specified Equity Contributions will be applied to prepay the Term Loans. To the extent that the proceeds of the Specified Equity Contribution are used to repay Indebtedness, such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to have been repaid for purposes of calculating the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.7(b) for the Relevant Four Fiscal Quarter Period. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “ Relevant Four Fiscal Quarter Period ” shall mean, with respect to any requested Specified Equity Contribution, the four Fiscal Quarter period ending on (and including) the Fiscal Quarter in which Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA will be increased as a result of such Specified Equity Contribution.

 

-136-


SECTION 9. AGENTS

9.1. Appointment and Authority. GSLP is hereby appointed Syndication Agent hereunder, and each Lender and Issuing Bank hereby authorizes GSLP to act as Syndication Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Credit Documents. Bank of America is hereby appointed Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and each Lender and Issuing Bank hereby authorizes Bank of America to act as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent on its behalf, including executing Credit Documents on its behalf, and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each of Barclays Capital, DB, HSBC Securities, JPM and Wells is hereby appointed Co-Documentation Agent hereunder, and each Lender and Issuing Bank hereby authorizes each of Barclays Capital, DB, HSBC Securities, JPM and Wells to act as Co-Documentation Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Credit Documents. Each Agent hereby agrees to act in its capacity as such upon the express conditions contained herein and the other Credit Documents, as applicable. Except as set forth in Section 9.6, Section 9.9 and Section 9.10, the provisions of this Section 9 are solely for the benefit of Agents and Lenders and no Credit Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions thereof. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to assume any relationship of agency or trust with or for Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. Each of the Syndication Agent and each Co-Documentation Agent, without consent of or notice to any party hereto, may assign any and all of its rights or obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates. As of the Second Restatement Effective Date, neither GSLP, in its capacity as Syndication Agent, nor Barclays Capital, DB, HSBC Securities, JPM and Wells, in their capacities as Co-Documentation Agent, nor the senior managing agents, shall have any obligations but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 9. Each of the Syndication Agent and each Co-Documentation Agent may resign from such role at any time, with immediate effect, by giving prior written notice thereof to Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower.

9.2. Rights as a Lender. Each Person serving as Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Agent hereunder in such Person’s individual capacity. Each such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.3. Exculpatory Provisions. No Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall (i) be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the Credit Documents or (ii) have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents, in such capacity:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Credit Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Requisite Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Credit Documents); provided , that no Agent shall be required to take any action requested by such Lenders that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable Law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any of Holdings, Parent Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Requisite Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.5 and 8.1) or (ii) in the

 

-137-


absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice in writing describing such Default is given to such Agent by Parent Borrower, a Lender or Issuing Bank.

No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 3 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to Administrative Agent.

Administrative Agent hereby agrees that it shall (i) furnish to GSLP, in its capacity as Arranger, upon GSLP’s request, a copy of the Register, (ii) cooperate with GSLP in granting access to any Lenders (or potential lenders) who GSLP identifies to the Platform and (iii) maintain GSLP’s access to the Platform.

9.4. Reliance by Administrative Agent. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or Issuing Bank, such Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or Issuing Bank unless such Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Parent Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

9.5. Delegation of Duties. Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Credit Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 9 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of such Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as such Agent.

9.6. Resignation of Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of their respective resignations to the Lenders, Issuing Bank and Parent Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with Parent Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Requisite Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may on behalf of the Lenders and Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall notify Parent Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or Issuing Bank under any of the Credit Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and Issuing Bank directly, until such time as the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, as provided for above in this Section 9.6. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s

 

-138-


appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.6) other than its confidentiality obligations under Section 10.17. The fees payable by Parent Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Parent Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 9 and Section 10.3 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, their respective sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent or while the retiring Collateral Agent was acting as Collateral Agent, and such retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, their respective sub-agents and their respective Related Parties shall continue to be bound by Section 10.17.

9.7. Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders. Each Lender and Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such analysis on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

9.8. No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of Arranger, Syndication Agent or any Co-Documentation Agent listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as Agent, a Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder.

9.9. Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders and Issuing Bank irrevocably authorize Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, at its option and in its discretion:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by Collateral Agent under any Credit Document (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which backstop standby letters of credit in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Bank or deposits of Cash Collateral shall have been furnished to Issuing Bank), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Credit Document, or (iii) subject to Section 10.5, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Requisite Lenders;

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by Collateral Agent under any Credit Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.2; and

(c) to release any Guarantor Subsidiary from its obligations under the Guaranty or any Swiss Guarantor from its obligations under the Swiss Guaranty, in each case, if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

Upon request by Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, at any time, the Requisite Lenders will confirm in writing Administrative Agent’s authority to take any action pursuant to this Section 9.9, including, without limitation, to release any Guarantor Subsidiary from its obligations under the Guaranty or any Swiss Guarantor from its obligations under the Swiss Guaranty, in each case, pursuant to this Section 9.9.

 

-139-


9.10. Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment.

(a) (i) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to the Original Credit Agreement, an Assignment Agreement or a Joinder Agreement and funding its Tranche B Term Loan (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) and/or Revolving Loans on the Original Closing Date, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Original Closing Date.

(ii) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to the First Amendment, an Assignment Agreement or a Joinder Agreement and funding its Tranche B Term Loan (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) and/or Revolving Loans on the First Restatement Effective Date, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the First Restatement Effective Date.

(iii) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to the Amendment, an Assignment Agreement or a Joinder Agreement and funding its Tranche B Term Loan and/or Revolving Loans on the Second Restatement Effective Date or by the funding of any New Term Loans, New Revolving Loans, Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans or Loans of any Extension Series, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Second Restatement Effective Date or as of the date of funding of such New Revolving Loans, Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans, New Term Loans or Loans of any Extension Series.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that Affiliated Lenders are Eligible Assignees hereunder and may purchase Loans and/or Commitments hereunder from Lenders from time to time, subject to the restrictions set forth in the definition of Eligible Assignee and Section 10.6(i).

(c) Each Lender participating in any Loan to the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower represents and warrants at the Original Closing Date, Second Restatement Effective Date and on each Credit Date of such Loan as to its status as either (i) an Eligible Swiss Bank, or (ii) not an Eligible Swiss Bank, and each Lender becoming a Lender of the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower by assignment pursuant to Section 10.6(c) shall represent and warrant as of the effective date of such assignment as to its status as either (i) an Eligible Swiss Bank or (ii) not an Eligible Swiss Bank.

9.11. Right to Indemnity. Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to indemnify each Agent, to the extent that such Agent shall not have been reimbursed by any Credit Party, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Credit Documents or otherwise in its capacity as such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents; provided , that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided , that in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided further , that this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

9.12. Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by any applicable Law, Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender (which term shall include any Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 9.12) an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other

 

-140-


Governmental Authority asserts a claim that Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to setoff any amounts owing to such Lender under any Credit Document agreement any amount that such Lender owes the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.12).

9.13. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent under Sections 2.11, 10.2 and 10.3) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and Issuing Bank to make such payments to Administrative Agent and, in the event that Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and Issuing Bank, to pay to Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Administrative Agent under Sections 2.11, 10.2 and 10.3.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or Issuing Bank to authorize Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or Issuing Bank in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1. Notices.

(a) Notices Generally . Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given to a Credit Party, Syndication Agent, Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, Issuing Bank or Co-Documentation Agent, shall be sent to such Person’s address as set forth on Appendix B or in the other relevant Credit Document, and in the case of any Lender, the address as indicated on Appendix B or otherwise indicated to Administrative Agent in writing. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.2(b) or paragraph (b) below, each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile, or three Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided, that no notice to any Agent shall be effective until received by such Agent; provided further, that any such notice or other communication shall at the request of Administrative Agent be provided to any sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 9.5 hereto as designated by Administrative Agent from time to time.

 

-141-


(b) Electronic Communications .

(i) Notices and other communications to Lenders and Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) pursuant to procedures approved by Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Administrative Agent or Parent Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(ii) Each Credit Party understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Administrative Agent, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(iii) The Platform and any Approved Electronic Communications are provided “as is” and “as available.” In no event shall any of Agent or Arranger or any of their respective partners, officers, directors, employees, agents, trustees, advisors or representatives (collectively, the “ Agent Affiliates ”) have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, Issuing Bank or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Borrower’s or Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Affiliate; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Affiliate have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, Issuing Bank or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages). No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of viruses or other code defects is made by the Agent Affiliates in connection with the Platform or the Approved Electronic Communication.

(iv) Each Credit Party, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each Agent agrees that Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

(c) Private Side Information Contacts . Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to information that is not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain Non-Public Information with respect to Holdings, its Subsidiaries or their securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

10.2. Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, Parent Borrower agrees to pay promptly (a) all the actual and reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto; (b) all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for Parent Borrower and the other Credit Parties; (c) the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Bank and their Affiliates in connection with the negotiation,

 

-142-


preparation, execution and administration of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and any other documents or matters requested by Parent Borrower; provided , that so long as a Default or Event of Default shall not have occurred and be continuing, in connection with any one action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar actions or proceedings arising out of the same general allegations, reasonable attorney’s fees shall be limited to one primary external counsel and, if reasonably required, local or specialist counsel, for all indemnified persons; provided , further , that such limitation shall not apply in the case of Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent or Collateral Agent and each of Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent and Collateral Agent shall each be entitled to its own separate representation in all instances; and provided , further , that no such limitation shall apply if counsel for Syndication Agent or Administrative Agent determines in good faith that there is a conflict of interest that requires separate representation for Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent, Collateral Agent or Issuing Bank; (d) all the actual costs and reasonable expenses of creating, perfecting, recording, maintaining and preserving Liens in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (or the Swiss Secured Parties, as applicable), to the extent such actions are required or permitted by any applicable Credit Document, including filing and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or documentary taxes, search fees, title insurance premiums and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent, Collateral Agent or Issuing Bank and of counsel providing any opinions that Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent or Collateral Agent, Issuing Bank or Requisite Lenders may request in respect of the Collateral or the Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents; (e) all the actual and reasonable out of pocket costs and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers; (f) all the actual and reasonable out of pocket costs and reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any appraisers, consultants, advisors and agents employed or retained by Collateral Agent and its counsel) in connection with the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral; (g) all other actual and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent or Collateral Agent in connection with the syndication of the Loans and Commitments and the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and (h) after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, incurred by any Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent, Collateral Agent and Lenders in enforcing any Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from any Credit Party hereunder or under the other Credit Documents by reason of such Default or Event of Default (including in connection with the sale, lease or license of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranty) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work-out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy cases or proceedings.

10.3. Indemnity.

(a) In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 10.2, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, each Credit Party agrees to indemnify, pay and hold harmless, each Agent, Issuing Bank and Lender and the officers, partners, members, directors, trustees, advisors, employees, agents, sub-agents and Affiliates of each Agent, Issuing Bank and each Lender (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided , that no Credit Party shall have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any such Indemnitee, in each case, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that the undertakings to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.3 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any Law or public policy, the applicable Credit Party shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable Law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them. This paragraph shall not apply with respect to Taxes that are the subject of, or excluded from, Section 2.20.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Credit Party shall assert, and each Credit Party hereby waives, any claim against each Lender, each Agent, Issuing Bank, Arranger and their respective Affiliates, directors, employees, attorneys, agents or sub-agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, as a result of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the

 

-143-


use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and each Credit Party hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

10.4. Set-Off. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable Law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender is hereby authorized by each Credit Party at any time or from time to time subject to the consent of Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), without notice to any Credit Party or to any other Person (other than Administrative Agent), any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set-off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or special, including Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not including trust, payroll, 401(k) and other employee benefit accounts) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Credit Party against and on account of the then accrued and payable obligations and liabilities of any Credit Party to such Lender hereunder, the Letters of Credit and participations therein and under the other Credit Documents, including all claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected hereto, the Letters of Credit and participations therein or with any other Credit Document, irrespective of whether or not (a) such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or (b) the principal of or the interest on the Loans or any amounts in respect of the Letters of Credit or any other amounts due hereunder shall have become due and payable pursuant to Section 2 and although such obligations and liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.4, no Lender may set-off or appropriate and apply any such deposits or any other Indebtedness held or owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Swiss Credit Party against any Obligations of Parent Borrower or Japanese Subsidiary Borrower, or any Obligations of any U.S. Guarantor in respect of its Guaranty of the Obligations of either Parent Borrower or Japanese Subsidiary Borrower hereunder.

10.5. Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Requisite Lenders’ Consent . Except as provided in Sections 10.5(b) for amendments, modifications, terminations, waivers and consents described therein, and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.5(c), no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of Requisite Lenders; provided , that Administrative Agent may, with the consent of Parent Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency, so long as such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or Issuing Bank.

(b) Affected Lenders’ Consent . Without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender with respect to clauses (ii), (v) and (vii) through (xiii) below) that would be directly affected thereby, no amendment, modification, termination, or consent shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

(i) extend the scheduled final maturity of any Loan or Note;

(ii) waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment (but not prepayment) of principal;

(iii) extend the stated expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date;

(iv) reduce the rate of interest on any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any Loan pursuant to Section 2.10) or any fee or any premium payable hereunder, it being understood that any change to the definition of Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest; and further provided that only the consent of Requisite Lenders shall be necessary to amend the default rate in Section 2.10 or to waive any obligation of any Borrower to pay interest at the default rate;

(v) extend the time for payment of any such interest, fees or premium (if any);

 

-144-


(vi) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit;

(vii) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 2.13(b)(ii), this Section 10.5(b), Section 10.5(c) or any other provision of this Agreement that expressly provides that the consent of all Lenders is required;

(viii) amend the definition of “Requisite Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”; provided , that with the consent of Requisite Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant hereto may be included in the determination of “Requisite Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments, the Term Loans, the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans are included on the Original Closing Date;

(ix) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or all or substantially all of the Guarantors from the Guaranty except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents;

(x) except to the extent permitted by the Credit Documents, consent to the assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document;

(xi) amend Section 1.6 (except to shorten or waive any time periods provided for therein) or the definition of “Foreign Currency”;

(xii) make any Loan, interest, fee or other amount payable in any currency other than as expressly provided herein; or

(xiii) change the jurisdiction of organization, incorporation or formation of any Borrower (provided that the jurisdiction of incorporation of Parent Borrower may be changed so long as the new jurisdiction of incorporation is the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any territory thereof);

provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, all Lenders shall be deemed directly affected thereby with respect to any amendment described in clauses (vii), (viii), (ix) and (x).

(c) Other Consents . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall:

(i) increase any Revolving Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect without the consent of such Lender; provided , no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, covenant, Default or Event of Default shall constitute an increase in any Revolving Commitment of any Lender;

(ii) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision hereof relating to the Swing Line Sublimit or the Swing Line Loans without the consent of Swing Line Lender;

(iii) alter the required application of any repayments or prepayments as between Classes pursuant to Section 2.15 without the consent of Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, Revolving Exposure of all Lenders, New Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders or Permitted Replacement Revolving Exposure of all Lenders, as applicable, of each Class which is being allocated a lesser repayment or prepayment as a result thereof; provided , Requisite Lenders may waive, in whole or in part, any prepayment so long as the application, as between Classes, of any portion of such prepayment which is still required to be made is not altered;

(iv) amend, modify, terminate or waive any obligation of Lenders relating to the purchase of participations in Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.4(c), amend or modify any provision affecting the rights and duties of Issuing Bank under this Agreement or any instrument or agreement relating to any Letter of Credit or amend Section 1.6 (except to shorten or waive any time periods provided for therein) or the definition of “Foreign Currency” without the written consent of Administrative Agent and of Issuing Bank;

 

-145-


(v) amend, modify or waive this Agreement or the Pledge and Security Agreement so as to alter the ratable treatment of Obligations arising under the Credit Documents and Obligations arising under Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Agreements or the definition of “Lender Counterparty,” “Hedge Agreement,” “Cash Management Agreement,” “Obligations,” or “Secured Obligations” (as defined in any applicable Collateral Document) in each case in a manner adverse to any Lender Counterparty with Obligations then outstanding without the written consent of any such Lender Counterparty; or

(vi) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 9 as the same applies to any Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent, in each case without the consent of such Agent.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except as expressly set forth in Section 10.5(b) above.

(e) Execution of Amendments, Etc. Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on any Credit Party in any case shall entitle any Credit Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 10.5 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by a Credit Party, on such Credit Party. Administrative Agent shall be apprised of any such amendment, modifications, waivers or consents with reasonable advance notice and shall receive reasonable advance notice of any amendment, modification, waiver or consent prior to such amendment, modification, waiver or consent becoming effective in order for it to perform its duties and obligations.

(f) [Reserved.]

(g) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Section 10.5, (i) the adoption of a Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendment, Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment shall require only the consent of the Lender relating thereto and (ii) the adoption of amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to Joinder Agreements, Refinancing Amendments, Permitted Replacement Revolving Amendments or Extension Amendments entered into pursuant to Section 2.23, Section 2.24, Section 2.25 or Section 2.26 shall require only the consents set forth in Section 2.23, Section 2.24, Section 2.25 or Section 2.26, as applicable.

10.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations.

(a) Generally . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and permitted assigns of Lenders. No Credit Party’s rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any Credit Party without the prior written consent of all Lenders and any purported assignment or delegation without such consent shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, Affiliates of each of the Agents and Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Register . Borrowers, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding Commitments and Loans listed therein for all purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Commitment or Loan shall be effective, in each case, unless and until recorded in the Register following receipt of a fully executed Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer thereof, together with the required forms and certificates regarding tax matters and any fees payable in connection with such assignment, in each case, as provided in Section 10.6(d). Each assignment shall be recorded in the Register promptly following receipt by Administrative Agent of the fully executed Assignment Agreement and all other necessary documents and approvals, prompt notice thereof shall be provided to Parent Borrower and a copy of such Assignment Agreement shall be maintained, as applicable. The date of such

 

-146-


recordation of a transfer shall be referred to herein as the “ Assignment Effective Date .” Any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the corresponding Commitments or Loans.

(c) Right to Assign . Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell, assign or transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including all or a portion of its Commitment or Loans owing to it or other Obligations ( provided , however , that pro rata assignments shall not be required and each assignment shall be of a uniform, and not varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of any applicable Loan and any related Commitments; provided , further , that notwithstanding any assignment of any Commitment or Loan, neither Swing Line Lender nor Issuing Bank shall be permitted to assign its obligations in such capacity hereunder pursuant to this Section 10.6(c)); and provided, further, that no assignment of a Revolving Loan or a Permitted Replacement Revolving Loan in the form of a Foreign Currency Loan shall be effective unless the assignee of such Foreign Currency Loan shall have represented in the Assignment Agreement that such assignee is able to make Revolving Loans or a Permitted Replacement Revolving Loan to the applicable Borrower in all applicable Foreign Currencies:

(i) to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (i)(x) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” (with respect to Assignments of Term Loans) or clause (i)(y) of such definition (with respect to assignments of Revolving Loans, Revolving Commitments, Permitted Replacement Revolving Loans, Permitted Replacement Revolving Commitments, New Revolving Loans and New Revolving Loan Commitments) upon the giving of notice to Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent; and

(ii) to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (ii) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” upon giving of notice to Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent and, in the case of assignments of Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments to any such Person (except in the case of assignments made by or to GSLP), consented to by each of Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent (such consent not to be (x) unreasonably withheld or delayed or, (y) in the case of Parent Borrower, required at any time an Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing); provided, further each such assignment pursuant to this Section 10.6(c)(ii) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than (A) the Dollar Equivalent of $2,500,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the applicable Class of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans and (B) the Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Tranche B Term Loan or New Term Loans of a Series of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of Term Loans.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no assignment shall be made without the consent of Parent Borrower (such consent not to be (x) unreasonably withheld or delayed or (y) required at any time an Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing (except in the case of clause (ii) below)) in the case of (i) an assignment of Japanese Revolving Loans or Japanese Revolving Commitments to a Person who is not an Eligible Japanese Investor or (ii) an assignment of Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans or Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments to a Non-Eligible Swiss Bank, unless such Non-Eligible Swiss Bank is a Lender which is a Permitted Non-Eligible Swiss Bank. The consent of Parent Borrower shall be deemed to be reasonably withheld if such assignment would result in a breach of the Ten Non-Bank Rule.

Each Lender participating in any Loan to the Swiss Subsidiary Borrower that is an Eligible Swiss Bank undertakes to:

(i) promptly notify Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower if it has ceased or will or is likely to cease to be an Eligible Swiss Bank; and

(ii) upon request of Parent Borrower provide an assignee which is an Eligible Swiss Bank and transfer all its rights and obligations under this Agreement to such assignee.

 

-147-


(d) Mechanics . Assignments and assumptions of Loans and Commitments by Lenders shall be effected by manual execution and delivery to Administrative Agent of an Assignment Agreement. Assignments made pursuant to the foregoing provision shall be effective as of the Assignment Effective Date (which shall be determined by Administrative Agent pursuant to its customary procedures). In connection with all assignments there shall be delivered to Administrative Agent such forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters, Japanese income tax withholding matters and withholding tax matters of any other jurisdiction as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver pursuant to Sections 2.20(e), (f) and (h), together with payment to Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $3,500 (except that Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee; provided that neither Arranger nor any of its affiliates shall be required to pay a registration and processing fee in connection with any assignment by or to Arranger or any of its affiliates). Prior to date of, and as a condition to, the Assignment Effective Date, each assignee that is not a Lender shall deliver to Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(e) Representations and Warranties of Assignee . Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments and Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Second Restatement Effective Date or as of the Assignment Effective Date that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments or loans such as the applicable Commitments or Loans, as the case may be; and (iii) it will make or invest in, as the case may be, its Commitments or Loans for its own account in the ordinary course and without a view to distribution of such Commitments or Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.6, the disposition of such Commitments or Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

(f) Effect of Assignment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 10.6, as of the “Assignment Effective Date” (i) the assignee thereunder shall have the rights and obligations of a “Lender” hereunder to the extent of its interest in the Loans and Commitments as reflected in the Register and shall thereafter be a party hereto and a “Lender” for all purposes hereof; (ii) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to the assignee, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the termination hereof under Section 10.8) and be released from its obligations hereunder other than its confidentiality obligations under Section 10.17 (and, in the case of an assignment covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto on the Assignment Effective Date; provided , anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, such assigning Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of all indemnities hereunder as specified herein with respect to matters arising out of the prior involvement of such assigning Lender as a Lender hereunder); (iii) the Commitments shall be modified to reflect any Commitment of such assignee and any Revolving Commitment of such assigning Lender, if any; and (iv) if any such assignment occurs after the issuance of any Note hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its applicable Notes to Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon the applicable Borrower shall issue and deliver new Notes (at such Borrower’s expense), if so requested by the assignee and/or assigning Lender, to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the Revolving Commitments and/or the New Revolving Loan Commitments and/or outstanding Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.

(g) Participations .

(i) Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell one or more participations to any Person (other than Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates) in all or any part of its Commitments, Loans or in any other Obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no participation shall be sold, and no sub-participations shall be sold in such participation, without the consent of Parent Borrower (such consent not to be (x) unreasonably withheld or delayed or (y) required at any time an Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing (except in the case of clause (ii) below)) in the case of (i) a sale of a participation in any Japanese Revolving Loans or Japanese Revolving Commitments to a Person who is not an Eligible Japanese Investor or (ii) a sale of a participation in any Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Loans or Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments to a Non-Eligible Swiss Bank, and any purported sale of a participation or a sub-participation without the receipt of required consent shall be null and void. The consent of Parent Borrower shall be deemed to be

 

-148-


reasonably withheld if such participation or sub-participation would result in a breach of the Ten Non-Bank Rule. Each Lender that sells a participation shall acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(ii) The holder of any such participation, other than an Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except with respect to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (A) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan, Note or Letter of Credit (unless such Letter of Credit is not extended beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date) in which such participant is participating, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates, it being understood that any change to the definition of Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Commitment shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that an increase in any Commitment or Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof), (B) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (C) release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Collateral Documents (except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents) supporting the Loans hereunder in which such participant is participating.

(iii) Parent Borrower agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18(c), 2.19 and 2.20 (with respect to participants that have elected to receive the benefits thereof, solely to the extent such participants are also subject to the requirements of Section 2.20) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section; provided , that a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.19 or 2.20 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such participant, unless the sale of the participation to such participant is made with Parent Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld); provided further that, except as specifically set forth in the first proviso of this sentence, nothing herein shall require any notice to Parent Borrower or any other Person in connection with the sale of any participation. To the extent permitted by law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.4 as though it were a Lender, provided such participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17 as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the Borrowers shall continue to deal solely with the Lender granting the participation.

(h) Certain Other Assignments and Participations . In addition to any other assignment or participation permitted pursuant to this Section 10.6 any Lender may assign and/or pledge all or any portion of its Loans, the other Obligations owed by or to such Lender, and its Notes, if any, to secure obligations of such Lender including any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank; provided, that no Lender, as between Borrowers and such Lender, shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment and pledge, and provided further that in no event shall the applicable Federal Reserve Bank, pledgee or trustee, be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, and with respect to any Swiss Subsidiary Borrower, nothing in Subsection (g) above restricts any Lender, participant or subparticipant, from entering into any agreement with another person under which payments are made by reference to this Agreement or to any hereto related participation or subparticipation agreement, provided such agreement does not result in application of the Swiss Withholding Tax Rules.

(i) Affiliate Lender Assignments . (A) Notwithstanding the definition of “Eligible Assignee” or anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Term Loans to any Person who, after giving effect to such assignment, would be an Affiliated Lender (with the consent of Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)); provided that:

(i) the assigning Lender and the Affiliated Lender purchasing such Lender’s Term Loans shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (an “ Affiliated Lender Assignment Agreement ”);

 

-149-


(ii) for the avoidance of doubt, Lenders shall not be permitted to assign Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans to an Affiliated Lender and any purported assignment of Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans to an Affiliated Lender shall be null and void; and

(iii) at the time of such assignment on a pro forma basis after giving affect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders shall not exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement.

(B) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender shall have any right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Credit Parties are not invited, (ii) receive any information or material prepared by Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to any Credit Party or its representatives, or (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against any Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Credit Documents.

(C) Each Affiliated Lender, solely in its capacity as a Term Lender, hereby agrees, and each Affiliated Lender Assignment Agreement shall provide a confirmation that, if any Credit Party shall be subject to any voluntary or involuntary proceeding commenced under any Debtor Relief Laws (“ Bankruptcy Proceedings ”), (i) such Affiliated Lender shall not take any step or action in such Bankruptcy Proceeding to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by Administrative Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by Administrative Agent) in relation to such Affiliated Lender’s claim with respect to its Loans (a “ Claim ”) (including, without limitation, objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Affiliated Lender is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Term Lenders and (ii) with respect to any matter requiring the vote of Term Lenders during the pendency of a Bankruptcy Proceeding (including, without limitation, voting on any plan of reorganization), the Loans held by such Affiliated Lender (and any Claim with respect thereto) shall be deemed to be voted in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Affiliated Lenders so long as such Affiliated Lender is treated in connection with the exercise of such right or taking of such action on the same or better terms as the other Term Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and each Affiliated Lender agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 10.6(i)(C), and the related provisions set forth in each Affiliated Lender Assignment Agreement, shall be enforceable as if such provisions constituted a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (or the comparable provision of any other Debtor Relief Law), and, as such, would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where a Credit Party has filed for protection under any Debtor Relief Law applicable to such Credit Party.

10.7. Independence of Covenants. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

10.8. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements. All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the making of any Credit Extension. Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of each Credit Party set forth in Sections 2.18(c), 2.19, 2.20, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4 and the agreements of Lenders set forth in Sections 2.17, 9.3 and 9.11 shall survive the payment of the Loans, the cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder, and the termination hereof.

 

-150-


10.9. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay on the part of any Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. The rights, powers and remedies given to each Agent and each Lender hereby are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies existing by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other Credit Documents or any of the Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Agreements. Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.

10.10. Marshalling; Payments Set Aside. Neither any Agent, Issuing Bank nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Credit Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that any Credit Party makes a payment or payments to Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or Lenders (or to Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, on behalf of Lenders), or any Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lenders enforce any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

10.11. Severability. In case any provision in or obligation hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

10.12. Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights. The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other Lender hereunder. Nothing contained herein or in any other Credit Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and independent debt, and each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out hereof and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

10.13. Headings. Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

10.14. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

10.15. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

(a) SUBJECT TO CLAUSE (E) OF THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE, ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS, OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY (A) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS (OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO ACTIONS BY ANY AGENT IN RESPECT OF RIGHTS UNDER ANY SECURITY AGREEMENT GOVERNED BY A LAWS OTHER THAN THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY COLLATERAL SUBJECT THERETO); (B) WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS; (C) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN

 

-151-


ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE APPLICABLE CREDIT PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10.1; (D) AGREES THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (C) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER THE APPLICABLE CREDIT PARTY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (E) AGREES THAT AGENTS AND LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY CREDIT PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS UNDER ANY SECURITY DOCUMENT OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT.

(B) EACH CREDIT PARTY THAT IS ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES HEREBY APPOINTS PARENT BORROWER AS ITS AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY MATTER RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH APPOINTMENT BY SUCH AGENT ON OR BEFORE THE ORIGINAL CLOSING DATE.

10.16. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 10.16 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

10.17. Confidentiality. Each Agent (which term shall for the purposes of this Section 10.17 include the Arranger) and each Lender (which term shall for the purposes of this Section 10.17 include Issuing Bank) shall hold all non public information regarding Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their businesses obtained by such Agent or such Lender pursuant to the requirements hereof in accordance with such Agent’s and such Lender’s customary procedures for handling confidential information of such nature, it being understood and agreed by Parent Borrower that, in any event, Administrative Agent may disclose such information to the Lenders and each Agent and each Lender may make (i) disclosures of such information to Affiliates of such Lender or Agent and to their respective agents, advisors and investors (and to other Persons authorized by a Lender or Agent to organize, present or disseminate such information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 10.17) (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made shall be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) disclosures of such information reasonably required by any bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation of any Loans or any participations therein or by any direct or indirect contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Parent Borrower and its obligations ( provided , such assignees, transferees, participants, counterparties and advisors are advised of and agree to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 10.17 or other provisions

 

-152-


at least as restrictive as this Section 10.17), (iii) disclosure to any rating agency when required by it, provided that, prior to any disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake in writing to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to Credit Parties received by it from any Agent or any Lender, (iv) disclosures in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document and (v) disclosures required or requested by applicable law, any governmental agency or representative thereof or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process; provided , unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender and each Agent shall make reasonable efforts to notify Parent Borrower of any request by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non public information prior to disclosure of such information. In addition, each Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

10.18. Usury Savings Clause. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged with respect to any of the Obligations, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition, if when the Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, Parent Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and Borrowers to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws. Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder or be refunded to the applicable Borrower.

10.19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

10.20. Effectiveness; Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent of written notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof. With the exception of those terms contained in Sections 3, 4, 5 (including Annex A), 7 and 9 of the Amended and Restated Commitment Letter, dated November 26, 2009, among GSLP, and certain affiliates of GSLP, Bank of America, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, HSBC Securities, HSBC Bank USA, National Association and Royal Bank of Canada (collectively, the “ Commitment Parties ”) and Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. (the “ Commitment Letter ”), which by the terms of the Commitment Letter remain in full force and effect (such terms the “ Surviving Terms ”), all of the Commitment Parties’ obligations under the Commitment Letter shall terminate and be superseded by the Credit Documents and the Commitment Parties shall be released from all liability in connection therewith, including any claim for injury or damages, whether consequential, special, direct, indirect, punitive or otherwise. Parent Borrower hereby assumes all obligations of Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. under the Commitment Letter with respect to the Surviving Terms.

10.21. PATRIOT Act. Each Lender subject to the PATRIOT Act and Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Credit Party that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Credit Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

 

-153-


10.22. Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

10.23. No Fiduciary Duty. Each Agent, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “ Lenders ”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of Parent Borrower, its stockholders and/or its affiliates. Parent Borrower agrees that nothing in the Credit Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and Parent Borrower, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the other. The Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and Parent Borrower, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of Parent Borrower, its stockholders or its affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise Parent Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to Parent Borrower except the obligations expressly set forth in the Credit Documents and (y) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of Parent Borrower, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person. Parent Borrower acknowledges and agrees that Parent Borrower has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Parent Borrower agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to Parent Borrower, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

10.24. Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Credit Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of any Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to Administrative Agent or Lenders hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to Administrative Agent from the applicable Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to Administrative Agent in such currency, Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable Law).

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-154-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

IMS HEALTH INCORPORATED, as Parent Borrower
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC., as Holdings
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


IMS JAPAN K.K., as Japanese Subsidiary Borrower
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   Attorney-in-fact

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


IMS AG, as Swiss Subsidiary Borrower
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   Attorney-in-fact
By:  

/s/ Margaret F. Cupp

  Name:   Margaret F. Cupp
  Title:   Attorney-in-fact

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


ARSENAL HOLDING COMPANY
ARSENAL HOLDING (II) COMPANY
DATA NICHE ASSOCIATES, INC.
IMS HEALTH INDIA HOLDING CORPORATION
IMS HEALTH TRADING CORPORATION
RX INDIA CORPORATION
VALUEMEDICS RESEARCH, LLC
IMS HEALTH HOLDING CORPORATION
IMS HEALTH INVESTING CORPORATION
IMS HEALTH INVESTMENTS, INC.
IMS HEALTH PURCHASING, INC., as Guarantors
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


IMS CONTRACTING & COMPLIANCE, INC.
IMS GOVERNMENT SOLUTIONS, INC.
IMS HEALTH TRANSPORTATION SERVICES CORPORATION
HEALTH BENCHMARKS, INC.
HEALTH VANGUARD, INC.
IMS SOFTWARE SERVICES LTD.
PHARMETRICS, INC., as Guarantors
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   Treasurer

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


IMS HEALTH LICENSING ASSOCIATES, L.L.C., as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Maryanne Piorek

  Name:   Maryanne Piorek
  Title:   Responsible Officer

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


IMS TRADING MANAGEMENT, INC., as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


THE TAR HEEL TRADING COMPANY, LLC, as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


IMS HEALTH FINANCE, INC., as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


MARKET RESEARCH MANAGEMENT, INC., as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Margaret F. Cupp

  Name:   Margaret F. Cupp
  Title:   President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


COORDINATED MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, L.L.C., as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Margaret F. Cupp

  Name:   Margaret F. Cupp
  Title:   President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


COORDINATED MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS, INC., as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Margaret F. Cupp

  Name:   Margaret F. Cupp
  Title:   President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


SPARTAN LEASING CORPORATION, as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Margaret F. Cupp

  Name:   Margaret F. Cupp
  Title:   President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


IMS CHINAMETRIK INCORPORATED, as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Margaret F. Cupp

  Name:   Margaret F. Cupp
  Title:   Vice President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


INTERCONTINENTAL MEDICAL STATISTICS INTERNATIONAL, LTD., as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Harvey A. Ashman

  Name:   Harvey A. Ashman
  Title:   President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES L.L.C., as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   Vice President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


IMS HOLDING INC., Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Margaret F. Cupp

  Name:   Margaret F. Cupp
  Title:   Vice President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


IMS SERVICES, LLC, as Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. Ford

  Name:   Jeffrey J. Ford
  Title:   President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Kevin L. Ahart

  Name:   Kevin L. Ahart
  Title:   Vice President

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender and a Lender

By:   /s/ Frank Byrne
  Name:  

Frank Byrne

  Title:  

Vice President

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement Signature Pages


APPENDIX A-2

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

U.S. Revolving Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolving
Commitment
     Pro
Rata Share
 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

   $ 9,655,681.81         5.517532463

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 9,655,681.81         5.517532463

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 9,655,681.81         5.517532463

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

   $ 9,655,681.81         5.517532463

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 9,655,681.81         5.517532463

SunTrust Bank

   $ 9,655,681.81         5.517532463

Fifth Third Bank, an Ohio Banking Corporation

   $ 6,818,181.82         3.896103897

General Electric Capital Corporation

   $ 10,988,636.38         6.279220789

Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.

   $ 11,564,772.73         6.608441560

Export Development Canada

   $ 4,090,909.10         2.337662342

CIBC Inc.

   $ 12,000,000.00         6.857142857

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 23,867,803.04         13.638744594

Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch

   $ 23,867,803.04         13.638744594

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   $ 23,867,803.03         13.638744589
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 175,000,000.00         100%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


Japanese Revolving Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolving
Commitment
     Pro
Rata Share
 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

   $ 10,954,545.46         10.954545460

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 10,954,545.46         10.954545460

Banks of America, N.A.

   $ 10,954,545.46         10.954545460

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

   $ 10,954,545.46         10.954545460

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 10,954,545.46         10.954545460

SunTrust Bank

   $ 10,954,545.45         10.954545450

Fifth Third Bank, an Ohio Banking Corporation

   $ 9,090,909.09         9.090909090

General Electric Capital Corporation

   $ 7,272,727.26         7.272727260

Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.

   $ 9,090,909.09         9.090909090

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 2,939,393.93         2.939393930

Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch

   $ 2,939,393.94         2.939393940

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   $ 2,939,393.94         2.939393940
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 100,000,000.00         100%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


Swiss/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolving
Commitment
     Pro
Rata Share
 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

   $ 9,136,363.64         9.136363640

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 9,136,363.64         9.136363640

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 9,136,363.64         9.136363640

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

   $ 9,136,363.64         9.136363640

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 9,136,363.64         9.136363640

SunTrust Bank

   $ 9,136,363.65         9.136363650

Fifth Third Bank, an Ohio Banking Corporation

   $ 9,090,909.09         9.090909090

General Electric Capital Corporation

   $ 7,272,727.26         7.272727260

Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.

   $ 9,090,909.09         9.090909090

Export Development Canada

   $ 10,909,090.90         10.909090900

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 2,939,393.94         2.939393940

Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch

   $ 2,939,393.93         2.939393930

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   $ 2,939,393.94         2.939393940
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 100,000,000.00         100%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


APPENDIX B

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

Notice Addresses

IMS HEALTH INCORPORATED

HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC.

IMS JAPAN K.K.

IMS A.G.

ARSENAL HOLDING COMPANY

ARSENAL HOLDING (II) COMPANY

COORDINATED MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, L.L.C.

COORDINATED MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS, INC.

DATA NICHE ASSOCIATES, INC.

ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES L.L.C.

HEALTH BENCHMARKS, INC.

HEALTH VANGUARD, INC.

IMS CHINAMETRIK INCORPORATED

IMS CONTRACTING & COMPLIANCE, INC.

IMS GOVERNMENT SOLUTIONS, INC.

IMS HEALTH FINANCE, INC.

IMS HEALTH HOLDING CORPORATION

IMS HEALTH INDIA HOLDING CORPORATION

IMS HEALTH INVESTING CORPORATION

IMS HEALTH INVESTMENTS, INC.

IMS HEALTH LICENSING ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.

IMS HEALTH PURCHASING, INC.

IMS HEALTH TRADING CORPORATION

IMS HEALTH TRANSPORTATION SERVICES CORPORATION

IMS HOLDING INC.

IMS SERVICES, LLC

IMS SOFTWARE SERVICES LTD.

IMS TRADING MANAGEMENT, INC.

INTERCONTINENTAL MEDICAL STATISTICS INTERNATIONAL, LTD.

MARKET RESEARCH MANAGEMENT, INC.

PHARMETRICS, INC.

RX INDIA CORPORATION

SPARTAN LEASING CORPORATION

VALUEMEDICS RESEARCH, LLC

901 Main Avenue

Suite 612

Norwalk, CT 06851

Attention: Jeffrey Ford

Facsimile: (203) 845-5303


GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,

As Syndication Agent and a Lender:

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

30 Hudson Street, 36th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07302

Attention: Andrew Caditz

Attention: John Makrinos

Email: gsd.link@gs.com and ficc-sbdagency-nydallas@ny.email.gs.com

with a copy to:

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

1 New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

as a Lender

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

30 Hudson Street, 36th Floor

Jersey City, NY 07302

Attention: Andrew Caditz

Facsimile: (646) 769-7700

E-mail: gsd.link@gs.com

GSLP I OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND A, L.P.,

as a Lender:

GSLP I OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND B, L.P.,

as a Lender:

GSLP I OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND C, L.P.,

as a Lender:

GSLP I ONSHORE HOLDINGS FUND, L.L.C.,

as a Lender:

Goldman Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

New York, NY 10001

Attention: Oliver Thym

Facsimile: (212) 357-5505

E-mail: Oliver.Thym@gs.com

 

-2-


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent,

Collateral Agent, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender and a Lender

Administrative Agent’s Principal Office:

(for payments and Funding Notices)

Bank of America, N.A.

101 N. Tryon Street

Mail Code: NC1-001-04-39

Charlotte, North Carolina 28255

Attention: James Hood

Facsimile: (704) 409-0599

E-mail: james.p.hood_iii@baml.com

Administrative Agent’s Principal Office:

(for all other purposes)

Bank of America, N.A.

1455 Market Street

Mail Code: CA5-701-05-19

San Francisco, California 94103

Attention: Kevin Ahart

Facsimile: (415) 503-5000

E-mail: kevin.ahart@baml.com

Swing Line Lender’s Principal Office:

Bank of America, N.A.

101 N. Tryon Street

Mail Code: NC1-001-04-39

Charlotte, North Carolina 28255

Attention: James Hood

Facsimile: (704) 409-0599

E-mail: james.p.hood_iii@baml.com

Issuing Bank’s Principal Office:

Bank of America, N.A.

1 Fleet Way

Mail code: PA6-580-02-30

Scranton, PA 18507

Attention: Michael Grizzanti

Facsimile: (800) 755-08743

E-mail: michael.a.grizzanti@bankofamerica.com

 

-3-


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender

Barclays Capital

745 7th Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, NY 10119

Attention: Michael Mozer

Facsimile: (212) 526-5115

E-mail: Michael.mozer@barcap.com

With a copy to:

Barclays Capital

70 Hudson Street

Jersey City, NJ 07302

Attention: Michael Mozer

Facsimile: (212) 412-7401

E-mail: xrausloanops1@barcap.com

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.,

as Co-Documentation Agent

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

452 5th Avenue, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10018

Attention: John McCann

Facsimile: (646) 366-2482

E-mail: john.b.mccann@us.hsbc.com

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

as Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender

Royal Bank of Canada

3 World Financial Center

200 Vesey Street, 12th Floor,

New York, NY 10281-8098

Attention: Mustafa Topiwalla

Facsimile: (212) 428-6460

E-mail: mustafa.topiwalla@rbccm.com

 

-4-


FIFTH THIRD BANK, AN OHIO BANKING CORPORATION,

as Senior Managing Agent and a Lender

Fifth Third Bank, National Healthcare Group

424 Church Street, Suite 500

Nashville, TN 37219

Attention: Bill Priester

Facsimile: (615) 687-3067

E-mail: bill.priester@53.com

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Senior Managing Agent and a Lender

GE Healthcare Financial Services

2 Bethesda Metro Center

Suite 600

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention: IMS - Account Manager

Facsimile: (301) 664-9855

E-mail: keith.bird@ge.com

With a copy to:

GE Healthcare Financial Services

2 Bethesda Metro Center

Suite 600

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention: IMS - Internal Counsel

Facsimile: (866) 877-2268

E-mail: christian.barnette@ge.com

MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.,

as Senior Managing Agent and a Lender

Mizuho Corporate Bank Limited

1251 Avenue of Americas

New York, NY 10020

Attention: James R. Fayen

Facsimile: (212) 282-9705

E-mail: james.fayen@mizuhocbus.com

SUNTRUST BANK,

as Senior Managing Agent and a Lender

SunTrust Bank

303 Peachtree Street NE, 23rd Floor

Atlanta, GA 30308

Attention: Ben Cumming

Facsimile: (404) 588-7497

E-mail: ben.cumming@suntrust.com

 

-5-


Schedule 6.1

Certain Indebtedness

 

  1. The following capital lease contracts:

 

Global Data Center Capital Leases:

   $ 2,450,000   

Australia Capital Leases

   $ 350,000   


Schedule 6.2

Certain Liens

 

  1. Liens in respect of the capital lease contracts set forth on Schedule 6.1.

 

  2. The Liens set forth in the chart below:

 

Debtor’s
Name

    

Filing
Office

    

Type

    

Secured
Party

  

Collateral Description

   File #    File Date

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # C94489

   6086249 0    3/14/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # C94475, C95171

   6088305 8    3/15/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # C90703

   6089773 6    3/16/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # C90703

   6091500 9    3/17/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # C97653

   6105475 8    3/29/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # C93011, C93778

   6110761 4    4/3/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D01862

   6180042 4    5/26/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D10410,

D10535, D10890, D11393, D11396

   6204739 7    6/15/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D15183

   6235587 3    7/10/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D20395

   6263623 1    7/31/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D21435

   6292547 7    8/22/2006

IMS Health

Incorporated

    

Delaware

Secretary

of State

    

UCC

Debtor

    

IBM Credit

LLC

  

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D24366

   6298894 7    8/28/2006


Debtor’s
Name

    

Filing
Office

    

Type

    

Secured
Party

  

Collateral Description

   File #    File Date
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D28232

   6322402 9    9/19/2006
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D33983

   6365217 9    10/20/2006
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D34566

   6393223 3    11/10/2006
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D42262

   6424168 3    12/6/2006
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D43600

   6432398 6    12/11/2006
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D28059

   6437487 2    12/14/2006
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D44469

   6458178 1    12/29/2006
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D53454

   2007 0582766    2/14/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D55391

   2007 0681659    2/22/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D59142

   2007 0875905    3/8/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D58809

   2007 1088367    3/23/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D60282

   2007 1214849    4/2/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D60532

   2007 1373116    4/12/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D67311

   2007 1406064    4/16/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D62917

   2007 1446698    4/18/2007


Debtor’s
Name

    

Filing
Office

    

Type

    

Secured
Party

  

Collateral Description

   File #    File Date
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D67813

   2007 1526424    4/24/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D67807

   2007 1634228    5/1/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D71671, D71731, D72064

   2007 2017043    5/30/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D73062

   2007 2034253    5/31/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D78724

   2007 2339447    6/20/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # D87320

   2007 3008918    8/8/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # DB90BB

   2007 3197349    8/22/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F18l37

   2007 4749742    12/17/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F19624, F20266

   2007 4844477    12/21/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F18326

   2007 4924865    12/31/2007
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F27366

   2008 0365666    1/30/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F28989

   2008 0558419    2/14/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F34238

   2008 0837276    3/10/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F36042

   2008 1113230    3/31/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F495l7

   2008 2011268    6/12/2008


Debtor’s
Name

    

Filing
Office

    

Type

    

Secured
Party

  

Collateral Description

   File #    File Date
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F51279, F54141, F54209, F54218, F54239, F54327, F54353, F54797

   2008 2232898    6/30/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F55840

   2008 2828786    8/19/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F58365

   2008 2848032    8/20/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F63515, F63543

   2008 3024971    9/8/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F62141

   2008 3261011    9/25/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F67073

   2008 3329750    10/1/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F70703

   2008 3530381    10/20/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F73789

   2008 3836929    11/17/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F73779

   2008 3857222    11/18/2008
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F82661

   2009 0307899    1/29/2009
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F83621

   2009 0326709    1/30/2009
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F86358

   2009 0699832    3/5/2009
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F85l39

   2009 1020855    3/31/2009
IMS Health Incorporated     

Delaware

Secretary

of State

     UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F92446

   2009 1202404    4/15/2009


Debtor’s
Name

    

Filing
Office

    

Type

    

Secured Party

  

Collateral Description

   File #    File Date
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F92658, F94643, F95l54, F95l62

   2009 1515524    5/13/2009
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # F98111

   2009 2030010    6/24/2009
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # G04734

   2009 2460050    7/31/2009
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # G12634

   2009 3188098    10/5/2009
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # G12627

   2009 3188999    10/5/2009
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # G14696

   2009 3194831    10/5/2009
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # G19643

   2009 3760292    11/23/2009
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # G20788

   2009 4053879    12/18/2009
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # G20788

   2009 4053887    12/18/2009
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # G26911

   2010 0276307    1/26/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # G28521

   2010 0601876    2/23/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Computer Equipment with IBM

Credit LLC Supplement (s) # G27697, G28532, G28925, G28933, G29131

   2010 0642045    2/25/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Equipment - 1 Secap SPSS Shipping System serial number 1997881    2010 0880082    3/15/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC    Equipment under IBM Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G32583, G32606, G32614, G32633, G32639, G32641, G32958    2010 1035991    3/25/2010


Debtor’s
Name

    

Filing
Office

    

Type

    

Secured
Party

  

Collateral Description

   File #    File Date
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G35126

   2010 1089865    3/30/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G32297, G32477

   2010 1125537    4/1/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G39032,

G39050

   2010 1523533    4/30/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G44327, G44487

   2010 2215253    6/24/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G32634

   2010 2229643    6/25/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G53391

   2010 3069105    9/1/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G51923, G53391

   2010 3069360    9/1/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G51833, G51946

   2010 3100124    9/3/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G61989

   2010 4183533    11/30/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G70149

   2010 4650499    12/31/2010
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) # G78779

   2011 1267171    4/6/2011
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) # G80607, G83664

   2011 1558694    4/26/2011
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) # G86711

   2011 2463696    6/27/2011
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G 87679

   2011 2554676    7/1/2011
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM

Credit LLC Supplement(s) #G94906, G98021, G98253, H00236

   2011 3710459    9/27/2011


Debtor’s
Name

    

Filing
Office

    

Type

    

Secured
Party

  

Collateral Description

   File #    File Date
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #

   2011 3725580    9/28/2011
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #G99984

   2011 3767848    9/30/2011
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H00748

   2011 3902056    10/11/2011
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H12566

   2012 1238791    3/30/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H10533

   2012 1239211    3/30/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H10513

   2012 1239237    3/30/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H13385, H15712, H15786, H16557

   2012 1694977    5/1/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H17180

   2012 1998337    5/23/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H18168

   2012 2060418    5/29/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H17712

   2012 2078865    5/30/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H18382

   2012 2129759    6/4/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H19519

   2012 2268151    6/12/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H21741, H21820

   2012 2533885    6/29/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H23886

   2012 3107267    8/10/2012
IMS Health Incorporated      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      IBM Credit LLC   

Equipment under IBM Credit

LLC Supplement(s) #H23886

   2012 3134980    8/14/2012


Debtor’s
Name

    

Filing
Office

    

Type

    

Secured Party

  

Collateral Description

   File #    File Date
PharMetrics, Inc.      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc.    Computer equipment in regards to lease # 4655542    63395480    10/2/2006
PharMetrics, Inc.      Delaware Secretary of State      UCC Debtor      Banc of America Leasing & Capital, Inc.    Specific CLARiiON equipment    93747844    11/23/2009

3. Liens existing or deemed to exist in connection with the various legal proceedings in Portugal between IMS Health Lda and ANF, and the seizure order related thereto, which has arisen from an ex parte interlocutory injunction filed by ANF.


Schedule 6.5

Certain Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions

None.


Schedule 6.6

Certain Investments

 

  1. The following Investments of Parent Borrower:

 

Company

  

Book Value

 

CMEA Venture Partners VI, L.P.

   $ 7,475,000 1  

CliniWorks, Inc.

   $ 4,500,000   

 

  2. IMS Software Services Ltd. holds 4.859 shares of common stock of Holdings.

 

  3. The intercompany loans set forth below:

 

Lender

  

Borrower

  

Principal Amount

  

Loan Currency

IMS Health Australia Pty. Ltd.    Farmer Crow Pty Ltd.    6,601,239    AUD
IMS Health (Australia) Partnership    IMS Health Australia Holding Pty. Ltd.    96,375,000    AUD
IMS AG    Operaciones Centralizadas Latinoamericana Limitada    200,000    USD
IMS AG    Medical Radar Holding AB    71,295,618    SEK
IMS AG    IPP Informacion Promocional y Publicitaria S.A. de C.V.    1,150,000    USD
IMS AG    IMS Health Global Holdings UK Ltd.    130,000,000    GBP
IMS AG    IMS Health Incorporated    29,200,000    EUR
IMS Health Limited    IMS Health UK Investments Ltd.    15,600,000    GBP
IMS AG (UK Branch)    IMS Holdings (U.K.) Limited    83,400,000    GBP
IMSWorld Publications Ltd.    IMS Health UK Investments Ltd.    17,000,000    GBP
IMS Health Global Holdings UK Ltd.    IMS Health HQ Limited    13,000,000    GBP
IMS Health Global Holdings UK Ltd.    IMS Health UK Investments Ltd.    135,000,000    GBP
IMS (Gibraltar) Holding Limited    IMS AG    234,490,000    USD
IMS ChinaMetrik Limited    IMS AG    18,300,000    USD
IMS ChinaMetrik Limited    IMS Japan K.K.    400,000,000    JPY
IMS ChinaMetrik Limited    Meridian Research Vietnam Ltd.    1,400,000    USD
IMS Health S.P.A.    Aboutpharma S.r.l.    200,000    EUR
IMS Japan K.K.    IMS Health Finance Ltd.    17,662,470,000    JPY

 

1   Amount represents book value as of the Original Closing Date. As of the Original Closing Date, Parent Borrower has contributed $8,900,000 of it total commitment of $10,000,000.


Lender

  

Borrower

  

Principal Amount

  

Loan Currency

Interdata S.R.L. de C.V.    IPP Informacion Promocional y Publicitaria S.A. de C.V.    11,741,110    MXN
IMS Health Finance B.V.    IMS Holdings (U.K.) Limited.    30,064,746    USD
IMS Health Finance B.V.    IMS Health Sweden AB    101,892,000    SEK
IMS Health Finance B.V.    IMS (Gibraltar) Holding Limited    10,600,000    USD
IMS Health Tibbi Istatistik Ticaret ve Musavirlik Ltd Sirketi    IMS Health Finance B.V.    24,000,000    USD
IMS Health Finance, Inc.    IMS Health Incorporated    40,387,049    USD
IMS Health Finance, Inc.    IMS Health Incorporated    130,004,172    USD
IMS Health Finance, Inc.    IMS Health Incorporated    74,572,906    USD
IMS Health Finance, Inc.    IMS Health Incorporated    241,054,189    USD
IMS Health Finance, Inc.    IMS Health Incorporated    775,000    USD
Spartan Leasing Corporation    IMS Health Incorporated    1,210,438,026    USD
IMS Trading Management, Inc.    IMS Health Finance Ltd.    128,600,000    USD
IMS Health Incorporated    IMS Japan K.K.    24,361,000,000    JPY
IMS Health Do Brasil Ltda.    IMS AG    6,500,000    USD
IMS Health Tibbi Istatistik Ticaret ve Musavirlik Ltd Sirketi    IMS Health Incorporated    19,000,000    USD
IMS Health Australia Holding Pty. Ltd.    IMS Health Incorporated    24,782,672    AUD
IMS Health Australia Pty. Ltd.    IMS Health Australia Holding Pty. Ltd.    9,000,000    AUD
IMS Health GmbH    IMS AG    3,500,000    CHF
IMS AG    IMS Health Incorporated    107,000,000    USD
IMS AG    IMS Health Incorporated    16,260,065    USD
IMS Health Global Holdings UK Ltd. (UK)    IMS Health Incorporated    54,500,000    GBP
Mercados Y Analisis, S.A. (Spain)    IMS Health Incorporated    6,200,000    EUR
IMS Production Hubs S.L. (Spain)    IMS Health Incorporated    1,200,000    EUR
IMS Finance BV (Netherlands)    IMS Health Incorporated    8,025,900    USD
IMS Health S.P.R.L. (Belgium)    IMS Health Incorporated    6,500,000    EUR
IMS (N.Z.) Limited (New Zealand)    IMS Health Incorporated    2,000,000    NZD
IMS Health Argentina S.A. (Argentina)    IMS Health Incorporated    900,000    USD
IMS Health del Peru S.A. (Peru)    IMS Health Incorporated    1,100,000    USD


Lender

  

Borrower

  

Principal
Amount

  

Loan Currency

IMS Health Tibbi Istatistik Ticaret ve Musavirlik Ltd Sirketi (Turkey)    IMS Health Incorporated    5,000,000    USD
IMS AG    IMS Health Incorporated    45,000,000    USD
IMS Health Australia Pty. Ltd. (Australia)    IMS Health S.p.A.    6,600,000    EUR
IMS Hellas E.P.E. (Greece)    IMS Health Incorporated    7,000,000    EUR

 

  4. The Investments set forth below:

 

Current Legal Entities Owned

  

Record Owner

  

Certificate No.

  

No. Shares/Interest

  

Percentage
Owned

IMS Japan K.K.    IMS Health Incorporated    0006    12,801    100%
IMS ChinaMetrik Limited    IMS Health Incorporated    7    33    99%
      8    66   
IMS (Gibraltar) Holding Limited    IMS Health Incorporated    2    6,600    100%
      3    3,400   
IMS Health Asia Pte. Ltd.    IMS Health Incorporated    5    60,765    100%
      6    31,302   
IMS Health (Australia) Partnership    Enterprise Associates L.L.C.    Uncertificated    N/A    1%
   IMS Services, LLC    Uncertificated    N/A    99%
IMS Health, Canada Limited    IMS Health Incorporated    NS-1    66    100%
      NS-2    34   
IMS Health Deutschland GMBH    IMS Health Incorporated    Uncertificated    1    100%
IMS Health Finance Ltd.    IMS Trading Management, Inc.    23    208,429,650,
Class A
shares

 

   100%
      24    107,372,850,
Class A
shares

 

  
   IMS Trading Management, Inc.    21    245,848,947,
Class B
shares
   100%
      22    126,649,458,
Class B
shares

 

  
   IMS Trading Management, Inc.    25    51,999,999,
Class C
shares

 

   100%
      26    26,787,879,
Class C
shares

 

  
IMS Health Group Limited    IMS Health Incorporated    2    3,960,066    100%
      3    2,040,034   
IMS Health Holdings (Pty.) Ltd. Limited    IMS Health Trading Corporation    69    26,400    100%
      70    13,600   


Current Legal Entities Owned

  

Record Owner

  

Certificate No.

  

No. Shares/Interest

  

Percentage
Owned

IMS Health India Private Limited    IMS Health India Holding Corporation    01    10    100%
   IMS Health India Holding Corporation    02    10   
   RX India Corporation    03    1,014,875   
   RX India Corporation    04    5,701,519   
   RX India Corporation    6    898,481   
   RX India Corporation    7    2,385,105   
IMS Information Medical Statistics (Israel) Ltd.    IMS Health Incorporated    5    66   
   IMS Health Incorporated    6    33    100%
   IMS AG    7    1   
IMS Health Licensing Associates, L.L.C.    Coordinated Management Systems, Inc.    Uncertificated    N/A    92.850%
   Coordinated Management Holdings, L.L.C.    Uncertificated    N/A    5.592%
   IMS Health Incorporated    Uncertificated    N/A    1.558%
IMS Health Korea Ltd.    IMS Health Incorporated    000001    1    100%
      000002    1   
      000003    1   
      000004    1   
      000005    1   
      000006    1   
      000007    1   
      000008    1   
      000009    1   
      000010    1   
      000011    10   
      000012    10   
      000013    10   
      000014    10   
      000015    10   
      000016    10   
      000017    10   
      000018    10   
      000019    10   
      000101    100   
      000102    100   
      000103    100   
      000104    100   
      000105    100   
      000106    100   
      000107    100   
      000108    100   
      001001    1,000   
      001002    1,000   
      001003    1,000   
      001004    1,000   
      001005    1,000   
      001006    1,000   
      001007    1,000   
      001008    1,000   


Current Legal Entities Owned

  

Record Owner

  

Certificate No.

  

No. Shares/Interest

  

Percentage
Owned

      001009    1,000   
      001010    1,000   
      001011    1,000   
      001012    1,000   
      001013    1,000   
      001014    1,000   
      010001    10,000   
      010002    10,000   
      010003    10,000   
      010004    10,000   
IMS Health Philippines, Inc.    IMS Health Incorporated    026    13,200    99.975%
      027    6,795   
IMS Health Puerto Rico Inc.    IMS Health Incorporated    6    66    100%
      7    34   
IMS Health Taiwan Ltd.    IMS Health Incorporated    Uncertificated    N/A    100%
IMS Market Research Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.    IMS ChinaMetrik Incorporated    Uncertificated    N/A    100%

 

Legal Name

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization

  

Owner of Equity Interests

  

Percentage of

Outstanding Equity

Interests of the

Issuer

Global Crown Investment Limited    Hong Kong    IMS ChinaMetrik Limited    100%
United Research China (Shanghai) Ltd.    China    Global Crown Investment Limited    100%
IMS Meridian Limited    Hong Kong    IMS ChinaMetrik Limited    100%
IMS Meridian Research Limited    British Virgin Islands    IMS Meridian Limited    100%
Meridian Research Vietnam Ltd.    Vietnam    IMS Meridian Research Limited    100%
IMS Health Beteiligungs-gesellschaft mbH    Germany    IMS Health Deutschland GmbH    100%
IMS Health GmbH & Co. OHG    Germany    IMS Health Deutschland GmbH    100%
IMS Hellas EPE    Greece    IMS Health GmbH & Co. OHG    100%
IMS Health (Pty.) Ltd.    South Africa    IMS Health Holdings (Pty.) Ltd.    100%
IMS Cyprus LTD    Cyprus    IMS (Gibraltar) Holding Limited    100%
IMS Netherlands Holding B.V.    Netherlands    IMS Cyprus LTD    100%


Legal Name

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization

  

Owner of Equity Interests

  

Percentage of

Outstanding Equity

Interests of the

Issuer

IMS Health Limited    Ireland    IMS Netherlands Holding B.V.    100%
IMS Health S.P.A.    Italy    IMS Netherlands Holding B.V.    100%
Aboutpharma S.r.l.    Italy    IMS Health S.P.A.    100%
IMS Health, LDA.    Portugal    IMS Netherlands Holding B.V.    100%
IMS AB    Sweden    IMS Netherlands Holding B.V.    100%
Medical Radar Holding AB    Sweden    IMS AB    100%
IMS Medical Radar AB    Sweden    Medical Radar Holding AB    100%
IMS Health Sweden AB    Sweden    Medical Radar Holding AB    100%
IMS AG    Switzerland    IMS Netherlands Holding B.V.    100%
IMS Health Argentina S.A.    Argentina    IMS AG    100%
Phama S.A.    Argentina    IMS Health Argentina S.A.    100%
IMS Health Marktforschung GmbH    Austria    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health S.P.R.L.    Belgium    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Consulting bvba    Belgium    IMS Health S.P.R.L.    100%
Source Belgium sprl    Belgium    IMS Health S.P.R.L.    100%
IMS Health Bolivia S.R.L.    Bolivia    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Do Brasil Ltda.    Brazil    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Servicos De Informacao LTDA    Brazil    IMS Health Do Brasil Ltda.    100%
IMS Bulgaria E.o.o.D.    Bulgaria    IMS AG    100%
Asesorias IMS Health Chile Limitada    Chile    IMS AG    100%
Capacitaciones IMS Health Chile Limitada    Chile    Asesorias IMS Health Chile Limitada    100%
Operaciones Centralizadas Latinoamericana Limitada    Chile    IMS AG    100%
Intercomunicaciones Y Servicio de Datos Interdata S.A.    Colombia    IMS AG    100%
IMS Adriatic d.o.o. za konzalting    Croatia    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health a.s.    Czech Republic    IMS AG    100%
IMS Republica Dominicana, S.A.    Dominican Republic    IMS AG    100%
IMS Ecuador S.A.    Ecuador    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Egypt Limited    Egypt    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Oy    Finland    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health S.A.S.    France    IMS AG    100%
PR International S.A.    France    IMS Health S.A.S.    100%
PR Editions S.A.    France    IMS Health S.A.S.    100%
IMS Software GmbH    Germany    IMS AG    100%
Asserta Centroamerica Medicion de Mercados, S.A.    Guatemala    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Services Ltd.    Hungary    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Information and Consulting Services India Private Limited    India    IMS AG    100%


Legal Name

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization

  

Owner of Equity Interests

  

Percentage of

Outstanding Equity

Interests of the

Issuer

IMS Health Bangladesh Limited    Bangladesh    ORG IMS Research Private    100%
IMS Health Lanka (Private) Limited    Sri Landa    ORG IMS Research Private    100%
PT IMS Health Indonesia    Indonesia    IMS AG    95%
Pharm-Consult Limited Liability Partnership    Kazakhstan    IMS AG    100%
UAB IMS Health    Lithuania    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.    Malaysia    IMS AG    100%
Interdata S.R.L. de C.V.    Mexico    IMS AG    100%
IPP Informacion Promocional y Publicitaria S.A. de C.V.    Mexico    IMS AG    100%
Informations Medicales & Statistiques S.A.R.L.    Morocco    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health B.V.    Netherlands    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Finance B.V.    Netherlands    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Norway A/S    Norway    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Pakistan (Private) Limited    Pakistan    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Paraguaya S.R.L.    Paraguay    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Del Peru S.A.    Peru    IMS AG    100%
IMS Poland Limited Sp.z.o.o.    Poland    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Consulting Sp.z.o.o.    Poland    IMS AG    100%
IMS Pharmaceutical Services Srl.    Romania    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health LLC    Russia    IMS AG    100%
RMBC Pharma Ltd.    Russia    IMS AG    100%
IMS Information Medical Statistics, spol.s.r.o.    Slovak Republic    IMS AG    100%
IMS Services, pharmaceutical marketing services Ltd.    Slovenia    IMS AG    100%
IMS Production Hubs, S.L.    Spain    IMS AG    100%
Mercados Y Analisis, S.A.    Spain    IMS AG    100%
CORE Holding GmbH    Switzerland    IMS AG    100%
CORE Center for Outcomes Research GmbH    Switzerland    CORE Holding GmbH    100%
IMS Health GmbH    Switzerland    IMS AG    100%
IMS Informatics Holding AG    Switzerland    IMS AG    100%
IMS Informatics AG    Switzerland    IMS Informatics Holding AG    100%
M&H Informatics (BD)    Bangladesh    IMS Informatics Holding AG    100%
Interstatistik AG    Switzerland    IMS AG    100%
Datec Industria e Comercio, Distribuidora Grafica e Mala Direta Ltda    Brazil    Interstatistik AG    100%
IMS Health Tunisia sarl    Tunisia    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Tibbi Istatistik Ticaret ve Musavirlik Ltd Sirketi    Turkey    IMS AG    100%
IMS Health Uruguay S.A.    Uruguay    IMS AG    100%
PMV De Venezuela, C.A.    Venezuela    IMS AG    100%


Legal Name

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization

  

Owner of Equity Interests

  

Percentage of

Outstanding Equity

Interests of the

Issuer

IMS Health Australia Holding Pty. Ltd.    Australia    IMS Health (Australia) Partnership    100%
IMS Health Australia Pty. Ltd.    Australia    IMS Health Australia Holding Pty. Ltd.    100%
M-Tag Pty. Limited    Australia    IMS Health Australia Holding Pty. Ltd.    100%
Battaerd Mansley Pty. Ltd.    Australia    IMS Health Australia Holding Pty. Ltd.    100%
IMS Health (N.Z.) Limited    New Zealand    IMS Health Australia Holding Pty. Ltd.    100%
Farmer Crow Pty Ltd.    Australia    IMS Health Australia Pty. Ltd.    100%
IMS Health HQ Limited    United Kingdom    IMS Health Group Limited    100%
IMS Holdings (U.K.) Limited    United Kingdom    IMS Health HQ Limited    100%
IMS (UK) Pension Plan Trustee Company Limited    United Kingdom    IMS Holdings (U.K.) Limited    100%
IMS Health Global Holdings UK Ltd.    United Kingdom    IMS Holdings (U.K.) Limited    100%
Cambridge Pharma Consultancy, Inc.    Delaware    IMS Health Global Holdings UK Ltd.    100%
Pharmadat Marktforschumgs Gesellschaft m.b.H.    Austria    IMS Health Global Holdings UK Ltd.    100%
IMS Health UK Investments Ltd.    United Kingdom    IMS Health Global Holdings UK Ltd.    100%
IMS Health S.A.    Spain    IMS Health UK Investments Ltd.    100%
IMS Health Limited    United Kingdom    IMS Health UK Investments Ltd.    100%
IMSWorld Publications Ltd.    United Kingdom    IMS Health Limited    100%
Cambridge Pharma Consultancy, Ltd.    United Kingdom    IMS Health UK Investments Ltd.    100%
IMS Health Surveys Limited    United Kingdom    IMS Health UK Investments Ltd.    100%
IMS Hospital Group Limited    United Kingdom    IMS Health Surveys Limited    100%


Schedule 6.11

Certain Affiliate Transactions

None.

Exhibit 10.9

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE

IMS HEALTH INCORPORATED EMPLOYEE PROTECTION PLAN

(as amended and restated effective September 1, 2009)

Effective January 1, 2012, the IMS Health Incorporated Employee Protection Plan, as amended and restated effective September 1, 2009 and as amended by a First Amendment thereto effective January 1, 2011 (the “Plan”), is further amended as follows:

The paragraph under the subtitle “ Plan Coverage” is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

The Plan covers all full-time salaried employees and regular part-time salaried employees of the Corporation and any affiliated company that the Committee has designated to participate in the Plan (collectively referred to as the “Corporation”) who incur an “Eligible Termination” (as defined below). These employees are referred to in this summary as “Eligible Employees.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) an employee who has entered into an agreement with the Corporation which expressly excludes such employee from participation in this Plan (e.g., by naming this Plan or excluding participation in Company-sponsored severance plans generally) and which remains in effect at the date of such employee’s termination of employment shall not be an Eligible Employee; and (b) an employee who otherwise would qualify but who is not on the United States payroll shall be an Eligible Employee only if so determined by the Plan Administrator, and such Eligible Employee, and any employee of an affiliated company who qualifies as an Eligible Employee shall be subject to such additional terms and limitations as the Plan Administrator may consider necessary or advisable; and (c) a worker who has signed an agreement with the Corporation stating that he or she is not eligible to participate in the Plan and any worker that the Corporation treats as an independent contractor, during the period that the worker is so treated, regardless of whether such worker may be determined to be an employee by administrative, judicial or other decision, shall not be an Eligible Employee; and (d) effective January 1, 2012, an employee of SDI Health LLC on December 31, 2011 shall not be an Eligible Employee until November 1, 2012. Each Eligible Employee shall be designated as within one of the groups specified as “Selected Executives,” “Level A,” “Level B,” or “Level C” as described in Section III below.

In all other respects the Plan remains in full force and effect.

The authorized officers of IMS Health Incorporated have caused this instrument of amendment to be executed this 16 th day of November, 2011.

 

/s/ Paul Thomson
By:   Paul Thomson
Title:  

Senior Vice President, Human

Resources & Administration

Exhibit 10.16

HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Amended and Restated)

 

1. DEFINED TERMS

Exhibit A, which is incorporated by reference, defines the terms used in the Plan and sets forth certain operational rules related to those terms.

 

2. PURPOSE

The Plan has been established to advance the interests of the Company and its Affiliates by providing for the grant to Participants of Stock-based and other incentive Awards.

 

3. ADMINISTRATION

The Administrator has discretionary authority, subject only to the express provisions of the Plan, to interpret the Plan; determine eligibility for and grant Awards, subject only to Section 5 and other express provisions of the Plan; determine or, subject to the express provisions of an Award Agreement, modify or waive the terms and conditions of any Award; prescribe forms, rules and procedures; and otherwise do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan. All determinations of the Administrator made under the Plan will be conclusive and will bind all parties.

 

4. LIMITS ON AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

(a) Number of Shares . Subject to Section 4(b) and Section 7, a maximum of 253,417,637 shares of Stock may be delivered in satisfaction of Awards under the Plan (of which 229,217,637 may be delivered upon the exercise of ISOs), together with a maximum of 3,000,000 additional shares which may be delivered solely in satisfaction of Awards to non-employee directors of the Company or its Affiliates under the Plan. The number of shares of Stock delivered in satisfaction of Awards shall, for purposes of the preceding sentence, be determined net of shares of Stock withheld by the Company under any Award in payment of any exercise price or in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements with respect to such Award. For the avoidance of doubt, any shares of Stock subject to an Award that is cancelled, forfeited, lapses or is otherwise terminated without an issuance of shares of Stock being made thereunder or that is settled for cash will no longer be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitation and may again be subject to Awards under the Plan.

(b) Certain Replacement Awards . Reference is made to the Awards specified on Exhibit B (the “Replacement Awards”), which represent SARs granted in substitution for certain stock appreciation rights granted under the 1998 IMS Health Incorporated Employees’ Stock Incentive Plan and/or the IMS Health Incorporated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. Shares of Stock subject to the Replacement Awards shall be in addition to the shares specified in Section 4(a), but if any Replacement Award expires unexercised or is satisfied in whole or in part without the issuance of shares, the shares of Stock previously subject to such Award shall not be available


for future grants under the Plan. Notwithstanding Section 6(a)(4), each Replacement Award shall be fully vested and exercisable upon the date of grant.

(c) Type of Shares . Stock delivered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Stock or previously issued Stock acquired by the Company. Replacement Awards may be granted with respect to fractional shares of Stock, but no fractional shares of Stock shall be delivered under the Plan. Any fractional shares that would otherwise be deliverable hereunder shall be settled for cash.

 

5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

The Administrator, after consultation with the CEO, will select Participants from among those key Employees and directors of, and consultants and advisors to, the Company or its Affiliates who, in the opinion of the Administrator, are in a position to make a significant contribution to the success of the Company and its Affiliates. Eligibility for ISOs is limited to employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code. Eligibility for Stock Options other than ISOs is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 5 who are providing direct services on the date of grant of the Stock Option to the Company or to a subsidiary of the Company that would be described in the first sentence of Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E).

Awards covering any shares of Stock that remain available under Section 4(a) during the five-year period beginning on the effective date of the Plan shall be allocated and awarded to the persons eligible for participation in the Plan as selected by the CEO, subject to the approval of the Administrator, with the objective of allocating and awarding any remaining shares of Stock by the end of such five-year period, or, if earlier, by the occurrence of a Covered Transaction.

 

6. RULES APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

(a) All Awards

(1) Award Provisions . The Administrator will determine the terms of all Awards, subject to the limitations provided herein, and will furnish to each Participant an Award Agreement setting forth the terms applicable to the Participant’s Award. By entering into an Award Agreement or by accepting (or, under such rules as the Administrator may prescribe, being deemed to have accepted) an Award, the Participant agrees or shall be deemed to have agreed to the terms of the Award and of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, awards of an acquired company that are converted, replaced or adjusted in connection with the acquisition may contain terms and conditions that are inconsistent with the terms and conditions specified herein, as determined by the Administrator.

(2) Fair Market Value . In determining the fair market value of any share of Stock under the Plan, the Administrator shall make the determination in good faith consistent with the rules of Section 422 and Section 409A, to the extent applicable. If at the applicable reference date the Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, in accordance with Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B), the Administrator’s determination of fair market value shall be based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method, and shall

 

-2-


take into account an independent third-party valuation obtained not less frequently than annually. Such determination shall be made in a manner that is consistent with the manner in which the Company determines the fair market value of shares of Stock held by the Investors (as such term is defined in the Management Stockholders Agreement).

(3) Transferability . Neither ISOs, nor, except as the Administrator otherwise expressly provides, other Awards may be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during a Participant’s lifetime ISOs (and, except as the Administrator otherwise expressly provides, other non-transferable Awards requiring exercise) may be exercised only by the Participant. The Administrator may permit Awards other than ISOs to be transferred by gift, subject to the terms of the Management Stockholders Agreement, to the extent applicable, and such other limitations as the Administrator may impose.

(4) Vesting, etc . The Administrator may determine and shall set forth in an Award Agreement the time or times at which an Award will vest or become exercisable and the terms on which an Award requiring exercise will remain exercisable. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an Award, regardless of any adverse or potentially adverse tax or other consequences resulting from such acceleration. Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise in an Award Agreement, however, the following rules will apply if a Participant’s Employment ceases:

(A) Immediately upon the cessation of Employment, each Award requiring exercise held by the Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, will immediately cease to be exercisable and will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided at (B), (C) or (D) below, and all other Awards held by the Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, to the extent not already vested, will be immediately forfeited.

(B) Subject to (C), (D), and (E) below, all Stock Options and SARs held by the Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) a period of 30 days or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate.

(C) All Stock Options and SARs held by a Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the Participant’s death or Disability, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) the one year period ending with the first anniversary of the Participant’s death or Disability, as the case may be, or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate.

(D) All Stock Options and SARs held by a Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the termination of the Participant’s Employment by the Company other than for Cause or, to the extent that the Award Agreement for such Participant expressly provides for the treatment of an Award upon a

 

-3-


termination for Good Reason, by the Participant for Good Reason, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) a period of 90 days, or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate.

(E) For the avoidance of doubt, all Stock Options and SARs held by a Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment will immediately terminate upon such cessation if such cessation of Employment has resulted in connection with an act or failure to act constituting Cause (or such Participant’s Employment could have been terminated for Cause (without regard to the lapsing of any required notice or cure periods in connection therewith) at the time such Participant terminated Employment).

(5) Competing Activity . To the extent set forth in an Award Agreement, the Administrator may cancel, rescind, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict any Award at any time if the Participant is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, or if the Participant breaches any agreement with the Company or its Affiliates with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality.

(6) Taxes . The delivery, vesting and retention of Stock under an Award are conditioned upon full satisfaction by the Participant of all tax withholding requirements with respect to the Award. The Administrator will make such provision for the withholding of taxes as it deems necessary. Except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement, the Administrator may, but need not, hold back shares of Stock from an Award or permit a Participant to tender previously owned shares of Stock, in each case, having a Fair Market Value equal to the applicable minimum statutory withholding amount in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements.

(7) Dividend Equivalents, etc. To the extent consistent with Section 409A (and with Section 422, in the case of ISOs), and subject to Section 7(c), the Administrator in its sole discretion may provide for supplemental cash payments in lieu of Stock-based dividends or other distributions to the holder of any Award that is not entitled to share in the actual dividend or distribution.

(8) Rights Limited . Nothing in the Plan will be construed as giving any person the right to continued Employment with the Company or its Affiliates, or any rights as a stockholder except as to shares of Stock actually issued under the Plan. The loss of existing or potential profit in an Award will not constitute an element of damages in the event of termination of Employment for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or any Affiliate to the Participant, provided that nothing herein shall preclude a claim by a Participant arising from a breach by the Company of the terms of such Participant’s Award Agreement.

(9) Management Stockholders Agreement . Unless otherwise specifically provided, all Awards issued under the Plan and all Stock issued thereunder will be subject to the Management Stockholders Agreement. No Award will be granted to a Participant and no Stock

 

-4-


will be delivered to a Participant, in either case, until the Participant has executed and become a party to the Management Stockholders Agreement.

(b) Additional Rules Applicable to Awards Requiring Exercise

(1) Time and Manner of Exercise . Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, an Award requiring exercise by the holder will not be deemed to have been exercised until the Administrator receives a notice of exercise (in form acceptable to the Administrator), which may be an electronic notice, signed (including electronic signature in form acceptable to the Administrator) by the appropriate person and accompanied by any payment required under the Award. If the Award is exercised by any person other than the Participant, the Administrator may require satisfactory evidence that the person exercising the Award has the right to do so.

(2) Exercise Price . The Administrator will determine and set forth in an Award Agreement the exercise price (or the base value from which appreciation is to be measured) of each Award requiring exercise. The initial exercise or base price as so determined by the Administrator shall in no event be less than 100% (in the case of an ISO granted to a ten-percent shareholder within the meaning of subsection (b)(6) of Section 422, 110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to the Award, determined as of the date of grant.

(3) Payment of Exercise Price . Where the exercise of an Award is to be accompanied by payment, the exercise price shall be paid as follows: (a) by cash or check acceptable to the Administrator, (b) to the extent permitted by the Administrator or specifically provided for in an Award Agreement, on a cashless basis under which shares of Stock otherwise deliverable under the Award and having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price are withheld by the Company, (c) by such other means, if any, as may be acceptable to the Administrator, (d) following an IPO, subject to restrictions applicable to such Shares, by means of a broker assisted exercise program acceptable to the Administrator, or (e) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment. No Award requiring exercise or portion thereof may be exercised unless, at the time of exercise, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof exceeds the exercise price for the Award or such portion.

(4) Maximum Term . The maximum term of each Award requiring exercise shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant (five (5) years from the date of grant in the case of an ISO granted to a ten-percent shareholder within the meaning of subsection (b)(6) of Section 422).

(5) ISOs . No ISO may be granted under the Plan after February 26, 2020, but ISOs previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(c) Lawful Consideration

Awards of Restricted Stock and Unrestricted Stock, whether delivered outright or under Awards of Stock Units, may be made in exchange for such lawful consideration, including services, as the Administrator determines.

 

-5-


7. EFFECT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

(a) Mergers, etc . Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the following provisions shall apply in the event of a Covered Transaction:

(1) Assumption or Substitution . If the Covered Transaction is one in which there is an acquiring or surviving entity, the Administrator may provide for the assumption or continuation of some or all outstanding Awards or for the grant of new awards in substitution therefor by the acquiror or survivor or an affiliate of the acquiror or survivor.

(2) Cash-Out of Awards . If the Covered Transaction is one in which holders of Stock will receive upon consummation a payment (whether cash, non-cash or a combination of the foregoing), then subject to Section 7(a)(5) below, the Administrator may provide for payment (a “cash-out”), with respect to some or all Awards or any portion thereof, equal in the case of each affected Award or portion thereof to the excess, if any, of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock times the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award or such portion, over (B) the aggregate exercise or purchase price, if any, under the Award or such portion (in the case of an SAR, the aggregate base value above which appreciation is measured), in each case on such payment terms (which need not be the same as the terms of payment to holders of Stock) and other terms, and subject to such conditions, as the Administrator determines; provided , that the Administrator shall not exercise its discretion under this Section 7(a)(2) with respect to an Award or portion thereof providing for “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A in a manner that would constitute an extension or acceleration of, or other change in, payment terms if such change would be inconsistent with the applicable requirements of Section 409A.

(3) Acceleration of Certain Awards . If the Covered Transaction (whether or not there is an acquiring or surviving entity) is one in which there is no assumption, continuation, substitution or cash-out, then subject to Section 7(a)(5) below, the Administrator may provide that each Award requiring exercise will become exercisable, and the delivery of any shares of Stock remaining deliverable under each outstanding Award of Stock Units (including Restricted Stock Units and Performance Awards to the extent consisting of Stock Units) will be accelerated and such shares will be delivered, prior to the Covered Transaction, in each case on a basis that gives the holder of the Award a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Administrator, following exercise of the Award or the delivery of the shares, as the case may be, to participate as a stockholder in the Covered Transaction; provided , that to the extent acceleration and/or delivery pursuant to this Section 7(a)(3) of an Award subject to Section 409A would cause the Award to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, the Award shall not be accelerated and/or delivered and the Administrator in lieu thereof shall take such steps as are necessary to ensure that payment of the Award is made in a medium other than Stock and on terms that as nearly as possible, but taking into account adjustments required or permitted by this Section 7, replicate the prior terms of the Award.

 

-6-


(4) Termination of Awards Upon Consummation of Covered Transaction . Each Award will terminate upon consummation of the Covered Transaction, other than the following: (i) Awards assumed pursuant to Section 7(a)(1) above; (ii) Awards converted pursuant to the proviso in Section 7(a)(3) above into an ongoing right to receive payment other than Stock; and (iii) outstanding shares of Restricted Stock (which shall be treated in the same manner as other shares of Stock, subject to Section 7(a)(5) below).

(5) Additional Limitations . Any share of Stock and any cash or other property delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(2) or Section 7(a)(3) above with respect to an Award may, in the discretion of the Administrator, contain such restrictions, if any, consistent with Section 409A, as the Administrator deems appropriate to reflect any performance or other vesting conditions to which the Award was subject and that did not lapse (and were not satisfied) in connection with the Covered Transaction. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, a cash-out under Section 7(a)(2) above or the acceleration of exercisability of an Award under Section 7(a)(3) above shall not, in and of itself, be treated as the lapsing (or satisfaction) of a performance or other vesting condition. In the case of Restricted Stock that does not vest in connection with the Covered Transaction, the Administrator may require that any amounts delivered, exchanged or otherwise paid in respect of such Stock in connection with the Covered Transaction be placed in escrow or otherwise made subject to such restrictions as the Administrator deems appropriate to carry out the intent of the Plan.

(b) In the event of a Change of Control (whether or not constituting a Covered Transaction), the Administrator shall provide, to the extent consistent with Section 409A, that any Award continued or assumed in such transaction, and any new award substituted for an Award that terminates in connection with such transaction, (any of the foregoing, a “Continuing Award”), to the extent not otherwise vested, shall be subject to the following special rule: To the extent the vesting of any Continuing Award depends solely on the continued Employment of the Participant and the Participant’s Employment is either (i) involuntarily terminated (other than for Cause) within two years following the Change of Control, or is (ii) voluntarily terminated by the Participant, within two years following the Change of Control, for Good Reason, any remaining Employment-related vesting conditions shall be treated as having been satisfied immediately prior to such termination. Nothing in this Section 7(b) shall be construed to affect any performance-based vesting condition to which a Participant’s Award may be subject.

(c) Changes in, Distributions With Respect To and Redemptions of the Stock

(1) Basic Adjustment Provisions . In the event of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares (including a reverse stock split), recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure, the Administrator shall make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares specified in Section 4(a) that may be delivered under the Plan and shall also make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to Awards then outstanding or subsequently granted, any exercise prices relating to Awards and any other provision of Awards affected by such change.

(2) Certain Other Adjustments . The Administrator may also make adjustments of the type described in Section 7(c)(1) above to take into account distributions to stockholders other than those provided for in Section 7(a) and 7(c)(1), or any other event, if the

 

-7-


Administrator determines that adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan and to preserve the value of Awards made hereunder, subject to requirements for qualification, including continued qualification, of ISOs under Section 422 and to the requirements of Section 409A. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a cash distribution with respect to the Stock that constitutes a “corporate transaction” described in Treasury Regs. §1.424-1(a)(3)(ii) (an “extraordinary dividend”), the per share exercise price of each outstanding Stock Option shall be reduced following the extraordinary dividend by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the per share extraordinary dividend, or (ii) the maximum reduction that can be made without jeopardizing the Stock Option’s status as an exempt stock right under Section 409A and without otherwise resulting in an acceleration of taxable income under the Stock Option, all as determined by the Administrator; provided, however, that, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, to pay a cash bonus on such terms as the Administrator determines with respect to all or a portion of the Stock Options outstanding on the date of the extraordinary dividend in lieu of reducing the exercise price of such Stock Options as provided for in this Section 7(c)(2).

(3) Continuing Application of Plan Terms . References in the Plan to shares of Stock will be construed to include any stock or securities resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 7.

 

8. LEGAL CONDITIONS ON DELIVERY OF STOCK

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan or remove any restriction from shares of Stock previously delivered under the Plan until: (i) the Company is satisfied that all legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been addressed and resolved; (ii) if the outstanding Stock is at the time of delivery listed on any stock exchange or national market system, the shares to be delivered have been listed or authorized to be listed on such exchange or system upon official notice of issuance; and (iii) all conditions of the Award have been satisfied or waived. If the sale of Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may require, as a condition to exercise of the Award, such representations or agreements as counsel for the Company may consider appropriate to avoid violation of such Act or any applicable state or foreign securities laws. The Company may require that certificates evidencing Stock issued under the Plan bear an appropriate legend reflecting any restriction on transfer applicable to such Stock, and the Company may hold the certificates pending lapse of the applicable restrictions.

 

9. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

The Administrator may at any time or times amend the Plan or any outstanding Award for any purpose which may at the time be permitted by law, and may at any time terminate the Plan as to any future grants of Awards; provided , that except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan the Administrator may not, without the Participant’s consent, alter the terms of an Award (whether by amendment to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement) so as to affect adversely the Participant’s rights under the Award, unless the Administrator expressly reserved the right to do so in an Award Agreement or the Plan at the time of the Award. Any amendments to the Plan shall be conditioned upon stockholder approval only to the extent, if

 

-8-


any, such approval is required by applicable law (including the Code), as determined by the Administrator.

 

10. OTHER COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

The existence of the Plan or the grant of any Award will not in any way affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to award a person bonuses or other compensation in addition to Awards under the Plan.

 

11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

By accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim concerning any rights under the Plan and any Award, or under any amendment, waiver, consent, instrument, document or other agreement delivered or which in the future may be delivered in connection therewith, and agrees that any such action, proceedings or counterclaim shall be tried before a court and not before a jury. By accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant certifies that no officer, representative, or attorney of the Company has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Company would not, in the event of any action, proceeding or counterclaim, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers.

 

12. ESTABLISHMENT OF SUB-PLANS

The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable blue sky, securities or tax laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan setting forth (i) such limitations on the Administrator’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable and (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction that is not affected.

 

13. GOVERNING LAW

Except as otherwise provided by the express terms of an Award Agreement or under a sub-plan described in Section 12, the provisions of the Plan and of Awards under the Plan and all claims or disputes arising out of our based upon the Plan or any Award under the Plan or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

14. EFFECTIVE DATE

The Plan shall be effective upon approval by the Board.

 

-9-


EXHIBIT A

Definitions of Terms

The following terms, when used in the Plan, will have the meanings and be subject to the provisions set forth below:

“Administrator”: The Board or, if one has been appointed, the Committee. The Board may delegate (i) to one or more of its members such of its duties, powers and responsibilities as it may determine; (ii) to one or more officers of the Company the power to grant rights or options to the extent permitted by Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and (iii) to such Employees or other persons as it determines such ministerial tasks as it deems appropriate. In the event of any such delegation, the term “Administrator” shall include the person or persons so delegated to the extent of such delegation.

“Affiliate”: Any corporation or other entity that is an “Affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of the Management Stockholders Agreement.

“Award”: Any or a combination of the following:

 

  (i) Stock Options,

 

  (ii) SARs

 

  (iii) Restricted Stock,

 

  (iv) Unrestricted Stock,

 

  (v) Stock Units, including Restricted Stock Units; and

 

  (vi) Performance Awards.

“Award Agreement”: A written agreement between the Company and the Participant evidencing the Award.

“Board”: The Board of Directors of Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc.

“Cause”: In the case of any Participant who is party to an employment, severance-benefit or change in control agreement that contains a definition of “Cause,” the definition set forth in such agreement shall apply with respect to such Participant under the Plan during the term of such agreement. In the case of any other Participant, “Cause” shall mean: (i) a material breach by the Participant of his or her employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, any equity grant agreement, or any policy of the Company or its Affiliates; (ii) the failure by the Participant to reasonably and substantially perform his or her duties to the Company or any of its Affiliates, which failure is materially damaging to the financial condition or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates; (iii) the Participant’s willful misconduct or gross negligence which is injurious to the Company or an Affiliate; or (iv) the commission by the Participant of a felony or other serious crime involving moral turpitude. In the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, the

 

-10-


Company shall permit the Participant up to fifteen days to cure such breach or failure if reasonably susceptible to cure. If, subsequent to the Participant’s termination of employment hereunder for other than Cause, it is determined in good faith by the Company that the Participant’s employment could have been terminated for Cause, the Participant’s employment shall be deemed to have been terminated for Cause retroactively to the date the events giving rise to such Cause occurred.

“Change of Control”: “Change of Control” as that term is defined in the Management Stockholders Agreement.

“CEO”: The chief executive officer of IMS Health Incorporated.

“Code”: The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as from time to time amended and in effect, or any successor statute as from time to time in effect. References to the Code shall include any regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Committee”: One or more committees of the Board.

“Company”: Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc.

“Covered Transaction”: Any of (i) a consolidation, merger, or similar transaction or series of related transactions, including a sale or other disposition of stock, in which the Company or an Affiliate is not the surviving corporation or which results in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s then outstanding common stock by a single person or entity or by a group of persons and/or entities acting in concert, (ii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all the Company’s assets, or (iii) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company. Where a Covered Transaction involves a tender offer that is reasonably expected to be followed by a merger described in clause (i) (as determined by the Administrator), the Covered Transaction shall be deemed to have occurred upon consummation of the tender offer.

“Disability”: In the case of any Participant who is a party to an employment or severance-benefit agreement that contains a definition of “Disability,” the definition set forth in such agreement shall apply with respect to such Participant under the Plan. In the case of any other Participant, “Disability” shall mean a disability that would entitle a Participant to long-term disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan in which the Participant participates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any case in which a benefit that constitutes or includes “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A would be payable by reason of Disability, the term “Disability” shall mean a disability described in Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-3(i)(4)(i)(A).

“Employee”: Any person who is employed by the Company or an Affiliate.

“Employment”: A Participant’s employment or other service relationship with the Company and its Affiliates. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise: A Participant who receives an Award in his or her capacity as an Employee will be deemed to cease Employment when the employee-employer relationship with the Company and its Affiliates ceases. A Participant who receives an Award in any other capacity will be deemed to continue Employment so long as the Participant is providing services in a capacity described in Section 5.

 

-11-


If a Participant’s relationship is with an Affiliate and that entity ceases to be an Affiliate, the Participant will be deemed to cease Employment when the entity ceases to be an Affiliate unless the Participant transfers Employment to the Company or its remaining Affiliates. In any case where a cessation of a Participant’s Employment would affect the Participant’s rights to payment under an Award that includes nonqualified deferred compensation subject to 409A, references to termination or cessation of Employment or similar or correlative terms shall be construed to require a “separation from service” (as that term is defined in Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(h)) from the Company and from all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Company under Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(h)(3). The Company may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(h) for purposes of determining whether a “separation from service” has occurred. Any such written election shall be deemed a part of the Plan.

“Fair Market Value”: Fair market value determined in accordance with Section 6(a)(2).

“Good Reason”: In the case of any Participant who is party to an employment, severance-benefit or change in control agreement that contains a definition of “Good Reason,” the definition set forth in such agreement shall apply with respect to such Participant under the Plan during the term of such agreement. In the case of any other Participant, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following events or conditions occurring without the Participant’s express written consent, provided that the Participant shall have given notice of such event or condition within a period not to exceed ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such event or condition and the Company shall not have remedied such event or condition within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice: (i) a materially adverse alteration in the nature or status of the Participant’s responsibilities or the conditions of employment; (ii) a material reduction in the Participant’s annual base salary or any target bonus; (iii) a change of fifty (50) miles or more in the Participant’s principal place of employment, except for required travel on business to an extent substantially consistent with the Participant’s business travel obligations; or (iv) the failure by the Company or its Affiliates, as applicable, to pay to the Participant any material portion of the Participant’s compensation or to pay any material portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred compensation program of the Company or its Affiliates, as applicable, within a reasonable time after the date such compensation is due.

“IPO”: “Initial Public Offering” as that term is defined in the Management Stockholders Agreement.

“ISO”: A Stock Option intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422. Each option granted pursuant to the Plan will be treated as providing by its terms that it is to be a non-incentive stock option unless, as of the date of grant, it is expressly designated as an ISO.

“Management Stockholders Agreement”: Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2010, among the Company and certain affiliates, stockholders and Participants, as amended or modified from time to time.

 

-12-


“Participant”: A person who is granted an Award under the Plan.

“Performance Award”: An Award subject to Performance Criteria.

“Performance Criteria”: Specified criteria the satisfaction of which is a condition for the grant, exercisability, vesting or full enjoyment of an Award. If a Performance Award so provides, such criteria may be made subject to appropriate adjustments taking into account the effect of significant corporate transactions or similar events for the purpose of maintaining the probability that the specified criteria will be satisfied. Such adjustments shall be made only in the amount deemed reasonably necessary, after consultation with the Company’s accountants, and the CEO if required by the Award Agreement, to reflect accurately the direct and measurable effect of such event on such criteria, to the extent required by the Award Agreement.

“Plan”: The Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as from time to time amended and in effect.

“Restricted Stock”: An Award of Stock for so long as the Stock remains subject to restrictions under this Plan or such Award requiring that it be redelivered or offered for sale to the Company if specified conditions are not satisfied.

“Restricted Stock Unit”: A Stock Unit that is, or as to which the delivery of Stock or cash in lieu of Stock is, subject to the satisfaction of specified performance or other vesting conditions.”

“Retirement:” Retirement from active employment with the Company or an Affiliate after age 65, or after age 55 and completion of at least 5 years of employment with the Company or an Affiliate (including employment with IMS Health Incorporated and its subsidiaries prior to February 26, 2010).

“SAR”: A right entitling the holder upon exercise to receive an amount (payable in cash or in shares of Stock of equivalent value) equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock subject to the right over the base value from which appreciation under the SAR is to be measured.

“Section 409A”: Section 409A of the Code.

“Section 422”: Section 422 of the Code.

“Stock”: Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

“Stock Option”: An option entitling the recipient to acquire shares of Stock upon payment of the exercise price.

“Stock Unit”: An unfunded and unsecured promise, denominated in shares of Stock, to deliver Stock or cash measured by the value of Stock in the future.

“Unrestricted Stock”: An Award of Stock not subject to any restrictions under the Plan .

 

-13-


EXHIBIT B

 

Name    Rollover SAR Awards

[                                                                     ]

   2,668,309.49

[                                                                     ]

      784,794.89

[                                                                     ]

      565,048.67

[                                                                     ]

      537,053.33

[                                                                     ]

      533,659.61

[                                                                     ]

      400,001.89

[                                                                     ]

      400,001.89

[                                                                     ]

      274,240.00

[                                                                     ]

      268,526.67

[                                                                     ]

      267,384.00

[                                                                     ]

      266,824.09

[                                                                     ]

      266,664.12

[                                                                     ]

      263,681.76

[                                                                     ]

      235,435.04

[                                                                     ]

      213,335.87

[                                                                     ]

      205,680.00

[                                                                     ]

      200,000.95

[                                                                     ]

      166,863.61

[                                                                     ]

      159,973.33

[                                                                     ]

      155,996.85

[                                                                     ]

      133,337.77

[                                                                     ]

      117,717.52

[                                                                     ]

      117,717.52

[                                                                     ]

        93,333.01

[                                                                     ]

        74,273.33

[                                                                     ]

        48,391.93

Total

   9,418,247.17

 

-14-


EXHIBIT C

[Option Agreement]

 

-15-


CALIFORNIA SUPPLEMENT

Pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan, this supplement has been adopted for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code, to the extent applicable. This supplement may be amended by the Administrator without the approval of the Company, as necessary or desirable to comply with California law. Any Awards granted under the Plan to a Participant who is a resident of the State of California on the date of grant (a “California Participant”) shall be subject to the following additional limitations, terms and conditions, to the extent applicable:

1. Maximum Duration of Awards . No Award granted to a California Participant will be for a term in excess of 10 years.

2. Minimum Conversion Period Following Termination . Unless the employment of a California Participant holding an otherwise vested Stock Option is terminated for Cause, in the event of termination of employment of such Participant, he or she shall have the right to exercise the vested Stock Option as follows: (i) for a period of at least six months from the date of termination, if termination was caused by such Participant’s death or “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) and (ii) for a period of at least 30 days from the date of termination, if termination was caused other than by such Participant’s death or “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), but in no event later than the latest date on which such Participant could have exercised such Stock Option in the absence of a termination of employment.

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.23

 

  Type: Special Time-Based Option
  Name: Ari Bousbib
 

Number of Shares Subject to

Option: 10,000,000

  Price per Share: $1.50
  Date of Grant: December 1, 2010

H EALTHCARE T ECHNOLOGY H OLDINGS , I NC .

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

THIS AWARD AND ANY SECURITIES ISSUED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON VOTING AND TRANSFER AND REQUIREMENTS OF SALE AND OTHER PROVISIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (AS DEFINED IN THE HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC. 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN).

HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC. STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF YOUR OWN LEGAL AND FINANCIAL ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO YOUR AWARD AND ITS TAX CONSEQUENCES.

S ENIOR M ANAGEMENT N ONSTATUTORY O PTION A GREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . This agreement (the “ Agreement ”) evidences the grant by Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) to the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) on September 1, 2010 (the “ Date of Grant ”) of an option (the “ Option ”) under the Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan, the number of shares of Stock set forth in Schedule A (the “ Shares ”) with an exercise price of $1.50 per share (150% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Date of Grant), in each case subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan. The Option will vest in accordance with Section 3 below.

The Option evidenced by this Agreement is intended to be a nonstatutory option (that is, an option not described in subsection (b) of Section 422) and is granted to the Optionee in connection with the Optionee’s Employment by the Company and its qualifying subsidiaries. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, “qualifying subsidiary” means a subsidiary of the Company as to which the Company has a “controlling interest” as described in Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E)(1).


2. Meaning of Certain Terms . Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan. The following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Beneficiary ” means, in the event of the Optionee’s death, the beneficiary named in the written designation (in form acceptable to the Administrator) most recently filed with the Administrator by the Optionee prior to death and not subsequently revoked, or, if there is no such designated beneficiary, the executive or administrator of the Optionee’s estate. An effective beneficiary designation shall be treated as having been revoked only upon receipt by the Administrator, prior to the Optionee’s death, of an instrument of revocation in form acceptable to the Administrator. If the Option or any portion thereof has been transferred to a Permitted Transferee who is a natural person and such Permitted Transferee dies while the Option or transferred portion thereof is outstanding, the Option or portion thereof so transferred may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it remains exercisable and subject to such limitations as the Administrator may impose, by the person or persons to whom it passed from the Permitted Transferee by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) “ Employment Agreement ” means the Employment Agreement between the Optionee, the Company and IMS Health Incorporated dated as of August 16, 2010 and effective as of September 1, 2010.

(c) “ Option Holder ” means the Optionee or, if as of the relevant time the Option has passed to a Beneficiary or Permitted Transferee, the Beneficiary or Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, who holds the Option pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(d) “ Permitted Transferee ” means a transferee of the Option pursuant to a transfer described at Section 7 below.

3. Vesting; Method of Exercise; Treatment of the Option Upon Cessation of Employment .

(a) Generally . As used herein with respect to the Option or any portion thereof, the term “vest” means to become exercisable. Unless earlier terminated, relinquished or expired, the Options shall vest in accordance with the terms of Schedule A applicable thereto.

(b) Exercise of the Option . No portion of the Option may be exercised until such portion vests. Each election to exercise any vested portion of the Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be in writing, signed by the Optionee or by the Beneficiary or Permitted Transferee to whom such portion of the Option has passed (subject to any restrictions provided under the Plan and the Management Stockholders Agreement). Each such written exercise election must be received by the Company at its principal office and be accompanied by payment in full as provided in the Plan. The purchase price may be paid (i) by cash or check acceptable to the Administrator, (ii) by such other means, if any, as may be acceptable to the Administrator, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment; provided , however , that in addition to the foregoing, in the event of an exercise of the Option, or a portion of the Option, in connection with

 

-2-


or following a cessation of Employment as result of death, Disability, termination by the Company without Cause, voluntary resignation for Good Reason, an Expiration Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement), the Optionee’s Retirement, or a voluntary resignation without Good Reason after September 1, 2013, or in the event of an exercise of the Option, or a portion of the Option on or immediately prior to the Final Exercise Date while the Optionee remains employed, the purchase price may be paid, at the Optionee’s election, on a cashless basis under which shares of Stock otherwise deliverable under the Option and having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price are withheld by the Company in accordance with the Plan. In the event that the Option is exercised by a person other than the Optionee, the Company will be under no obligation to deliver Shares hereunder unless and until it is satisfied as to the authority of the Option Holder to exercise the Option. The latest date on which the Option or any portion thereof may be exercised is the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant, (the “ Final Exercise Date ”), and if not exercised by such date the Option or any remaining portion thereof will thereupon immediately terminate.

(c) Treatment of the Option Upon Cessation of Employment . If the Optionee’s Employment ceases, the Option to the extent not already vested will be immediately forfeited and any vested portion of the Option will be treated as follows:

(i) Subject to (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) below, the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to the cessation of the Optionee’s Employment, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) 30 days following cessation of Employment or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and, unless previously exercised, will thereupon immediately terminate.

(ii) In the event of cessation of the Optionee’s Employment by reason of death or Disability, the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to Optionee’s death or Disability, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the Optionee’s death or Disability, or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and, unless previously exercised, will thereupon immediately terminate.

(iii) In the event of cessation of the Optionee’s Employment by the Company without Cause, by the Optionee for Good Reason, or upon an Expiration Termination, the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to the cessation of the Optionee’s Employment, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) 90 days following cessation of Employment, or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and, unless previously exercised, will thereupon immediately terminate.

(iv) In the event of cessation of the Optionee’s Employment due to the Optionee’s Retirement, the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to the cessation of the Optionee’s Employment, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) 90 days following cessation of Employment, or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and, unless previously exercised, will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

-3-


(v) The Option will terminate immediately prior to a cessation of the Optionee’s Employment if such cessation of Employment has resulted in connection with an act or failure to act constituting Cause.

(vi) In the event the Optionee terminates Employment for any reason and, within 24 months of such termination date, breaches any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant or materially breaches any confidentiality, non-disclosure or other similar covenant, the Option will be treated as having terminated immediately prior to such cessation of Employment.

4. Share Restrictions, etc . Except as expressly provided herein, the Optionee’s rights hereunder and with respect to Shares received upon exercise are subject to the restrictions and other provisions contained in the Management Stockholders Agreement.

5. Legends, etc . Shares issued upon exercise shall bear such legends as may be required or provided for under the terms of the Management Stockholders Agreement.

6. Transfer of Option . The Option may only be transferred to a legal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity or to one or more transferees permitted under Section 6(a)(3) of the Plan.

7. Withholding . The exercise of the Option will give rise to “wages” subject to withholding. The Optionee expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Optionee’s rights hereunder, including the right to be issued Shares upon exercise, are subject to the Optionee promptly paying to the Company in cash (or by such other means as may be acceptable to the Administrator in its discretion) all taxes required to be withheld. In the event of an exercise of the Option, or a portion of the Option, in connection with or following a cessation of Employment as result of death, Disability, termination by the Company without Cause, voluntary resignation for Good Reason, an Expiration Termination, the Optionee’s Retirement, or a voluntary resignation without Good Reason after September 1, 2013, or in the event of an exercise of the Option, or a portion of the Option, on or immediately prior to the Final Exercise Date while the Optionee remains employed, the Optionee may elect to have shares of Stock held back by the Company having a Fair Market Value equal to the applicable minimum tax withholding requirements in accordance with the Plan. The Optionee also authorizes the Company and its subsidiaries to withhold such amount from any amounts otherwise owed to the Optionee and the Company may so withhold.

8. Treatment of the Option upon Consummation of a Covered Transaction . Notwithstanding Section 7(a)(3) of the Plan that permits the Administrator, in its discretion, to accelerate the exercisability of Awards in connection with a Covered Transaction in which there is no assumption, continuation, substitution or cash-out of an Award, the portion of the Option that is outstanding immediately prior the consummation of a Covered Transaction, to the extent that it is not assumed, continued, substituted or cashed-out in connection with the Covered Transaction in accordance with the terms of the Plan, shall vest in full immediately prior to the consummation of such Covered Transaction.

 

-4-


9. Effect on Employment . Neither the grant of the Option, nor the issuance of Shares upon exercise of the Option, shall give the Optionee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates, affect the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to discharge or discipline such Optionee at any time, or affect any right of such Optionee to terminate his or her Employment at any time.

10. Other Undertakings .

(a) To protect the interests of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “ IMS Companies ”), including the confidential information of the IMS Companies and the confidential information of their respective customers, data suppliers, prospective customers and other companies with which the IMS Companies have a business relationship, and in consideration of the covenants and promises and other valuable consideration described in this Agreement, the Company and the Optionee agree as follows:

(b) The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he is bound by the confidentiality and other covenants contained in the restrictive covenant and confidentiality agreements that he has executed with an IMS Company, which covenants and agreements are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive any exercise, expiration, forfeiture or other termination of this Agreement or the Option issuable hereunder. The Optionee also acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be an affiliate for purposes of such restrictive covenant and confidentiality agreements.

(c) The Optionee acknowledges the opportunity to participate in the Plan and the financial benefits that may accrue from such participation, is good, valuable and sufficient consideration for the following:

(i) The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he is and will remain bound by the non-competition and non-solicitation covenants contained in the Employment Agreement.

(ii) The Optionee further acknowledges and agrees that the remedies available for breach of any non-competition or non-solicitation covenants shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (v) actual damages, (w) all equitable remedies available to the Company, (x) the rights and remedies of the Company set forth in Section 5 of the Management Stockholders Agreement, (y) the forfeiture of the Option for no consideration, and (z) in respect of the Option (or portion thereof) exercised by the Optionee prior to any such breach or subsequent thereto and prior to the forfeiture of such award required by this Section 12(c)(ii), the Optionee shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price of the Option and the per-share proceeds of any sale of Stock acquired upon such exercise multiplied by the number of shares of Stock so sold.

 

-5-


The Company shall also be entitled to the foregoing remedies in the event of a material breach of any confidentiality, non-disclosure or other similar covenant contained in the restrictive covenant and confidentiality agreements that the Optionee has executed with an IMS Company.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

12. Provisions of the Plan . This Agreement is subject in its entirety to the provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant has been furnished to the Optionee and the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of this Agreement shall control. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, for purposes of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms “Cause” and “Good Reason” shall be determined in accordance with and pursuant to the Employment Agreement.

13. S-8 Registration . As soon as practicable after the time that Shares are first registered by the Company pursuant to an effective registration on Form S-1, the Company shall register the Shares, issuable to the Optionee upon the exercise of any portion of the Option, pursuant to a Form S-8 (or successor registration form); provided that the Optionee shall agree to bound by any applicable lock-up agreement in connection with such registration, pursuant to Section 3.6 of the Management Stockholders Agreement or otherwise.

By acceptance of the Option, the undersigned agrees hereby to become a party to, and be bound by the terms of, the Management Stockholders Agreement.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

-6-


Executed as of the 1st day of December 2010.

 

Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc.     HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.
    By:   /s/ Harvey A. Ashman
      Name:   Harvey A. Ashman
      Title:   SVP, General Counsel, External Affairs & Corporate Secretary
Optionee     By:   /s/ Ari Bousbib
      Name:   Ari Bousbib
      Title:   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President

[Signature Page to Senior Management Nonstatutory Option Agreement]

Exhibit 10.24

 

   Type: Time- and Performance-Based Option
   Name: Ari Bousbib
   Number of Shares Subject to Option: 30,000,000
   Price per Share: $1.00
   Date of Grant: December 1, 2010

H EALTHCARE T ECHNOLOGY H OLDINGS , I NC .

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

THIS AWARD AND ANY SECURITIES ISSUED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON VOTING AND TRANSFER AND REQUIREMENTS OF SALE AND OTHER PROVISIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (AS DEFINED IN THE HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC. 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN).

HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC. STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF YOUR OWN LEGAL AND FINANCIAL ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO YOUR AWARD AND ITS TAX CONSEQUENCES.

S ENIOR M ANAGEMENT N ONSTATUTORY O PTION A GREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . This agreement (the “ Agreement ”) evidences the grant by Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) to the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) on December 1, 2010 (the “ Date of Grant ”) of an option (the “ Option ”) under the Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan, the number of shares of Stock set forth in Schedule A (the “ Shares ”) with an exercise price of $1.00 per share (the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Date of Grant), in each case subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan. The Option will vest in accordance with Section 3 below.

The Option evidenced by this Agreement is intended to be a nonstatutory option (that is, an option not described in subsection (b) of Section 422) and is granted to the Optionee in connection with the Optionee’s Employment by the Company and its qualifying subsidiaries. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, “qualifying subsidiary” means a subsidiary of the Company as to which the Company has a “controlling interest” as described in Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E)(1).


2. Meaning of Certain Terms . Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan. The following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Annual EBITDA ” means Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the applicable fiscal year ending December 31.

(b) “ Annual EBITDA Target ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule A.

(c) “ Beneficiary ” means, in the event of the Optionee’s death, the beneficiary named in the written designation (in form acceptable to the Administrator) most recently filed with the Administrator by the Optionee prior to death and not subsequently revoked, or, if there is no such designated beneficiary, the executive or administrator of the Optionee’s estate. An effective beneficiary designation shall be treated as having been revoked only upon receipt by the Administrator, prior to the Optionee’s death, of an instrument of revocation in form acceptable to the Administrator. If the Option or any portion thereof has been transferred to a Permitted Transferee who is a natural person and such Permitted Transferee dies while the Option or transferred portion thereof is outstanding, the Option or portion thereof so transferred may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it remains exercisable and subject to such limitations as the Administrator may impose, by the person or persons to whom it passed from the Permitted Transferee by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(d) “ Cash Proceeds ” means, as of any Determination Date occurring after the Closing Date, the cumulative total of all cash and Marketable Securities actually received by the Investors after the Closing Date and on or before such Determination Date in respect of the Investors’ Initial Equity Investment, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or similar fees paid to affiliates of the Investors that are contemplated by the Management Services Agreement dated February 26, 2010 by and among the Company, Healthcare Acquisition, Inc., Healthcare Technology Intermediate Holdings, Inc., Healthcare Technology Intermediate, Inc., TPG Capital, L.P. and the other parties thereto (the “ Management Agreement ”) or associated with the termination of such agreement.

(e) “ Closing Date ” means February 26, 2010.

(f) “ Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA ” has the meaning set forth in the Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of February 26, 2010 among IMS Health Incorporated, IMS AG, IMS Japan K.K., Healthcare Technology Intermediate Holdings, Inc., Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Capital, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., RBC Capital Markets, Fifth Third Bank, General Electric Capital Corporation, Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., Suntrust Bank and the other parties thereto, except that for purposes of this Agreement, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be determined without regard to subsection (i) of such definition.

(g) “ Cumulative EBITDA ” means the sum of the Annual EBITDA for the relevant fiscal year and the immediately preceding fiscal year. This amount is then used to test whether the applicable Cumulative EBITDA Target has been met.

 

-2-


(h) “ Cumulative EBITDA Target ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule A.

(i) “ Determination Date ” means as to any cash received by the Investors in respect of their Initial Equity Investment, the date such cash is actually received, or as to any Marketable Securities actually received by the Investors in respect of their Initial Equity Investment, the “measurement date” as referred to in Section 2(p) below.

(j) “ Employment Agreement ” means the Employment Agreement between the Optionee, the Company and IMS Health Incorporated dated as of August 16, 2010 and effective as of September 1, 2010.

(k) “ Initial Equity Investment ” means the Shares issued to the Investors as of February 26, 2010, including any stock, securities or other property or interests received by the Investors in respect of such shares in connection with any stock dividend or other similar distribution, stock split or combination of shares, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, merger, exchange of stock or other transaction or event that affects the Company’s capital stock occurring after the date of issuance, but not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any stock or other securities issued to the Investors or any of them in respect of any subsequent investment or capital contribution made by the Investors or any of them.

(l) “ Initial Investment Value ” means $2,770,000,000.

(m) “ Investors ” has the same meaning as set forth in the Management Stockholders Agreement.

(n) “ IRR ” means the internal rate of return actually earned by the Investors on their cash investment to purchase shares of Stock. The internal rate of return shall take into account the amount and timing of all (i) cash dividends and distributions to such Investors in respect of the shares of Stock owned by them (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or similar fees paid to affiliates of the Investors that are contemplated by the Management Agreement or associated with the termination of such agreement), (ii) cash proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any such shares of Stock and (iii) Marketable Securities received in respect of such shares of Stock.

(o) “ Merger ” has the same meaning as that term is defined in the Management Stockholders Agreement.

(p) “ Option Holder ” means the Optionee or, if as of the relevant time the Option has passed to a Beneficiary or Permitted Transferee, the Beneficiary or Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, who holds the Option pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(q) “ Marketable Securities ” means any equity security (including Stock or any security issued by the Company in substitution or exchange for such Stock) that is

 

-3-


both (i) of a class that includes equity securities that are listed on a national securities exchange and (ii) registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in each case as of the applicable determination date; provided , however , that Marketable Securities shall not include any such equity securities described above to the extent that, and only for so long as, the equity securities of such type or class received by the Investors are subject to a contractual lock-up or similar agreement restricting transferability or may not be distributed or resold without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any successor provision thereof), including without application of paragraphs (c), (e), (f) and (h) of such Rule 144. For purposes of this Agreement, the value of the Marketable Securities on any “measurement date” (which shall be the date of initial receipt of Marketable Securities by the Investors, the date any such contractual lockup or similar restriction expires or the last day of each calendar quarter beginning with the calendar quarter within which the initial receipt of Marketable Securities by the Investors occurred) shall be equal to the average of the Trading Price of such Marketable Securities over each of the forty-five (45) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding (and including) such measurement date; provided , however , that the Administrator shall be entitled to make equitable adjustments to such valuation methodology in the event of an extraordinary transaction occurring during any such forty-five (45) Trading Day period ending on such measurement date.

(r) “ Performance Period ” means the five (5) year period beginning on January 1, 2011 and ending on December 31, 2015.

(s) “ Permitted Transferee ” means a transferee of the Option pursuant to a transfer described at Section 7 below.

(t) “ Trading Day ” means each business day during such calendar quarter in which the Trading Price of the Stock or Marketable Securities, as applicable, is reported by the principal securities exchange or, solely in the case of Stock, furnished by a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, inc. (“ NASD ”) selected by the Board or determined by the Board in good faith.

(u) “ Trading Price ” means (i) the closing price on such day of a share of Stock or Marketable Securities, as applicable, as reported on the principal securities exchange on which shares of Stock or Marketable Securities, as applicable, are then listed or admitted to trade or (ii) if not so reported, as furnished by any member of the NASD selected by the Board. In the event that the price of a share of Stock is not so reported or furnished, the Trading Price will be determined by the Board in good faith.

(v) “ Tranche 1 Options ” means the portion of the Option to purchase the number of shares of Stock set forth in Schedule A that is subject to time-based vesting in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Schedule A, and the Plan.

 

-4-


(w) “ Tranche 2 Options ” means the portion of the Option to purchase the number of shares of Stock set forth in Schedule A that is subject to time-based and performance-based vesting in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Schedule A, and the Plan.

3. Vesting; Method of Exercise; Treatment of the Option Upon Cessation of Employment .

(a) Generally . As used herein with respect to the Option or any portion thereof, the term “vest” means to become exercisable. Unless earlier terminated, relinquished or expired, the Tranche 1 Options and the Tranche 2 Options shall vest in accordance with the terms of Schedule A applicable thereto.

(b) Exercise of the Option . No portion of the Option may be exercised until such portion vests and, with respect to the Tranche 2 Options, is earned under Schedule A. Each election to exercise any vested and, with respect to the Tranche 2 Options, earned portion of the Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be in writing, signed by the Optionee or by the Beneficiary or Permitted Transferee to whom such portion of the Option has passed (subject to any restrictions provided under the Plan and the Management Stockholders Agreement). Each such written exercise election must be received by the Company at its principal office and be accompanied by payment in full as provided in the Plan. The purchase price may be paid (i) by cash or check acceptable to the Administrator, (ii) by such other means, if any, as may be acceptable to the Administrator, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment; provided , however , that in addition to the foregoing, in the event of an exercise of the Option, or a portion of the Option, in connection with or following a cessation of Employment as result of death, Disability, termination by the Company without Cause, voluntary resignation for Good Reason, an Expiration Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement), the Optionee’s Retirement, or a voluntary resignation without Good Reason after September 1, 2013, or in the event of an exercise of the Option, or a portion of the Option on or immediately prior to the Final Exercise Date while the Optionee remains employed, the purchase price may be paid, at the Optionee’s election, on a cashless basis under which shares of Stock otherwise deliverable under the Option and having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price are withheld by the Company in accordance with the Plan. In the event that the Option is exercised by a person other than the Optionee, the Company will be under no obligation to deliver Shares hereunder unless and until it is satisfied as to the authority of the Option Holder to exercise the Option. The latest date on which the Option or any portion thereof may be exercised is the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant, (the “ Final Exercise Date ”), and if not exercised by such date the Option or any remaining portion thereof will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

-5-


(c) Treatment of the Option Upon Cessation of Employment . If the Optionee’s Employment ceases, the Option to the extent not already vested will be immediately forfeited and any vested portion of the Option will be treated as follows:

(i) Subject to (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) below and Schedule A (with respect to Tranche 2 Options), the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to the cessation of the Optionee’s Employment, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) 30 days following cessation of Employment or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and, unless previously exercised, will thereupon immediately terminate.

(ii) In the event of cessation of the Optionee’s Employment by reason of death or Disability, the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to Optionee’s death or Disability, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the Optionee’s death or Disability, or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and, unless previously exercised, will thereupon immediately terminate.

(iii) In the event of cessation of the Optionee’s Employment by the Company without Cause, by the Optionee for Good Reason, or upon an Expiration Termination, the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to the cessation of the Optionee’s Employment, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) 90 days following cessation of Employment, or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and, unless previously exercised, will thereupon immediately terminate.

(iv) In the event of cessation of the Optionee’s Employment due to the Optionee’s Retirement, the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to the cessation of the Optionee’s Employment, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) 90 days following cessation of Employment, or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and, unless previously exercised, will thereupon immediately terminate.

(v) The Option will terminate immediately prior to a cessation of the Optionee’s Employment if such cessation of Employment has resulted in connection with an act or failure to act constituting Cause.

(vi) In the event the Optionee terminates Employment for any reason and, within 24 months of such termination date, breaches any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant or materially breaches any confidentiality, non-disclosure or other similar covenant, the Option will be treated as having terminated immediately prior to such cessation of Employment.

4. Adjustment of Annual and Cumulative EBITDA Targets . Annual and Cumulative EBITDA targets for a particular fiscal year as described in Schedule A will be adjusted to reflect the consequences of future acquisitions and dispositions, future reasonable management and investment banking fees consistent with industry standards, the impact of foreign currency exchange rates or in the event of changes in GAAP. Any such adjustments shall be made in good faith by the Administrator in its discretion after consultation with the CEO and due consideration of his recommendations related to the foregoing.

5. Share Restrictions, etc . Except as expressly provided herein, the Optionee’s rights hereunder and with respect to Shares received upon exercise are subject to the restrictions and other provisions contained in the Management Stockholders Agreement.

 

-6-


6. Legends, etc . Shares issued upon exercise shall bear such legends as may be required or provided for under the terms of the Management Stockholders Agreement.

7. Transfer of Option . The Option may only be transferred to a legal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity or to one or more transferees permitted under Section 6(a)(3) of the Plan.

8. Withholding . The exercise of the Option will give rise to “wages” subject to withholding. The Optionee expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Optionee’s rights hereunder, including the right to be issued Shares upon exercise, are subject to the Optionee promptly paying to the Company in cash (or by such other means as may be acceptable to the Administrator in its discretion) all taxes required to be withheld. In the event of an exercise of the Option, or a portion of the Option, in connection with or following a cessation of Employment as result of death, Disability, termination by the Company without Cause, voluntary resignation for Good Reason, an Expiration Termination, the Optionee’s Retirement, or a voluntary resignation without Good Reason after September 1, 2013, or in the event of an exercise of the Option, or a portion of the Option, on or immediately prior to the Final Exercise Date while the Optionee remains employed, the Optionee may elect to have shares of Stock held back by the Company having a Fair Market Value equal to the applicable minimum tax withholding requirements in accordance with the Plan. The Optionee also authorizes the Company and its subsidiaries to withhold such amount from any amounts otherwise owed to the Optionee and the Company may so withhold.

9. Treatment of the Option upon Consummation of a Covered Transaction .

(a) Notwithstanding Section 7(a)(3) of the Plan that permits the Administrator, in its discretion, to accelerate the exercisability of Awards in connection with a Covered Transaction in which there is no assumption, continuation, substitution or cash-out of an Award, the portion of the Tranche 1 Option that is outstanding immediately prior the consummation of a Covered Transaction, to the extent that it is not assumed, continued, substituted or cashed-out in connection with the Covered Transaction in accordance with the terms of the Plan, shall vest in full immediately prior to the consummation of such Covered Transaction.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche 2 Option (or portion thereof) that does not vest and become earned in connection with a Covered Transaction occurring on or prior to February 26, 2016 as a result of the targets set forth in the penultimate paragraph of Schedule A hereto not having been satisfied in connection with such Covered Transaction shall, to the extent practicable, remain outstanding and eligible to vest and become earned based on attainment of the Annual EBITDA Target(s) or Cumulative EBITDA Target(s) set forth in Schedule A hereto, and if such treatment is not practicable, such Tranche 2 Option (or portion thereof) shall vest and become earned immediately prior to the consummation of such Covered Transaction. On or

 

-7-


after February 26, 2016, to the extent that the Tranche 2 Options do not vest and become earned in connection with a Covered Transaction, such Tranche 2 Options shall thereupon terminate upon the consummation of the Covered Transaction with no consideration due to the Optionee.

10. Effect on Employment . Neither the grant of the Option, nor the issuance of Shares upon exercise of the Option, shall give the Optionee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates, affect the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to discharge or discipline such Optionee at any time, or affect any right of such Optionee to terminate his or her Employment at any time.

11. Other Undertakings .

(a) To protect the interests of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “ IMS Companies ”), including the confidential information of the IMS Companies and the confidential information of their respective customers, data suppliers, prospective customers and other companies with which the IMS Companies have a business relationship, and in consideration of the covenants and promises and other valuable consideration described in this Agreement, the Company and the Optionee agree as follows:

(b) The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he is bound by the confidentiality and other covenants contained in the restrictive covenant and confidentiality agreements that he has executed with an IMS Company, which covenants and agreements are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive any exercise, expiration, forfeiture or other termination of this Agreement or the Option issuable hereunder. The Optionee also acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be an affiliate for purposes of such restrictive covenant and confidentiality agreements.

(c) The Optionee acknowledges the opportunity to participate in the Plan and the financial benefits that may accrue from such participation, is good, valuable and sufficient consideration for the following:

(i) The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he is and will remain bound by the non-competition and non-solicitation covenants contained in the Employment Agreement.

(ii) The Optionee further acknowledges and agrees that the remedies available for breach of any non-competition or non-solicitation covenants shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (v) actual damages, (w) all equitable remedies available to the Company, (x) the rights and remedies of the Company set forth in Section 5 of the Management Stockholders Agreement, (y) the forfeiture of the Option for no consideration, and (z) in respect of the Option (or portion thereof) exercised by the Optionee prior to any such breach or subsequent thereto and prior to the forfeiture of such award required by this Section 12(c)(ii), the Optionee shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the difference between

 

-8-


the exercise price of the Option and the per-share proceeds of any sale of Stock acquired upon such exercise multiplied by the number of shares of Stock so sold. The Company shall also be entitled to the foregoing remedies in the event of a material breach of any confidentiality, non-disclosure or other similar covenant contained in the restrictive covenant and confidentiality agreements that the Optionee has executed with an IMS Company.

12. Provisions of the Plan . This Agreement is subject in its entirety to the provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant has been furnished to the Optionee and the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of this Agreement shall control. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, for purposes of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms “Cause” and “Good Reason” shall be determined in accordance with and pursuant to the Employment Agreement.

13. S-8 Registration . As soon as practicable after the time that Shares are first registered by the Company pursuant to an effective registration on Form S-1, the Company shall register the Shares, issuable to the Optionee upon the exercise of any portion of the Option, pursuant to a Form S-8 (or successor registration form); provided that the Optionee shall agree to bound by any applicable lock-up agreement in connection with such registration, pursuant to Section 3.6 of the Management Stockholders Agreement or otherwise.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

By acceptance of the Option, the undersigned agrees hereby to become a party to, and be bound by the terms of, the Management Stockholders Agreement.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

-9-


Executed as of the 1 st day of December, 2010.

 

Healthcare Technology Holdings, Inc.     HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.
    By:   /s/ Harvey A. Ashman
      Name:   Harvey A. Ashman
      Title:   SVP, General Counsel, External Affairs & Corporate Secretary
Optionee     By:   /s/ Ari Bousbib
      Name:   Ari Bousbib
      Title:   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President

[Signature Page to Senior Management Nonstatutory Option Agreement]

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of IMS Health Holdings, Inc. of our report dated February 13, 2014 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedules of IMS Health Holdings, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, NY

February 13, 2014